Purchas his pilgrimes. part 2 In fiue bookes. The first, contayning the voyages and peregrinations made by ancient kings, patriarkes, apostles, philosophers, and others, to and thorow the remoter parts of the knowne world: enquiries also of languages and religions, especially of the moderne diuersified professions of Christianitie. The second, a description of all the circum-nauigations of the globe. The third, nauigations and voyages of English-men, alongst the coasts of Africa ... The fourth, English voyages beyond the East Indies, to the ilands of Iapan, China, Cauchinchina, the Philippinæ with others ... The fifth, nauigations, voyages, traffiques, discoueries, of the English nation in the easterne parts of the world ... The first part.

PEREGRINATIONS, [ 10] AND TRAVELS BY LAND IN∣TO PALESTINA, NATOLIA, SYRIA, ARABIA, PERSIA, AND OTHER PARTS OF ASIA. (Book 8)

THE EIGHTH BOOKE. [ 20] (Book 8)

CHAP. I.

The Historie of the first Expedition to Ierusalem, by GODFREY of Bullen, ROBERT of Normandie, and other Christian Princes: written by ROBERT, whom some call the Englishman, a Monke of Saint [ 30] REMIGIVS, which was present both at the Councell of Claremont, and in the said Expedition: tran∣slated and abbreuiated.

IN the yeare of our Lord 1005. a great Councell wascelebra∣ted * 1.1 at Claremont, in A••••••rus on the Confines of France, wher∣in Pope Vrban the Second was present and President with the Bishops and Cardinals: where many French and Germane Bi∣shops and Princes were assembled. Ecclesia sticall Affarres be∣ing [ 40] there set in order, the Lord Pope went forth into a broad street (for no House was able to containe the multitude) and spake thus with perswasiue pleasant Rhetoricke into them.

O yee Nation of the French, O Nation, (as appeareth by ma∣ny of your workes) beloued and chosen of God, separated from all Nations, as well in situation of your Region, as in Catholike Religi∣on and Honour of holy Church; to you is our Speech directed, and our Exhortation intended, willing to let you know what lamentable cause hath brought vs to your Borders. From the Confines of Ierusalem and Constantinople a grieuous report hath spread and often come to [ 50] our eares, that the Persians. * 1.2 acursed Nation estranged quite and alienate from God, hath inuaded the Countries of those Christians, and with sword, spoile and fire hath partly captiued, partly slaine them; either subuerting, or else peruerting to their wicked Rites the Churches of God, polluting his Altars, cir∣cumcising Christians and shedding that bloud of Circumcision on the Altars, or in the Christening Fonts. Whom they please to kill with shamefull death, they open at the nauill, and taking out the entrailes tye th〈…〉〈…〉 to a stake and whip them about the same, till being exenterated they fall on the ground: others they bind to a stake and shoot at; of others they make tryall whether with one blow they can strike off the head. What shall I say of that which may not, cannot, by saying be expressed, the rauishment of women. The Greeke Empire for the space of two monethes iourney, they haue ouer-runne and subdued. To whom then doth the reuenge and deliuerance belong but to you, whom God hath preferred aboue other Nations in honour of [ 60] Armes, courage of hearts, agilitie of bodies, and abilitie to abase euery Enemy. Let the Exploits of your Predecessors incite your manly spirits, the goodnesse and greatnesse of Carolus Magnus, and Lewis his Sonne, with other your Kings, which haue destroyed the Kingdomes of Turkes, and in them en∣larged the borders of the Church. And aboue all, let the holy Sepulchre of our Lord and Sauiour mooue you, which is possessed of impure Nations; and those holy places which are shamefully abused and vnre∣uerently

defiled by their filthinesse. O most valiant Souldiers, and the Progeny of inuincible Progeni∣tors, doe not you degenerate, but call to mind the vertues of your Ancestors. And if the deare affecti∣on of Wiues and Children stay you, remember what our Lord sayth in the Gospell, Hee that loueth Fa∣ther or Mother more then Mee, is not worthy of Mee. Euery one which shall forsake House, or Father, or Mother, or Wife, or Children, or Lands for my Name, shall receiue a hundred fold, and shall possesse eternall life. Take no care for your Lands and Goods, for this your Land is enclo∣sed with Mountaines and Seas, is to strait for your multitude, and scarsly yeelds sustenance to her Inha∣bitants. Hence it is that you bite and deuoure one another, make warres and slay each other. Let ha∣tred cease, braules be silenced, Warres be ••usht, and Dissentions be lulled asleepe. Enter the way of the holy Sepulchre, take away the Land from that wicked people and subdue it vnto you. That Land was gi∣uen [ 10] to the children of Israel, flowing, as sayth the Scripture, with Milke and Honey. Ierusalem is the Nauill of the Earth, a Land fertile aboue others, as it were another Paradise. This hath the Re∣deemer of Mankind made glorious with his comming, adorned with his conuersation, consecrated with his Passion, redeemed with his Bloud, sealed with his Sepulchre. This Royall Citie placed in the midst of the World, is now held captiue of her Enemies, and is by them which know not God, enthralled to the * 1.3 custome of the Gentiles, She seekes then and desireth to bee freed, not ceasing to pray for your suc∣cour: and that of you chiefly whom God hath best fitted for Armes, vndertake yee this way then for remission of your sinnes, being assured of the immarcessible glory of the Heauenly Kingdome.

These and many like words with much Vrbanitie did Pope Urban pronounce, and so moued the hearts of all present, that with one voice they cryed, Deus vult, Deus vult; which the Pope [ 20] hearing with eies lifted to Heauen, he gaue thankes to God, and acknowledged it the worke of God which put it into their minds.

Let therefore this voice (saith he) be your word in your Warres, and when you shall giue the on-set on the Enemie, on Gods behalfe this shall be your vniuersall out-crie, Deus a 1.4 vult, Deus vult. Wee neither bid nor counsaile that men aged and feeble, vnfit for Warre should vndertake this iourney, nor women without their Husbands, and Brethren, or lawfull testimonies: for these are more hinderance then helpe. Let the rich helpe the poore, and carrie with them at their charge men fit for Warre. Priests, or Clerkes of any order may not goe without their Bishops leaue, without which this way would bee vn∣profitable for them. For neither is it expedient for Lay-men to trauell, but with the blessing of their b 1.5 Priest. Whosoeuer therefore shall haue a purpose of this holy Pilgrimage, and shall make a Vow there∣of [ 30] to God, that he will offer a liuing Sacrifice holy, acceptable to God, let him weare the signe of our Lords Crosse on his fore-head or on his brest. And hee which hauing performed his Vow shall goe thence, let him put it behind betwixt his shoulders. Both wayes shall such accomplish our Lords Com∣mandement in the Gospell, Hee which doth not beare his Crosse and come after mee, is not wor∣thy of mee.

After this, one of the Cardinals named Gregorie, in the name of all that were prostrate on the ground, said his Confession, and so all knocking their brests obtayned Absolution of those things which they had done amisse, and after their Absolution a Blessing, and after the Blessing licence to returne home. And that it may appeare that this worke was of God and not of Man (as after wee learned) on that very day in which these things were said and done, Fame prea∣ched [ 40] it thorow the World; insomuch that in the Ilands of the Sea it was reported, that the Ie∣rusalem Voyage was concluded in the Councell. All the Laitie returned home; and Pope Vrbane caused the Bishops to assemble the next day, and consulted with them what course might bee taken for such a multitude of Pilgrimes, seeing there was not yet amongst them any Prince of Name. And they all chose the Bishop Podiensis, saying, that hee was a man fit for Affaires Di∣uine and Humane, well skilled both wayes and prouident in his actions. He therefore like ano∣ther Moses, receiued the charge and conduct of the Lords people, with the Popes blessing and of the whole Councel. O how many of diuers age and condition receiued Crosses in that Councel, and vowed the way of the holy Sepulchre? Thence was it divulged abroad, and to the eares of Kings and Princes came this honourable Constitution of the Councell, It pleased all and more [ 50] then three hundred thousand conceiue it in their purpose, and are now eager to fight with the Turkes.

There was in those dayes one Peter, which had beene an Heremite, much esteemed among them which are skilled in the World, and preferred before Bishops and Abbots in Religious ac∣count, * 1.6 because he neither did eate bread nor flesh: yet did hee vse Wine and all other food, and sought the chiefest abstinence in Delicacies. He at that time gathered no small multitude of horse and foot, and made his way thorow Hungaria, being associated to a Dutch Commander, called Godfrey the Sonne of Eustace Earle of Bullen, but in Office of dignitie hee was a Dutch Leader. He was a man of goodly countenance, tall stature, pleasant speech, worthy behauiour, and so milde of disposition, that he seemed more like a Monke c 1.7 then a Souldier; but when the Ene∣mie [ 60] was at hand hee was a dreadlesse Lion. Hee with his Brethren Eustace and Baldwin, and a great Armie passed the way of Hungarie, the way which Charles the Great appointed to his Armie to Constanstinople. First therefore, Peter the Heremite with his, and a great multitude of Almanes came to Constantinople, and found there a copious band of Lumbards, and many others

assembled from places farre distant. To whom the Emperour denyed entrance into the Citie, suspecting much the Christian valour, especially of the French. He granted them yet to buy and sell, but forbade them to passe ouer the Sea, called Saint Georges Arme, till the dreadfull Armie of the French was comne. For there was an infinite number of Turkes which brutishly thirsted for their approach, by whom they must needs be destroyed, if they passed sooner, as afterward it hapned. But euery company wanting a good Gouernour, guided by an ill head, groweth feeble and is farre from safetie. Thus they wanting a prudent Prince to rule them, destroyed the Churches and Palaces of the Citie, spoyling them of their goods and leaden roofes, selling the same to the Greekes. Whereupon the Emperour Alexius beeing angry, commanded them to passe Saint Georges Arme, which going further, chose one Rainald for their Leader, not ceasing [ 10] to commit the like out-rages, burning Houses, and robbing Churches. Thus came they to Ni∣comedia, and thence entred the Land of Romania: and hauing walked three dayes went beyond Nice, and found a Castle called Exerogorgo emptie of men, but plentifully stored with Corne, Wine, Flesh and all kind of Prouisions. The Turkes for feare of the French had gone farre off, but sent their Spies, by whom they were informed, that these new Chests were Wasters and Spoilers rather then Vsers and Possessors, whom therefore they begirt with a strait Siege, the besieged hauing exchanged their former Riots with such want of drinke, that they were faine to supply that want with letting their beasts bloud, to satisfie the Owners thirst, or else with their owne Vrine. This was about Michaelmas, when Rainald their Leader to saue his life made close composition with the Turkes and fled to them, leauing such as would not turne Turkes as he [ 20] did, for loue of the World, to be by them turned out of the World by ludibrious and reprochfull deathes, or to hold a title of life with reall captiuitie and basest seruitude.

Peter the Heremite was in the Castle Ciuito aboue Nice, against whom they remooued, and by the way encountred with Walter his Generall, whom valiantly fighting they oppressed with multitudes and slue: and after that, all the Christians they could meet with, they killed or cap∣tiued. Peter himselfe being gone to Constantinople, they forced his Castle. The Emperour and the Greekes playd the Greekes, and reioyced hereat, buying their Armes of the needie Souldiers, so to disarme them.

IN the meane-while, God stirred vp two Earles alike in Dignitie, Armes, Courage, Name, * 1.8 [ 30] Bloud and Power, Robert and Robert, the Earles of Normandie and Flanders, and with them Hugo Magnus Brother to Philip the King of France, Stephen Earle Carnotensis and other inferiour Earles, many both of France, and of the Greater and Lesse Britaine from the North, and from the South the Bishop Podiensis and Raimund Earle of Saint Giles (or Tholouse) which being very rich sold all that he had and vndertooke the Enterprize. And now the West prepareth to en∣lighten the East, and with new raised starres to expell that darknesse, the brightnesse of their minds excelling that of their Armes, all resoluing to die, or conquer. They passed the Alpes at diuers times and came to Rome (the Citie not being able to lodge them all) where hauing visited the holy places, and commended themselues to the Merits and Prayers of the Apostles and other Saints, and receiued the Popes blessing, they passed thorow Apulia; a Prince whereof named [ 40] Boamund was then in the siege of Malphi, on the Sea-shoare, who hearing of their Leaders, Or∣ders, honestie, their word Deus vult, their Weapons, Courage, Crosses on the fore-head or right shoulder, sent for two precious Garments and cut them into Crosses, and said, If any be our Lords, let him now bee ioyned to me, and yee that now are my Souldiers, become Gods, and enter the way of the holy Sepulchre with me, and take my things as yours. Are not we also of French bloud, and did not our Parent come out of France, and subdue this Land by Armes? Shall our Kinsmen and Brethren goe to Martyrdome and Paradise without vs? In all Ages to come a back-sliding cowardise will bee imputed to vs, if this diuine Warfare bee performed without vs. Presently all of them cryed, Wee will goe out with thee and vow the way of the Sepulchre; the Crosses not beeing sufficient. The Nobles of A∣pulia, Calabria, and Sicilia, did also the like, insomuch that the Duke of Apulia, Brother to the [ 50] said Boamund (both Sonnes of Robert Wischard) was afraid to abide in his Dukedome, being left alone with children and women.

Whiles Boamund prouided necessaries, Hugo tooke Sea at Bari, to Dyrrachium, others to Brun∣dusium, or Otranto. The Emperour had commanded his Officers to take all these Pilgrimes and bring them to Constantinople to doe him fealtie, that what they tooke should be his. But when Hugo met there Duke Godfrey, he reioyced of his taking, both renewing their old friendship, and discou••ring the Emperours fraud: who before had laid ambushes to kill closely Duke Godfreyes men as they went to prouide necessaries, which being perceiued by his Brother Baldwine, was with counter-ambush turned on the Imperials, and after another like assault on Godfreyes Tents. [ 60] The Emperour frustrated, sought to make peace, and permitted buying of prouision. The rest not iong after arriued, and after them Boamund with Tancred his Nephew, and Richard the Son of Marchis, who passed by Bulgaria, and Andrinople, and beeing encountred by the Emperours Forces, in the way ouerthrew them, and after receiued faire semblance from him, but with no

lesse malice. Homage was in conclusion required by the Emperour, that is, securitie of peace, that he should conduct and prouide for them, accompanying them with his presence, and the as∣sistance of his people, swearing to supply their necessitie in Armes and Clothes, and not to hurt or consent to the hurt of any Pilgrime. This they sware vnto, so long to continue as the Empe∣rour kept his Oath. But the Earle of Saint Giles refused, and would haue him and his Citie de∣stroyed. But being perswaded by the rest, he took this Oath, I sweare to Alexius the Emperour that neuer by me nor mine he shall loose life or honour or whatsoeuer hee now possesseth iustly or vniustly. And the Emperour sware, I Alexius Emperour sweare to Hugo Magnus, Duke Godfrey, and other the Princes of the French here present, neuer to hurt or suffer to bee hurt any Pilgrime of the Holy Sepul∣chre, and that I will proceed with them in Warlike Affaires, and according to my power will prouide [ 10] them sufficient Market. This they did, forced by necessitie, but hee chose rather to incurre Per∣iurie then not to remooue the French from his Frontiers.

[illustration] map of Asia Minor

HONDIVS his Map of Asia Minor.

NATOLIA

AFter this Confederacie the Emperour commanded ships to be brought for transportation of the Armie. Godfrey and Tancred were first transported, went to Nicomedia, and staid three * 1.9 dayes: and seeing no passage the Duke sent before foure thousand men with Axes and Ploughes and other Iron Instruments to make way, the way being waylesse, thorow Hils, Dales and Prae∣cipices. These made way with much labour to Nice, and set woodden Crosses at euery turning. They came to Nice the sixth of May, and before any prouision was brought a Loafe of bread was sold for twentie or thirtie pence. But Boamund brought plentie, and on Holy Thursday they be∣sieged [ 60] the Citie and addressed thereto their Engines, Slings, Rammes and the like. The Turkes made valiant resistance, shooting poysoned Arrowes, which killed whom they but lightly wounded.

Ours erect high Engines about the Walls, by which they might ouer-see the men on the Wall, and opposed Turrets of Wood to those of Stone. The fight was hote, and the besieged ready, to yeeld when they saw threescore thousand comming in their Troupes from the Moun∣taines, two for fight, whiles the thrd might enter the Citie. No Hunger-bitten stomacke is rea∣dier to flye to a Feast then the Christians to the fight, where hauing slaine them and returned to the Citie, they with Slings cast their heads into the Citie, and the next day hauing ships pre∣pared, entred the Lake on the South-side of the Citie, which so afrighted the Turkes, that by the Turcopolae they sent to the Emperour, that they would yeeld the Citie to him on compositi∣on to depart with their goods. This was done, and the Turkes carryed to Constantinople, (with purpose to haue them in better readinesse against the Frankes) after seuen weekes and three [ 10] dayes siege, no Citie being so defensible in all Romania.

They departed thence & two daies after came to a bridge, and refreshing themselues there two dayes, they parted themselues being to trauell in a barren Countrey, the greater hand being com∣mitted to Hugo Magnus; and with him the Bishop, the Earles of Flanders and Saint Giles, and Duke Godfrey: the other to Boamund. After three dayes march, this later Armie is encountred with three hundred thousand Turkes, whereat some shrinking and thinking to flie, Boamund a man popular, and Robert of Normandie a stout Warriour, commanded to pitch their Tents; but before this was done, one hundred and fiftie Turkes with poysoned. Arrowes, began a skirmish turning their backes (according to their custome in their flight to wound the pursuers) and were taken and slaine. There was now no place for flight, the Enemie hauing possessed the Hils, and [ 20] the Frankes hauing broken their Launces in those wicked bodies, it came to handie strokes, with the Sword.

Some got to the Christians Tents, and slay the Mother and Childe, whose cry comming to Boamunds eares, he commits the battell to the Norman Earle, anti speedily repaires thither, cha∣sed the Turkes, and leauing some to guard them, returnes to the battell. Here hee finds the Chri∣stians so tired with labour, thirst and heat, that had not the women brought them water out of the adioyning Riuer many had dyed. Now had ours once turned their backes, but presently the Norman Earle displaying his Golden Banner, turned his Horse, and redoubled the Military word, Deus vult, Deus vult, otherwise that had proued a dismall day. But seeing Boamund and the Norman, they recouered their spirits, chusing to dye rather then to flye. The Turkes had so beset ours with their multitude, that no way was open but to their Tents: many perished by Turkish [ 30] Arrowes; none was idle, the Souldiers fighting, the Priests crying and praying; the women * 1.10 conueying the slaine to the Tents, the Aire ouer-shadowed with a thicke Cloud of shot; when Hugo and Duke Godfrey came flying like prouoked Eagles, to their distressed Airies with fortie thousand freshmen. And now the cries of some fighting, and others dying, the ratling of Ar∣mors and cracking of Launces, filled the Hils and Valleyes with confused noyses of insulting voyces, and resulting ecchoes; and manifold deaths are represented to the life in miserable spectacles.

The Turkes now looking backe to the Hils, see the Bishoppe Podiensis and Earle Raimund, with the rest of the Armie, descending to the on-set as a terrible storme, showring Souldiers, and powring Weapons, and not able further to hold vp head or heart, betooke them to their heeles: [ 40] which put life into our wounded, to pursue and reuenge their hurts; insomuch, that the Hill is coloured red, the thirstie earth is drunken, & increaseth the Neighbour Riuer with new streames of Persian, Median, Syrian, Saracen, and Turkish bloud, leauing their carkasses like Grasse-hoppers without number on the ground; the Night at last deliuering the remnant of these children of darknesse, from the Christian Zeale which now conuerted it selfe into Hymnes and Prayses of the Great Lord of Hosts.

The next day they buried their dead, distinguished by Crosses, the wiser sort giuing them the * 1.11 veneration of Martyrs, and the most Honourable Sepulture. The spoyle of the Turkes clothed with Silke, the halfe naked Christians, furnished them with Armes, and of beggers suddenly made them rich. The day after, which was the third of Iuly, they pursued the Turkes which [ 50] fled as Birds before the Hawke.

Soliman their Leader (Sonne of that Soliman which had taken all Romania from the Em∣perour) had after his flight from Nice, procured tenne thousand Arabians to come to his aide: which being comne, hee told them that the vertue of the Frankes was either Diuine or Diaboli∣call, whom wee, saith hee, had so conquered (in conceit) that wee had prouided Withes and Halters * 1.12 to put about their neckes, when suddenly a people which feares not death came downe the Moun∣taines, and entred our Troupes. Alas, wee were three hundred and three score thousand, and are all slaine or fled. This is the fourth day since, and still we tremble. And therefore if you will be aduised, get yee out of Romania. Thus they fled with him, in all Christian Townes as they passed, ma∣king [ 60] a cheerefull countenance and semblance of Victorie; and spoyling all that opened to them, so to impouerish the pursuing Frankes by preuenting them of prouisions, leauing a Desert Coun∣trey vnto them.

Thus were they forced to kill most of their Horses, and many to goe on foote; others, to ride on Oxen, Kine, and the great and strong Rams and Dogs of that Countrey. They passed * 1.13 thence therefore as fast as they could, and entred Lycaonia, a plentifull Countrey, and came to Iconiu〈…〉〈…〉 a rich Citie. When they went thence, they by counsell of the Citizens carried vessels of water with them, which serued till the second day after, that they came to a Riuer: where * 1.14 hauing stayed two daies, they went forward to Heraclea. Heere were a great multitude of Turkes, which seeing the Frankes approach, fled amaine, and left the Citie to ours, which stayed * 1.15 there foure daies. Then did Baldwin Brother of Godfrey, and Tancred, separate themselues with their troups, and went to Tarsus. Many Turkes were there which went to meete them, but were dispersed, and the next day the Citizens receiued them into the Citie. Here arose a contention [ 10] betwixt Baldwin and Tancred, whether should haue rule of the Citie, which Tancred at last * 1.16 yeelded to Baldwin, whose Armie was the greater. In short time two Cities, Athena and Manustra, were yeelded to them, and many Castles. The Turkes were now hidden in their strongest holds.

The greatest part of the French, entred into the Land of the Armenians, eagerly thirsting to make the Land drunken with bloud of Turkes; the whole Land was quiet before them, and the Armenians receiued them into their Cities. They came to a Castle which feared neither armes nor engines. A Souldier in the Campe, an Armenian, desired to hold that Land of the Princes, in the fealtie of God and the holy Sepulchre; whereto they yeelded, because they knew him to be a valiant man. After this, they came to Caesarea of Cappadocia, which voluntarily yeel∣ded [ 20] it selfe. Thence they went to a faire City which the Turkes had assieged a little before, three weekes, the Citizens whereof came forth to meete them. Another Knight in the Campe, na∣med Peter de Alpibus, desired this, and obtayned it of the Princes. After this, they came to Cosor, a commodious and plentifull City; where they were gently receiued of the Christian Inhabitants, and stayed thee dayes, furnishing themselues with necessaries, and receiuing a∣bundant refreshing.

Meane while, Ramiundus had intelligence that the Turkes were fled from Antiochia, and had left it weakely manued; who deuiled thereupon, to conuey thither fiue hundred Knights * 1.17 to take the Towre before the rest knew of it. But when they were comne into the Valley neere Antiochia, they then perceiued that the Turkes were not gone, but fortified the City all they [ 30] could. They went therefore to the Castle of the Publicans, subdued it, and turned thence to the Valley of Rugia, where they slew many Turkes and Saracens: whereupon, the Armenians reioycing, yeelded themselues. They possessed themselues of Rusa and many Castles. The rest of the Armie with miserable disaster passed mountainous wayes, passable onely for Beasts and creeping things, yeelding a Foot-path indeed, a way of no wider space, Rocks, Shrubs, Thornes, proud Hills aspiring to the Stars, and Hells of deepe Valleyes affrighting the very eyes, where the Knights * 1.18 and Esquires carried their Armes hanging on their necks, some throwing them away, to auoide the carriage, all enforced to goe on foote; yea, often bearing the burthens of their Beasts, which could not passe laden: neither might any stand or sit, by reason of the fol∣lowers, or turne himselfe in those straits, to helpe him which followed. By this vnpassable [ 40] passage (the embleme of the true and heauenly Pilgrimage) they came at last to Mara••is, where they were receiued cheerefully with plentifull refection. Hauing staid one day, they came the next day into the Valley in which Anti••chia is seated, chiefe City of Syria; whilome famous by Saint Peter Prince of the Apostles: in it, he placed his Episcopall Chaire, and * 1.19 ordered Baruabas and Paul Apostles. But as first our Lord would conquer it with humilitie and prea∣ching, so now with sublimitie of Armes. Ours came to the Iron Bridge, where they encounte∣red many Turkes, which prohibited their passage, and made their way by force, and there found rich spoyles. They pitched their Tents on the Riuers banke, not farre from the City; and the next day prepare to goe to the City, and lay siege to it in three place. For on one side the [ 50] Mountaines prohibit accesse and all militarie Art. On Wedensday, the twelfth Kal. of Decem∣ber, was this siege begunne, and because the City was not onely the minion of Nature, but Pa∣ragon of Art, the Princes consulted to vse more their Arts then Armes.

FIrst therefore, they made a Bridge for commodious passage ouer the Riuer, for they found a copious Vintage, Caues full of Corne and prouisions, Trees laden with varietie of fruits, which the Armenians within the City made knowne to them. Engines were erected, Turrets of wood, Slings, Hookes, Rammes, Moles, and other deuises. There were within so many defen∣ders, as might haue tryed it in the field with ours. They builded a Castle, if haply the Turkes preuailed, for better securitie. The Garison of Arech hauing cut off diuers of our Victualers, an [ 60] ambush was laide, and many Turkes slaine, their heads cast (by Engines) into the City: and thenceforwards, our men had freer passage to the Armenians for prouisions, whichreadily brought also to sell. Christmas Festiuitie was celebrated with ioyfull solemnity; after which, the Win∣ter with Elementary forces, helped the Enemie to assault vs, and made prouision difficult: fa∣mine within; without, Haile, Snow, Ice, Windes, Armies without Armes, but not without

harmes, to them which were without shelter, exposed to their fury, euery way pinched, but in resolution, and therefore quickned by these spurres: they agreed that Boa••und and the Earle of Flanders, with thirtie thousand choice Horse and Foot, should enter into the Saracens Land. From Ierusalem, Damasco and Aleppo, and other Countries, Persians, Arabians and Medes, had assembled to come to Antiochia, to raise that siege; but hearing that some of the Christians were entered their Countrey, they reioyced, securing themselues of victory, and diuided their Armie into two, to keepe ours from fleeing any way. The Armies met, these trusting in their * 1.20 multitudes, those in Gods Omnipotence, which gaue them a shamefull ouerthrow, and put them to flight; wherein our Foot mounted their Horses to pursue them. Once; they had beene good Purueyors, to bring thus from farre vnto them so many Asses, Camels, and other Beasts, [ 10] laden with Wine, Corne and other prouision, and the hungry he filled with goodthings: his Name be blessed for euer.

The meane while the enemie had assaulted ours out of the City in their Tents, and slew many, and but for the Riuer had done more hurt; which disasters together with famine, made some of ours bethinke themselues of flying. An Asse-loade of Corne was now sold for seuen pound, an Egge for twelue pence, a Nut for a peny, and many died of hunger. Yea, the Pillars were shaken; Peter the Hermite and William Carpenter, fled away by night. This William was of royall descent, Vicount of a Castle, called Milidune: no shield, breast-plate or helmet, could endure the strong pushes of his Lance. Tancred hearing of their flight, pursued them, tooke them, and caused them to returne with shame. For Hugo Magnus his sake, (whose Kinsman he [ 20] was) and his former exploits, William was pardoned, swearing to doe so no more, which yet he soone transgressed, and closely fled. In the whole Armie were not found one thousand Hor∣ses fit for seruice. To adde to their sorrowes, one Tetigius, a Romanian, vndertooke to bring plentie of prouision from the Emperour by shipping, and left his Oath and Tents in pawne, which he neuer redeemed. The greatest part of the Armie compelled by famine, sued for leaue to depart, which the Princes with teares granted.

In this miserie, a Messenger brought them word of a great Armie' of Turkes, which that night would bee at Arech the Castle aforesaid, purposing to set vpon their Tents vnprepared. This made them dance, which before could not goe, as if they had already conquered, chusing rather to dye by the Sword then hunger. They sent Spies the next day, which returned word, [ 30] that they neuer before had seen so many thousands of them together. Their huge multitude made ours beginne to flee, which Boamund seeing, he brake forth with such furie, that the enemy fled towards the Iron bridge; the Franks lay frankly about them, and now the earth is couered with carkasses, the Ayre is filled with clamors, the Riuer is swollen with precipitated bodies, and more were slaine then escaped, which also returned to their Castle, rifled it, and then forsooke it, leauing it to Ours, which there placed a Garrison, returning to the Tents with great ioy and great spoiles. Their fellowes which that day had fought, and got the better of the Citi∣zens, were now filled with double ioy. The Armenians and Syrians also now brought prouision to the Campe, and reioyced with vs. The Turkes after hauing ours at aduantage, put the horse∣men to flight, and slue about one thousand foote-men: which they scarsly had done, when the [ 40] rest of the Armie out of the Campe, reuenged the same with exceeding Vsurie. D••ke Godfrey gloriously behaued himselfe with the death of many, whom a Golias of theirs, a big and migh∣tie man, had wel-nigh slaine, had not God and his valour protected him, whom he repaid with * 1.21 such furie, that lifting vp his sword, he claue his breast in the midst, diuiding his backebone and entrails passing thorow to his right thigh, his whole head with the right side of his body fal∣ling into the Riuer, the left halfe he sent backe to the Citie. This sight bred in them horror and amazement, for he was one of their Admirals (Amira's.) Euen the Riuers selfe with another Armie of carkasses, stood still to wonder at such a spectacle, nor could the vpper Waters enforce * 1.22 the lower (stayed with a new world of Inhabitants) to giue them leaue to see it, till their swel∣ling indignation by force obtained it. In that conflict was slaine the Sonne of Cassianus, the great King of Antiochia, and twelue Admirals of the King of Babylon, whom he had sent with [ 50] their bands to ayde the King of Antioche. For that Prouince hath one Metropolitane, twelue Consuls, and one King; and they were gathered out of so many Proninces as there were Ad∣mirals. There were also seuen thousand taken Prisoners: the baggage was without number. And now the Turkes not onely ceased their clamors and scornes, but many fled closely out of the Citie. The next day the Turkes buried their dead beyond the bridge, which the Christians dig∣ged vp againe with disgrace, (for their fashion is to burie with Pals, Bowes and Arrowes, Golden B••zantines, * 1.23 and other things good for bootie) leauing another bootie to the Fowles.

IN these vicissitudes and entercouse of diuertsified Fortunes, came Messengers from the King * 1.24 of Babylon, vpon safe conduct granted by the Princes. Against their comming the Campe [ 60] was set forth, in goodliest shew of brauery, Shields hung vp vpon poles for the youth to runne at Qu••ntane, (an exercise on horse-backe) Dice, Chesse, Militarie skirmishes of horse and foote, * 1.25 to expresse their carelesse and fearelesse resolutions, whiles the elder and grauer sort assembled

with mature aduise and graue counsailes, to secure that securitie. The Babylonians approaching, maruelled at this sight, hauing heard before that they were both famished and heartlesse, and be∣ing brought before the Princes, thus spake; The Admirauissus of Babylon our Lords sends gree∣ting and friendship to you the Princes of the Frankes, if you will obey his will. In the Court of the King of Persia our Lord, is a great assembly for your sake, and seuen daies the Counsell hath beene prolonged. They maruell why you come armed to your Lords Sepulchre, dispossessing their people of their ancient possessions, and (which is vnlawfull for Pilgrims) slaying with the Sword. And if you will come here∣after with Scrip and Staffe, they will cause you to passe with honour and plentie, they will make the foot horsemen, and the poore to want nothing going or comming. And if you shall please to stay a moneth at the Sepulchre, you shall want nothing, and walke thorow Ierusalem, and haue leaue to performe what [ 10] veneration you will to the Temple and Sepulchre. But if you contemne this indulgence, and trust in your courage and weapons, we are confident that no humane power is able to force the Babylonians and King of Persia. Speake now your minds what you like or dislike herein. The Princes with common aduice answered. It is no maruell if wee come armed to our Lords Sepulchre, and exterminate your people from those Confines, seeing that they which haue before comne with Staffe and Scrip, haue bene shame∣fully both scoffed at and slaine. The Land is not theirs, though they haue long possessed it, because it was anciently ours, who for their malice and in iustice by ours were dispossessed. But now it is decreed in Heauen, that it shall be rendred to the children which was taken from the Fathers. And let not your Nation glorie that they haue conquered the effeminate Greekes, which by Diuine dispensation, the sword of the Frankes shall repay you. It is not of man to ouerthrow Kingdomes, but of him by whom [ 20] Kings reigne. They say they will shew kindnesse, if we come with Scrip and Staffe: let their mercy re∣turne vpon themselues; will they, nill they, our pouertie shall bee inriched by their store. Nor can any bumane power affright vs: for when wee dye, we are borne, and loosing a Temporall life, wee recouer an Eternall. Therefore tell those which sent you, that the Armes which we haue taken in our Countrey, we will not lay by when we haue conquered Ierusalem. For we trust in him which teacheth our hands to fight, and maketh our armes as a bow of steele, that all offences shall be remoued and Ierusalem taken.

The Embassadours herewith displeased, by leaue entred the Citie. Ours beganne to build a Castle at Machurnar, before the gate of the Citie in their buriall place, destroyed their Sepul∣chres of Stone, which they vsed to their structure; being finished, it was committed to Earle Raimund: This straitned their issues, and strengthned ours, which hereby had libertie to forage, [ 30] and brought in great booties, from a place where was an old ruined Castle, which also they for∣tified and commended to Tancred, who intercepted prouisions that were brought to the Citie. The Citie therefore desired truce, to treat in that time of conditions of yeelding. The last day * 1.26 of which, a famous Wallon Knight, was by them taken and cruelly murthered, whose Wife, by her teares, cries and complaints, exceeded teares, cryes and complaints, hauing spent that store in prodigalitie of her sorrowes, and now by her miserie varnished with bright lustre of her ex∣ceeding beautie, and the deepe impression of Noble bloud, which her impotent nailes scratched from that goodly countenance, and her impacience other whiles so seuerely recalled to the at∣tendance on her great heart, that she abode as a Marble statue, spake more to commiseration and indignation with not speaking, then the best speaking Oratorie could haue pronounced. [ 40]

Reuenge slept not long. For one Pyrrhus which had three Turrets in his command, sent se∣cretly to Boamund, (with whom he had treated in the truce) to deliuer them all into his hands, * 1.27 and his Sonne for pledge of his fidelitie. Whereupon by night Boamund and the Princes (as had beene agreed with Pyrrhus) closely conueyed the Armie thither, which by day (to deceiue the Turkes) they had sent forth to forage. Thus scaled they the wals, (Fulcherius Carnotensis be∣ing the first which entred) and after set open the gates to the whole Armie: a Comet that night * 1.28 appearing, the heauenly Messenger of earthly mutations. The Citie was promised to Boamund, if he could make meanes to obtaine it, vpon occasion of Pyrrhus first sending to him.

ON the fift of Iune, the Christians entred Antioche, Fulcherius and his fellow Scalers inuaded [ 50] the Towers, and killed the sleeping Watches, awaking them to a neuer waking sleep. They * 1.29 which were awaked out of sleepe by this noyse in their houses, ran forth of their doores to see the cause, and presently forth of themselues and seeing together. Death now filleth euery street and corner, confoundeth all ages, sexes, conditions. Some running out of the gates, were en∣countred by others comming from the Campe, and Cassian the King escaping into Tancreds iu∣risdiction in poore disguife, was there discouered by the Armenians, and his head brought to the Princes, together with his Girdle, which was valued at one hundred and sixtie Byzantines. Many fled to the Castle, which seemed impregnable, the Mountaine and the Building conspi∣ring to deride affronts. Heereto from a neere Tower Boamund gaue assault, and (wounded) was forced to retire to another Turret, and the rest followed him. Onely one abode in the top, and [ 60] seeing himselfe alone, mustered out of himselfe an Armie of resolute thoughts, out of the wals an Armorie of stones and mortar against his vnderminers, and laden with one thousand Ar∣rowes, seeing Death importunate, he went forth to meete him, leaping in the midst of his ad∣uerse squadrons with his Sword and Shield, to take vp company to attend him into the other

world. The night followed that bloudy day, but forbad sleepe to both sides, feare and weari∣nesse executing that summons.

The next day, being Friday, whiles some were carrying out the dead, others assaulting the Ca∣stle, there was espied from the Turrets and Wals a Cloud of dust, which some suspected to be the Constantinopolitan Emperor, but proued Corbanan the General of the King of Persia, with a long * 1.30 and farre gathered Armie of Persians, Medes, Arabs, Turkes, Azimites, S••racens, Courds, Publicans and diuers other Nations. There were three thousand Agulans, which vse none other Armes but Swords, armed to point with Iron. Ours being wearied, gaue them leaue to prouoke, insult, & run vp and downe casting vp their Lances and Swords, and againe catching them. Sensadol, Sonne to King Cassian, had gone to Corbanan, promising (before in his Fathers name, now in his owne) [ 10] to reigne vnder him, to deliuer him the Castle of Antiochia, and to doe him homage. The Castle was now deliuered. Soone after a rustie Sword and worse Lance, taken from a poore Franke, were presented to him, with insultation on all hands ouer that beggerly Nation which thought by such Armes to spoile Asia and subdue Persia. And presently sent for his Secretarie to write to the Chalife and to the Soldan, that he now held the French Armie inclosed in the walls of Antio∣chia, the Castle in his owne possession; and that the cry was more terrible then the Wolfe. And whereas you writ to me vtterly to destroy them, be not offended if I send some of the chiefe bound to you. Their seruice will be vsefull, and the French Kings Brother an honourable Captine to Persia. Ply you your pleasures and get children to resist other Frankes, if need be. As for me, I will not see your face till I haue subiected all Romania, Syria, and Bulgaria to your seruie. Thus did he sell the skinne of the Beare [ 20] yet liuing. His Mother sought to disswade him by Prophecies, Starre-gazings, and other Wi∣sardly Diainations, which all (shee said) portended prosperitie and victorie to the Christians. But hee remayned deafe, and resolued to try it out from the Castle, the Turkes still annoyed Ours, and with successions of supplyes had great aduantage; the streets were still couered, and Houses as it were roofed anew with Arrowes. But a worse Enemie, Famine did more harme; the legge of an Asse was sold for sixtie shillings, and the buyer esteemed frugall, the Hides of beasts were dressed for food, the children starued at the brests of their Mothers. Many fled away and raised reports that the Citie was lost, or could not long hold out, Earle Stephanus Carnotensis by this newes caused the Emperour comming to their assistance to turne backe.

BVt a certaine Priest comforted them with Relation of a Vision of Christ, the Virgine and * 1.31 [ 30] Peter appearing to him and promising reliefe after slue dayes, which one Peter seconded with a second Vision of Saint Andrew, shewing him in Saint Peters Church in the Citie, the Launce which pierced the side of our Sauiour, with promise of victory to the Bearers; which they went, digged and found it with great ioy, singing a Te Deum, & Gloria in Excelsis. All pre∣sently sware not to flie, nor desist from the Iourney of the holy Sepulchre. By night fire from the West fell from Heauen vpon the Turkes Campe, which cheered Ours and terrified them, as an Ensigne of Diuine vengeance by the Frankes. Soone after the Turkes hauing assailed and slaine three of ours in a Towre, whiles none of our starued number could be brought out of their Houses to assist them; Boamund disdayning, caused fire to be set on those Houses to bring them [ 40] out by force, and such a wind arose with the fire that it burned two thousand Houses and Chur∣ches.

Peter the Heremite and Heluinus were sent to Corbanan, in Ambassage, which they perfor∣med stoutly in confidence of the former presages. The Bishop Podiensis (the Popes Legate) en∣ioyned three dayes fast, and they all confessed themselues, obserued Processions, and on the third day receiued the Sacrament. After which by common counsell the Armie was diuided in sixe parts, the first Band committed to Hugo and the Earle of Flanders, the second to Duke Godfrey, the third to Robert the Norman, the fourth to the Podian Bishop, which carryed with him the Launce aforesaid, and a great part of Earle Raimunds forces, the fifth to Tancred, the sixth to Boamund. The Bishops, Priests, Clerkes and Monkes in their holy Vestments went out with [ 50] the Souldiers without the gate, carrying Crosses in their hands, signing the people, and crying, Lord saue thy people, and blesse thine Inheritance: Bee thou to them a Tower of strength from the face of their Enemie, with other Psalmes. The like was performed by those which were on the Walls and Towers. Corbanan saw them comming forth, and said, let them all come out that we may the better take them. By him stood an Aquitaine Renegado, which for his belly had denied his Redeemer, and had told disgracefull reports of the Christian forcelesse famished Forces; by whom he now learned to whom euery Band pertayned. And seeing their Armes and Order, hee cut off the head that had brought him those Tales. Hee gaue also a signe to the Amira of his Treasures, that if hee saw a fire kindled in the head of his Armie, hee should flye with all [ 60] speed.

When Ours were comne into a certaine Valley, the Bishop of Podium armed, and holding the Launce of our Sauiour erected in his hand, made a Sermon or Speech vnto them, exhorting to courage and charitie, promising Victorie to the Suruiuer, Heauen to the Dier, and blessed them. Then marched they on moderately, the length of their Armie from the Riuer to the Hill exten∣ding

two miles. The Turkes diuided themselues in two Bands thinking to inclose Ours: but a seuenth Band was appointed to encounter that diuided Armie out of the Souldiers of Godfrey, and the Norman vnder one Rainald. These met and fought, many beeing slaine on both sides. When the other sixe Bands were come within Arrow shot, the Turkes shot and the wind retor∣ted their Arrowes on themselues, so that Ours could not find an Enemie, the Turkes flying from * 1.32 the first Band, which presently went to helpe Boamund, which bare the burthen of the fight, and Godfrey followed him. Whiles Ours are in the heat of fight a white Armie appeared from * 1.33 the Mountaines, whose Captaines are said to be George, Mauritius, Demetrius, and the Bishop presently cryed, that their promised helpe was comne. Fire was set to the Grasse when the Turkes fled, for a token of flight to the Campe, which yet were set vpon by the Surians and Ar∣menians. [ 10] There dyed that day one hundred thousand Horsemen, for they would not take paines to number the Footmen which were slaine. The next day fifteene thousand Camels were found, Horses, Asses, Mules, Oxen, Sheepe, innumerable, with Gold, Siluer, Vestments and other things of price: with which they returned to the Citie, where they were receiued by the Priests in Procession. The Amira of the Castle seeing his fellowes runne away, asked for one of our Colours, and the Earle of Saint Giles (left to guard the Citie) gaue him his, which hee set vp, but hearing that the Citie was granted to Boamund, he sent for his Ancient, and couenanted * 1.34 with him to suffer the Castellans to depart with freedome, so as they which would might be∣come Christians, the rest should haue a Conuoy to the Saracens. Himselfe became a Conuert: and after three dayes fast, the Gentiles were baptized. The battell was fought on the eight and [ 20] twentieth of Iune, on Saint Peter and Saint Pauls Euen. Hugo Magnus was sent in Ambassage to the Emperour to come to take his Citie, which hauing done, * 1.35 he died. The other guiltie of breaking his Oath would not come.

They now consulted of going to the Sepulehre, but were forced to wait till October, by the drought and heate. One Pilet a Knight of Earle Raimunds, procured many to ioyne with him, and went into the Saracens Land. The Saracens receiued him at Talaman: not farre thence hee wonne a Castle of the Saracens. They went to Marra, where many were gathered from Aleph (Aleppo) and other places; they discomfited the Turkes, but were not able to lay siege till Octo∣ber. The Bishop Podiensis dyed on the first of August, to the Armies great griefe, and was bu∣ried in Saint Peters Church. The Earle of Saint Giles went to Albaria, and forced the Citie, [ 30] commanding to kill all such as would not turne Christians, which cost many their liues, because they had taken it from the Christians, and vsed the same condition. A Bishop was also elected to gouerne it.

SVmmer being past, the Christian Souldiers returned from their seuerall abodes to Autioch, * 1.36 and there met together on All-Saints day, beeing now farre more then when they had gone from thence. For from all parts of the World many worthy Knights and Footmen had followed the steps of the former, the Christian Armie daily increasing. And when they consulted of the way of the Sepulchre. Boamund demanded their couenant touching the Citie. Earle Raim••••d said it could not be done by reason of their Oath to Alexius. Hence grew many meetings and ill [ 04] greetings. At last the Bishops, Abbots, and more moderate Princes consulted how both might * 1.37 be kept: and it was agreed that both Boamund and Raimund should goe the way of the Sepulchre with the rest, the former fortifying the Castle, the other the Palace of Cassian, and the Tower on Saint Simeons gate.

And because Antioch hath long detayned vs in the narration, and in the siege, we will speake somewhat of it for their sakes which haue not seene it. Threescore and fiue Kings are said to haue ruled there. It is enuironed with two Walls, the former of great square stones artificially wrought, and therein are distinguished in order foure hundred and sixtie Towers. It is goodly and spacious contayning foure H••ls great and high, on the highest a Ca••••le, neither fearing forci∣ble [ 50] batterie, or suttle engining. There are three hundred and sixtie Churches in her Territorie, and the Patriarch hath vnder his Iurisdiction, one hundred fiftie three Bishops. Foure Hils for∣tifie it on the East. Farfar runneth on the West. Ours besieged it eight monethes and one day, and were in it besieged three weekes of the Parthians, after which they rested there in quiet foure monethes and eight dayes, which ended, Raimund went to Rugia, and the next day to Albaria, which two Cities he had subdued: the fourth day to Marra.

The Citizens scorning the paucitie of his Souldiers, came forth to encounter him, but were soone repelled. The next day Boamund adioyned himselfe to his helpe. Iron Rammes were made, which being hanged with Ropes, and by the Souldiers hands drawn back might be forced on the Walls, with often pushes to shake downe the Wall. A Tower of wood was erected [ 60] higher then theirs of stone, with three lofts furnished with Militarie Engines, hauing in the two higher armed men with ••ikes, Arrowes, Stone, Balls, and Fires: in the lowest were those which forced the wheeles on which the Tower was built. Others filled the Ditch, hauing ap∣plyed a Tortoise * 1.38 to the Wall so to bring thither their Machination. The Citizens had prouided wild-fire, and another Instrument to throw great stones, but in vaine. For William of Mount

Pessul, with his Company in the highest storie, threw downe Mill-stones which brake the roofes of houses, whiles the others digged thorow the Wall. Others set a Ladder to the Wall, which Gulferius dela Turre first ascended, and many other followed him: whom the Citizens no lesse fu∣riously assaulted, and forced some of them downe with deadly praecipice: whom others yet fol∣lowed: the Priests also stood by the wooden Tower, calling on the Lord Iesus, to powre his wrath on the Gentiles which knew him not, and the Kingdomes which innuoked not his Name: and to bee our helpe in the nedfull time of trouble. The narrownesse of the Wall did not admit assistants to Gulfe∣rie, who laid about like a Lion, and was most laid at, his shield beeing onerated with Arrowes, Darts and Weapons, that a man could not lift it, and hee was now spent and wearie when the other had digged thorow, and soone chased away the Enemies: which so terrified those on the [ 10] Wall, that Gulferie now without a shield full of heart and resumed life, made way with his Sword and killed more yet with feare (throwing downe themselues) then with his Weapon. Boamund signified to the richer Citizens to flye to a Tower, and there they might redeeme their liues, which vpon his word they did. Much crueltie was shewed by ours, ransacking not only their houses but their very entrails for Treasure: neither yet was there any of so great a multi∣tude which would confesse the name of Christ. Euery man had what hee could get. And Boa∣mund of those in the Tower slue the old vnseruiceable, the rest he sent to Antiochia to be sold: but when hee could not perswade Raimund to deliuer Antiochia to him, hee left him and retur∣ned thither.

The Armie which stayed all this while there was so pinched with Famine, that (horrible to * 1.39 speake) they cut and eate vp the bodies of the Gentiles. The discord yet continued betwixt the [ 20] Earle and Boamund, to the great displeasure of the Armie, Raimund pretending the Oath to the Emperour, and hauing pure Iustice on his part. This being discoursed at Rugia and Capharda in diuers meetings, euery one wishing, but not shewing how to effect, concord, they returned to Antioch. But the Norman Earle with all his abode with Raimund, knowing that hee was in the right. These two Earles order their Bands for Cesaria, the King whereof had sent to be∣come Raimunds Vassall. But when he saw the Armie approaching, hee was troubled and forbade to sell them any thing. The next day he sent to shew them a Foord, whereby they might passe thorow Earfar a Valley, in which were twentie thousand head of beasts which they tooke: and going to besiege a Castle therein, it presently yeelded to them, which Example another [ 30] Castle followed. Thence they came to Caphalia a plentifull Citie in a specious and spacious Val∣ley, * 1.40 whose Citizens were all fled, leauing their Garners and Gardens, and Houses plentifully prepared for those which at first were filled with wonder and doubt, and after with Iubilee. The like also was done by a Castle adioyning to that Valley, where they kept their Candlemas. The King of Camel sent thither to desire conditions of Peace, or rather to buy the same with * 1.41 goodly Presents. The King of Tripoli imitated his Example. Both their Gifts were receiued, * 1.42 but no peace giuen, except they would become Christians.

A fortnight after they went to an old Castle called Archas, comparable to famous Cities, in Scite, Walls, Towers. Whiles they continued heere a doubtfull siege, fourteene Souldiers of * 1.43 Ours, desiring Exploits went towards Tripoli, where they encountred threescore Turkes with a [ 40] great bootie of Captiues and Cattell, and returned with the spoile to the Campe. Raimund Pilet, and Raimund Vicount of Tentoria, with their companies hereby instigated went to Tortosa, and making great fires by night, as if the whole Armie were there, so terrified the Inhabitants that they left their Citie in haste, stored as it was, to seeke a new Habitation, this beeing indeed a good Hauen for ours. Maraclea a Neighbor Citie also receiued them. Duke Godfrey hearing of this glorious successe, set forth from Antiochia with Boamund and the Earle of Flanders, and came to the Citie Licia, where Boamund parted from them. The Duke and the Earle came to Gibellum, and besieged it: but hearing from Earle Raimund of his difficulties, and of a battell approching, they agreed on conditions before required with the Prince of that Citie, and hasted thither to the besieged Castle. Where the Duke seeing their small proficience, went to Tripoli, where fol∣lowed so bloudie a battell that the water which runneth into their Citie stained their Cisternes; [ 50] and then turning aside to the Valley of Desen (where ours had staid before a fortnight) there got three thousand Camels and innumerable Sheepe, Kine and Asses, to their great won∣der whence they should come in that space. Thus richly laden they returned to the siege, and there kept their Easter (then the second day of Aprill.) This siege continued three monethes and one day, and then (preuailing nothing) they arose and went to Tripoli, and there established the peace which the King and Citizens had desired. The King deliuered three hundred Pilgrims of ours, and gaue fifteene thousand Bizantines and open Market to buy prouision.

He cou••nanted also to become Christian if they could winne Ierusalem, and ouercome the Ba∣bylonian Warre, and be subiect to the King of Ierusalem. Here they staid three dayes, and seeing that Haruest was neere they agreed to take the next way to Ierusalem. On the fourth of May [ 60] they set out, and passing certaine steepe Hils, they came to the Castle Betelon: the next day to the Citie Zabaris, where they could find no water for themselues and their Horses. The next * 1.44 day they came to the Riuer Braim where they refreshed themselues that night. The next night

was of our Lords Ascension, and they ascended a hill by a narrow way, where they feared, but found no enemy. Then came they to Baruth, a Citie seated on the Sea; thence to Sagitta, and after that to Sur, from that to Aora, thence to the Castle called Caiphas, and so to Caesarea. In * 1.45 Caesarea is Philips house still shewed, and the Chamber of his Daughters which were Prophe∣tesses. Here they kept their Whitsontide, pitching their Tents neere the Citie. Thence they passed to Ramola, which the Saracens for feare had forsaken, neere which is the Church of Saint George, where hee lieth buried, for veneration of whom they elected a Bishop, and gaue him * 1.46 Tithe of all their Riches. It was meete that inuincible George, the Standard-bearer of their war should receiue that honour. Thence they turned to Ierusalem.

AS soone as they saw Ierusalem, they wept for ioy, fell downe and worshipped the Sepul∣chre. [ 10] On the North side, the Earles of Normandie and Flanders encamped, neere Saint * 1.47 Stephens Church, in the place where he was stoned. On the West Duke Godfrey and Tancred. On the South (on Mount Sion) the Earle of Saint Giles. Whiles they rested in their Tents be∣ing wearie, some went to scoure and secure the Countrey. On Munday the fourth of Iune, they * 1.48 beganne the assault, and had that day ended the siege if they had not wanted Ladders. Another want of Bread succeeded for ten daies space, and then their ships of prouision arriued at Ioppe. The Water of Siloe could scarcely suffice the men. The Beasts were driuen sixe miles to water, with a great conuoy of sixe thousand Souldiers. Pilet and one hundred others, were sent to Ia∣phia or Ioppe, and some that went before to search the way, were set vpon by seuen hundred [ 20] Turkes and Arabs, where Achardus a good Souldier sold his life deerely; but when the rest came in, the enemies fled. They were now prouided of victuall from the ships, but their thirst was so extreame, that they digged holes in the earth, and put the moist Turffes to their mouthes to moisten them; they licked the dewie Marbles, and sewed beasts skins new killed to fetch Wa∣ter in: and some rather fasted, so to moderate thirst, then to drinke of that greasie Water. To * 1.49 the siege they addressed woodden Towers and Engines.

Duke Godfrey caused his to be applied on the East side, and the Earle of Saint Giles another, on the South. On Thursday they fasted, and gaue Almes to the poore; and on Friday the twelfth of Iuly, they ascended those Towers, and applyed scales to the Walls. Duke Godfrey with his Brethren Eustace and Baldwine, played the Lions. Procession was made about the [ 30] wals with Crosses and Relikes, and Altars, whiles they fought on the wals. When the houre approached, in which the Sauiour of men dyed for men, then did one Letoldus first from the Dukes Castle leap forth, and after him Guicherius, (which had slain a Lion by his strength.) The * 1.50 Duke followed his Souldiers, and his other Souldiers him, who chased the enemy from the wals, and pursue them into the Citie with a great shout. Which when Earle Raimund heard, which was labouring to bring his Tower to the Wall, hee called to his men to follow him to the gate neere the Tower of Dauid, and spake to them in the Tower to open; which presently the Ad∣miravis which kept the Tower, hearing who hee was, did, and committed himselfe and all his vnto him, together with the Tower.

But Duke Godfrey sought neither Tower nor Gold, nor spoile, but reuenge for the bloud and [ 40] wrongs of Pilgrims, whereto he neuer had more opportunitie, not then when at Antioche hee claue in sunder that Gigantean Gentile. And now he and Guicherius (which cut a Lion in sun∣der) claue humane bodies from the head to the raines, and on the right and left hand thorow * 1.51 both sides: the throng hindred euery mans flight. They which remained, fled to the Temple of Salomon, where they defended themselues the most part of the day; but ours before night breaking in, shed so much bloud, that slaine carkasses were tumbled on the Pauement to and fro in a streame of bloud; armes and hands dismembred floted in bloud, and were ioyned to others bodies, none being able to discerne; and the slayers themselues were scarsely able to endure those hot mists of bloudie vapours. After this vnspeakable slaughter, they grew more indulgent, and many captiues of both Sexes were spared. Euery corner was searched for spoile, euery man [ 50] possessing what he tooke; Ierusalem at that time being rich. After this they did goe ioyfully to the holy Sepulchre, and gaue thankes to him which had beene there buried: going did I say? Creeping on their knees and elbowes, watering the Pauement with their teares. This done, they went to their houses, and refreshed themselues with food and sleepe. The next day they went armed to the Temple of Salomon, to make an end of them which had ascended the roofes, where onely Wings were wanting to flye from that which they could no way flee, present de∣struction. Some threw themselues downe headlong; others, offered themselues to seruitude. The liuing Saracens were enioyned to carry out the dead and burie them, and to cleanse the Citie.

The enemies destroyed, the Citie secured, victorie and glory atchieued, question was of a [ 60] King, and Duke Godfrey was chosen by generall consent, the eighth day after the taking, who * 1.52 more adorned that Royall Dignitie, then it him, and was an Honor to his Honor, by Knightly bountie, bodily elegance, and excellent manners. The next care was of a Prelate, and Arnul∣phus was chosen on Lammas-day. This ended, Messengers were sent by the Neapolitans to King * 1.53

Godfrey, offering themselues to his subiection. (This Neapolis is a Citie of Caria, an Asian Pro∣uince) to whom the King sent Eustace his Brother, and Tancred, to whom they deliuered their Citie. The Deuill bestir'd him, and enuying this rising Sunne of Christianitie after so long a night, raised vp Clement the Admirauis of Babylon, and all the East with him against them. He came with pompous preparation to Ascalon. Eustace and Tancred were sent for, and all goe towards Ascalon, a Citie of Palestina, fiue and twentie miles from Ierusalem. Heere they had all first fortified their Spirits by the Eucharist, and proceeded from the Church towards Asca∣lon. The Patriarch left Peter the Hermite in his place, to ordaine Masses, Prayers, Processions. Neere Ascalon they tooke a great bootie of beasts. The next day, the Patriarch cursed all that should goe about to meddle with spoile before the victorie. This was on Friday, on which our [ 10] Lord had dyed.

The King passed the Riuer, and pitched his Tents neere the Sea. Himselfe had the first Band or Vantguard, Robert of Normandie the second, Earle Raimund the third, the Earle of Flanders the fourth; Eustace, Tancred, and Guaston de Bebert, the fift. The Foot-men had set themselues with Arrowes and Darts before the Knights, Men at Armes * 1.54, and thus ordered, they marched towards the Babylonians. The King was in the left Wing, where was most danger, the Earle of Saint Giles in the right, the rest betwixt them. The Babylonian (whom none durst tell of the former bootie) being told that the Frankes were comne forth to fight, much disdained their paucitie, as a disgrace to haue so meane so confident enemies. The battell was begun by the Earle * 1.55 of Normandie and his Band, in that quarter where he espyed the Admiravis his Standard, and [ 20] making way with his Sword thorow the midst of his enemies, by a bloudie passage arriued at him that held it, whom hee laid dead at the Admiravis his foote, and tooke the Standard, the Admiravis hardly escaping to Ascalon with his life, whence he might behold the slaughter of his people, which by noone were all put to rout and slaine in all places, euen to the gates of the Citie in incredible numbers. The spoile was exceeding rich. The Standard, which in the top of a Siluer Staffe had a golden Apple, was offered by Earle Robert of Normandie at the holy Sepulchre, the whole Armie hauing returned and entred into the Citie in triumph. This bat∣tell was fought the eighth of August. And thus Ierusalem, which is said to haue beene built by Melchisedech, (whom the Iewes say, was the Sonne of Noe) is now open to the Pilgrimes with praises, which before were receiued with contumelies. Of these Pilgrimes and Gates, it is said [ 30] by Esay; And thy Gates shall be open continually, day and night they shall not be shut: And againe, of the French Nation, which he brought from the ends of the earth to deliuer it, I will bring thy Children from farre, their Siluer and their Gold with them, in the name of the Lord thy God, and the holy one of Israel which hath glorified thee. The Sonnes of thy Pilgrims shall build thy wals, and their Kings shall minister to them. These and many things else, we find in the Propheticall Books, which agree to this deliuerance made in our Age.

CHAP. II.

The Acts of the Pilgrimes in their Expedition to Ierusalem, before and after [ 40] the taking thereof, extracted out of FVLCHERIVS CARNO∣TENSIS, which went thither with ROBERT, Earle of Normandie.

IN the yeare 1095. when manifold euils in all parts of Europe were encreased, the Faith languishing, Urban the second was Pope of Rome, a man excellent in life and manners, * 1.56 which alway to the vtmost of his wit and strength, endeuo∣red aboue all things to Exalt higher the State of holy Church. And seeing that the Faith of Christendome was decayed in all, both Clergie and Laitie, and the [ 50] Secular Princes in continuall warres with each other, spoiling the goods, capti∣uing the persons, (whom miserable prisons enforced to vnreasonable redemptions) violating holy places, burning of Townes and Monasteries, making a mockerie of things Diuine and hu∣mane, sparing no man: and hearing that the Prouinces of Romania * were possessed by the Turks; he called a Councell at Claremont, Herein he decreed the Churches freedome from all Secular Po∣wer, that Tithes of all which commeth by husbandrie, should bee proper to God, and neither sold nor de∣tained; that he which should take a Bishop should be an Out-law, and the takers or spoilers of Clerkes, Monkes and Nuns, Pilgrimes or Merchants, should bee Anathema, as likewise Robbers and in∣cendiaries. These and other like being ratified by the Councell, he exhorted them, (Not I, but the Lord) to exterminate the Turkes out of the Christian Confines. I speake to the present, I send to the [ 60] absent, and Christ commands it. And all that goe thither, if they shall dye in the going by Land, passage ouer water, or in fight against the Pagans, shall haue present remission of their sinnes: which I grant to those which vndertake the Voyage, hauing so great a gift from God. Those that haue formerly abused

warres against Christians, let them goe against Infidels, and let them now bee Souldiers which before were Robbers, and let them fight iustly against the Barbarians, which they did before against their Bre∣thren, and for an eternall reward, which were before mercenarie for a few shillings, and for a double ho∣nour, which wearied themselues for double detriment of body and soule. Here they are poore, there they shall be wealthy; here the Lords enemies, there his friends. Let them not delay, but make Money of that which they haue, and the next spring set forward.

Many present promised to goe, of which was Ademarus, Bishop of Podium, afterward the Popes Legat, which ruled the whole Armie. These things ordered in the Councell, and the blessing of Absolution being giuen, they departed home, and divulged what had passed. Truce was euery where confirmed by Oath, and many of euery profession vowed to goe, the remissi∣on [ 10] of sinnes being purchased. O what a goodly sight, and worthy it was to vs all, to see the Crosses of Silke, or wrought in Gold, or of Cloath which they ware on their Iackets, Coates, and Garments on their shoulders. Such a worke did Pope Vrban meditate, by which the world after flourished, and restored the Churches Rights. But the Deuill raised vp Guibertus, Bishop of Rauenna, an Aduersarie to him, whom the peruersenesse of the Emperour, whiles Gregorie * 1.57 (Hildebrand) held the Seate, supported in his vsurpation of the Apostleship. But the better sort acknowledged Gregorie, and after him Vrban, whom by the Emperours ayde, Guibertus forced from Rome, till that yeare when the Frankes went to Ierusalem by Rome, Guibertus being in Al∣maine, Vrban by help of Matildis, obtained the whole Apostolike power, she being then verie potent in the Romane Countrey. [ 20]

Anno 1096. some in March, others in Aprill, May, Iune, Iuly, August, September, and October, set forth, as they could make their prouisions on this holy Voyage. Peter the Hermite went by the way of Hungarie. Raymond Earle of Prouince, with his Gothes and Gascoines, and the Bishop of Podium by Sclauonia, Hugo Magnus and Buamund by Bulgaria. In September, Robert Earle of Normandie, Sonne of William King of the English, with a great Armie of Nor∣mans, and English-men and Britans set forwards, and with him Stephen Earle of Bloise, and Ro∣bert Earle of Flanders. The Armies still increased as they passed, and were neuer vnited till they came to Nice. We Westerne Frankes passed thorow Italy, and found Pope Vrban neere to Luca, with whom Robert the Norman had conference, and Earle Stephen, and wee also as many as would; and hauing his blessing, we went ioyfully to Rome. And when we had en∣tred [ 30] Saint Peters, we found before the Altar Guiberts men, which with their Swords in their hands tooke away the offerings: others ranne along the beames, and threw stones at those which were prostrate at their Prayers, seeking to slay those which were faithfull to Vrban. Vr∣bans men held one Tower of the Monasterie, which kept it for him, and withstood the Aduer∣saries. Many which went thither with vs, returned home, but we passed thorow Campania and Apulia, and came to Barrum, a good Citie on the Sea. We had thought to haue taken ship, but the weather being vnseasonable, Robert Earle of Normandie was forced to turne aside into Ca∣labria; and winter there. But Robert Earle of Flanders with his troups passed ouer. Then verie many of the poorer fearing want, sold their Bowes, and taking their Pilgrimes Staues retur∣ned home, to their disgrace before God and Men. [ 40]

In March, 1097. Robert Earle of Normandie, and Stephen of Bloise returned to the Sea, and * 1.58 on the fifth of Aprill, then Easter-day, set sayle at the Hauen Brundusium. There wee saw one ship, (without any cause appearing) sinke almost foure hundred persons of both Sexes drow∣ned: on the dead bodies of which were seene Crosses branded on their flesh, a miraculous to∣ken that they departed in Gods mercy. The Horses and Mules, and much Money was lost. This so appalled many, that they forsooke their Pilgrimage and returned. But we foure daies after arriued at Duratum, and passed the difficult passages of the Bulgarians by Hils and Deserts, till we came to the Riuer Daemon, where the Diabolicall Torrent drowned many, and many more had done, but for the helpe of the Horse-men. Wee ascended next day the Hill Bagulat, and came to the Riuer Baldarius, thorow which wee waded, and came the next day to Thessa∣lonica: [ 50] and trauelling thorow Macedonia, we came at last to Constantinople: where after much adoe, our men did homage to the Emperour. Then passing Saint Georges Arme, we came to Nice, which the Turkes (who had come out of Persia, about fiftie yeares before) did now pos∣fesse, and all Romania as farre as Nicomedia. The Princes Buamund, Duke Godfrey, and Earle Raimond then in the siege, came to meete the Earles, Robert and Stephen. Then were many Ar∣mies combined in one Armie, wherein were a hundreth thousand armed men, with Corslets and Head-peeces: which they that had skill of the number, esteemed to haue sixe hundred thousand men apt for warre, besides those that were vnarmed; to wit, Clergie-men, Monkes, Women and Children. What shall I say more? If all they which had comne out of their Houses and begun this vowed iourney, had beene here together, without doubt there would haue beene [ 60] sixtie hundred thousand Warriors. But some had returned from Rome, others from Apulia, o∣thers from Hungaria, or Sclauonia, many thousands were slaine by the way, and many died, the waies, fields, woods, presenting many buriall places of Pilgrimes.

Nice being rendred, on the nine and twentieth of Iune, wee departed into the inner Coun∣tries * 1.59

of Romania. On the first of Iuly, we had newes of Turkes approaching, and set downe our baggage by a Fenne or Reedy place, and beheld Soliman which had held Romania with his Amira's of the Countries, aboue thirtie daies iourney, being three hundred and sixtie thousand Archers, on horseback. Duke Godfrey, Earle Raimond and Hugo Magnus were absent, to our irreco∣uerable losse, both of ours slaine, and of Turkes escaped. For it was late before our Messengers could bring them the newes, and therefore it was late ere they could come in to our succour. The Turkes gaue such an on-set with shouts and shots, that our hearts failed, and we fled, being ig∣norant of such kind of fight. Others had on the other side the Reeds, assailed our Tents, and * 1.60 slaine many. But the fore-runners of Duke Godfrey, and Hugo, and Raimond on one side; and we which fled on the other (whom they thought to returne in respect of them) made them retire. [ 10] But we were thronged as sheepe closed in a fold, trembling, encompassed of the enemy, and could go no way. The Conscience of Lecherie, Couetousnesse and Pride, did now trouble many, this seeming to haue hapned for our sinnes. The cry of Men, Women, Infants, and of the Pagans rushing on vs, filled the Ayre. We confessed our sinnes, and the Podian Bishop with many other Priests in white, besought God, crying, singing, praying. Then Robert of Normandie, Earle Stephen, Buamund, and the Earle of Flanders, made resistance what they could. God was ap∣peased, and wee seeing our fellowes which came last, resumed courage, and put the Turkes to flight. The battell and our straits, lasted from the first houre till the sixth. We marched to An∣tiochia * 1.61 in P••sidia, thence to Iconium, and could not tell whither to laugh or weepe, to see many of ours wanting Horses, lading Rams, Goats, Swine, Dogs, with their carriages, the weight whereof galled their backes. A strange confusion was of so many tongues in one Armie, Frankes, [ 20] Flemmings, Frislanders, Galls, Britons, Sauoyards, Loraines, Almaines, Baioarians, Normans, Scots, English-men, Aquitans, Italians, Apulians, Spaniards, Danes, Greekes, Armentans. Baldwin Brother of Godfrey possessed himselfe of Tarsus, and after of Edessa, the Gouernour whereof had sent to compound with him. In the way neere Samosate we were in danger, but gat safe to E∣dessa, * 1.62 and were receiued of the Gouernor, whom his Citizens after fifteene daies slue, but Bald∣win kept the Citie, and thence made many roads vpon the Turkes. I Fulcherius Carnotensis, was the Chaplaine of the said Baldwin.

In the moneth of October, the Frankes passed ouer the Riuer Fernus, or Or••ntes, to Antio∣chia. Gratian the Amira, of Antiochia sent his Sonne Sansadoles to the Soldan of Persia for aide. [ 30] The Turkes within the Towne killed many Christian Inhabitants (for feare of conspiring with the Frankes) Greekes, Syrians, Armenians. The Christians wearied with so long a siege, ascri∣bed it to their Lecherie, Pride and Rapine, and by common consent put out all the Women, married and others, out of the Tents, which lodged in Tents neere. The Famine was great, and many were slaine daily; all were desolate, and many fled. The rest were pinched with cold, parched with heate, washed with raines, (their Tents being old and worne) lying in open Ayre without any couert but heauen. Earle Stephen returned home. The next day after, was Antiochia taken, deliuered by a Turke, to whom Christ had thrice appeared, and bidden him de∣liuer the Towne. Gratian the Amira was slaine by an Armenian Peasant. It happened, that * 1.63 after the Citie was taken, a Lance was found by a certaine man, which being found in the [ 40] ground in Saint Peters Church, he affirmed to bee that wherewith Longinus pierced the side of our Sauiour. He said, this was reuealed to him by Saint Andrew the Apostle, thrice appearing to him, and shewing the place where he digged and found it. The Podian Bishop would not be∣leeue him, but Earle Raimond (to these two, he declared his Vision) was credulous: and when it was found, all the people reioyced, and one hundred daies after it was holden in great vene∣ration, and gloriously handled by Earle Raimond, which also kept the Lance. But it hapned that the Bishop of Bare and many others doubted, that it was a counterfeit. Whereupon after * 1.64 three daies supplication and fasting, a great fire of wood was made in the field neere the Castle Archas, then by them besieged, eight moneths after that Antiochia had beene taken, a iudiciall benediction being made on the fire by the Bishops. The finder of the Lance passed voluntarily [ 50] and speedily thorow the fire, but was so burned, that in twelue daies after he died, and left the people for••ie for the worship they had done it. But Earle Raimond kept it, till by some acci∣dent it was lost.

The Soldan of Persia sent Corbagath with a great Armie, which besieged Edessa three daies, * 1.65 and not preuailing against Baldwin, they hasted to Antiochia: and sixtie thousand of them en∣tring the Citie by the Castle, much annoyed ours. The Frankes were sad: and a Clergie man flying, our Lord appeared to him, and told him, that At his Mothers request he would help them. To another appeared a Brother of his before dead, and told him, that their fellowes which had died in that expedition would take their parts, and sight against the Turkes. The Christians went out of [ 60] the Citie against Corbagath, which would not leaue his Chesse at first, but after was forced to * 1.66 leaue the field, notwithstanding his huge troups esteemed to be sixe hundred & sixtie thousand Horse and Foot, and ours famished and few, which were enriched with their spoiles. Many of them were slaine, and their Women in the Tents. After Antioch was taken, the Podian Bi∣shop died, and the Princes wrote to Pope Vrban: To the holy Lord and venerable Pope Vrban,

Buamund, and Raimund Earle of Saint Giles, Godfrey Duke Lothariensis, Robert Earle of Normandie, Robert Earle of Flanders, and Eustace Earle of Bullon, Greeting and faithfull Ser∣uices; and as Children to their spirituall Father, true subiection in Christ, &c. They relate the oc∣currents of the Warre, and desire him to come in person, and sit in Peters Chaire, whose Vicar hee is, where the name of Christians beganne, and to open to them the Gates of both Ieru∣salems, &c.

Bara and Mara being taken, Buamund returned to Antioch, and chased thence Earle Rai∣munds men, and possessed the Citie and all the Prouince. But Earle Raimund and Robert of Nor∣mandie proceeded towards Ierusalem: and in the yeare 1099. besieged Archas at the foote of Libanus. Duke Godfrey and the Earle of Flanders followed. In Iune, (to omit the rest) they [ 10] came before Ierusalem, which on the fifteenth of Iuly, they tooke, and slue about ten thousand men in the Temple, called Salomons: shot also many which were vpon the roofe. Our feete in the Temple (Us{que} ad bases, fortè brachas) were steeped in bloud. Our men opened their entrails to search for Byzantines, and after some daies, made a great heape of carkasses, which they bur∣ned to search the Ashes: Fiue hundred Turkes which had betaken themselues to the Tower of * 1.67 Dauid, agreed with Earle Raimund, and were sent to Ascalon. And now one piece of the Crosse was found, by reuelation made to a Syrian, which was carried to the Temple of the Sepulchre with Procession. Duke Godfrey was made King: and the King of Babylon, and Leuendalius his Generall, made hast with great Forces to besiege or fight with the Christians, and came to As∣calon, where the Christians obtained a glorious victorie. Robert of Normandie, and Robert of [ 20] Flanders returned to Constantinople by shipping; Earle Raimund to Laodicea, where hee left his Wife, going thence to Constantinople, with purpose to returne: Duke Godfrey retained Tancred, and many others with him at Ierusalem.

[illustration] map of Holy Land in the time of Christ

HONDIVS his Map of Terra Sancta.

TABULA CANANAEAE prout tempore Christi et Apostolorum divisa fuit

Buamund was meane while at Antioch, and Baldwine at Edessa, where hee had often fights with the Turkes, in the Confines of Mesopotamia. These by mutuall treatie agreed to goe toge∣ther to Ierusalem; which also they did, and met at Valenum, together with three Bishops, being fiue and twentie thousand Horse and Foote. But passing thorow the Saracens Countrey, where no prouision could be had, our owne being spent, the Horses and Men were miserably pinched, both with famine, and also with cold, and raines continuing foure or fiue daies together, by rea∣son whereof, many which wanted Tents perished. I Fulcherius there present, saw many of both Sexes, and very many beasts die with cold. Often also many were slaine by the Saracens, assaulting vs in strait passages, as likewise in foraging: Yea Knights of Noble descent hauing lost, * 1.68 their Horses, were forced to goe on foote. So difficult is euery great designe: and a great matter [ 10] it was that euer we got to Ierusalem, which was on the day of the Winter Solstice. We went af∣ter to Bethleem, thereto celebrate the Natiuitie where it was accomplished.

O how great a stinke was still about the walls of Ierusalem, arising from the fallen, scatte∣red, putrifying carkasses of the Saracens, which made vs to stop our noses? Daybert the Arch∣bishop of Pisa, (which had comne with vs) being made Patriarch, wee went thence to Iordan, (the former Armie had washed themselues there, and gathered Palmes at Ierico, according to * 1.69 the custome, in the Garden of Abraham, before the departure of the Earles of Normandie and Flanders) some of our Armie staying at Ierusalem, and some of the former going againe with vs. In the yeare 1100. on the first day of the yeare, we cut Palmes at Ierico, and the next day de∣parted. Our Princes passed by Tyberias, neere the Sea of Galilee, which is there eighteene miles * 1.70 [ 20] long, and fiue broad, of fresh water: and thence by Caesarea Philippi, called Paneas, where arise two Fountaines whence Iordan springeth, and passeth by the Sea of Galilee to the Red Sea. We came to the Castle Balbat, where three hundred men at Armes of the Turkes set vpon vs, and had slaine many, whose Arrowes being spoiled with the raine, they were vnarmed, if Baldwins care had not protected them. So passing by Tortosa and Laodicea, Boamund departed to Antio∣chia, where he was ioyfully receiued, and held his Kingdome sixe moneths. Then in Iuly follo∣wing, one Gabriel, an Armenian, offering to render to him the Citie of Militinia, he went thi∣ther with small company, and in the way Danisman, an Amira, with a multitude of Turkes, slue many, put the rest to flight, and tooke Buamund. Baldwin made after them, but in vaine, sauing * 1.71 that Gabriel rendred Militinia to him. In the midst of this his prosperitie, newes was brought [ 30] him of his Brothers death in Iuly, the second yeare after Ierusalem was taken, and that all Ie∣rusalem expected him to succeede. Grieuing somewhat at his Brothers death, and more re∣ioycing for the Inheritance, hee let out to one Baldwin his Kinsman the Countrey which hee held, and with seuen hundred men at Armes, and seuen hundred Foot-men, on the seuenth of October he set forth towards Ierusalem, passing by Antiochia, Laodicea, Gibellum, Mara∣clea, Tortosa, Archas and Tripoli. The King of Tripoli gaue him kind entertainment, and in∣telligence of Duchar King of Damasco, and Ginahaldole King of Caliptus, waiting and way∣laying his comming.

Neere to Berito, about fiue miles distance, is a strait passage neere the Sea, which a few hun∣dreds may make good against one hundred thousand. Heere they waited for vs, and heere wee [ 40] were in ill taking, not knowing which way for to escape or get backward or forwards: howsoeuer we made a shew of courage, I wished my selfe at Carnote or Orleans. Wee resolued after an ill nights rest, to goe backe the next morning, which we did, they pursuing vs in such sort, that we had no place left for flight or hope of safetie. But God mercifully saued vs with a great miracle, they being suddenly terrified, and their ships flying for feare of vs, and we made great slaughter, and got great spoile. The next day we returned againe, and found the streight aforesaid cleere, and passed the same with praises to God. The Amiras of Beruto, Sidon, also Tyrus, & Achon, made shew of friendship to vs. But Tancred which held the Castle Caiphas was maleuolent to Baldwin, wherefore we entred it not. We came at last to Ioppe, where the Frankes acknowledged Baldwin for their King, and hasted thence to Ierusalem, where hee was [ 50] welcomed with Procession of Clergie and Laitie, with Crosses and Candles. Daybert was not present as one accused, distasted of the people, and held in suspicion.

Sixe daies after, Baldwin set forth to Ascalon, whiles we wasted the Countries, diuers Sara∣cens had hidden their goods and themselues in holes of the Earth, which being reuealed by the Syrians, they were forced out by fire, made in the entries of their dens and slaine, being vsuall Robbers and Murtherers of Christians, we passed that way. When our prouisions were spent, we made an in-road into Arabia, and passing by Abrahams Sepulchre foureteene miles from Ierusalem, came into the Valley where Sodom and Gomorrha were destroyed, where is now the great Lake Asfalti, which they call the dead Sea. The length whereof from Zoaras of A∣rabia, * 1.72 is fiue hundred and eightie furlongs to the places next to Sodom, the breadth one hundred [ 60] and fiftie, so falt, that neither Beast nor Bird can drinke thereof, which I Fulcherius descending from my M••le, tasted, and found more bitter then El••ebore. And because nothing liues therein, it is called the Dead Sea. Iord in enters on the North; on the South is no passage out, neither Riuer nor Lake. Neere which Lake or Dead Sea, is a high Mountaine salt also, by places, hard

as a stone, and like Ice; which I coniecture, both by the waues washing it, and the showers fal∣ling downe, it make the Lake salt; or else the bottome thereof reacheth vnto the great salt Sea, by some inuisible passage vnder ground. A man can hardly sinke to the bottom if he would. Hauing compassed the South side of the Lake, wee found a Village, which they say, is Segor, of goodly situation, and abounding with Dates, whereof we fed pleasantly. Of other things we seldome found any, (for the Arabs hearing of vs, were fled) except some poore ones, blacke as Soote, which we contemned. There I saw Fruits on the Trees, which when I had broken the skin, I found to be dustie within and blacke. * 1.73

Thence we passed the Mountaines of Arabia, where the Inhabitants were fled from their Villages, and had hidden themselues in Causes. We came to a fertile Valley, watered out of the [ 10] Rocke which Moses stroke with the Rodde, still continuing with such abundance, that Water-Mills are driuen therewith, where I Fulcherius watered my Horses. Wee found a Monasterie * 1.74 in the top of the Mountaine, called Saint Aarons, where Moses and Aaron were wont to speak with the Lord: and we reioyced to see places so holy and strange. And because from thence, till neere to Babylon, the Countrey is desert, we proceeded no further, but returned the same way we came to Ierusalem.

In the yeare 1101. on Christmas day, in the Church of Saint Marie at Bethleem, by the Patriarch (then reconciled) was Baldwin anointed and crowned King, which Godfrey in re∣uerence * 1.75 to our Lord, there crowned with Thorne, had refused. Baldwin was feared as a good Souldier, but his people were few. Wee had yet no Port but Ioppe, neither was the way safe [ 20] from thence for Pilgrims; but when we heard of any ships there, we went forth to meete them, which hauing visited Ierusalem, some stayed, others returned. Whereby the holy Land of Ie∣rusalem remained emptie of people: nor were there to defend it from the Saracens, if they had dared to assault vs. For we had not then of men at Armes, aboue three thousand, and so many Foot-men as kept Ierusalem, Ioppe, Ramula and Cayphas. Neither durst we scarsely at any time * 1.76 assemble our forces, for feare of loosing our Fortresses: that it was not without miracle that wee continued among so many thousand thousands so strong. Wee durst aduenture no expedition, but neere to Ascalon or Arsuth. They which came by Sea brought no Horses, and by Land none came at vs; neither could the Antiochians helpe vs, or wee them. In March, Tancred * 1.77 left Cayphas to Baldwin, being sent for to Antioch to gouerne that Kingdome, till Buamund [ 30] were free.

A Fleet of Italians and Genuois, that had wintered at Laodicea, sailed thence to Ioppe, and came to Ierusalem, where on Easter Eeuen was great adoe, because the light which that day * 1.78 vseth to bee kindled from Heauen at the Lords Sepulchre, was not seene as in former times. But after much Ceremonies and Prayers, on Easter day happened to a Lampe in the Sepulchre, of which the Patriarch had the Key. The Genuois after Easter, forced Arsuth to yeeld them∣selues to King Baldwin, who also with their helpe besieged and tooke Caesarea Palaestinae. I saw there many Saracens burned for the Bizantines, which they had swallowed, or hidden in their * 1.79 mouthes, that with a blow on the mouth many pieces flew out of their mouthes: women also had hidden them in places not to be named. Wee went to Ramula, and waited if the Enemie [ 40] would fight with vs. Seuentie dayes after our departure, wee heard that they set forth to seeke battell, and Baldwin assembled his people from Ierusalem, Tiberias, Caesarea and Caypha. And because we had but few Knights (or men at Armes) the King warned all that could to make * 1.80 their Esquires Knights: so that all together were two hundred and threescore, and of footmen nine hundred. Against vs were eleuen thousand men at Armes * 1.81, and twentie one thousand footmen. We carried the wood of the Lords Crosse which comforted vs, & was carried openly by a venerable Abbot. Baldwin comforted them also, telling them of Heauen open to the dying, glory among Christians to the suruiuing: but France is farre off, if we runne away. The Leader with fiue thousand of the Enemies were slaine: this battell was fought the seuenth of September. The next day we returned to Ioppe laden with spoile: encountring fiue hundred Saracens, which ha∣uing [ 50] fought and beaten a part of our forces in the battell, with their Armes hasted to Ioppe, thinking to get the Towne; but not receiued, they thought vs to be their owne fellowes, suppo∣sing the Christians all slaine, in that errour comming to vs, till they learned the truth to their cost. Two Newes-tellers had also signified to the Ioppites, the death of King Baldwin, and defea∣ting of his Armie, whereupon they had sent by Sea to Tancred, yea, the Queene did write a Let∣ter of that import to hasten him to their succour, who was also setting forth when the true report by a Messenger purposely sent, stayd him. Wee went safe to Ierusalem, and rested eight monethes.

In the yeare 1102. the Babylonians were gathered together at Ascalon, to destroy vs vtter∣ly, * 1.82 being twentie thousand Horsemen and ten thousand Foot, besides victuals. These in May laid [ 60] siege to Ramula. At that time many Frankes were at Ioppe, waiting a fit wind for their returne to France. These had comne the yeare before by Romania, and had lost their Horses and all they had. For William, Earle of Poictou * 1.83, and Stephen Earle of Blois, (which sought now to recouer

the credit he had lost in flying from Antiochia) and a 1.84 Hugo Magnus which had returned from Antiochia to France, and Earle Raimond returned from Constantinople, where he had made stay, and Stephen Earle of Burgundie, and many other Noblemen had adioyned to themselues an in∣numerable number of Horse and Foot, the Armie diuided in two. In the Romanian Confines, Soliman the Turke with great forces of Turkes had dispersed them, and almost destroyed them, slaying aboue one hundred thousand of their Horsemen and Footmen, also some of their women, and some he carryed away. Their Mules, Horses and Beasts of burthen and goods the Turkes * 1.85 had gotten. The Earle of Poictou saued only himselfe, getting on foot to Antiochia in lamenta∣ble case, whom Tancred entertained. They which escaped (for they were diuided in many Troupes) came to Ierusalem, except Hugo Magnus which dyed at Tarsus. Some went by Sea [ 10] and they which had Horses by Land, which also in the way assaulted and tooke Tortosa, where Earle Raimond to their great disgust, remayned. Baldwin wayted for them at the Streights neere Beruto, eighteene dayes: they came to Ierusalem, kept there their Easter, visited the holy places, dined with King Baldwin in the Temple of Salomon, and now waited passage at Ioppe, when this newes came that King Baldwin had taken horse to goe against the Babylonians. Stephen of Blois and Stephen of Burgundie, Gefferie of Uendon and Hugh Liziniac (brother to Earle Raimond) got Horses and followed. But Baldwin improuidently hasting, was in sight of the Enemies before his forces could haue sight of him, not attending the foot, and hauing but few Horses. So that, with two hundred men at Armes, he was encompassed of twentie thousand, where he expected but a thousand, against whom they were enforced to fight, commited great slaughter, but lost [ 20] the field, the King and some others escaping to Ramula. Where not daring to stay, with fiue followers he departed, and three dayes after, with one only, hungrie and thirstie escaped to Ar∣suth. The two Stephens of Blois and Burgundie, were slaine. The King durst not aduenture by Land, and therefore sailed to Ioppe. Thence hee intreated an old poore Syrian, to carrie by by∣wayes, newes to Ierusalem, whither on the third day hee came, and ninetie men at Armes with some others of the Citie which could get Horses, set out for Ioppe, whither not without skir∣mishes and losse the most came. Also Hugh of Tiberias had before comne with eightie men at Armes. With such forces as he had, he set forth to meete the Enemie then approaching within three miles. Their huge numbers encompass••ng ours, were yet chased out of the field, leauing their Tents to the Frankes, with Camels, Asses, Money. For the King had then the wood of our [ 30] Lords Crosse, which i•• hee had in the former battell carryed, it is not to bee doubted, but God would haue shewed mercie to his people, if the King would haue gone wisely with his people to the battell. All Winter after they were quiet. Anno 1103. the King besieged Achon, but not able to take it, he wasted the Countrey and returned to Ioppe. Buamund was now restored to libertie and his Antiochian Principalitie, adding also Laodicea which Tancred had taken from the Constantinopolitans, giuing him recompense for it in his owne Land. King Baldwin in a skir∣mish was very dangerously wounded neere the heart.

Anno 1104. the King againe besieged Achon (or Ptolemaida,) assisted by a Fleet of Genuois, of seuentie ships beaked, b 1.86 and after twentie dayes siege tooke it: of great import for the Port, which within the walls harboureth many ships safely. Buamund and Daibert by Sea went to [ 40] Italy, he to get people, the other to complaine of Baldwin to the Pope, who fauoured him, but in his returne he dyed.

Anno 1105. Earle Raimond dyed in his owne Towne before Tripolis, whom succeeded his Nephew William Iordan. The King of Caliptus receiued a great ouerthrow by Tancred, which then ruled in Antiochia, and lost numbers numberlesse. The King of Babylon c 1.87 raised a great Armie which he sent to Ascalon, against which Baldwin moued from Ioppe, and sent to Ierusalem that they should fast, pray, and make Procession barefoot, which was done, my selfe beeing one. The Patriarke went and carryed the Crosse. Our men at Armes were fiue hundred, besides other Horsemen which had not that Militarie place, and two thousand foot. The Enemie was fifteene thousand, foure thousand were slaine, of which was the Amira of Ascalon; the Amira of A∣chon [ 50] was taken. Their Nauie before Ioppe returning to Babylon, (Cairo) was assailed by Tempest, * 1.88 and miserably disperst, whereof fiue and twentie ships were taken by vs, beeing full of Sara∣cens. On C••ristmas Eeuen at Ierusalem, we felt a great Earthquake.

Anno 1106. a Comet appeared fiftie dayes decreasing, beginning in February: also three Sunnes, a smaller on each hand of the true, both in quantitie and light; a great white Circle en∣uironing and in it a Rain-bow of foure colours, the Bow toward the Sunne, and reaching to the other two Sunnes. In the next moneth, the Starres of Heauen seemed to raine. Hugh of Tibe∣rias against the Damascens, had a notable Victorie, with sixescore, chasing foure thousand, and soone after dyed of an Arrow shot.

Anno 1107. seuentie of ours chased fiue hundred of theirs, besides one thousand footmen. [ 60] Buamund returned out of France with fiue thousand men at Armes, and threescore thousand footmen, without women; prouided a Fleet at Brundusium, sailed into Bulgaria, tooke Aualon, besieged Duratium a yeare, an forced the Emperour to sweare to protect the Pilgrimes thorow all his Empire, and he also sware fealtie to the Emperour d 1.89 after which, with part of his Ar∣mie

hee returned into Apulia, the greater part according to their Vow, repayring to Ierusa∣lem by Sea.

Anno 1109. Bertran sonne of Earle Raimund came out of Prouince, and with ninetie ships of the Genuois besieged Tripolis, but (by dissention betwixt him and Iordan his emulous Kins∣man) to little effect. Baldwin came to the siege to intreate the Genuois to his assistance against Ascalon, Beruth and Sidon and began to agree the two Earles; but Iordan was slaine as hee rode in the night with an Arrow, no man knew how nor whence. Bertran sware fealtie to King Bald∣win for his Fathers Inheritance (the cause of their quarrell) and when the Saracens had compoun∣ded to surrender the Towne, their liues saued, (which the King had confirmed by Oath) they permitted our chiefe men to enter part of the Towne. Meane-while, I know not how, a sudden [ 10] tumult happened amongst the meaner Genuois, who scaled and entred the Towne without the Princes knowledge, and put all to the sword, no equitie being able to make restitution of their heads. But in the Kings circuit they escaped. * 1.90

Anno 1110. King Baldwin with Bertran tooke Berith after seuentie fiue dayes siege: and after with Tancred passed ouer Euphrates, where they found the Turkish forces, which yet refused fight, and with wearisome delayes, caused that they furnished Edessa with victuall (the Turkes hauing * 1.91 wasted the Countrey and taken the Castles and Husbandmen which serued them with food) and departed againe ouer the Riuer, where the Turkes tooke and carryed into Persia, many of our footmen. In the meane-while, a Fleet arriued at Ioppe out of Norway, and the Westerne Sea conducted by that Kings Brother, which with their Sea-seruice ayded the King in the siege of [ 20] Sidon, which yeelded vpon composition in December.

Anno 1111. Tancred sent to Baldwin, who with Bertran assembled all their forces against the Turkes, which in great multitudes had passed Euphrares out of Persia. They passed by Apamia, * 1.92 which Tancred had taken the yeare before: but the Turkes refusing to fight, they departed, Tan∣cred to Antiochia, the King to Ierusalem. Preparation made, hee besieged Tyrus or Soor aboue * 1.93 foure monethes in vaine, his two Towers of wood which he had raised higher then the walls, beeing disappointed by two which the Citizens had erected on their walls by night, whence they being higher, cast fire into the other and consumed them. And ours which in conceit had diuided the prey, returned home with shame. Anno 1112. Tancred dyed.

Anno 1113. the Turkes passed Euphrates, and commited great spoile ouer the whole Coun∣trey, * 1.94 [ 30] and in a battell King Baldwin lost his Colours, Tents and goods, twelue hundred footmen, and thirtie of the best men at Armes. The Saracens before subiect, tooke Armes against vs. Si∣chem, which we call Naples, was taken. The Ascalonites came to the Suburbs of Ierusalem, and spoiled their Haruest: nor could a Messenger passe betwixt the King and them; nor durst the Husbandmen reape their Haruest in the Countrey, or exercise other businesses. But our Armie being renewed by Christian Pilgrimes from beyond the Seas, the Turkes departed towards Da∣masco, and King Baldwin to Achon, where he found the Countesse of Sicilia, (Wife of Roger the Brother of Robert Guiscard) comne to become his Wife.

Anno 1114. an infinite multitude of Grasse-hoppers, from the parts of Arabia, came into the * 1.95 Countrey of Ierusalem, which in Aprill and May much wasted our Corne. Two Earthquakes [ 40] had happened the yeare before: two also this yeare, one so great in the Region of Antiochia, that many Townes were halfe or wholly ruined, throwing downe their walls, and the Houses, and killing the people: ouerturning the Castle Trialeth neere to Euphrates, Mariseum with the walls, Houses and people was extinct: a great part of Mamistria sell.

Anno 1115. in Iune the Turkes passed the Riuer into Syria, and Doldequin King of Damasco, knowing that they hated him for the Murther of their former Generall Manduef, entred league with King Baldwin and Roger Prince of Antiochia, knowing that a three-fold Cord is not easily broken. When Baldwin was comne into those parts, the Turkes hid themselues, whom thinking to haue beene gone out of the Countrey, he returned. Meane-while, the Ascalonites had besie∣ged Ioppe by Sea and Land, but returned frustrate: againe they sought to take it vnprouided, and [ 50] made a second assault ten dayes after with like successe. The Turkes spoyling the Countrey of Syria, the Antiochians ouerthrew them in battell, slue three thousand and tooke many with rich spoyle, and three hundred thousand Byzantines. This yeare Mamistria was the second time subuerted by an Earthquake, wherewith also the like happened else-where in the Countrey of Antiochia. This yeare the King built the Castle Mount Royall within three dayes iourney of the Red Sea.

Anno 1116. the King went to the Red Sea, and found the Citie Heli, where the Israelites rested after they had passed the Red Sea: the Inhabitants being Fishermen we••e fled into their * 1.96 Boats. In the end of the yeare the King being sickly and fearing death, put from him Atlaida the Countesse of Sicilia, whom he had vniustly marryed, his former Wife still liuing at Edessa. [ 60]

Anno 1117. the said Countesse returned into Sicilia. Grasse-hoppers deuoured the Vineyards, Corne, Trees of all kind, eating all greene things and the barkes; going forth in Bands like an ac∣curate Armie, some on foot, some flying. In the following moneth Iune, the Moone on the thirte••nth day of her age was all red and after blacke, and two houres together lost the light,

which happening not in the full we tooke for a signe. In Iuly happened an Earthquake in De∣cember, the whole Heauen was firie like bloud, in some places shining white. Pope Paschal died in Ianuarie after, and King Baldwin in Aprill, and his Wife in Sicil; Alexius the Emperour, and the Patriarke Arnulphus.

In the end of March 1118. Baldwin had spoyled the Citie Pharamia, walking on a day by * 1.97 Nilus, his old griefe renewed, whereof he dyed in the way, being returned as farre as Laria. He was buried neere to his Brother Godfrey in Golgotha, hauing reigned eighteene yeares, three monethes. Baldwin Earle of Edessa his Kinsman was elected in his stead, and was consecrated on Easter day, hauing comne accidentally to Ierusalem to speake with the King. That yeare the Babylonians came with an Armie of fifteene thousand Horsemen, and twentie thousand foot, to [ 10] Ascalon, and a great Fleet of ships attended on them by Sea. King Baldwin assembled his owne with the Tripolitan and Antiochian forces, and sate three monethes neere to them, neither side aduenturing the hazard of battell.

Anno 1119. Roger Prince of Antiochia, made an Expedition against the Turkes, and neere to the Towne Arthasium, was slaine with seuen thousand of his people, and of the Turkes not twentie. And no maruell? for they abounding in wealth exceedingly, neither feared God, nor reuerenced man: the Prince vsed manifold adulteries, dis-herited the Sonne of Boamund, re∣mayning * 1.98 in Apulia with his Mother, hee and his liued luxuriously and proudly. King Baldwin sped better in a battell neere Sardanium, twentie foure miles from Antioch. Our men at Armes were seuen hundred, the Turkes twentie thousand. Gazi was their Generall. A certaine Turke [ 20] spake to a Franke which vnderstood the Persian, saying, Your God hath for saken you, seeing yee neither hold his Law as ye were wont, nor faith and truth amongst your selues; This wee know and haue obserued, and to morrow shall ouer come you. Hereof wee might well indeed bee ashamed when a faithlesse Turke obiected our want of faith. The battel followed, long doubtfull; at last the Turkes fled, some to Aleppo, some into Persia, God deliuering the King by vertue of the Crosse carryed by the Bishop of Caesarea: who after two dayes keeping the field went to Antiochia, the Patriarke therof came forth to meet the holy Crosse, the King and Bishop; & on the day of the Exaltation of the Crosse they entred with the Crosse into Ierusalem reioycing, the King staying at Antiochia to set things in order, hauing that Kigdome added to his other of Ierusalem. On Christmas day he and his Wife were crowned at Bethleem. [ 30]

Anno 1120. the King remitted Tolls and Imposts, and hearing that the Turkes were comne into Syria, hee very humbly desired of the Patriarke and the Clergie, the Crosse to bee deliuered him, saying, that his men should be thereby fortified, and not trusting in his owne or his peoples force, he should obtaine it in stead of many thousands. Heere grew some reasoning betwixt those which went and those which staied, whether the Crosse ought for such a necessitie of Chri∣stianitie to be carryed to Ant••och, or the Church of Ierusalem be depriued of such a treasure. We * 1.99 said, Alas wretches, what shall we doe, if God permit the Crosse to bee lost in Warre, as once the Israe∣lites lost the Arke of the Couenant? Nilling and willing we did it, with many teares shed for it, and Songs in prayse of it, conueying it out of Towne bare-foote, the King, Patriarch and people, with which the King departed weeping. The Turkes were neere Antiochia, but, now [ 40] retyred to Caliptus: some skirmishes happened in which many on both sides were slaine or wounded, but without battell ours returned to Antiochia, and most of them into Persia: and in October we entertained the most glorious Crosse of our Lord into Ierusalem with great ioy.

Anno 1121. the King set forth against Tuldequine, King of Damasco, who with the Arabians his Confederates spoyled the Countrey neere to Tiberias, tooke the Castle Iarras and razed it to∣gether with the Towne.

Anno 1122. the King went to Tripolis against Earle Pontius, which refused to bee subiect to him, as his Father Bertran had beene, and the matter betwixt them was peaceably ended. Hee went also against the Turkes which besiged Sardanium, and repelled them. Blessed therefore bee the Banner of the most holy Crosse of our Lord, a present helpe to true beleeuers, vnder whose [ 50] protection and consolation, the faithfull without any losse returned home: they being ten thousand, ours but one thousand and two hundred. Meanewhile, Goseline Earle of Edessa, was taken, and his Cousin Galeran, by Amira Balac, and soone after King Baldwin also.

Anno 1123. Henry King of Almaine, was pacified with Pope Calixtus. A great Fleete of Uenetians which wintered at Corfu, being one hundred and twentie Saile, besides smaller Ves∣sels, in which were fifteene thousand armed men, Uenetians and other Pilgrims, and three hun∣dred Horses. The Kingdome in Baldwins Captiuitie was committed to the gouernement of Eu∣stace, which then held Caesarea and Sidon. The Babylonians with a Nauie of nintie Ships, came and besieged Ioppe: another land Armie was gone to Ascalon. The Ioppites men and women re∣sisted [ 60] valiantly: yet, had the siege continued, so few could not haue holden out. But the rumor of the Christian Fleete had scarred away the Enemies, when they had now made a breach in the Wall. Our men were vnited from all places at the Castle Chaco, and marched with the Crosse to Ramath neere Diospolis. Wee at Ierusalem made Prayers bare-foot, and Processions thorow all the Churches of the Citie, and gaue almes. Ours hauing receiued Benediction and

Absolution of the Patriarke; fought neere Azot or Eldot, now called Ibenum, being brought to a small Village. Their Horse-men fled, their Foot were slaine, and their Tents were left to our men. And of thirtie thousand Babylonians, twelue thousand were slaine by Land and Sea, of ours in this fight but ten: after which, the Patriarke returned to Ierusalem with the Crosse; which was receiued without Dauids Gate, and with honorable Procession conuayed to the Temple of the Sepulchre. The Generall of the Venetian Fleet came to Achon, which hearing of the defeat, diuided his Nauie, with one part going towards Ioppe, sending the other into the Mayne to make the Saracens beleeue that they were Pilgrimes comming from Cyprus. Meeting with the Fleet of Saracens, they made such a slaughter that the Sea for foure miles space was died red: for they slue the men and tooke the ships. After which they fell vpon ten other ships laden [ 10] with victuall and timbers for Engines, Pepper, Cinamon, and diuers Spices, Munition and Mo∣ney. Some ships they burned on the shoare, the most they brought to Achon. Eustace dyed, and William de Buris succeded in the Protectorship. Baldwin escaped out of his hard Imprisonment, where he and Earle Ioseline were bound by a strange stratageme. Fiftie Edessens, making shew as if they were Pedlars or poore Merchants: and waiting an occasion got into the inner gate, where the Captaine or chiefe of the Warders was at Chesse, to whom they made shew of com∣plaint for some wrong offered: and seeing oportunitie, suddenly drew their Swords, and slue him, layd hold on the Launces (or Halberds) there standing, and laid lustily about them. The clamour brings many to see the businesse which they were suddenly sent to tell in another World, about one hundred Turkes being slaine, they shut the Castle, take out the Captiues, erect [ 20] the Christian Colours. Balac had dreamed that Ioseline had pulled out his eyes, whereupon hee sent to put him to death, and before the Messengers were arriued, this had happened. Balacs best * 1.100 beloued Wife was in the Castle. Earle Ioseline by night, with three of his Seruants, ••gat out of the Castle in a Moone-light night, thorow the midst of the besiegers, and by night trauell got to Euphrates, and with two blowne Bladders and helpe of his companions, beeing ignorant of swimming, gate ouer: where vnder a Tree resting himselfe almost tattered and starued, hee was knowne by a Countriman, which hauing a Wife, and a little Daughter, and a silly Asse was wil∣ling to attend him with his Family. The Earle rode on the Asse, and carryed the poore mans childe crying and vnquiet, till they came through the Enemies Countrey to his owne Castle Terbexell. Thence (hauing repaid the poore Armenian) he hasted to Ierusalem where hee offered [ 30] * 1.101 his Fetters in Mount Caluarie, and with the Crosse & an Armie had returned to Cartapeta, but in the way newes came that the King was againe captiue, whereupon after much spoile in the Sa∣racens Countries, they parted the prey and departed home. Balac had vndermined the Castle, e∣recting timbers in the Mines, and filling the holes with wood, which he fired, and the Earth by that meanes falling, part of the Castle fell therewith, so that they within were forced to yeeld to mercie. The King Galdran he spared: the rest were hanged, or flayed, or cut asunder in the middle. The King was sent Prisoner to Carra.

Anno 1124. the Patriarke agreed with the Venetians to besiege Tyrus. Balac laid siege to Ierapo∣lis, called Mumbeth, which Ioselme hearing (beeing then at Antiochia, hee came with his forces and gaue him battell, in which Balac and three thousand of his men were slaine. Balacs head [ 40] * 1.102 was sent to Antioch: and his Esquire bringing the newes to the Campe at Tyrus, was knighted by the Earle of Tripolis. Tyrus was yeelded on the seuenth of Iuly, and the thirds giuen to the Venetians in the Citie and Port by composition.

CHAP. III.

A supplement of the Holy Land Storie, gleaned out of the large Historie of [ 50] WILLIAM Archbishop of Tyrus.

THe same yeare in the end of August, King Baldwin agreed for his libertie, and re∣turned to Antioch. His ransome was one hundred thousand Michaelites (a prin∣cipall Coine in those parts) which not knowing how to pay, hee was perswa∣ded * 1.103 to besiege Halapia, then being in some distresse. The Halapians were assisted by the Saracens beyond Euphrates, whereupon the King returned and went to Ierusalem. But hearing of Bursequines spoiling the Confines of Antioch, assisted by Doldequine of Damascus, who had taken Caphardan, and besieged Sardan, and thence remo∣ued to Hasard: he with the Earles of Tripolis and Edessa, came and gaue them battell, and win∣ning [ 60] the field, got enough to redeeme his Daughter which remayned pledge for his ransome. Hee inuaded the Territorie of Damascus: but being told of the Babylonians comming to Ascalon, (for it was their custome foure times in the yeare to direct forces thither) hee set forth thither and curbed their insolence.

Anno 1126. he made an expedition by Tyberias and Decapolis, and to the Plaines of Medan,

where the Riuer Dan, betwixt Tyberias and Scythopolis runneth into Iordan, making vp that * 1.104 name; before which, that which descends into the Sea of Galilee, is called Ior, as some say, though Beda and others be otherwise minded. He encountered with the Damascenes, in a dread∣full and long doubtfull battell, which inclined at last to the Kings part. Hee restored Antiochia to Boamund the yonger, in marriage with his Daughter; against whom, Earle Iosceline concei∣ued such hatred, that he called in Turkes to his aide, and entred the Territories of Antioch with * 1.105 Fire and Sword, in the absence of the Prince. At that time Roger Earle of Sicilia, frustrated of his hopes in Africa, with his Fleete wanne Syracuse, slaying all, of all Ages and Sexes. * 1.106

An. 1127. William an English man, was made Archbishop of Tyrus, being before Prior of the Se∣pulchre; who being consecrated by the Patriarch of Ierusalem, would needes against his will, [ 10] seeke his Pall at Rome, where Pope Honorius much honored him, and sent Giles his Legat with * 1.107 him, to make the Patriarke of Antioch to deliuer his Suffragan Bishops to him, vnder paine of Suspension. The yeere following, Hugo de Paganis, first Master of the Temple, and some other Religious men, which had beene sent by the King into the West, to excite aides of those Prin∣ces, * 1.108 returned with many Noble-men. Whereupon all the Easterne Christians agreed to besiege Damascus. Anno 1130. But hauing lost many in forraging and skirmishing, the Elements with thunders and raines compelled them to retirehome. Boamund was one, which in his returne to his Prouince, found Rodoan the Turke, committing spoiles, and in seeking reuenge lost himselfe * 1.109 and his life. The King made haste to set things there in order, where his Daughter the Prin∣ces Wife, sent to Sanguin the Turke for aide, to hold Antiochia to her selfe. The Messenger by [ 20] the way was intercepted, and brought to the King. She prepared to withstand her Father, but in vaine. He returning to Ierusalem, fell sicke, and because the Patriarkes house was neerer the place of the Resurrection, lay there; and taking the habit of Religion, hauing commended the Kingdome to Fulke his Sonne-in-law, with his little Sonne Baldwin, he died in August, 1131. * 1.110

This Fulke had married the Kings eldest Daughter, Milisend, being Earle of Aniou, Turon, &c. and had beene at Ierusalem in Pilgrimage and maintained one hundred Horse-men a whole yeere at his charge, winning such loue of the King and people, that the King bestowed his Daughter and succession on him. Honorius dying, a contention grew for the Papacie, twixt Innocent and Peter, called Anacletus, the matter was tried on both sides with bloud and slaughter. Innocent obtayning, ordained the Church of Tyre to be subiect to Ierusalem, and to haue the same place with that Patriarke which before it held with the Antiochian. Great stirre arose about the Earle [ 30] of Ioppa; who, being accused by Galterus Caesariensis of treason, was sentenced to acquit him∣selfe * 1.111 by combat; but he appeared not, and was therefore condemned: whereupon hee went to Ascalon, desiring aide of the Enemie, which added fewell to the fire, and inuaded the Christi∣ans on that confidence. Peace was concluded, and the Earle after that in Ierusalem, as he was at play, was murthered, and the King suspected as procurer thereof, whereof hee cleered himselfe by execution of the Malefactor.

Pontius Earle of Tripolis, with all his power, fighting against the Damascens, was taken and slaine, his Armie dispersed, the Bishop taken, and a great multitude killed. The Antiochians had deliuered their Citie to Raimund, with Boamunds daughter to Wife, which the Constantinopoli∣tan misliked, and by great power sought to subdue all that Principalitie, with Horses, Cha∣riots, [ 40] Treasures beyond number, and Forces infinite, passing Saint Georges arme, and violently forced Tarsus, and placed his owne, expelling thence the Antiochian Forces. He besiegeth An∣tiochia. Sanguin the Turke takes the aduantage to inuade the Countrey of Tripolis, and besieged Mount Ferrand. Both parts sue to the King for aide, who going first against Sanguin, receiued * 1.112 an ouerthrow; the Earle of Tripolis was taken, and almost all the Footmen taken or slaine with all their carriages. The King fled for succour to a Castle vnprouided, out of which whiles his subiects seeke to deliuer him, Neapolis was taken by other Saracens with cruell execution of all sorts. Sanguin put the King to such straits before succours could come (which on all hands were prouided) that he was contented to agree on conditions to resigne the Fortresse after much Fa∣mine and death. Antiochia was also grieuously assaulted, but peace was by mediation concluded [ 50] betwixt the Emperour and the Prince, which did him homage.

The Emperour hauing wintered in Cilicia, the next Spring layeth siege to Caesarea, assisted * 1.113 with the Prince of Antioch, and Earle of Edessa to satisfie them, which yet by their negligent labours and diligent play, gaue him so little satisfaction, that being offered money, he accepted it, and returned to Antioch, where arose a tumult about his demand of a Garrison, which grew to blowes, wounds, deaths, which caused the Emperour to remit his demand, and to returne home. Meane-while, Theodericke Earle of Flanders, the Kings Sonne-in-law came to Ierusalem, with a strong Armie. These with the Ierosolymitans besieged a Den of Theeues neere Mount Ga∣laad, being an inaccessible Caue, where a Nest of Adders resided, wayting all opportunities of mischiefe: which while they were doing, the Turkes tooke Tecua. The Master of the Temple * 1.114 [ 60] came vpon them with his forces, and chased them, but minding the spoyles, the conquered re∣turned and regained the victorie with great slaughter and spoile.

Sanguin sought now to get the Kingdome of Damascus, whereupon they desired the King,

and promised the Citie Paneas, and twentie thousand pieces of Gold to King Fulke, to assist them against a common Enemie. But Sanguin feared the encounter and returned. Paneas after a strong siege was taken. The Popes Legate commeth into those parts, and after much stirre depose•••• Ralfe, the Patriarke of Antiochia, compels him to deliuer his Ring and Crosse, and * 1.115 commits him to the Prince to Bonds and Imprisonment in a high Mountaine, whence escaping to Rome, and obtayning some glance of Papall light, in his returne hee was poysoned. The Le∣gate returneth to Ierusalem, and dedicates the Temple in great solemnitie, and celebrates a Councell with the Patriarke, the Armenian, Median, Persian, Cappadocian Bishops, and refor∣mation was promised in the things wherein they dissent from vs. Aimerike an vnlearned man was chosen the Antiochian Patriarke. [ 10]

The Emperour makes another Expedition within foure yeares after the former into Cilicia, and to Edossa, with innumerable Treasures and People, where after much labour to little effect, * 1.116 the next Spring in hunting a wild Boare, with a Poysoned Arrow hee hurt his hand as hee was shooting, whereof he dyed, Anno 1137. and King Fulke, by like disaduenture followed, in the following of a Hare falling from his Horse, his braines with the violence thereof, forced out of his nose and eares. This happened in Nouember 1142.

Baldwin the third succeeded. Sanguin the Turke Lord of Niniue (now called Musul) came and besieged Edessa, the Metropolis of Media called Rages, a Citie better stored with Merchants then Souldiers, and by vndermining tooke it, neither sparing age or sex; amongst the rest, Hugh the Archbishop was slaine, who hauing horded infinite Treasure, to spare it hee was prodigall of [ 20] his life, and fame and it also, to a cruell vngratefull Heire. He proceeded to besiege Calogenbar on the other side of Euphrates, where one nigh•• in his drunkennesse hee was slaine of his seruants; liuing and dying, Sanguine, one of his Sonnes succeeded at Musul, Noradine, another at Ha∣lapia. The Captaine of Bostrum vpon discontent with the Damascens came to Ierusalem, and of∣fered * 1.117 to yeeld the Citie to the King, who went with an Armie, but too late, the Enemie hauing possession before, wherefore after many dangers and losses he returned. Not long after the Edes∣sans (Noradine being else-where busied) send to Earle Iosceline, who commeth and suddenly be∣commeth Master of the Citie, which he was not able to hold, Noradine returning with a strong power, and recouering it with exceeding slaughter of the Citizens and of the Earles Armie.

After this, Pope Eugenius sent Preachers to excite men to take the Crosse (amongst them [ 30] Bernard Abbot of Clarouale) which went thorow Kingdomes and Regions, whereby Conrade the Emperour and Lewis King of France with many Princes embraced the word and signe of the Crosse, which yet did in all that Expedition nothing acceptable to God, our sinnes deseruing it. As they which were present, constantly affrme there were in the Emperours Campe seuen∣tie thousand * 1.118 harnessed Horse-men, besides Foot-men, Children, Women, and Horse-men of lighter Armour. And in the Armie of the French as many armed Horse-men, and a Nauie; able if God had blessed them to haue conquered all the Easterne Prouinces. The Greekes either by command, or corrupted by the Enemie, led ours by vnpassable passages, so that their Enemies made such slaughter, that of all those thousands of Horse-men, and innumerable Footmen, scarsly the tenth part escaped. The French followed the Imperials in like fates, the glory of the Frankes [ 40] * 1.119 and vertue sometimes dreadfull, being made a mockerie to their Enemies, Famine and Disorder pursuing the residue which escaped the Battell which was in Ianuary 1146.

Anno 1148. Noradine inuades the Territories of Antiochia, and in Battell Raimund the Prince with the strength of those parts were flaine. Raimunds head and right hand were sent to the Calipha of Baldac: all the Countrey was ouer-runne by martiall furie. The Soldan of Ico∣nium inuades the Countrey of the Earle of Edessa, takes many Cities and Castles, and besiegeth the Earle in Turbessel, and vpon conditions departeth. This Earle a voluptuous and dissolute man reioycing at the fall of Antiochia, fell soone after into his Enemies hands, which carryed him to Halapia, where tyred with miserie he dyed.

The power of the Frankes consisted in the Kingdome of Ierusalem, the Principalitie of An∣tioch, * 1.120 [ 50] the Earldome of Edessa, & the Earledom of Tripolis. After the former miseries in other parts happened a dissention twixt the King and his Mother, which diuided the Kingdome betweene them in ciuill combustions. The Queene betakes her to Ierusalem, whither the King followes with an Armie, and (notwithanding the Patriarkes admonition) besiegeth it, and after that the Citizens had let him in, laid siege to the Tower where she was, till at last agreement was made on both sides, internal grudges and relikes of faction stil remayning, whiles without as two Mil∣stones, Noradine and the Soldan of Iconium, ground the State betwixt them to powder. The * 1.121 Soldan of Iconium hauing inuaded againe the Countey of Edessa, lest miserie should want, the Constantinopolitan sends a great Armie and challengeth the Countrey which the King yeelds to, taking with him the people (which hereupon with their wealth departed) whereof Noradine [ 60] vnderstanding with great power assailed them, their carriages being sticked with Arrowes like Hedge-hogs, yet they shifted away, the Turkes wanting victuals to follow them. In one yeare did Noradine dispossesse the Greekes of their new Possessions, a rich Countrey beeing quite lost, * 1.122 and three Archbishoprickes cut off from the Church of Antioch, the Edessan, the Hierapolitan, and Coricen. The Earle of Tripolis was murthered by the Assisines.

A huge Armie of Turkes called Hiaroquin, whose Progenitors had held Ierusalem, made an expedition thither for recouerie of their pristine possession; where, tyred by the difficultie of * 1.123 the way, they were made an easier conquest to the Sword of the Christians, so that fiue thou∣sand being slaine, the rest were glad to retire. This was Anno 1152. The King besieged Ascalon * 1.124 two Moneths; after which, according to the custome, at Easter was a passage of Pilgrims in great frequencie, which came thither with huge bands of Horse and Foote, the Campe daily increasing, the Palgrims which would haue returned being forbidden, and their Ships being im∣ployed in this seruice. Ours with Masts of Ships, made a wooden Tower, and of the other ma∣terials of the Ships, engines and Pent-house-prouisions for securitie of the approachers. After fiue Moneths siege, and daily killing and wounding on both sides, the Babylonian Fleet came to [ 10] their succour. Gyrard of Sydon the Admirall of our Fleet, thought to encounter with them, but seeing their multitudes fled; they being seuentie Gallies and other Ships of huge greatnesse and great prouisions, which the Egyptian Prince had sent. A peece of the Wall being razed, they which would haue entred, were forbidden by the Templers (that being the custome for all men to hold whatsoeuer spoile they got) in hope of gaine, so that their couetousnesse exposed * 1.125 them to the slaughter. And our men fainting were incouraged, and the Citie was yeelded, on composition to depart with bag and baggage. Absolon was made Bishop by the Patriarke, a∣gainst the will of the Bishop of Bethleem, which appealed to the Pope, and by his sentence ex∣cluded the former. Nocquin a Turke seeing the Ascalonites destitute of sufficient guard, hee * 1.126 (which had vndertooke to guard them into Egypt himselfe) fell vpon them, rifled them, and [ 20] left them wandring in the Desart. This hapned, Anno 1154.

Anno 1155. was a grieuous famine, and but for the store of Corne which they found in * 1.127 Ascalon, the people had all perished. And the yeere following, the soile about Ascalon, which hostilitie had not permitted to be tilled in fiftie yeeres, rendred sixtie-fold increase. Great con∣tention grew betwixt the Patriarke and Hospitalars, about Tithes of their goods, and other their infolencies. The Roman Church not considering what it granted, gaue cause hereof, free∣ing * 1.128 the place from iurisdiction of the Patriarke. This place of the Hospitall was giuen first by the Egyptian Calypha's to the Amalsitan Merchants of Italie, to build them a house, where they erected a Monasterie of Saint Mary, of Latin Monkes; and another Nunnerie of Saint Ma∣ry Magdalen: and after that an Hospitall, and an Altar in honor of Saint Iohn Eleymon, or the [ 30] Almoner. The maintenance of these was yeerly almes: which continued till Ierusalem was won by the Christians, Gerald being then Master of the Hospitall, to whom Raymund succeeded, which now by Roman priuiledge did thus domineere. The Patriarke went a dangerous iourney * 1.129 with others to Rome, where he receiued bad entertainment, the Cardinals (all but two) follow∣ing Balaam sonne of Bosor, and going after gifts. The Emperour of Constantinople at that time by the Popes consent inuaded Apulia.

About this time the Soldan of Egypt slew the Calypha, to make his sonne Noseredine, Calypha; * 1.130 but the fact being knowne, the Countrey was too hot for him, who flying the Egyptian Frying∣pan, fell into the fire of the Frankes, which slew him and tooke Noseredine, whom desiring to become a Christian, the Templers sold to the Egyptians for sixtie thousand Egyptian pieces of * 1.131 [ 40] gold, which carried him in an Iron Grate into Egypt, and there cut him in small pieces. The yeere after, Ranialdus de Castellione Prince of Antiochia inuaded Cyprus with hostile Legions, * 1.132 a Christian neighbour Countrey, alway friendly to vs. He ouerthrew their Armie, wasted Ci∣ties, Townes, Monasteries, rauished Nunnes, obtayned infinite spoiles, which he soone spent as prodigally. The King also brake his league with the Turkes at Paneas, for greedinesse of spoile * 1.133 to pay his debts: which was soone reuenged. Noradine besieged the Towne, which the King caused him with an Armie to leaue, but so, as waiting better opportunitie, which hee soone found, to doe more hurt to the Kings Armie; taking the most of the geeat Men therein, the King hardly escaping, and consequently (in that time) the Kingdome. He againe besiegeth Pa∣neas, and againe by the King is repelled. After this, the King besieged Caesarea, and with the * 1.134 [ 50] helpe of Theodorick Earle of Flanders, then with his forces present, wanne it: and after that Harenc. He dyed, Anno 1162. and his brother Amalricus succeeded.

He in his first yeere descended into Egypt, and fought with Dargan the Soldan, and obtai∣ned * 1.135 victorie; who, lest he should proceed further, brake the bankes of Nilus then swolne, to o∣uerflow the Countrey. Dargan was soone after slaine. Noradine inuaded the Countrey of Tri∣polis, but by helpe of Westerne Pilgrims then comne thither, his Armie was dissipated, him∣selfe hardly escaping, with one Legge bare, leauing his Sword behinde. Of these Pilgrims * 1.136 Gilbert de Laci, and Robert Mansel were Commanders. To recouer his credit, he besieged Ha∣renc, where Boamund the third Prince of Antiochia, Raimund the Earle of Tripolis, and Caliman President of Cilicia and Toros, an Armenian Prince opposing, were discomfited, and the three [ 60] former, with diuers other Nobles taken, Anno 1165.

Syracon tooke an in expugnable Fort by corruption of the Keepers, called Cauea de Tyrum. He * 1.137 prepared great forces against Sauar the Soldan of Egypt, by authoritie of the Calypha of Baldac, carying Water in Bottles thorow the Desart. Amalricus followed him, his whole Armie mee∣ting

at Belbeis or Pelusium. Sauar gaue him royall entertainment, shewed him his Treasures; and Cahere (Cayro) hauing on the left hand Babylon, which the Arabs call Macer, (infinite ruines remaine ten miles beyond Nilus, still called Memphis, and therefore this is not the old Memphis) Iohar built Cahere, in the yeare after Mahomet 358. The King and Soldan agreed to goe meete Syracon, which was passed ouer the Riuer before they came. Some remainders they tooke, which told them, that in the Wildernesse such a tempest of Sand in manner of Clouds, and a thicke Mist hapned, that they durst not open their mouthes or eyes, and were forced to * 1.138 alight and lye downe, lest the Whirle-wind should lift them vp in the ayre, to receiue greater fals on the earth. The Sands there, are moueable with the winds like waues of the Sea, and no lesse dangerous. Many were lost, together with their Camels and prouisions, and many scattered [ 10] in the Deserts. Sauar, to hold the King with him in that danger, encreased the tribute, and * 1.139 gaue larger pay to his followers: to which the Calipha also bound himselfe, Hugo Caesariensis being therefore sent to him. He and Galfridus came to Cahere, and entred the Palace Cascere, passing by darke passages needing lights, (in euery of which was a guard) vnto more spacious places open to the Sunne, where they saw Galleries borne vp with Marble Pillars, the Roofes gilded, with carued workes, the pauements diuersified, presenting a Royall splendor. There were marble fish-ponds, many strange Birds vnknowne in our World, with their prouisions. Then they passed to places as farre exceeding these, as these the vulgar. Heere was admirable varietie of admirable beasts. By many turnings they came to the Palace of this Palace, where were greater Gards, more glorious Courtiers, and supereminent riches. The Soldan which con∣ducted * 1.140 [ 20] them, twice prostrated himselfe with a kind of adoration, and the third time being pro∣strate, he laid aside his sword from his necke. Presently the Curtaines embroydered with Gold and Pearle were drawne from about the Throne, where the Calipha sate in more then Royall ha∣bite, attended with a few Domestickes and Eunuches. The Soldan approached with reuerence, and kissed his feet, and then acquainted him with the affaires of the present state, to which hee gaue a gentle Answere. And when Ours desired him to confirme it with his hand, his atten∣dants made strange, as a thing vnheard off: but at last the Soldan vrging, he stretched forth his hand, but veiled: to whom Hugo, Sir, Faith seekes not corners, and in faith betwixt Prin∣ces all things ought to bee bare with open sinceritie: whereat hee vnwilling, yet smiling, gaue him his bare hand, (which the Egyptians much grudged at) putting it into the band of Hu∣go, [ 30] vsing the words of the compact. Hee was as the Lord Hugo hath told vs, a young man, browne, tall, comely, liberall, had innumerable Wiues: his name was Elbadech, the Sonne of Elfeis. * 1.141

The diuision betwixt the Calipha of Baldac, and this hapned by the Schisme of Hali, which made himselfe a greater Prophet then Mehemet: those that acknowldge Mehemet the * 1.142 greatest being called Sunni, and the followers of Hals, Ssia. In the yeare 286. of Mehemet, arose one Abdalla, of Halis Posteritie, which from Selencia a Citie in the East passed into Afri∣ca, and called himselfe Mehedi (that is, making plaine) which built Mehedia, tooke Sicilia, made spoiles in Italie, and called himselfe Calipha, first of all the followers of Hali: His great Grand∣childes Sonne Ebuthemin, by Iohar his Captaine subduing Egypt, built Cahere, which signifieth [ 40] conquering: whereupon leauing Caroea in Africa, where foure of his Progenitors had dwelt, he * 1.143 made that the Imperiall Seat, opposing himselfe to the Easterne Calipha, as I haue more largely shewed in mine Historie of the Eastern Princes & their Acts from Mehemet to this day (1182.) with great diligence, King Amalricus procuring me the Arabian Bookes. But leauing these di∣gressions, a battell was fought betwixt the King and Syracon, very various both getting the bet∣ter and the worse, neither partie conquering nor conquered in the whole, but in diuers parts of their Armies. Saladine Nephew of Syracon tooke Hugo Caesariensis. The Bishop of Bethleem, the Kings Chancellor (in which office I succeeded) was wounded and lost his baggage. Syracon pas∣sed thence to Alexandria, and the Citizens receiued him. The King followed: but Syracon lea∣uing * 1.144 the Citie to Salahadine, escaped by night. The King besieged the Citie and put them to [ 50] great straites. Hugo (then captiue) was vsed as an Instrument of Treatie, and the Citie yeelded to Amalricus, Anno 1167. But Amalricus by Gerbert Master of the Hospitall his meanes (Pelusium beeing promised to the Hospitalers) brake his league and entred Egypt in hostile manner, the Templers refusing to follow, either of enuie to the Hospitalers, or of conscience, which the King violated.

Pelusium was taken, no Age or Sexe spared, and Mahazam Sonne of the Soldan was ta∣ken. Sauar sends to Noradine for aide which sent Syracon thither with an Armie. The King * 1.145 proceeded towards Cahere, but went slowly vpon promise of great summes from the Soldan, which deceiued him. His Nauie passing vp the Riuer by the arme thereof Carabes, forced Tap∣nis. The King laid his siege to Cahere, but vpon promise of money remoued a mile further. Milo [ 60] de Planci disturbeth the businesse, but Syracon more, who entring Egypt, the King went to meete * 1.146 him, but missing returned home. Syracon taking the oportunitie entred Cahere in peace, trea∣cherously slue Sauar, and was by the Calipha made Soldan, soone after dying, and Salahadine

succeeding. The Easterne Emperour sent in succour of the Holy Land, a strong Fleet of one hun∣dred * 1.147 and fiftie Gallies of Warre, besides other Vessels of seruice, whereupon, Anno 1169. A∣malricus againe entred Egypt, and came to Damiata, which hee besieged in vaine, if it bee not more then vaine, that themselues forced with fire, famine, raines, returned (so many as were left) home frustrate.

The yeare following followed a most terrible Earthquake, vtterly ouerthrowing strong Ci∣ties, * 1.148 inuoluing the Inhabitants in the ruines, filling euery place in the Land with laments. Thus fared it with the Cities of Syria, and Phanicia throwne to the ground, and Antiochia in Coele∣syria was quite ouerthrowne; the Walls, Towers, Churches, Houses so ruined, that to this day they cannot be reduced to a meane restauration. Gabul, Laodicea, Nerea called otherwise Halapia, * 1.149 [ 10] Caefara, Hanuim, Emissa, and many other Cities in that Prouince, Townes without number; fa∣red likewise. Tripolis was made a heape of stones, and publike Sepulchre: scarsly any escaping. Tyrus lost her Towers. These terrors continued three or foure moneths, thrice or foure times a day. Palestina remayned free.

After this Salahadine inuadeth the Countrey, taketh Gaza, makes cruell executions and re∣turneth * 1.150 into Egypt. Milo the Armenian adioyneth himselfe to Noradine, vexeth the Antio∣chian Territories. Salahadine spoyleth all the Countrey beyond Iordan. Anno 1173. Amalri∣cus dyeth, and his Sonne Baldwin succeeded, whom his Father at nine yeares of age had com∣mitted to our Erudition (then Arch-deacon of Tyre) his right arme was stupified and senslesse, the beginning of an incurable Disease, when he was a stripling proouing a Leprosie. Hee had a [ 20] Sister named Sybilla. In the first yeare of his Reigne, William King of Sicilia, sent a Nauie of two hundred ships against Alexandria, which returned with great losse and shame. Salahadine the * 1.151 Sonne of Negmend, Brother of Syracon, was called by the Damascens, and made Lord of Da∣mascus, the Sonne of Noradine being disherited. Cotobedi Lord of Musul, came in his Nephewes behalfe against him, but in vaine, Salahadine winning the rest of the Countrey. After this with a huge Armie, he entreth the Kingdome, layeth all waste, is encountred and ouerthrowne by the King: Salahadine flying with scarse one hundred Horse, an innumerable company beeing ta∣ken or slaine. The King 1178. inuaded the Enemies Countrey, and hardly escaped the Lord Constable and others being slaine. In a battell also against Salahadine, ours hauing gotten the field laden with prey, are spoiled and made a prey to the conquered. The Earle Trecensis and the [ 30] Brother of King Lewis of France, Peter, and other Nobles with a great power came into Syria but could not withstand the current of Salahadines victories, which now possessed himselfe of a Castle which the King had lately built neere Iordan, and raced it. Hee makes league with the King and breakes it, and takes diuers holds by Sea and Land, annoying the Kingdome. But wea∣rie * 1.152 of bloud I follow this Author no further, whose storie is left vnperfect, as the King then was in state of bodie, committing the Gouernment of the Kingdome to Guido of Liziniac, on whom before he had bestowed his Sister in Marriage. I will likewise commit you to an Engish Author and Acts in these businesses.

If any bee offended, that the date and yeare of each Exploit is not mentioned, it is because the Author had not done it. [ 40]

CHAP. IIII.

The Continuation of the Ierusalem Expedition and other Additions, gathered out of MATTHEW PARIS, chiefly relating the Acts of Eng∣lish Pilgrimes in that Employment.

§. I. [ 50]

Templers beginning and degeneration. Huge slaughters of Christians. SALADINES taking Ierusalem and the Holy Land.

ABout the yeare 1118. the Hospitulers were begunne by Hugo de Paganis, and Godfrey of Saint Omar. These were Knights religious in manner of Canons Regulars, deuoting themselues to the seruice of Christ in Chastitie and Obe∣dience; * 1.153 to whom King Baldwin gaue a residence in part of his Palace, the Ca∣nons [ 60] of the Temple of our Lord gaue the street adioyning to build Offices; the King, Patriarke and Prelates gaue Benefices for their maintenance. Their first profession was, for remission of their sinnes, to secure the wayes for Pilgrimes against Theeues. Nine yeares after, at the Councell of Trecae, a rule and white habit was designed them by

Pope Honorius: and nine yeares after that their number (being but nine) beganne to increase to∣gether with their Possessions; after which in the time of Pope Eugenius, they sewed Crosses of red Cloth to their Mantles. In a small time they were so many, that in their Couent they haue three hundred Knights, besides other Brethren, whose number is almost infinite: and their Pos∣sessions on this and the otherside of the Sea are said to bee so immense, that there is no part of Christendome, which hath not bestowed on them part of their goods, and they are now richer then Kings. And because their abode is neere the Temple, they are called Brethren of the Soul∣dierie * 1.154 of the Temple: and hauing continued some time in good order, the humilitie of their pro∣fession now being neglected, they haue withdrawne themselues from the Patriarke their foun∣der, withholding Obedience, and the Churches Tithes, and are become very troublesome to all. [ 10]

Anno 1146. was a Councell held at Rhemes, and Preachers appointed for the Holy Land, which the Saracens did ouer-runne without resistance. Conrade the Emperour at the preaching * 1.155 of Bernard tooke the Crosse, and with him an innumerable multitude. In May following, hee beganne his Pilgrimage, leading with him seuentie thousand Horse-men a 1.156 armed, besides light Horse-men, * 1.157 Footmen, Women and Children. Lewis King of France followed him with no lesse an Armie of armed Horse-men. They went asunder for better prouision for themselues and their Horses. Passing Bauaria, the Danow, Austria, Hungarie, and both Pannonias, also the Bulgarian Prouinces, Mesia and Dacia; Conrade came into Thrace and to Constantinople; thence (after speech with Manuell the Emperour) passed into and thorow Asia to Lycaonia. The Sol∣dan of Iconium had hired great forces out of the East. The Guides which the Constantinopolitan [ 20] had giuen him, with Greekish sleight, as is said, through enuie of their Master, brought them into difficult passages, and so betrayed them, before famished, to the Turkes expected opportunitie and furie; that of the seuentie thousand armed Horsemen, and Footmen, in manner innumerable, scarsly the tenth part escaped, the rest shared betwixt Famine, the Sword and Captiuitie. Con∣radus * 1.158 escaped to Nice, and so to Constantinople, where he wintered. The next Spring he passed by Sea to Achon, and was receiued by the King ioyfully at Ierusalem.

This yeare 1147. King Lewis came to Meander with seuentie thousand armed Horsemen, besides a great Nauie of ships which followed him. The Enemie attended to hinder their pas∣sage * 1.159 ouer the water, which cost many mens liues. Comming to Laodiceae, they ascended a high Mountaine, where they were miserably discomfited by the Turkes. Yet did the King with Elia∣nor [ 30] the Queene hold on their Pilgrimage to Ierusalem, where their case is much condoled. The Emperour and both the Kings agreed to besiege Damascus, which they did: where the Empe∣rour forcing his way at the watering place, strooke off a Turkes head (which fought lustily) to∣gether * 1.160 with the Head-piece, the necke and shoulder armed, with his Sword, diuiding the left arme and side vnder it from the rest of the bodie. The Citizens terrified, corrupted some Princes with Bribes, who indeuoured to dissolue the siege, which Treason of the Easterne Christians, was odious to those of the West, and caused the Emperour and the French to returne home, abho∣minating the fellowship of these Easterne Princes, and cooling others Deuotions to this Pil∣grimage.

After their departure, Anno 1148. Noradine entred the Confines of Antiochia, besieged Ne∣pa, * 1.161 [ 40] slue Prince Raimund with other Nobles in battell, tooke the Castle Hareng, and spoyled all the Countrey. Anno 1150. Raimund Earle of Tripolis was slaine by the Assisines; a man deplo∣red as dreadfull to the Saracens: These Assisines inhabit the Mountaines neere to Antaradus, in * 1.162 the Prouince of Phoenicia, haue ten Castles and fortie thousand men or more. These elect their chiefe whom they call, The old man of the Mountaine, at whose word they will attempt any thing. These haue beene preciser Saracens then othres foure hundred yeares. Their old man at this time began to embrace Christian Religion, and sent for that purpose a Legate to the King of Ierusalem, which by one of the Templers was slaine, to the hinderance of the businesse till this day. Anno 1154. Adrian an Englishman was made Pope, borne in the Territorie of Saint [ 50] * 1.163 Albans. The same yeare Ascalon was wonne by King Baldwin after a long siege.

Pope Adrian dying, 1159. there grew a diuision touching the Papacie, betwixt the English and French, following Alexander, and the Imperials, Octauian: insomuch, that the Archbishop of Collen comming into England, to receiue the Kings Daughter for the Duke of Saxonie to wife, the Alta••s whereon he said Masse were subuerted, 1165.

Anno 1171. Thomas Becket was slaine in his Church at Canterburie, on the fifth day of the Natiuitie, by William Tracie, Hugh Maruell, Reginald Fitz Ursi, and Richard Briton, Courtiers, * 1.164 wh••ch had heard some stomackfull speeches of the King, touching the said Archbishop, where∣vpon King Hanry sent to Rome to excuse himselfe. But his Ambassadors could not bee admitted to the Popes presence. Hee sent others, which on Maundie Thursday, hearing that the Pope [ 60] meant to sentence the King of England by name, and to interdict all his Lands, the Ambassa∣dors to decline the same, sware that the King should wholly obey the Pope and his Cardinals. The Authors and Fautors were excommunicated. The Church of Canterburie continued after his Funerall, a yeares Funerall of her Holies, the Pauement plucked vp, the Walls bared, the Bels silent.

The King swore in the presence of Albert and Theodiue the Popes Cardinals, that hee was not conscious of Thomas his death: but because he had spoken rashly, and had brought vp such bad Souldiers (which so auenged him) hee desired and obtayned absolution, promising as he was inioyned, To giue so much money as should maintayne two hundred Knights, to the defence * 1.165 of the Holy Land for one yeere, and that he should permit appeales thenceforth to be made freely, and that the customes which in his times were brought in contrarie to the liberties of the Church, should bee reuoked, and that the possessions taken from the Church of Canterburie should bee restored. To this the two Kings, both Father and Sonne, sware in remissionem omnium peccatorum. Soone after he came to Canterburie, 1174. and bare-foot, in manner of a penitent went to the chiefe Church, and with abundance of teares, to the Martyrs Sepulchre, where he continued long prostrate in [ 10] prayer. He there protested his innocency, but because his words gaue occasion of the Bishops death, hee desired of the Bishops present absolution, and submitting his bare flesh to the disci∣pline of. Rods, he receiued three or foure blowes of euery religious man, of which a great multi∣tude * 1.166 had assembled. After which he put on his clothes, gaue precious gifts to the Martyr, assig∣ning further fortie pounds a yeere for lights about the Sepulchre, and continued the rest of that day and the night following in bitternesse of minde, continuing his prayers, vigils and fasts till the third day. In the yeere 1176. hee granted the Popes Legat, that no Clergie man should bee * 1.167 brought before a secular Magistrate for any crime, but for Forest and lay fee: that Bishoprickes and Abbies should not be holden aboue a yeere in the Kings hand: that the killer of a Clergie man should be arraigned before the secular Iudge, in presence of the Bishop: that Clergie men should not be compelled to trialls by combat. [ 20]

Anno 1177. the Kings of England and France did sweare to goe together in the seruice of Christ crucified to Ierusalem, and to take the Crosse, and to hold firme league. An. 1179. a Coun∣cell * 1.168 was holden at Rome against Albigenses, that Ecclesiasticall persons should not bee compelled to stand to the iudgement of Lay-men, that Archbishops visiting Churches should bee content with fortie or fiftie horses, against pluralities, &c. About the same time Pope Alexander writ to Priest Iohn, King of the Indians, shewing that Philip a Physician had told him of his desire to be in∣structed * 1.169 in the Catholike and Apostolike discipline, and that they dissented in nothing from the Doctrine of the Apostolike Sea: and that, as Philip had learned of his subiects, he desired to haue a Church and some Altar in Ierusalem, where religious men of his Kingdome might reside, and be more fully instru∣cted in the Apostolike discipline: He therefore desiring, to reuoke him from those articles in which they [ 30] erred from the Christian faith, sent the said Philip to his Maiestie, to bee further instructed, &c. Baldwin, then King of Ierusalem, being leaprous, ordayned Guido de Lisiniaco Ouer-seer of the Kingdome, whose gouernment being not prosperous, it was committed to Raimund Earle of Tripolis.

In these times, Saladine Soldan of Damasco, hauing subdued the Saracens in the East, passed ouer * 1.170 Iordan, spoiled Crach Castle, burned Neapolis, destroyed Arabia, wasted Gerinum. And Baldwin being dead, Baldwin a child of fiue yeers old succeeded, his nephew by his sister Sybilla: Raimund was Protector. The Clergie and People seeing the state of the Kingdome vnlikely to continue, sent Embassadors to Henrie King of England, solemnly offering the Kingdome of Ierusalem, and * 1.171 keyes of the holy Citie and Sepulchre. Heraclius, the Patriarke vnder-tooke the Embassage with [ 40] the Master of the Hospital, and others, bringing by the way the Letters of Pope Lucius. He found the King at Reading, Anno 1185. whom with his Courtiers they prouoked to teares. They brought vnto him the Keyes of the Natiuitie, of the Passion, of the Resurrection, of the Tower of Dauid, and of the holy Sepulchre, and the Banner of the Kingdome: which all he much ho∣nored. The Popes Letter was this. Lucius Episcopus seruus seruorum Dei, &c. Whereas all thy * 1.172 Predecessors, aboue other Princes of the Earth, haue long since flourished in glorie of Armes, and Nobi∣litie of minde, and the Christian people hath learned to haue them Patrons in their aduersitie, worthily is there recourse to thee, the Heire, not of the Kingdome alone, but of thy Progenitors vertues, with a certayne presumed securitie, when danger, yea destruction is feared to hang ouer the Christian people, that by the arme of Royall Greatnesse aide may be yeelded to his members, who by his pitie hath gran∣ted [ 50] thee to attayne the height of so great glorie, and hath ordayned thee a Wall inexpugnable against the wicked enemies of his Name. Your Maiestie may further take notice, that Saladine the cruellest persecutor of the holy Name of the Crucified, hath so preuailed in the spirit of furie against the Christi∣ans of the Holy Land, that except the courses of his crueltie bee by some obstacles stayed, hee hath confi∣dence that Iordan will flow into his mouth, &c.

Hereupon, a Parliament was assembled at London at Clerken-Well, in which the King adiured all his Subiects, in the audience of the Legats, to shew what might bee most expedient for his soule, promising to performe whatsoeuer they should aduise. His Parliament aduised that hee should moderately gouerne his Kingdome, and preserue it from barbarous incursions, rather then in his owne person to prouide for the safetie of the East. As concerning the Kings Sonnes [ 60] (one of which the Patriarke desired, if the King refused) it seemed vnfitting to determine any thing in their absence. The King with the Patriarke passed the Sea to Roan, and had three dayes conference with the French King, and in their presence many Nobles receiued the Crosse.

Both the Kings promised the speediest helpe, and the Patriarke returned home.

Anno 1186. Baldwin the Child being dead, Sybilla was crowned Queene, as Heire to the * 1.173 former Kings, but was enioyned to diuorce solemnely Guido her Husband, with condition vpon Oath, to receiue him for King whomsoeuer she should choose. Guido himselfe also intreated it, that the Kingdome should sustayne no damage for his sake, and returned home. Saladines com∣ming being bruted, shee assembled the Lords Spirituall and Temporall to consult about a King: and when they granted her to name whom shee liked, all beeing in expectation, shee said vnto * 1.174 Guido there present, My Lord Guido, I choose you for my Husband, and deliuering my selfe with the Kingdome to you, doe publikely protest that you shall be King. Heereat all were amazed that one woman had deluded so many wise men. [ 10]

About this time, Saladines Mother in confidence of the Truce passed with great riches from Aegypt, into the parts of Damascus, by the borders of Iordan, and was robbed by Reginald of * 1.175 Castellion. Whereupon Saladine demanded satisfaction and restitution according to couenant: but Reginald returned harsh Answere. Saladine glad of the occasion, prepared himselfe for re∣uenge. In the end of Ianuary, the Kings of England and France tooke the Crosse.

Anno 1187. Saladine assembleth Parthians, Bedwines, Turkes, Saracens, Arabians, Medes, * 1.176 and Cordines, with whom and the Aegyptians hee inuadeth the Christians. Hee slue the Master of the Templars, with threes••ore of his Brethren, and besieged Caluaria. The King assembled all the strength of his Kingdome, the Earle of Tripolis being chiefe Commander. They fought and Saladine preuailed. The Earle of Tripolis is said to haue throwne away the Kings Stan∣dard, [ 20] and procured the flight. The King was taken with the holy Crosse, and the rest either ta∣ken * 1.177 or slaine. The Earle of Tripolis and some Templers escaped. Saladine made vse of his victo∣rie, sent the King and Captiues to Damascus, tooke Ptolemaida; and after that Ierusalem, each man redeeming his libertie at ten Bizantines, a woman at fiue, an infant at one, the rest to bee slaues, which had not to pay, of which poorer were fourteene thousand. They entred the Citie * 1.178 and caused in foure corners of the Temple their Superstitions to bee proclamed. Hasting thence he possessed himselfe of all the Cities and Townes, but Ascalon and Tyrus, and Crach or Mount Royall. For the redemption of those fourteene thousand, it is to be noted, that Crosses, Chalices, Guildings, and Church-garments were sold by consent.

§. II. [ 30]

The Emperour and two Kings take the Crosse. King RICHARD the First his Expedition, his Noble Exploits in Sicil, Cyprus, and the Holy Land. His imprisonment: and the great miseries which hapned to England, generally by that Expedition.

ANno 1188. at the preaching of the Popes Legate, the Emperour Fredericke tooke the [ 40] Crosse. The Kings of England and France agreed after much consultation, to∣gether with the Earle of Flanders, to take the Crosse, which the King of England did at the hands of William Archbishop of Tyre, * 1.179 sent by the Pope for that purpose. Whereupon both in the Empire and in both Kingdomes, Archbishops, Bishops, Dukes, Mar∣quesses, Earles, Barons, Knights, Gentlemen, and the vulgar did the like. It was also ordered, that all of the French Kingdome should weare Red Crosses, of the English White, of Flanders Greene, all things to remayne in the present State thorow all their States, till fortie dayes after their returne. But the French King entring vpon the King of Englands Territories, disturbed the Affaires of the Crosse, King Henry righting himselfe by Warre. The Emperour Fredericke [ 50] sent a Letter of Defiance to Saludine, and challenged to himselfe the old feathers of the Romane * 1.180 Eagle, euen vnto Aethiopia and Persia, which Saladine answered and out-braued, setting forth the puissance and numbers of the Saracens, demanding also the three remayning Holds to bee surrendred to him. He deliuered King Guido, taking his Oath to forsake the Kingdome, and be∣take himselfe to Sea. But the Clergie of the Kingdome deliberated and determined, that Faith is not to be kept in the perill of Religion, and therefore the King being absolued from bonds, many Pil∣grims resorted to him, and with the people of the Countrey made a great band. The King with the Hospitulers and Templers, Venetians, and Genuois came to Achon, and layd siege to it, which continued to the comming of the Kings, Philip and Richard, and then was taken.

The meaner sort of men are so possessed with deuout Zeale, that they stay not the com∣mings [ 60] of their Kings and Lords, but flow from the vttermost parts of the Wold to serue the Lord.

Saladine came with a great power to raise the siege, but frustrated of his hopes, he returned with shame, a Nauie▪ of twelue thousand Danes and Frislanders, comming to the ayde of the

Christians, after three dayes weary fight. Meane-while the French King with Earle Richard, against his father King Henrie continued the warre, with much spoile and bloudshed on both sides. Saladine also agreed with the Emperour of Constantinople, and resigned the Churches of * 1.181 the Holy Land vnto him, therein to obserue the Greeke holies. The Emperour promised to send Saladine one hundred Galleyes, and Saladine him the whole Holy Land, on condition to hinder the Westerne Pilgrimes. And if any at Constantinople accepted the Crosse, he was presently im∣prisoned. About the same time some Northerne Pilgrimes sayling thorow the English Seas, a∣greed with English Pilgrimes, and set forth together from Dortesmouth, which passing by Lisbon, were requested by the King of Portugall to helpe him to subiect the Citie Syluia, swearing to * 1.182 permit the spoile to them. They tooke it, and of sixtie thousand Inhabitants, spared onely thir∣teene [ 10] thousand from the sword; dedicating the Mahometan Temple for a Christian Cathedrall of our Lady.

King Henrie, wearied with the French and his sonnes actions, died, and left his sonne Richard his Heire: of whom the Poet, Mira canam, sol occubuit, nox nulla secuta est; and of his Father, Sufficit hic tumulus, cui non suffecerat Orbis. He left aboue nine hundred thousand pounds in gold and siluer, besides Plate and Iewels, and precious stones. At the same time died Geffrie Bishop of Ely intestate, of whose goods were confiscate three thousand markes of siluer, and two hundred markes * 1.183 of gold, besides other treasures in Plate, Iewels, and Gold. King Richard deposed al∣most all the Sheriffes from their Offices and their Dependants, to wring great summes by re∣deeming them. And for regayning of the Holy Land, hee set almost all things to sale, Donati∣ons, [ 20] * 1.184 Castles, Mannors, Woods, Townes, Sheriffewicks, and the like. Hugo the Pompous Bishop of Durham, bought to him and his Church the Kings Towne, Seggesfield, with the Wapintake and all appurtenances, and the Earledome of Northumberland, giuing ouer and aboue one thou∣sand markes to be Iustice of England, and to redeeme his voyage to the Holy Land. And for fur∣ther * 1.185 securitie, hee with infinite money obtayned of the Apostolike Sea (which is wanting to none that giueth money frankly) license to remayne, notwithstanding his voluntarie vow.

The Christians and Saladine had a bloudy battell, with great losse on both sides. The French King sent to treat with the King of England, for their meeting in the Holy Expedition, and se∣curitie of their Countries meanwhile. King Richard hauing fasted and prayed at Thomas Bec∣kets * 1.186 Tombe, vowing to performe to the Church those things, for which he had suffered: passing [ 30] to Normandie, in the Sea hee vowed to that Saint to erect in his honor a Chappell in the Holy Land, he being his Protector by Sea and Land; which he performed after at Achon. The Bishops * 1.187 of Ely and Durham, had chiefe charge of the Kingdome in his absence: the one being chiefe Iu∣stice (and hauing the Kings Seale) from the great Riuer to the South, the other to the North: but this double-headed beast agreed not. The Archbishop of Canterburie interdicted the Lands of Earle Iohn, whose appeale the Popes Legate receiued, and released the Interdict. A tenth part of moueable goods, was giuen for the Holy Land affaires thorow the Kingdome, which in * 1.188 stead of almes, vexed the Clergie and Laytie with spoile in the exacting. Likewise the King fayned that he had lost his Seale, and made a new, that all men which would bee secure, were [ 40] forced to seeke the new Seale, and many to follow him therefore out of the Land, and to fine with him at his pleasure.

Anno 1190. the Kings of England and France, sware to each other the Articles of the league (their Earles and Barons did likewise) as also, that if one died in the Expedition, the Suruiuor should haue the money and people of the deceased. William an English-man, vowed in his way to Ierusalem, that if he arriued safely at Achon, he would build a Chappell to Saint Thomas the * 1.189 Martyrs honor, with a Church-yard, which he did, and was made there the first Prior. Saladine corrupting Commanders with money, burned the Christians Fortifications. King Richard pro∣cured his Chancellor, the Bishop of Ely, to be the Popes Legat.

The two Kings met at Nizeliac, where in the Church of Saint Denis, King Richard tooke * 1.190 [ 50] his Scrip and Staffe. They came to Lions, and passing the Bridge, it brake, and many were drow∣ned in the Rhosne. Their people were so many that they could not goe together; and therefore the French King went to Genua, the English to Messana. Here King Richard found many Pil∣grims which had spent al their prouision with long stay, whom he adioyned to his own troups. King Richard was requested to visit the Pope, which he refused, obiecting to the Cardinall the * 1.191 Roman Simonie, which for consecration of a Bishop, had taken seuen hundred markes, and for the Legantine power of the Bishop of Ely, had taken fifteene hundred marks, and infinit summes of the Archbishop of Burdeaux, accused by his Clergie. Queene Elenor followed and ouer-tooke her sonne. The same yeere, the Emperour Frederick, betwixt Iconium and Antiochia, was drow∣ned in the Riuer Saphet, falling off his Horse. The English fleet, on holy Thursday, were migh∣tily [ 60] embroyled in the Spanish Seas with a Tempest, and Thomas of Canterburie three times ap∣peared visibly, bidding them not to feare, for He and the Martyr Edmund, and Saint Nicholas, were appointed Patrons of the Fleet, and the Tempest presently ceased. Many ships were di∣spersed, one of which came to Syluia, and eightie well armed men of the companie, were enter∣tayned by the King of Portugall against the Emperour of Marocco, with good conditions. Ten

other ships came to Lisbon, and diuers trauelled to Marfiles thence by Land. The Archbishop of Canterbury, Baldwin, Hubert of Salisburie, came to Tyrus. Iohn, Bishop of Norwich, went to the Pope, and emptying his purse, was released of his vow.

Philip, King of France, arriued at Messana, and was entertayned in the Palace of King Tan∣cred. King Richard comming a few dayes after, was forbidden entrance by the French, fearing that prouision would not be procured sufficient for both. The Citizens, were willing to receiue him, which the French forbad, ascending the walls armed and keeping the passages. Richard cal∣led to armes, and by hostile force entred, putting the French to slaughter and flight, which kindled a fire in the French Kings brest, neuer after till himselfe was extinct, extinguished. King Richard tooke in Calabria the strong Fortresse, called Lemba Maris, and another betwixt [ 10] * 1.192 Calabria and Messana, called the Monasterie of the Griffons. The Griffons hauing slaine many men and horses of the King, he brake in by force and tooke their Citie. The Citizens gaue him pledges, and he fortified there a Castle, called Mategriue. A Councell prouinciall was holden at Westminster by the Bishops Legat, little or nothing to the good of the Church. The Church of Normandie then obtayned her freedome, King Richard granting that Clergie men should * 1.193 not be attached by Seculars, and matters of Oathes, Marriages, Vluries, &c. should bee tried in the Spirituall Court. Baldwin the Archbishop dying at Achon, bequeathed all which he had to the succour of the Holy Land, which Hubert his Executor distributed faithfully. William of Ely meane-while made a ditch about the Tower, and exercised his bought Dignities with im∣moderate excesse to re-fill his emptied bags, prouing burthensome to all Churches, both Con∣uentuall [ 20] and Cathedrall, riding thorow England with fifteene hundred horse, with troups of * 1.194 Clergie men and Knights, attended at Table by Noblemens sonnes, whom hee married to his Neeces and Kindred: buying any Land which was to be sold, giuing and retayning at pleasure Abbies vacant, by feare or price obtayning euery Castle and Towne, followed with Minstrels and Songs of all sorts: none durst murmure against him. His stile was in his Letters, W. Dei gratia, Eliensis Episcopus, D. R. Cancellarius, totius Angliae Iustitiarius, & Apostolicae sedis Legatus, &c.

[illustration] map of Sicily

HONDIVS his Map of Sicilia.

Anno 1191. the French King tooke ship at Messana, in the end of March, and in the begin∣ning of Aprill King Richard followed with thirteene Galleons, * 1.195 one hundred ships of bur∣then, and fiftie Gallies: and thirtie dayes after came to Cyprus. Cursac the Lord of the Iland, which called himselfe Emperor, tooke and imprisoned many of King Richards men, where∣vpon he warred against him, tooke him and his only Daughter and subdued the whole Iland, with all the strong places to his subiection. He bound the King in siluer Fetters, and imprisoned him at Marguth Castle neere Tripolis. The Daughter receiued Honourable custodie with the two Queenes.

[illustration] map of Cyprus

HONDIVS his Map of Cyprus. [ 10]

CYPRUS

[illustration] map of Stalimini

Stalimini.

[illustration] map of Chios

Chius.

[illustration] map of Mytilene

Mitilene.

[illustration] map of Negroponte

Negroponte.

[illustration] map of Cythera

Cerigo.

[illustration] map of Rhodes

Rhodus

Philip Earle of Flanders going to the Holy Land with the French King, dyed without issue. The Armie which besieged Achon, was besieged with Famine, which with a well furnished Na∣uie * 1.196 King Richard relieued, in the way sinking a Dromund, a huge ship of Saladines going to aide [ 50] the besieged, frighted with Wild-fire, Vessels ful of vnknown Serpents, & fiue hundred Souldiers. The Kings diuers, whiles it was becalmed, bored many holes therein, so that the goods hee sa∣ued, but drowned three hundred of the men. When the two Kings were now at Achon, they * 1.197 came to capitulation; and Saladine couenanted to render the Crosse (before taken) and fifteene hundred choice Christian Captiues, and seuen thousand Bizantines to saue the liues of the Sara∣cens, the rest remayning to the Victors. But when the conditions were not kept, two thousand & six hundred Saracens lost their heads. The French King enuying the glorie of all the Christian Exploits ascribed to the English King, pretended for want of money to returne. Hereupon King Richard offered to communicate for the Seruice of the Holy Land, one halfe of his gold, siluer, victuals, armes, ships: who yet had sworne, and against the wils of his owne, and to the dis∣gust [ 60] of the whole Armie, must needs home. Another quarrell arose, the King of France purpo∣sing to deliuer Achon, and all whatsoeuer they should take to Marchisius of Mount Ferrat, and to make him King of the Holy Land, King Richard standing for Guido. But Messana had begunne

and an vnhappie running at Tilt, had made runne on this dissention. Hee left the Duke of Bur∣gundie with one thousand men at Armes in shew to doe seruice to King Richard, instructed before in Treacherie. Thus swearing to inuade no mans Land there present, he returned; and King Ri∣chard repayred the breaches, and ditched and fortified Achon.

The Coast Cities hearing of his approach fled, hauing no hope of succour from Saladine: thus they did in Caiphas, in Caesarea, Ioppe, Assis, Gaza, Ascalon, so that all the Region on the * 1.198 Sea from Achon to Ioppe was taken, yet not without great losse to the Christians, whom Sala∣dines Armie still attended, wayting all opportunities of mischiefe.

King Richard in a Letter to the Archbishop of Roan, tels of a Battell and great ouerthrow giuen Saladine neere Assur, wherein more of the chiefe Saracens Were lost, then had beene in one day in fortie [ 10] yeares before: after which Saladine durst not attempt by open force, but by secret ambushes. Hee ouer∣turned Ascalon, and made it euen with the ground, hearing of our comming thither, and wee haue hope shortly to recouer all our Lords Inheritance.

King Richard being returned, gaue the Kingdome of Ierusalem to his Nephew Henrie, with * 1.199 the Wife of Marchisius de Monte Feratio, beeing heire of the Kingdome, now her Sister the Queene was dead, Guido consenting, to whom King Richard gaue Cyprus, lately gotten by the Sword, for which he did him homage. The said Marchisius, was a little before murthered at Tyrus by the Assasines.

When Saladine had taken Ierusalem, the Inhabitants had gathered together the Relikes they could find, and put them in foure great Iuorie Christs, which he (learning what they were) com∣manded * 1.200 [ 20] to be carried to Baldach, and giuen to the Calipha, that the Christians should no longer glory of dead mens bones, and beleeue to haue them Intercessors in Heauen, whose bones they worshipped on Earth. But the Prince of Antioch and the Patriarke loth to be depriued of such a Treasure, co∣uenanted by Oath to redeeme them at fiftie two thousand Bizantines, or else to returne them. The Prince sealed them vp, and all Christians were deiected, the time being at hand for the pay∣ment. King Richard paid the money that they might intercede for him in Heauen, whose bones he had redeemed on Earth from the hands of Infidels.

Combustions hapned, meane-while, in England, by the Chancellors excesses, the issue where∣of * 1.201 was his Deposition, he and his hauing-so exhausted the Kingdomes wealth, that they left not a Girdle striped with Siluer, nor a Ring, or Iewell, or any thing of worth to any, nor Treasure [ 30] to a Iew. The Chancellor sware to the Articles, and to deliuer vp all the Castles before his de∣parture. He came to Canterburie, and their tooke the Crosse of Pilgrimage, and laid downe that of his Legantie Office: and getting closely to Douer, thought to haue stolne ouer Sea in a Wo∣mans * 1.202 Habit. Wayting on the shoare for passage, a Mariner was somewhat homely with him, and found him as arrant a man as himselfe, by the testimonie of his Breeches. Hee calls in com∣pany, and women would needs buy of him his piece of cloth, which hee had taken to cloke his Sexe and businesse: but he vnderstanding no English, could say nothing, whereupon they remo∣ued his Muffler, and found a Shaueling whom they dragged contumeliously alongst the Strand, with cryes, buffets, spittings, and haling him thorow the streets, imprisoned him in a Cellar; Who yet escaped by leauing his Oath to the Lord, and his Pledges (and his two Brethren) to [ 40] the Lords, and gate ouer to Normandie.

King Richard besieged the Castle Darum, the next of Christendome towards Babylon, and wanne it. Soone after hee tooke a rich Carouan of Merchants guided by Saladines Souldiers, * 1.203 with seuen thousand Camels richly laden. The Duke of Austria came about that time to per∣forme his Vow in the Holy Land seruice, where a quarrell falling out betwixt his Harbengers, and a Norman of King Richards, the King inconsiderately, taking his mans part, caused the Dukes Colours to be cast into a Iakes, which the Duke seeking to right, was further wronged with scoffes; whereupon the Duke seeing himselfe contemned by the King, turning to the King of Kings inuoked him with teares to his reuenge, which after fell out accordingly. King Richard with his late gotten spoile would haue gone and laid siege to Ierusalem, where the feare [ 50] of his name and comming had alreadie terrified the Inhabitants. But this was hindred by the Duke of Burgundie, (enuying that Triumph to King Richard) counselling the Templers, and French to his part. Saladine also with great gifts corrupted the Duke, sending him by night * 1.204 fiue Camels laden with Gold, Siluer, Silkes, and other Riches. Whereupon the King conuin∣cing him by witnesse, called him Traytour, and hee returned from the King in displeasure to Achon.

Newes came that Saladine besieged Ioppe, and King Richard desired the Duke to assist him in * 1.205 the Enterprize, which he refused and went the same night toward Tyrus, where he fell madde, and dyed miserably. The King hasted to Ioppe by Sea, Saladine hauing already taken the Towne, the Souldiers were vpon deliuery of the Castle, when King Richard brake in amongst them like [ 60] a furious Lion, and chased the Saracens to Ramula. But hearing the next day of the Kings small * 1.206 numbers they returned, (for only three ships had arriued) Salaadine sent sixtie two thousand to set vpon the King, which encompassed his Tents, and awakd him with their noise. He gate vpon his Horse attended by eleuen others (they had no more till they had borrowed of the Sa∣racens,)

and beyond beliefe so laid about him, making way for the rest, that they in the Towne also made out, and quited the field of them. This hapned on Lammas day. Salaadine in his rage sent for an old Prisoner, whilome Prince of Antiochia, and asked him, What wouldst thou doe if thou hadst me in thy power as I now haue thee? Hee (adiured to tell the truth) said, hee would cut off his head; which was his owne sentence, and Salaadine himselfe the Executioner. An Heremite told the King he should not winne Ierusalem, and gaue him a piece of the true Crosse, as he said. Whiles the King abode at Ioppe, seuen weekes, an infectious Disease seised on * 1.207 him, and the most of his, deadly to all in manner which had it, except the King. Seeing therefore the French alienated, and readie to returne, his monies spent, his men diminished by warre and sicknesse, his Enemies increasing daily; he determined to returne home for the reparation of his [ 10] Purse and force, concluding meane-while a Truce with the Pagans for three yeares. By Sea hee was incountred with a terrible Tempest, some drowned, others wracked, few attayning their * 1.208 desired Port. This hapned in Autumne, whereas Salaadine dyed in the Lent following, and had they stayed, had facilitated their Designes; both by his death and the dissentions which followed amongst his sonnes and followers. Hereunto was added the Conspiracie of the Earle of Saint Giles, and all those Princes by whom he was to passe: which made him purpose to returne by Germanie. He came to Gazara in Sclauonia; where some notice of him being taken, he with his small company hasted away at mid-night: but a worse and darker mid-night hapned. For with one man and a Boy which could speake Dutch, he trauelled three dayes without eating or drin∣king: * 1.209 he came to Gynatia in Austria, and being suspected by the Boyes change of Byzantines, and [ 20] after by the Kings Gloues which vnawares he had carried vnder his Girdle, hee was beset and yeelded himselfe to the Duke, who committed him to strait custodie, and in the yeare 1193. sold him to the Emperour for threescore thousand pound of Siluer, Collen weight. Heere hee was againe imprisoned, and a strong Gard set on him, with whom he made himselfe merrie in sports, making them drunke, trying of Masteries, in all seeming Master of himselfe and his hard fortunes. The Emperour would not admit him his presence or speech, and pretended many calumnies against him. At last, by mediation of friends he obtayned a hearing, eloquent∣ly cleered himselfe of Imputations, and wonne much respect both of others and the Emperour Henry, who after vsed him more familiarly, and demanded one hundred and fortie thousand Markes of Siluer for his ransome. This was brought by the Kings Letter, and the Emperours [ 30] Golden Bull into England by William Bishop of Ely aforesaid: and all Bishoppes, Clergie-men, Earles, Barons, Abbots, Priors were assessed at a fourth part of their Rents, to ransome the King. Also they sold for that purpose their Chalices of Gold and Siluer. Iohn Bishop of Norwich, tho∣row all his Diocesse tooke halfe the price of their Chalices and Goods. The Cistercian Order (free before from all Taxations) gaue all their Wooll to his Redemption. No Church, no Order, no Degree, or Sexe, was passed by, which was not hereto compelled, manifold Tempests, Inun∣dations, and Winter Thunders hauing thorow that yeare fore-signified the same, causing also great scarsitie of Corne and Fruits.

King Richard being Prisoner, his Brother Iohn made compact with the French King, and sought to be crowned in England, but the vertue of the English was more loyall. Philip the French [ 40] King inuaded Normandie with a very great Armie, not sparing Order, Age, Sexe, vsing no lesse the Treason of King Richards Subiects corrupted by him. He besieged Roan, but by the Earle * 1.210 of Leisters Prowesse and the Inhabitants valour, was repelled with shame.

Anno 1194. King Richard hauing paid the greatest part of his Ransome, and giuen Pledges for the rest, arriued at Sandwich on the Sunday after Saint Georges day. Presently he visited Tho∣nias Beckets Tombe, and was with Festiuall Solemnitie, receiued soone after at London. He ha∣sted to Saint Edmunds to performe his Deuotions; and thence to Nottingham, against those which had conspired with his Brother Iohn, some of whom he suffered to redeeme themselues, so to redeeme his Pledges, and to inuade the French which continued spoyling his Land with * 1.211 fire and sword. The Sunday after Easter he ware his Crowne at Winchester. His Brother Iohn [ 50] humbled himselfe and the King receiued him to fauour. This was done in Normandie, where he pursued the warre against the French. He procured the Duke of Austria to bee excommuni∣cated by the Pope, and his Land to be interdicted: whose Land was further smitten with Fa∣mine and Pestilence, and the Inundation of the Danow, which drowned ten thousand men: himselfe also falling off his Horse, his legge was incurably hurt, which beeing cut off, yet the * 1.212 paine continued and killed him, before beeing penitent, absolued, and absoluing King Richards Pledges.

Anno 1195. Pope Caelestine writ to Hubert, Archbishop of Canterburie; and to the Bishops * 1.213 of England to preach the Crosse, Giuing Indulgences to those which vndertooke it, the Remission of imposed Penance by the Priest, as his Predecessors had done; namely, that they which with a contrite [ 60] heart shall vndertake this expedition, and for the Penance of their sinnes; if they depart in the Faith, shall obtaine full Indulgence of their crimes and life eternall. Also their goods and families, after they haue taken the Crosse, shall be vnder the protection of the Romane Church, and of the Bishops and Pre∣lates. And nothing which they then at their crossing did quietly possesse should be called in question, but

till their returne or death should remaine quiet: Others which minister of their goods, shall obtaine In∣dulgence according to the Prelats moderation. Hee exhorted him to be instant in season and out of season, going about the Prouince, King Richard and the French came to agreement, but the Arch-bishop of Roan interdicted all Normandie, because of a Castle which King Richard there fortifi∣ed * 1.214 against his will. Anno 1199. King Richard died, and Iohn his Brother succeeded. The same yeare the Kingdome of France was interdicted by the Popes Legat, for the taking of the Elect of Cambray prisoner, who was freed before the sentence could. Hee came also to the King of England, threatning like interdict, if the Bishop Beluacensis were not deliuered, whom yet be∣cause * 1.215 he was taken in Armes, he dismissed not without his ransome.

Anno 1200. an Epistle from Heauen was sent for the keeping of the Sunday or Lords day, [ 10] from the ninth houre on Saturday, till Munday Sunne rising, which the Pope, approued, and * 1.216 sent Preachers thorow diuers parts of the world, Eustace Abbot of Flay comming from him in∣to England for that cause. (But of visions the Stories of these times are full.)

In the yeare 1215. was holden the great Councell of Lateran, in which after other things, the affaires of the holy Land were propounded. We will and command (they are the words of the * 1.217 Pope) that Patriarchs, Arch-bishops, Bishops, Abbots, Priors, and others, which haue cure of soules, doe preach studiously the word of the Crosse, beseeching by the Father, Sonne and holy Ghost, one onely true and eternall God, Kings, Dukes, Princes, Marquesses, Earles, and Barons, and other Nobles, and the Communalties of Cities, Uillages and Townes, that if they goe not personally, they will send a sufficient number of Warriours with expences for three yeares, for the remission of their sinnes, &c. If [ 20] any refuse, let them protest to them on our behalfe, that they shall answer this at the dreadfull Iudgement of the iust Iudge, &c. And we define that all which shall haue taken the Crosse, shall be vnder Saint Pe∣ters protection and ours, and vnder the Arch-bishops, Bishops, and Prelats of the Church, and all their goods, &c. as before.

§. III.

Prosecution of the Holy Land Warres: English Nobles crossed: RICHARD Earle of Cornwall his Acts there: WILLIAM DE LONGA SPATA, [ 30] and other English-men. King or Saint LEVVIS of France his doings and sufferings: Prince EDVVARD.

THE truce being expired in the first generall passage * 1.218 after the Councell of Laterane, the Christian Armie was assembled in Achon, with the three Kings of Ierusalem, Hungarie, and Cyprus, the Dukes of Austria and Morauia, and great Forces of the King of Germanie, with many Arch-bishops, Earles, Gentlemen. The Patriarch of Ierusalem tooke vp the Crosse (which had beene hidden * 1.219 till this time, it being before, as some [ 40] say, diuided, and the one part lost, as you haue heard, and now this other part succeeded) and the Christian Armie in the Vigill of Saint Martin, washed themselues in Iordan, and hauing visi∣ted the holy places, returned to Achon. The King of Hungarie soone after departed to the great detriment of the holy Land, being requested to the contrary by the Patriarch. But away he went excommunicate with his followers, carrying with him Pilgrimes, Gallies, Horses, Armes. O∣thers cowardly abode in Achon, a sinfull Citie, and full of all vncleannesse: the King of Ierusa∣lem and Duke of Austria, Hospitalars, and others, fortified the Castle of Caesarea. The Tem∣plers and Hospitulars of the Dutch house, fortified the Castle of the Pilgrimes. In Bebon of Frisland appeared a white Crosse in the ayre towards the North, another toward the South, a third particoloured, in the midst, with the forme of a Crucified man. Other Crosses after [ 50] appeared, whereby the Prouince of Collen was prouoked to the holy Land seruice. These with the Frislanders prouided three hundred ships, made with great care, which in the way came to Lisbon: and their dissention diuided them, some staying with William Duke of Holland, in the siege of Alchacia a Moorish Castle, where they wan a great battell against the Moores, and slue one of their Kings, after that taking the Castle also.

Anno 1218. The Christian Nauie passed from Achon to Damiata, and besieged it, where after great losse of their owne they tooke a Tower. Saphidine Sonne and Successour of Sa∣ladine * 1.220 (by the murther of his Bretheren) died, and Coradine his Sonne razed Ierusalem, making the Walls and Turrets rude heapes, and leauing nothing but the Temple and Tower of Dauid in reuenge of the siege of Damiata. The next passage brought many Pilgrimes from diuers parts [ 60] of the world, with the Popes Legat, Ranulph Earle of Chester, Saer Earle of Winchester, and * 1.221 William Earle of Arundell, Robert Fitz Walter, Iohn Constable of Chester, William de Harecourt, Barons, and Oliuer the King of England Sonne, with many others. Many lost their liues on both sides, and by inundation of the Sea and Riuer, brought new prouisions of vnwelcome Fishes

into their Tents, and did much harme, carrying their workes to the other side, the water betray∣ing them to the fire. A grieuous disease, for which the Physicians knew no remedie, infested the Campe, (by the description it seemeth the Scorbute) which killed many. Many conflicts on both sides swept away many. Damiata was in this long siege aslaulted with Sword, Famine, Pestilence. Nilus refusing this yeare to visite a great part of Egypt, made the Soldan to feare a Famine, and in these straits hee offered the true Crosse, which Saladine had taken and all the Kingdome of Ierusalem, and to repaire the ruines of the razed Citie, and restauration of Cap∣tiues, (onely he would hold Crac and Mount Royall, paying twelue thousand Byzantines yeer∣ly tribute, for the Carauans securitie which trauell to Mecca) if they would leaue Damiata. The Princes liked it, the Clergie refused, and on the seuenth of Nouember, the Christian Armie * 1.222 [ 10] tooke it, without resistance, it hauing beene a buriall place of her Inhabitants, and now stinking like a Graue, the streets and houses being strewed with carkasses, eightie thousand had dyed therein during the siege, besides three thousand which they found yet remaining. The spoyle thereof was very great, and equally shared where theeuery preuented not.

After Damiata taken, the next passage came so many Pilgrimes, that Taphnis Castle was ta∣ken, and both fortified. The Soldan tooke the Castle of Caesarea, and did much hurt to Achon and Tyrus. Anno 1222. Philip de Albeneio a stout Souldier, and the Master of King Henrie went to the Holy Land. Anno 1224. Baldwin Earle of Flanders returned, and was knowne and ac∣knowledged of many. But his Daughter denyed him to be her Father, and procured him to bee hanged betwixt two old Dogges. [ 20]

This Baldwin, with the Venetians, the Duke of Louaine, the Marquesse of Mount-Ferrat, Si∣mon * 1.223 de Montfort, and others, intending the Holy Land, by opportunitie of Greeke combustions at Constantinople, tooke Iadera, besieged Constantinople seuentie two daies, and tooke it, (being before fired) on the twelfth of Aprill, 1204. By common consent Baldwin was elected Empe∣rour: and the Greekes vpon that occasion began another Empire at Trebezond. Baldwin by Vene∣tian helpe conquered Thrace, and after the Greekes betaking themselues to the King of Bulgaria, in a battell against him and the Scythians he was said to be slaine, Anno 1206. the Scythians put∣ting all Thrace to spoyle and sword. Henrie, Baldwines Brother, was chosen to succeed, who ay∣ded by the Marquesse, now King of Thessaly, expelled those Barbarians, and recorded the Coun∣trey, and after eleuen yeares troublesome reigne, died. Peter his Sonne-in-Law succeeded, who [ 30] was treacherously slaine, and Robert his Sonne succeeded; whose Wife a beautifull Ladie in a tumult, was by a Burgundian (to whom she had before beene betrothed) taken in the night, her * 1.224 nose and eares cut off, her Mother throwne into the Sea; and her Husband then absent, had his griefe so present, that he liued not long after, leauing a little Sonne Baldwin, the last Latine Em∣perour of Constantinople, affianced to Iohn of Brenne, whom Pope Innocent had made King of Ierusalem: the Greeks easily recouering in that opportunitie. The first Baldwin thus reuiued, whe∣ther he were a counterfeit or no, is vncertaine. Certaine it is, that our Authour saith, all that were of counsaile to that his hanging, dyed an ill death. The last Baldwin sought by helpe of Frankes and English, (for here he had large gifts) but in vaine to recouer that Empire.

About this time great multitudes tooke the Crosse thorow the world, insomuch that of the [ 40] Kingdome of England onely, sixtie thousand and more sufficient men, besides women and old folkes, tooke the Crosse; Master Hubert testifying, that he (being a Preacher of the Crosse) had * 1.225 so many in his Catalogue. On Mid-somer night, the Lord appeared in the Firmament, in cruci∣fied forme and bloudy, to shew (saith our Author) how acceptable that deuotion was to him. This was seene neere Vxbridge by a Fish-monger. Peter Bishop of Winchester, and William Bi∣shop of Exeter were two of these, which spent fiue yeares in that Pilgrimage. Friderike the Emperour tooke shipping toward the Holy Land to performe his vow, but returned, pretending sicknesse, so that fortie thousand men which waited his comming that passage, returned frustrate to their homes, and many to their long home. Whereupon Pope Gregorie excommunicated him. He by publike writings purged himselfe, and great broyles ensued. The Romans expelled * 1.226 the Pope out of their Citie to Viterbium, and thence to Perusium, hee hauing no other weapon [ 50] of reuenge but excommunication. The same time, the Earle of Tholouse had a great victorie a∣gainst the Crusado Armie, which the Pope had with like Indulgence to that of the Holy Land, excited to warre against him and the Albigenses, (which for denying the Papacy were condemned Heretickes.) Frederike yet made best speed to the Holy Land, where the Clergie, because the * 1.227 Pope had excommunicated him, counselled him to reconciliation, and would not communicate with him. But the Templers and Hospitalars receiued him with reuerence. The Soldan sent him rich presents. Pope Gregorie in his absence raised warres by Iohn de Brennes, King of Ierusalem, * 1.228 which out of France and other parts, gathered a great Armie and inuaded, helped by the Popes Forces, the Emperours Dominions. The Soldan troubled with ciuill broiles, restored to Frede∣ricke [ 60] all the Holy Land, so that he entred Ierusalem with his Armie, and they purified the Ho∣ly Citie, but the Clergie would not communicate with the Emperour. Master Walter, a Frier * 1.229 Preacher, an English-man, which had done great seruice for the Crosse, appointed by the Pope to that Office, said Masse: and the Clergie was restored to their Quondam possessions. The

Emperour intending to goe to Iordan after the custome, the Templars and Hospitalars treache∣rously * 1.230 gaue intelligence to the Soldan, that he might intrap him: partly enuying his successe, loth any should there haue honor but themselues; and partly, because they heard that the Pope had inuaded his Territories. The Soldan abhorring such perfidie, sent their Letter to Fredericke, and laid open that hellish mysterie. Hence arose grudges, and the Templars and Hospitalars drew the Patriarke into their conspiracie, which published a Letter diffamatorie against him. Pope Gregorie exacted tenths for the maintenance of those his warres against the Emperour, thorow England, Scotland, Wales and Ireland, which were rigorously, vnder paine of Interdiction and * 1.231 Excommunication exacted, not as the twentieth before to the King, but as might best be for the Popes aduantage, and the people forced to pay it before hand, euen for the crops on the ground. [ 10] The Prelates sold their Ornaments and Church plate for expedition, and Stephen the Popes Procurator, hauing Vsurers attending like Rauens, saue that they preyed on the liuing. All this notwithstanding, the Emperour returning, soone recouered that which the Pope and his King * 1.232 Iohn had taken, and some composition was made betwixt them. Pope Gregorie sent Preachers, and writ to excite men to the holy Warre, and sent others for money to release those vowes, Nec sciri poterat in quam abyssum tanta pecunia quae per Papales Procuratores colligebat••r est de∣mersa. Unde negotium Terr•• Sanct•• nunquam foelix, &c. He after excommunicated him againe, and chose another Emperour, absoluing his Subiects, perswading them to be faithfull in infide∣litie. But the wickednesse of the Roman Church deserued that the Popes authoritie was not re∣ceiued: he addeth of it, Deposito rubore velut meretrix vulgaris & effrons omnibus venalis & exposi∣ta, [ 20] Usuram pro paruo, simoniam pro nullo, &c.

The Truce betwixt the Emperor and the Soldan expiring, the Pope sent and writ againe, * 1.233 granting Indulgences as before, and freeing from Vsuries, employing the Preaching Friars and Minors in this Crosse businesse, who by the Popes Mandate, were attended by the Archdeacons and Deanes, which in euery place caused the Parishioners, men and women to assemble, not one vnder paine of excommunication, being absent. Many Noblemen of England tooke the Crosse, * 1.234 Earle Richard the Kings brother, Earle G. Marshall, Earle Iohn of Chester, the Earle of Salisbu∣rie and his brother, and many other honorable personages. Earle Richard made sale of his woods, and of whatsoeuer he could for that prouision. But the Preachers preaching the same Indulgen∣ces to them, which gaue so much money as would beare the charges, hindred mens deuotions. [ 30] * 1.235 For this proued a common and vsuall course, to exchange vowes for money. Aboue one hun∣dred Knights Templers were soone after slaine in a battell with the Turkes, besides other multi∣tudes, Anno 1238.

Many crossed Nobles were assembled at Lions, to goe to the Holy Land, when a Messenger from the Pope forbad them to proceed; notwithstanding, that was the place and time appointed by his Preachers, and that they had sold and pawned their goods and lands for that Expedition. Many returned home discontent: Many held on their way. Anno 1240. Earle Richard and the other English Nobles. tooke leaue to set forth on their Holy voyage. That yeere, the Christians not agreeing in the Holy Land, sustayned great losse, innumerable being slaine and taken. Earle * 1.236 Richard passed on his way into France, and was by the Popes Legat forbidden to proceed, who answered, that he had prouided his Ships, Moneys, Armes, and detesting the double dealing of [ 40] the Roman Church, committed himselfe to the Sea. The Soldan of Damasco gaue the Christi∣ans all which they challenged beyond Iordan, to helpe him against the Egyptian. Earle Richard came to Achon a little after Michaelmas, where he was receiued with all solemne significations of ioy. The third day after his comming, he caused Proclamation to be made, that no Christian * 1.237 Pilgrime should depart home for want of money, for he would entertayne them in his pay. He writ thence of the great Schisme and mischiefe thereon attending, complayning of the Pope: the King of Nauarre and Earle of Britaine, were gone fifteene dayes before his comming: Truce was concluded by him with the Soldan, many Places and Prisoners surrendred vnto him, which he there in his Letter particularly nameth. Further, that he and the Christians fortified Ascalon Castle with two Walls and high Towers, to preuent the worst, if the Saracens should violate the [ 50] Truce. Hauing receiued on Saint Georges day all the Prisoners, hee returned homewards and landed at Trapes in Sicilia, and hearing of the captiuitie of certayne Bishops, he went to Rome. He caused also the dispersed bones, of those which had beene slaine in the dismall battell of Ga∣〈…〉〈…〉 to be buried. The Emperor receiued him honorably, hauing married his sister Izabel, daugh∣ter of king Iohn. He was welcommed into England by the King his brother, in februarie, 1242. The French Nobilitie much honored him as their Patron, for deliuerie of their prisoners. The Pilgrimes departing after Earle Richard, the Templars enuying, scoffed and derided his acts, and brake the Truce which he had made, which the Hospitalars obserued, whom therefore the Templars besieged in Achon, chasing also the Dutch Knights, turning the great Reuenues a∣gainst * 1.238 [ 60] Christians, which were giuen against Saracens. This dissention continued betwixt them with great scandall. It hapned that the Tartarian Deluge, hauing then ouer-flowed the Easterne World, and ouer-whelmed Persia, the Chorosmines by them expelled and forced to shift, were entertayned by the Soldan of Babylon, and promised, if they could driue out the Christians,

that they should possesse their Countrey. Whose multitudes so terrified the Christians, that they consulted to remoue all the Inhabitants of Ierusalem to Ioppe, and began in the night to performe it. The Corosmines entring, found certayne Banners, which they erecting, some Christians cal∣led * 1.239 backe their fellowes, as if some notable triumph had hapned to the Christians, which retur∣ned either into the Citie or Suburbs, where the enemie presently assaulting them slue seuen thou∣sand. The yong Men and Maydens they made slaues. They entred the Holy Citie, and slue the * 1.240 old and feeble persons (which had not gone forth, but fled to the Sepulchre for Sanctuarie) and Nunnes. The Christian Souldierie sought to reuenge it, fighting with them a bloudie battell * 1.241 till night, losing innumerable, yet killing many more. On Saint Lukes day, with the generall power of the Holy Land assembled to the Patriarke, they fought against them, now strength∣ned [ 10] with new supplyes from the Soldan, where the best was, that they sold their liues at a deare and bloudie rate, more perishing of the Infidels, but the Christians losing almost all. The Master of the Templars, and the Master of the Hospitalars and Dutch knights fell, and but eighteene Templars and sixteene Hospitalars escaped. The number of the slaine was inestimable on both sides. The whole Land put on irrecouerable confusion.

And although Pope Innocent, at the Councell of Lions, seemed zealous of this quarrell, yet that other quarrell to the Emperour more possessed him; and the Councell withstood him to his face, taking authoritie to appoint Collectors for that Subsidie, whereof the Roman Court had beene so often, so fraudulent a Disburser. The French King lately sicke, had vowed a Holy * 1.242 Land voyage, if he recouered, whom almost all the Nobilitie followed. But the Pope prosecu∣ting [ 20] the Emperor, and causing a new to be chosen, little succour could be sent them, so that ma∣ny despayring, became Apostata's. The Soldan himselfe detested, and openly protested against the Templars and the Pope. The Bishop of Worcester, William de Longa Spata, and many No∣bles * 1.243 of England, in imitation of the French, tooke the Crosse. This William imitated Earle Ri∣chard, who couenanting with the Pope got great treasures, by dispensing with that Holy Land vow, desired the Pope to grant him fauour in that kind, which hee did, cutting a large thong of anothers hide. The Earle gathered infinite summes by the Popes grant, taking of one Archdeacon sixe hundred pounds, and William got aboue one thousand markes. King Henrie with * 1.244 great deuotion carried some of the bloud, sent him from the Holy Land in a Crystall vessell, pretended to be that of Christ, from Paules to Westminster. [ 30]

Anno 1248. the Earle of Leister tooke the Crosse to expiate his sinne, in marriage of her * 1.245 which had vowed chastitie. His wife and many Nobles and Knights, followed the example. The French King began his iourney, first seeking in vaine to reconcile the Pope to the Empe∣rour. Hee tooke ship and left many behind, which returned and were dispensed with by the Pope then at Lions, giuing him their prouisions, and emptying their purses. William Longspate followed with two hundred Horse-men, whom the French King kindly entertayned, and be∣sought the French to lay aside their wonted enuie to the English.

Anno 1250. King Henrie tooke the Crosse of the Archbishop, and the Archbishop himselfe, * 1.246 the Kings brother William de Valentia, and many Courtiers; the Abbot of Burie, and many o∣ther followed: some being of opinion, that the King did this but for a colour to get money. Fiue [ 40] hundred Knights, and innumerable crossed people met at Bermundsey (hauing sold or morgaged their Lands and Goods, and inuolued themselues in vsuries for the Holy Land businesse) to con∣sult of their vowed voyage, intending so to serue the King of Heauen, howsoeuer their earthly King stood affected. Which to preuent, he procured the Popes Letter by money to suspend their iourney till himselfe went. The French besieged, and were besieged at Damiata by the Soldan, and Scarsitie, where many perished by Famine and Sword, and many ran to the Enemie and be∣came Apostataes. The French also were enuious to the English and William Longspat, ha••ing ta∣ken * 1.247 fortunately a rich Carauan with Camels, Mules, Asses, Iaden with Silkes, Spices, Gold and Siluer, and other riches and prouisions, slaying and captiuing the men; the French quarrelled hereat, and tooke his purchase from him, the Earle of Artois the Kings brother being herein [ 50] chiefe, which the French King not daring to remedie, hee left him and went to Achon. The French tooke Damiata, and the Soldan offered all the Holy Land and great treasures for the re∣stitution. * 1.248 But they chose rather to remoue towards Cairo, and the Earle of Artois proudly ob∣iecting to the Templars their pride, and calling W. Longspat (then returned) tayled cowardly En∣glish, saying, that the Armie would doe well if it were cleansed of tayles and tayled (this hee spake vpon occasion of wise counsell giuen him by the former.) William answered, We shall be this day, where I beleeue, you will not come neere my Horses tayle: which also hapned, the Earle being drow∣ned in flight, and William brauely dying in fight, standing to it when he had no legs to stand on * 1.249 (they being cut off) to a miracle of resolution, and commending his valiant soule to the Hea∣uens, hauing first sent many Saracens to Hell. This was the issue of the others daring temeritie [ 60] and pride. Of all the Armie present, two Templars onely, one Hospitalar, and a base person escaped. The King was behind with the rest of the Armie, who made another as vnfortunate a battell, in which himselfe was taken, his Armie almost all slaine or taken. The Soldan labou∣red that none should carrie this newes to Damiata, which yet was done by Alexander Giffard, an * 1.250

English man, hauing receiued fiue wounds in the attempt. But Damiata was deliuered in ex∣change of the King: the Soldan commanding the Christians to bee beheaded which stayed be∣hind, * 1.251 and their Nauie to be burned.

Soone after, the King of Castile, tooke the Crosse, hauing conquered thirteene dayes iourney vpon the Saracens, thinking it better to get the Holy Land from them then any other. But the rapines and spoiles which the poorer sustayned from the great men, the Roman Church permitting, yea teaching, as often as they would goe to the Holy Land in pilgrimage, our Authour much lamenteth. And for the extortions of France, the French King saith, hee by permission of the Roman Church, gathered a third yeeres tenth of the Clergie, on condition that the Pope, to maintayne his warres against Fredericke, might gather as much more. The [ 10] King would not after permit this, though his owne were gathered by Papall Ministers, that the Pope might hereby learne to how much his share would arise. The Popes Exactor met by * 1.252 chance on the way a poore Priest, hauing a piece of bread giuen him for sprinkling of holy wa∣ter, whom he asked what his Liuing might be worth by the yeere. The Priest (ignorant of Ro∣mish * 1.253 sleights) answered, some twentie shillings. Two shillings then, said the other, must thou giue the King, holding him, that begged his liuing from doore to doore by the throat, and for∣cing him to sell his Bookes to pay him. The King borrowed money of the Templars and Ho∣spi••ulars, sent two of his brethren into France, one being slaine, another vanquished, himselfe resoluing neuer to returne, and liuing at Achon inglorious. Those two brethren with the Duke of Burgundie, went to the Pope, laying the blame on him, and if hee would not agree with [ 20] * 1.254 Fredericke (which alone could remedie these mischiefes) he should no longer abide at Lions, but all France would arise against him. Fredericke by his death, instantly following, cut off those hopes. The Quarrels dyed not, but continued hereditarie to the Pope and his Sonnes. Guido, King Henries brother, came out of the Holy Land beggerly miserable, borrowing horses of the Abbot of Feuersham, which he neither repayed according to his promise, nor acknowledged so * 1.255 much as with thankes, but scoffed at his messengers sent to demand them.

The French Kings Mother and Brethren sent much money to him by Sea, which with the ship was drowned, he bearing this as his other disasters with admirable patience, beeing herein estee∣med another Iob. At the same time a certain Hungarian Apostata, promised his Master the Soldan of Babylon, to present him infinite store of Christian slaues, and make the conquest of Christen∣dome * 1.256 [ 30] easie. He therefore hauing the French, Dutch, and Latine Tongues, goeth about preaching, saying, that he had in charge from the blessed Virgin to call Shepherds and Herdmen, to whose simplicitie and humilitie it was granted from Heauen to conquer the Holy Land. For the mili∣tarie pride of the Frankes was not acceptable. Hee wanne faith by the indissoluble closenesse of his hand, in which he said was Our Ladies Charter. Shepherds and Herdmen without acquain∣ting their Masters and Parents, and without care of prouisions followed him, vsing his Inchant∣ment wherewith he had so farre preuailed fortie yeares before (hee was now threescore yeares old) gathering an infinite number of children together, which followed him singing, whom nei∣ther * 1.257 Prayers, Threats, Flatterie, Gifts of Parents or Friends, nor Lockes and Walls could de∣taine from him. (A certaine Iuggling Fryer Preacher, Robert Bugre, is said to haue infatuated in [ 40] like manner innumerable and deliuered them to the fire.) But these were now fauoured, by the Queene Mother, hoping that they would doe seruice for her Sonne, insomuch, that aboue one hundred thousand of this Rabble were assembled, and carryed a Lambe for their Colours. After this, Theeues, Exiles, Runna-wayes, Excommunicates, and like raskalitie resorted to them with diuers Weapons, and now they did openly things vnlawfull in Politie and Religion, preaching where they came, and at Orleance breaking into open hostility, at Burdeaux, Paris, and other places, which occasioned their dispersion and confusion. One of their Preachers came into Eng∣land, and was here cut in pieces, his carkasse being left for the Fowles, hauing before caused much disorder. Many of them went ouer to the Holy Land.

Anno 1251. the Pope caused solemne preaching in Brabant, Flanders, and the Confines of [ 50] France, that whosoeuer would warre against Conrade the Sonne of Fredericke the Emperour, hee should haue greater Indulgence then for warring in the Holy Land. For if any should be signed (with the Crosse) against Conrade, both he so marked, and his Father and Mother should receiue * 1.258 remission of all their sinnes: which, the French King sending for reliefe, caused much murmu∣ring of the French, imputing to the Popes vnchristian Warres against Christians to enlarge his owne Dominions, this neglect of the French King and Holy Land. And the Queene Mother caused the Lands of all which had taken the Crosse to be seised, and that if they would warre for the Pope, he should maintaine them.

Anno 1252. the King caused the Londoners to be assembled to Westminster, to the preaching [ 60] of the Crosse, which yet in regard of the Romish extorsions few receiued. Some Courtiers did, whom the King magnified, calling the other base Mercinaries. His reason was; hee had now ob∣tayned * 1.259 of the Pope three yeares tenths of Clergie and Laitie to that purpose, which would amount to aboue sixe hundred thousand pounds. He was thought to haue taken the Crosse only for this mony-purpose, which Vow hee then sware to performe both on his brest like a Priest, &

after on the Gospels kissing the Booke like a Lay-man, none being hereby more certaine of his purpose. Truce was concluded betwixt the French King and Soldan. But soone after, Anno * 1.260 1253. came newes of miserable spoiles there made by the Saracens, Achon beeing only left free from their furie. Anno 1254. the French King returned home. Anno 1255 Conrade being dead, the Crosse was preached against Memfred King of Apulia, Sonne of the Emperour Fredericke. In which case the Pope intangled the King of England, giuing that Kingdome to his Sonne Ed∣mund, to the great trouble of this Realme. * 1.261

Anno 1259. the Templars and Hospitalars at Achon fell to ciuill Warres, well neere to the ruine of both Orders, and of the poore remaynders in those parts. Anno 1260. King Henrie ha∣uing sworne to the prouisions of Oxford, repented of his Oath, and obtayned of the Pope Ab∣solution. [ 10] Anno 1264. Pope Vrban gaue the Kingdome of Sicilia, to Charles the French Kings Brother, on condition to depriue Memfred thereof, whom Anno 1267. he slue in battell.

Anno 1269. Saint Lewes sent to speake with Prince Edward of England, and inuited him to * 1.262 vndertake with him a Pilgrimage to the Holy Land, which he did, King Henrie permitting all which would to goe with him.

Anno 1271. Prince Edward, and his Brother Edmund, foure Earles, as many Barons, and many Gentlemen, went his vowed Pilgrimage. His Wife Elenor accompanied him, who at A∣chon was deliuered of a Daughter, calld Ioan of Acres. The French King came safe to Tunis, where his Sonne first, and after himselfe dyed. The Armie was much endangered, but by meanes of Charles King of Sicilia, was freed, and Tunis made tributarie to Sicilia. Prince Edward had [ 20] followed Saint Lewis thither: and when King Charles hasted backe, Prince Edward sware, that * 1.263 if all his company should forsake him, yet he and Fowine (his Horse-keeper) would hold on to A∣chon: and with the English he set saile thither. But a Tempest ouertooke the Sicilian at Sea, and drowned almost all his Armie and Treasure.

Anno 1272. Prince Edward at Ahcon, was much respected by the Amira of Ioppe, who writ often to him by a certaine Assisine. Who faining some s••cret businesse, the Prince caused all to depart the roome, and whiles he looked out of the Window, with a poysoned Knife he receiued two wounds on the arme: The Prince pulled the Knife from him, and killed him with his owne * 1.264 weapon, but 〈◊〉〈◊〉 all in the wresting, wounded his owne hand. This grieued much the Amira, being ignorant of the Assisines designe. With much difficultie the Prince was cured of his veno∣mous [ 30] wounds.

Thus farre we haue followed our Author Matthew Paris to the death of King Henrie, which hapned, Anno 1273. and the death in manner of the Christian State in the Holy Land. Hee re∣turned (which we adde out of Thomas Walsingham) 1274. hauing long in vaine expected the aids of Christians and Tartars at Achon, leauing Souldiers in his pay for defence of the Holy Land. He returned by Sicilia, and receiued kind entertainment of King Charles, and after of the Pope. His Turneament I omit: wherein the Earle Kabilanensis challenging him, laying hold on the Kings necke, and seeking to plucke him off his Horse, was by the great strength of Edward raysed from his owne Horse, and after a hot skirmish, forced to yeeld, that the name which had in this Voyage wanne honour in Africa, encreased it in Asia, might receiue further accomplish∣ment [ 40] in his Europaeian returne.

Anno 1292. Achon was taken by the Soldan, the Citizens hauing sent their vnseruiceable persons and relikes with their treasures before to Cyprus. Great slaughter was committed. In the beginning of Edward the Second, the Templars were condemned, imprisoned, and some burned. The Hospitalars planted themselues at Rhodes, and continued till Soliman the Turke disposs〈…〉〈…〉ssed them: since which their residence hath beene at Malta. The Dutch Knights con∣quered Prussia. The Acts of the Tartars in the Holy Land you may learne in others. It is more then enough that I haue summed the Acts of almost two hundred yeares, with such expense of Christian bloud and treasure abroad and such convulsions and confusions of Religion and ciuill Affaires at home as I know not to haue beene effected by any one particular cause since the [ 50] World stood, the pretence being not the Monarchie of the World, but of a little Region, and that vnder colour of Religion. I honour the zeale and valorous resolution of our Progenitors, but I pittie the illusions and collusions which hapned to those Worthies by the Popes sleights, and the m••lice of the old Serpent, which a little to vnmaske, would to the studious Reader, per∣haps be a recreation after these fields of bloud. Some particulars whereof wee haue out of Hi∣stories of that Age deliuered: but the full cannot bee deliuered, as may appeare by this circum∣stance, that besides often, solemne, publike, Royall Expeditions, and the priuate occasionall Pilgrimages to the Holy Land continually; there was euery yeare against Easter a generall passage * 1.265 both for deuout visitation of the holy places and seruices in these holy Warres: which summes being added to these, amount aboue conceit; especially, if wee adde the Crusadoes which from [ 60] this Example awed and tamed Emperors, Kings, Princes, States, Peoples, repugnant to the Popes designes, howsoeuer otherwise Catholike and Christian. All this bloud was of Christians, besides the Riuers and Seas of Ethnike, (yet humane) bloud hereby shed, of Turkes, Aegyptians,

Persians, Chorosmines, Tartars, and so many other Asian and African Nations, not to mention the Christians, Armenians, Syrians, and all the subiects of the Easterne Empire in this Warre so much interessed, by it weakned, after it irrecouerable, and now Turkish. But because to passe from one extreme to another, and suddenly to diuert the minde from such Martiall Actions and Pas∣sions to so high studious contemplations, would rather be exchange of toyle then recreation (as in the interim betwixt turbulent Acts on the Stage) I haue presented a Musical Pilgrime, whose old English Rithmes may perhaps allay those former conceits of cryes, shrickes, wounds, deaths, desolations: and as when the Minstrell played, the hand of the Lord came vpon Elisha, and 〈◊〉〈◊〉 pro∣phesied; so in reading this, which tels the holy wares so farre fought, and so deer•• bought in * 1.266 these holy Warres, thou mayst haue the hand of the Lord not only to guide thee from such vani∣tie, [ 10] but to lift thee to a higher pitch, and to make thee vnderstand (or some way to apply) con∣cealed Mysteries and 〈◊〉〈◊〉 Prophesies, which that mystie Age, not seeing, fulfilled. The Author is vnknowne and hi•• time▪ which yet is likely to haue beene about two hundred yea〈…〉〈…〉 since: Sir Robert Co〈…〉〈…〉 rich Librarie h••••h yeelded the Manuscript, whence it was copied.

CHAP. V.

Here beginneth the way that is marked, and made wit Mount Ioiez from the Land of Engelond vnto Sent Iamez in Galis, and from thennez to Rome, and [ 20] from thennez to Ierusalem: and so againe into Engelond, and the namez of all the Citeez be their waie, and the maner of her gouernanuce, and namez of her siluer that they vse be alle these waie.

IN the Name of the Fader that set••ez in trone, And of I••ū his oonly blesset Sone, And of the Holy Gost, this blesset Trinete, And also of our Ladie S. Marie: And of all the Seintez of the Court of Heuen, I make this 〈…〉〈…〉wit milde Steuen: Wich waye I went I schall you telle, And how be the waie I dide dwelle. Ferst to Plummouth to see went I, And lande•• in the Trade of Bretany, There we rested daies too, And thrugh the Race then did we go To Burdewez, to that faire Citee: And there was I daies thre. And so from thennez to Bayon, For so the that is a faire toune. And from thennez to Petypont S^t. Ienouhe, The ferst toune of Naueron, sicurly: Vp in a hee hull hit is faire sette, And ther men schall make her tribett, For euery pice of Gold trust me well, Thou schalt swere vpon the Euangele: And there Iakkez ferst most thou haue, And the lust thy Gold to saue. Wymmenez araie vpon there hened, Like to Myterez they ben wheed: Araie Mantell they were vpon, And foule wymmen mony oon. Then to the Dale of Rounceuale hit is the waie, A derk passage I der well saie: Witelez, there ben full necessary, For in that passage my mouthe was dry. Beyond the hull vpon hee, Is a Mynster of our Ladee: Of Chanounez of the Order of S^t. Austyn, And the well of Rouland, 〈◊〉〈◊〉 Oliuer therein. From th〈…〉〈…〉 euen ••o Pam〈…〉〈…〉, The chef Cite of the Re〈…〉〈…〉e of Naueron: [ 30] A faire Cite and a large, Thereto commeth bothe Bote and Barge. And from thennez to the toune of Keer, Is xxx. miles long, and hongery heer. Then to the Gruon in Spayne, That is the last toune certaine, Of the Realme of Naueron: And then into Spayne feare ye schon, Iakkez ben ther of little prise: For there beginneth the Maruedisez. [ 40] Alle is brasse siluer is none In, And the Grote of Spayne is siluer fyn. iiij. score for a Coron schal thou haue, Of the Maruedise of master and knaue. Then from the Grune to Sent Dominico Thou hast tenn long miles for to go. And from thennez to Grunneole, Much pyn men ther thoole. Hit ston vpon a hull on hyy, [ 50] And Iewez ben Lordez of all that contray. Ther most thou tribute make or thou passe, For alle thi gud bothe mor and lasse: Of that tribute they be full fayn; For thei hyeer hit of the King of Spayn. From thennez thou most to Pount Roie, That passage ther hit kepeth a boie: A gud contraie, and euell wyn, And witelez ther ben bothe gud, and fyn. And so farther to Pount Paradise. [ 60] At that passage thou most paie thr〈…〉〈…〉z. And so forthe from thennez to Borkez that citee, A faire toune and a muche sicurly.

[illustration] map of Spain

HONDIVS his Map of Spaine.

HISPANIA

And from thennez to Hospitall de Reyne, [ 40] To passe that Riuer thou schalt be fayne. And so forthe to Sent Antony: And euer ther gothe the Maruedy. From thennez euen to the cite of Lyones: Betweene hem ben mony praty tounez. In that cite ther schalt thou paie Passage or thou goe awaie. By younde the Brugge on thi right hand, To Sent Saluator the waie is liggand, Where ij. pottez may thou se, [ 50] In the whiche water turnet to vyn at Architriclyne. And mony other reliquez ben there, But the mountez ben wonder he, & fere. Wymmen in that Land vse no vullen, But alle in lether be thei wounden: And her heuedez wonderly ben trust, Standing in her forhemed as a crest, In rowld clouthez lappet alle be forn Like to the prikke of a N'unicorn. [ 60] And men haue doubelettez full schert, Bare legget and light to stert. A Knight, a boie wit out hose, A sqwyer also thei schull not lose. A Knaue bere lij. dartez in his hand, And so thei schull go walkand: Here wyn is theke as any blode, And that wull make men wode. Bedding ther is nothing faire, Mony pilgrimez hit doth apaire: Tabelez vse thei non of to ete, But on the bare flore they make her sete: And so they sitte alle infere, As in Irlande the same manere. Then from the citee of Lyonz so fre, On thi lyft hand the waie schalt thou see, At that Brugge that I of haue saide, Ouer an heethe to Astergo is layde. That is a cite and faire is sette, There the gret mountaines togeder be mette: And so for the to Villa Frank schalt thou go, A faire contraye, and vinez also. The Raspis groeth ther in thi waie. Yf thee lust thou maie asaie. From thennez a deepe dale schalt thou haue, Vp vnto the Mount of Faue: He hullez, and of the Spanyse see a cry: That noyse is full greuose pardy.

And so forth euen to Sent Iamez, Alle waie Pylgrimez suche hauez, And then to Mount nostre Daine, The Prior ther hath muche schame. And then so forthe to Luaon, Other Uillagez ther be mony oon. And then to Sent Iamez that holy place; There maie thou fynde full faire grace. On this side the toune milez too, By a Chappell schalt thou go: Vpon a hull hit stondez on hee, Wher Sent Iamez ferst schalt thou see, A Mount, Ioie mony stonez there ate, And iiij. pilerez of ston of gret astate: A C••daiez of pardon there may thou haue At that Chappell, and thou hit craue. Then at Sent Iamez wit in that place. To telle the pardon hit askes space. Hit is a gret Mynstor, large, and long, Of the hold begging hit is strong: Glason windowez there are but few, Wit in the Mynstor in nowther rew: Uiij. Cardinalez chosen there be, For Confessourez, that is verry, And haue plaine power fully to here, And penanuce to yef in alle manerd: And to assoyle the of alle thing, That is the Popys graunting. Now of the pardon telle I shall, In what place thou maie it calle: At the Northe side of that place, There is pardon and muche faire grace. In the Chappell on the rizt hand among the guest, iij. C. daiez of pardon thou hauest. Forthermore at the hee autere A iij. daiez alle time in the yere. Vnder the hee autere lithe Sent Iame, The table in the Quere telleth the name: At alle the auterez so by and by, xl. daiez to pardon is grantet to the. At the iij. derrez benethe the Quere, Is plenor remission onez in the yere: And at alle tymes xl. daies, The table written so hit saies. On the Southe side behinde the Derre, A grete of ston fyndest thou there: At nine of the Bele the Derre vp is sett, And a Bele rongen a gret fet. Ther men maie se of Sent Iame the lesse, His heed in Gold araied freche: To the wiche Pilgrymez her offeryng make, For the more Sent Iamez sake. And there by a nauter there is, Wher Sent Iame, dud Mase yuis, A iij. daies ther maie thou haue, Of remission, and thou hit craue. More pardon is nonzt in that pla•••• That in that table mynde hase. Then from thennez to Patr••vum, Wher Sent Loudet the ferst toun iiij. xx. myles longs from Sent Iamez, Goron ne vin non men there hauez. And then to Pont Wederez went I, L. long miles; that waie is dry: Iewes and Sarasynez ben there mony on, A plentifull contraye as man maie gon. From thennes a vale faire, and clere, Where wynez groethe of all manere, Unto the toun of Corpe Sante, Alle manere fruyte at man maie haunt. The See cometh the: her at alle tide, And fisth, and coron on alle side. Wymmen be araied like to men, Men maie nouzt well nouther ken: [ 10] There thei life vn gudely, Namely men of holy Chirche pardy. And Bugell flesch is there full r••••e, In alle that contraie hit is ther lif: And Corpe Sant is the last toun, In Galise, and stondeth the See vpon. Then into Portyngale, and I faire Ouer the Riuer wit gret care: For ther the Spaynyolez wull ye scherche, Whether any Gold be in thi perche. Then thi Maruedise haue no takke, [ 20] The Riol••z of Portyngale maken the lakke. When thou comest to Valence toun, The money of that Lond thou schalt see son. And then so forth to Priutia, And fro thennez to Ponylyme schalt thou ga. And then forthe to Porta hauen, A faire Cite, and that is the namen: O liue treez ther schalt thon fynde, Alle the Lond full, that is the kind: [ 30] And sigez felle wit out faile, And alle maner plente of vitaile. The araie of wymmen is wonder to see, How thei be reuelet about the knee. Of fresch fisth thei haue gret store, At euery place more, and more. Then schalt thou passe to Colymbria, And to Towrez a faire Cite also. And so forthe to Sent Helena on hee, That is a well faire Citee. [ 40] And from thennez to Frankeuile, And so to Luschebon is xiiij. mile, A faire Cite, and a large, Thether cometh schippez, hulkez, and barge: That is a faire Vniuersite, And of vitellez gret plente. And in Luschebon verement Lithe the holy Martur Sent Vincent. Vij. m••le ouer the water most thou gon, To a toun that hight Kone, [ 50] And from Kone to Palmele, A whilde waie hit is some dele. And to Sent O well, that is the waie. To Landauere and Kauerell in the claie. And to Mount Maior a Castell fre. The chiefe of Portyngale it maie be. A while contraie full of Lyngge, Wit the I rede thou brede brynge. From thennez to Riolez most thou faire, To Estermore, that Land is bare. [ 60] And so to Borbe a litell Vilage, And then to Eluez that gud stage: The last toun of Portyngale to the See, That departet Portyngale, and Castell free,

The Iewez ben Lords of that tovn, And few christen men there come. Now in to Castell schall we faire, Ouer the Riuer, the land is bare, Full of heeth and honger also, And Sarasynez Gouernourez thereto. At Baddeshose we schall begin, To enter Castelanez wit in. And from thennez to Talevere, At Luggebon that Cite is a faire riuer. [ 10] To Paral••z then most thou draw, And so to Mereda, that is the law. Tovrez Iuliauez forezete we nonzt, At Sent Petro her vittellez ar bonzt. Martyn Santio a whilde waie is there, Forestez, and whilde bestez in fere: Beres, and Wulfez, other bestez mony on, A perelez waie hit is to gon. Then to Reyne so most thou ga, Vnto the Cite of Mater Calisea. [ 20] And then to Kanamare that faire place, Of catel ther is plente, and that is grace: The herdez lyn in the felde in Tentez of clothe; To come to toun that is thann lothe. From that Cite milez xxx. and to, To Sent Mar••e Kadal••pe most thou go: A Pilgrimate bothe faire, and fre, That Mynstor is of our Ladie: Of the Order of Sent Ierome the Doctor, A maruelez sight is in that Tour. In wildernesse that place is sette, [ 30] There groeth no coron, vin, ne brede: By xxx. mile on euery side, For whilde bestez no man dar abide. Then from that place to Waldepalatia, And after that euen to Asidera: And then to Elecampanario, From thennez to Quyntana also. And then to the Cite of Salamea, To Lestaseelez, and to Maggaela. [ 40] Alle the spicery that I man can mene, In that land hit maie be sene: For Sarasynez and Morez be ther duellant, And euer in her spicery thei be workant. The Morez ben blake as any pikke, And go alle mest naket, no men like. Bellrange that Cite, full hote is hee, That know nō coude in that Contre. Walekanale is a tovn full faire, In Caissaile the Cite is gudaire. And from thennez to Petrose, [ 50] To the Cite of Kantelane before the nose: Ouer a narme of the Se most thou tee, To Ciuyle graund, that is so fre. A Parad••se hit is to be hold The frutez, vynez, and spicery, the I haue tolde. Vpon the Hauen alle maner Marchandise, And Karekez, and Schippez at alle deuise. Don be the streme so maie thou goo, The Tovn of Sent Lucar de Baramedez to. Vpon a hull hit stondeth full hee, [ 60] Frost ne Snow there maie non be: Europa that land men calle hit: The blesset contraie that euer was set. About hit Ylez mony oon, I schall tham reken euerichon: For I haue be ther, and sayn them alle, I schall you telle, how thei hem calle. Porta hit is the ferst place, And Rota another Hauen, to the See it gase: And Serethiez a Cite full faire, But the Sarasanez hit don apaire. That is the vnterest Cite of that Lond Toward the Sarasanez, I vnderstand, And Cordua on that other side, Wit Sarasanez muche soro thei abide. Wit in the Se a Cite of fight, The which in that land Calys hight, From the lond milez fife, There the Karekkez in Hauen do driue. X X. daiez we rested the Yles vpon, Wit Karekkez to Ienne to haue gon: And for enemyez be the Se were so strong, Therfore we tornet againe be lond, Vnto the Reyme of Arogony: And mony maruelez be the waie saie we. Ferst to Sent Marie de Serrat, Mony a Pilgryme is wery ther ate, A desert place, and full of waaste, And mony man his staf ther hath cast. From thennez thou schalt to Monshow, A faire Cite, and riche I trow. Hullez and vailaiez mony schalt thou fynde, The sight ther of thenn maketh men blynde. Litell coron, but craggez and stonez, And that maketh Pylgrymez wery bonez. Faire wymmen and of febull araie, The Castelanez ar better I dar well saie: For in Castell thei be araied comely, Wit faire grownez full honestly: And in Aragony thei araied be, In raie cotez full vncomely. A weddyng I saie in Monshow tovn, Alle the men and the wymmen then daunsyng in on: iiij C. on a davnce I dar well saie, From morn to euen all the daie. Ther is but litell mete and drinke, Because men lust not for to swynke. Then to Leide the Vniuersite, There is a plevntuose Contre. Twyez haruest ther thei haue, And figez full gret, so God me saue. Thei be like to a gret Wardon, Blew, and faat, as any Bacon. Ther groeth the Vyn men calle Tribian, Garnadez ar and Oryngez mony an: Unto the come to Sent Pere de Mont, Alle that waie the maie thann haunt. And then to Sent Mari de Mount Serrat, Pylgrymez that Mount thei hate. Hit is full hee to clymbe vnto, And the waie is straite to and fro. V. Crosses of ston schalt thou haue, The v. Ioiez of our Lady ther in be graue. A faire Mynstor vpon hee, That Chirche is of our Ladye. Mony miraclez ther hau ben wroght, And mony Reliquez theder ben brought.

xv. milez vp schalt thou ascende, And as much donwarder thou descende. Taward the Cite of Barsilon, For sothe that is a faire toun: The chef Cite of alle that lond, And the gret See is ther euen at hond. From thennez thou schalt to Perpynian, And after to Salso most thou gan. And so forthe then to Narbon, A faire Cite and well bygon. And from the〈…〉〈…〉z to Tour Sent Denise, The last place of Aragony ywys. Mount Pylerez that is a Vniuersitie, A faire place hit is securly. And so thennez fro to Castell Ryse, A schrewed toun at my deuise. The Dolphyn is Lord of alle that land, And hath th••m sugget to his hond. And from thennez to Auinion, Is xij. laigez from toun to toun. And begynneth Prouince full fre, At the brugge of Auinion I telle the. Then of Prouince that faire Contray, Some what thereof I wull the saie. In Dominion in that stonding, The Pope hath a faire dwellyng: A riole Palys, and well ydight, Wit Towrez, and windowez full of light. A mery Contr•••• and a faire, And alle ther is full good aire. From that Vniuersite, to Sushee went I, Taward Marie Magdaleyn sicurly: Ther ••••ather Sent Marie Magdeleyn, In the frere Prechourez this is certayn. A faire Contraie hit is, and a clere, And pepull of diuerse manere. At weddy••ng in that Contre, Alle the folke of the toun there schull be: And davnce alle the long daie, Yong and olde, and make tham gaie. In that Contraie when on is dede, Thei heire weperez for wyn and brede: To cryent, and make gret faire, And rynde her benedez, and make hem bare: And scrait ther facez, and make them blede, And so thei walke thrugh alle the strete. And at the Messe at the sacrynge, Then make thei a foule howtynge. And gon to the graue, and cryon hyy, Out harrow why woldest thou dye: Men wolde wene at thei were wode, For thei make so foule a lode. Then from that Contraie to Sent Antonce, Ben xxx. longe laigez full sicurlye. A Mynstor there is, a faire Abbay, And there is his harom I dar well saie: In Gold and Siluer araied full well, And there is of his owne mantell. To faire well in that Contraie hit is nede, But the Siluer of that Contraie is alle the spede. The grote of Prouince is ther alle maister, The Kingez armez of Prouince hit doth her. Siluer hit is, boothe gud, and fyne, Like to the armez of Godefrey Boleyne. xvij. for a coron schalt thou haue, That knoweth well bothe maister, and knaue. From thennez thou schalt to Port Dawnton, And after that, then to Sent Lyon. Then schalt thou passe a feble waie, Into the Mountanez be my faie. Vnto the Cite of Mount Riall, Hit is coueret with snew at alle. A longe waie schalt thou fynd, To the Mount of Cyneez er thou wynde. [ 10] Ferst to the toun of Sent Iohan, A whilde waie ther most thou gan. Alle is snew alle tymez of the yere, Wit ze thi witelez I rede the here. When thou comest to that Mountayn Aduise the well forth er thou gan. For and the wynd blow, trust me well, Thou schalt haue payne on that hull: Or thou come to that other side, For the Mount is hee, large, and vide. iiij. Mountez ther be, that I know well, [ 20] And wich thei be I schall the tell: That be in the waie to Rome, And mony Pilgrymez that waiez come. The nest Mount is Mount Bernard, That waie is bothe long and hard. By Sawoie the he waie is right, That is a mery Countrie, and a light: And the Dukez moneh is brasse, Roundez and mitez they be lasse. [ 30] A nother Mount there is, the name Godarde, And that is better then Mount Bernard: For there men passe the Lake Luterne, Taward Mount Godard, the waie to lerne: And so to Belson, and to Millayne, And there ben Tuskennez, that money is tayn. A nother Mount meste comyn waie, Is thrugh Almayn, as I you saie: The Marchandez waie, men calle hit so, Out of Engelond to Rome who that wull go. [ 40] Now then to Cyneez I wull torne agayn, And tell for the my iourney that I haue tayn. To Hespitale Sent Antony, And so to Py〈…〉〈…〉erole that Cite fre. Then comen the Q〈…〉〈…〉aterynez on ploce, For the Duke of Millayn gouuernance there hase. And so forthe to Mount Rigall, Then groeth wyn tribian in that vale. And from thennez to Sauoune, And so to Ienne that riall toun. [ 50] By the Riuer of Ienne schalt thou passe, To Mount Ros, and Mount Vernage a pase. There groeth the Vernage vpon hee, And the B〈…〉〈…〉ffard is ther gud money. Then schalt thou go to G〈…〉〈…〉a, And to Sa••••zan that Cite alsa. From thennez to Pount Sent Petre, And so to the toun of Luke, wit gud chere. And then to Pi••e that faire Cite, And so to Florence a noubull Vniuersite. [ 60] Ther gothe Quatereyn, and ike the grote, And faire wymmen of mery note. From thennez to Sene, that Siluer is gud, And there to chaunge hit the be houed.

And so then forthe to Sent Clerico, And after to Rede Cofer schalt thou go. After that nexst to Aquapedant, And right to Bolsen lest thou be schent. From thennez euen to Mount Flastkon, And so to Vitcherbe that faire tovn. And thenne to Castell Sent Laurence: And so to Sowterez in Lence. From thennez to Castell Susanne, And so to Rome that blesset tovn. The Duke of Troye that Eneas hight To Rome he come wit gret myght.

[illustration] map of Italy

HONDIVS his Map of Italy. [ 10]

ITALIA

Of him come Remus, and Romulus, After hem callet is Ruse. Hethen hit was, and christen nought, Tille Peter and Paule had hit brought. In Rome was some tyme I wene, [ 50] CCC. Paristhe Chirchez and seuene: Chapelez ther ben mony also, ij C. and fife ther too. About the wallez milez ij and xl. And Towers a M. and sixty. iiij and xx. grete yatez ther be, Principale ouer alle other in that Cite: And in Transeibo ther ben thre, And thre in Leone full sicurly. [ 60] Thuse partet I from Rome to Venys tovn After the fest of our Lady Anunciation. And bode there for my passage To the holy Land I toke my viage. De ciuitate Romana recessi in comitiua Domini Magistri Walteri Meddeford, vs{que} Venice, et sic ad Terram Sanctam cum Domino Priore Sancti Iohannis London, &c. Then from Venis I schall you telle, Wiche is the waie be water, and hull. From Rome to Tode is lx. mile, Vpon the Riuer of Tibere hit last a while. And from thennez to the Vniuersite of Peruse Is euen xl. long mile waiez. And thenne to Assise, Sent Fraunceis is there, Is x. mile in a valaie faire, and ciere. And to Remule the Vniuersite of honor A man maie see mony a faire tour. Thenn to the See passe he schall, Unto Venis men do calle. Ferst to Frannkeleyn be the Riuer fre The most to Venis the Cite.

Ostryes the fynde be the Riuer mony oon, Cor〈…〉〈…〉la is the ferst of hem ichen. xxv. mile hit is betwene, By that streme that runneth s••hene. And so to Cholye thou most go, That is xxv. long milez also. From Cholye to Palestyne hit is, v. long milez no thing lesse. And thenn to Malemoke went I, The wich xiiij. long milez by. And thenn to Venis x. long mile hit is, Alle thic waie I went I wis. And Venis stondes alle in the See, And Ylez about hit gret plente: And Lordez thei ben of diuersez placez, To telle her Lordschip I haue no space: But I dar hit so discry, Hit is a riche Toun of spicery: And of alle other marchandise also, And right well vitelet ther to. And namely of freche water fische, Pike, Eile, Tenche, Carpe, I wis: And of other vitelez mony oon, And namely of freche Storgon. Gud chepe, and gret plente, And semely Burgez on to See. I schipped me ther in a Galias, That laie fast by Sent Nicolas. A n' Abbay in that Hauen mouthe, From Venis Easte, and somewhat Southe: By estimation as I conthe see. Too milez from that Cite. How that we went, and on what visez, We were forward mor then thriez. At the last, as Goddez wille vase, Thei aualet the saile, and toke the rase. The ferst Land at we come too, Was a N'yle land, thei said soo. Wiche at men calle Istera, And ther in our schippe gon gan: Hem to refresche thei were full fayn, Be cause the wether was vs agayn. What Tounez, and Castellez we sailet by, Of alle that Land telle schall I. Pyrane a Castell, Vmago a Cite, Cite Noue a nother is hee. Parenter also a nother Cite hit is, Vsthall a Chapell, and a n' Abbay I wis. Ryne a Cite somwhat full strong, And Pole a nother, large, and long. Mony mo wit in that Land there be, And Venycyanez Lordez of alle sicurle, Ther ben other mony be name, But these we saw, and by them same. Then sailet we forthe full sicurly, Be the partiez of Sclauony. Ther found we a N'yle that hight Nedo And a nother that hight Kerso. And a N'yle that Sarsyg hight, There is a n' Abbay of Monkes right. A C. mile from thennez sailet we there, And seie the Yle of Geagere: Wiche is a N'yle large, and longe, And a Castell faire, and stronge. The Castell of Sent Michell hit is called, A strong place, and well walled. After that, as we duden go, We saie a Toun hight Beneto. And on our lift hand as we dude saile, Was the Cite Tregora, in a N'yle. And the Cite of Spolita, ther ben thre, Alle hard land, and faire to see. And lxx. milez euer ther fro, On our right hand as we dud go, [ 10] Ayan that forsaide faire Cite, We saie a thing like tille a Tre. Iche man hadde wonder what hit was, Some said a Mast, some saide hit Nase. We askede the Schippemen euerichon, And thei said, hit was a ston. That zought vs wonder for to be, Suche a ston stande in the See. But we saw hit so well wit eyez, That we west well hit was no lyee. [ 20] Then we asked what hit hight, Micella they said full right. Then sailet we forthe in our waie, By the cost of Sclauony, I yo•• saie. A N'yle there for sothe we founde, That hight Lissa, on our lift hande. Too Abbaiez in that Yle was, Of Sent George, and Sent Nicolas. Then sailet we forthe on our Iornaie, And on our left hand a N'yle we saie: [ 30] And of a Chirche the olde walles, The Mount of Sent Andrew men hit calles. A litell ther fro as we duden ga, We saie a N'yle hight Boiea. Then sailet we forthe a gud while, On our lift hand we saie a N'yle, That men callen there Letena, Full of pepull, and of vitelez alsa. And ij. Castelles forsooth there bee, Of frute and of wyne grete plente. [ 40] A nother Yle yette we came by, And alle in the partiez of Sclaueny: Cursula men calle hit in that Land, Wit pepull fele, too Castelez strang. A baren Yle then after we founde, And non frute on alle that Lond: Cassa men calle hit, thei saie th••se, And x. mile about hit is. On our lift hand as we sailet these, We saie a N'yle hight Pelagus: [ 50] There we se in our Romence, Where Sent George dude his penaunce. On our lift hand after that, We founde a N'yle bothe faire, and faat: That we callen there Augusta, And after a nother, that hight Milida. And after that a Toune well walled, That Cite Drogonse men called. Faire we saie hit, and sailet ther by, The chef Cite of alle Sclaueny. [ 60] And from thennez lx. milez full long. Is a Cite faire, and strong: The wiche Cattera called hit is, And there begynnez Abonnez,

A Land that is nexst Sk••aueny. Then sate we a Toun hight Tyuerye, After that a Cite we saie, That men callen Dulceny. And from thennez a litell space, Is a Castell that hight Durace: The wiche the Venyceanez hald in hande, And no mo in alle that Lande. By Abony coost, as we dud ga, We saie a Cite hight Valona. [ 10] Yett founde we mony Ylezmoo, The nexst after hight Saisino: That is from the Cite of Venece, Fully vij C. mile waiez. The heued of the Golfe men calle hit, Wher schippez haue mony a foule fitt. From that Yle on our right hand, To the Reme of Pyele I vnderstand, Is but syxty milez and ten. A stif streme there rennez: thenne, [ 20] From Venece what so thou come, Is euer more Mare Adriaticum. That is to saie in our Englise, The grete See of Adrian I wis. In that Yle a Castell dothe stounde, That the Grekes hald in her hande: And a Minster of our Lady, Full well serued, and full honestly. The Grikkez See begynnez there, And at the nexst Lond after, as we can faire. [ 30] From that Yle of Saisyneo, On our lift hand as we d••d go, A C. milez thennez full trew, We founde the Yle of Curfew: A faire Cite as I you telle, And a Castell that hight Aungelle. And from the Cite of Curfew, Vnto the Ile of Paxsew, xxx. long milez hit is hold, And the Venyceanez haue hit in holde. [ 40] Bothe these Ylez, and other mo••, For the on our waie we w〈…〉〈…〉 goo. VVe sailet forthe bothe erly and late, Tille the Ile of Dowgate: A C. mile hit is long and large, To saile from Paxsew mit But or Burge. The Castell ner standeth in that stage, The Blake Castell in our langage. Then sailet we forthe a gret tide, And founde a N'yle on our lift side, Th••t men calle Cefolonia: [ 50] And a Castell of folke full alsa. And a N'yle that Gavut hight, That is a Castell of Grekez right. Then sailet we forthe a while, And founde a nother plentnose Ile, That hight Stryualle in that Land. There ben holy Monkez duellande, In a Mynster of our Lady, And there thet lif full honestly: [ 60] And nother woman, foule, ne best, And thei wull agazn there lest, Nis non femenyn gender, Thei maie not there endure. A wounde miracle there was wroght, When S. Marke from Alexander wae broght: And was translatet in to Venece, The Galiez comen be that waiez. And when the Galiez come zeder thee, The Ile cleued euen in too: And the Galiez token euen the same waie, So thennez the see in to this daie. After that a N'yle we found, That hight Prodo a waast Londe. Then by a nother sailet we, That Morrea hight full sicurly: On our lift hand that Lande stode, Fast ther by our Galiez yode. The Castell of Iunke thei saie soo, That longeth the King of Nauerre too, Ten mile be yond the Castell, Upon a wonder hee hull, Standeth a Chirche hee on hight, Of Sent Teodete that noble Knight. After that we came full foue, Unto the Cite of Modome. Taward that Cite as we dud go, On our lift hand a mile ther fro, There is a N'yle Sapientia men callez, A strong Ile, and no wallez. Upon that Ile the see I wise, Hit beteth ther on sanz myse. Of that Ile, and of that Cite, The Ven••ceanez Lordez thei bee. On our lift hand as we dud saile, A waast Yle we saie sanz foile, That men calle ther Seuerigo: A Heremite there dwelleth, and no mo••. And so to Candy we go sailand, And the Land of Morez on our lift hand. From the Lond of Modyn xviij. milez waiez, Is a Cite worthy for to praise: Corona that place is called, A strong Toun, and well walled. Hit stondeth in the Lond of Morez, And the Venyccanez Lordez thei be. And after that same Lande, We saie a Cite hight Diamande: As a Diamande hit is maked, Couoret wit snow, and neuer naked. After in the same Land of Morrea, We saie a Castell hight Moirema. After in the same Land a N'yle we see, That hight Cherigo in that Contre. In that Ile be Castelez too, And the Venyceanez be Lordez of th••o. A nother Ile we founde in hast, Hight Cetherigo, but hit is waast. And bestez there be great plente, On the same side as sailet we. There is a N'yle ij. mile there fro, That men callen there Gnego: As a negge hit is maked, And nonzt in-abicte, but alle naked, Bothe of men, and of bestez, Saue onely Hawkez make there her nestez. From thennez we sailet a certeyn waie, On our lift hand a N'yle we saie:

That men callen Ancello, And ther in be Castellez too. Thet be of the Lordschip of Candy, And the Venyceanez Lordez sicurly. Euen Azan that for saide Ile, Be the space of lx. mile: The Ile of Candy there began, Betweene them we sailet than. Then sailet we forthe on our right hand, And come to the Ile of Candy Land. A cite ther was not ferr vs fra, That men callen Cananea: And fifty mile that cite fro, Is another that hight Retimo. And from thennez milez fifty, Is the chef cite of alle Candy. And Candy the cite men calles, A faire toun, and stron of valles. There groeth alle the Maluesy, That men haue in all Christyanty: Or in any place in hethenese, And at Modyn alle the Romeney I wis. Another cite is in that Ile, From that cef citte a C. mile. On our lift hand as we did go, Setea men calle it so. That Ile bocthe large and longe, viij. C. mile alle Vmbegange. iiij. good citeez hit hath full ryue, And castellez xx. and fife: Except Thorpez, and Hamelettez, And housez that in the wynez ben settez iiij. M. men there may be raiset, Well horset, and well harnesset Of houelerez, and of albesterez ij. C. M. ate alle yerez. From thise Ile now wynde we, And telle we forth, on our Iorny. Fifty mile we sailet, and anon, From the cite of Candy to Capa S. Ion, That is to saie in Englese, S. Iohanez heued I wis. Ther is a Chappell, and no mo••, The Lordschip of Candy hit longeth too. Spina longa men calle hit, On our lift hand that Ile was sette. Then sailet we forthe so anon, And seie the Ile of Refrenan: A wast Ile standing in the See. And after that, anon saie we, An yle that men calle Styppea: And there in be Castellez t••a. On our lift hand as we sailet thoo, We saw the Ile of Awgeo: And too Castelez ther in bee, And after an yle hight Nazaree. Ther is a Castell of lyme and ston, And Knightez of Rodez Lordes bon. The nexst land after that hight Nysserey, And nexst that the land of Turky. And euen ouer ther agayne, The Ile of Rodez is certayne: xv. mile the See brode is, From Turky to the Ile of Rodez. At the begynning of this Ile, Wit in but a litell while Is a thorp that hight Newtoun: And on a hull there alle alonen, Is a Castell stiff, and strong, That some tyme was a cite strong. The Castell hight men saie soo, Sancta Maria de Fulmaro. The ferst place hit was then, That euer thei of Rodez wan. [ 10] Thei myght not well hold hit, But be vysement, and gud witt. Then at Rodez thei made them zere, Here dwellyng for euer more. A strong toun Rodez hit is, The Castell is strong and faire I wis. From Rodez then a C. mile, On our lift hand we found an yle, Castell Ruge men calle hit, The rode Castell be my witt. [ 20] The Knighetez of Rodez be Lordez and theder go And seie we Ilez no mo: But too on our lift hand, On of the Kyngez of Ciprese land. The Ile of Ciprese for so the hit hight, There of fer ferr we had a sight: I can not saie of toun ne of citee, Hit was so ferre I myght not see: That other was the Ile of Baaf. On our lift hand toward Iaaf, [ 30] Of a land we had a sight, Carmeyn de Surry for sothe hit hight. The white Frerez were founder ferst there Of our Lady there is a Mynster. Then to Port Iaaf when we came, There was mony a blythe mane: And thanked God of his faire sonde, That brought vs saue into that land. And from Iaaf we went to Ierusalem, And that waie tornet home agayne. [ 40] At Ierusalem while I was, I went pilgrimagez in mony place: And had the pardon that longeth thertoe As I schall zow or I go. Now at Port Iaff I wull begynn, To telle the pardon at is ther inn: The wiche is called Ioppen, And Port Iaf wit other men. This pardon ferst when hit begane, Was of Pope Siluester that holy mane: [ 50] At the prator of Constantyn, That was an Emperour gud, and fyn. And of Sent Elene his moder dere, That found the Crose as thei say there: And after the place be of degre, So that pardon confermet hee. To some plenor remission of syn, And some vij. zerez, and vij. lenton. At Port Iaff begynn wee, [ 60] And so frothe from gre to gre, At Port Iaff ther is a place, Wher Petur reised thrugh Goddes grace, From dede to lif to Tabitane, He was a woman that was her name:

And was wit the Apostlez like a knaue, vu. yere there schalt thou haue. And as many lentonez sicurly, And a nother place is ther by. Wher Sent Petur stode and fische, As much pardon is there I ••is. And after that there is a Cite, That men callen Leidye: There is a Chirche in that stede, Where Sent George was don to dede. [ 10] And also there is a nother place, Wher heled was Eneas Of his Pallessy, and mad clere, Thrugh Sent Peter Praier. As muche pardon thou schalt haue there, As I haue tolde of now before. After that the Cite of Roma, And the Castell of Emus alsa: In the wiche a Chirche dothe stonde, Where the ij. Discipelez were walkand: And metton wit ••hesu after his rysyng, [ 20] And knew him by the brede breaking. Also in that same place, Is the graue of Cleofas: Wiche was oon of the too, And Sent Luke that other also. Then the Cite that a Riamathia hight, Where Ioseph was boron that noble Knight: That toke Ihesu don of the rode tree, And Samuel the Prophete there lithe hee: In alle these placez that be ne met here, [ 30] Of Pope Siluester be graunted there; vij. yere, and vij. lentonez ther to: To alle hem that zeder wull go. Now to the Citee of Ierusalem we wull wynd, Where of the Sepulcer is a Chirche hynde. There in is the Mount of Caluery, VVher for our sake Iehu wolde dy. There is plenor remission, To alle hem that zeder wull come. Also there fast by is a place, [ 40] VVhere Ihesu Crist anoyntet was, Or he was laid in his graue: Plenor remission ther maie thou haue, And at the Sepulcer wit in, Plenor remission maie thou wynn. There a place by right nere, VVhere Crist was like a gardenere: And aperet to Marie Magdaleyne, After his vprist, as Clerkez sayn. Ne••st that place a Chapell there is, [ 50] In the wors••hip of our Ladie, I wis: VVhere Crist to his moder ferst Ap••ret, after his vprist: There is vij. lentonez, and vij. yere, And in a wyndow fast by there, Is a piler of her state, To wiche in the house of Palate Crist was bounden to, and kete: An in the same Chirche is sete, [ 60] The preson that Crist was in sent, And the place where thei partyet his vestment. At ichon of these placez hir before, Is vij lentonez, and vij. yere more. A Chapell there is of Sent Elene, VVhere sche the crose faire, and fyne, The crowne, the naylez were founden there, And the beued of Longeez spere. In that place where thet founde were, Is plenor remission alle daiez in the yere. In that Chirche a piler is founde, To wiche Crist was bounden, and cronnet. And in the Chirche where Adam heued was fun, Is the middez of the world by resone. Alle these ben in that Chirche aboute, And i••ij. Chapelez ther be wit oute. The ferst of our Lady, and Sent Ion Euangelist, The ij. of the Aungelez, the iij. of Ion Baptist: The iiij. is of Marie Maydeleyn: Deuote placez alle for certayn. At alle these placez, to pardon by and by, Is vij. yere, and vij. lentonez sicurly. VVit out the dere of that Mynster, Is a place lene, and dere: VVhere Crist him rested for wery, Beryng his crose for to die. There is the riche mannez place, That lett the Lazarer, as Clerkez saiez, Dye for defaute of mete, There in Helle is made his sete. And a waie ther after thou fyndest sene, Where a man that hight Symeon, VVit the Iewez constraynet was, For to bere Crist••z crose. Then Crist tornet him agayn, And to the wymmen thuse gan sayne: VVepe on youre selfe, and not on me, And on your childer wher that thei be. A nother place there is at hounde, VVhere our Lady fell don sownande: Seeyng her son his crose bere, Taward his deeth, that dud her dere. Also there is ij stonez white, To the wiche Crist restet alite: VVit his crose hym selfe to cole, And a non after ther is our Lady stole. At alle these placez forsade here, Is vij. lentonez, and vij. yere. And fast by is the house of Pilate, Wher Crist was brought to full late: Bounden, buffetet, and crounet wit thoron, Demed to deeth on the moron. Azannez the despite that he had there, Is fully remission, and plenere. And there is the place, thou maie go in, Wher Crist for yaf Madeleyn her synn. And also there is Herodez place, Hoder Crist was sende as clerkez saiez: From Pilate to Herode in scornyng, And cladde wit white clothyng. Also by a water thou most ga, That men calle Probatica Piscina: There is the Temple verement, Where in our Lady was present: And weddet to Ioseph afterward, Azan her wille hit was full hard, And after that Crist he was, Presentet in the same place,

To that holy man Sent Symeon: At iche of these places haue ye moune vij. yere, and vij. lentonez therto. And Crist was founden in the temple also, Disputyng whisly in his sawez, Wit the Doctorez of her Lawez. A Chirche there is of Sent Anne, Where our Lady was boron of that woman: Plenor remission is in that place, Blessed be Iehsu of his grace. After that sone thou fyndest a gate, Wher Sent Steuen was ladd out ate, To be stoned to his deeth: And a non after, a nother stede, The gulden zate called ••it is, Where Crist entred Ierusalem I wis. To alle these place who so wuld gon, Is vij. lentonez to pardon. Now to the vale of Iosophat so fre, A faire place there schalt thou see: Where Sent Steuen stonet was, And the tour of Cedron is in that place. Also a gret pece of the crose of Iehsu, In that same place is, I trow, And serued there for a trugge mony a daie, That is the voice in that Contraie. A Chirche of our Lady is there also, And the graue the se he was in do: The pardon of these too placez in fere, Is vij. lentonez, and vij. yere. And there our Lady beriet was, Plenor remission is in that place. In Iosaphat the vale befor saide, Is the place where Ckist praied, To his fader befor his lideeth: vij. yere, and vij. lentonez ben in that stede. Then at the Mount of Oliuete, There is a Chirche faire, and swete. At the gardeyn we wull begyn, Where Crist was taken, and bounden in. And fast by a place is there, Where Petur smot of Malkes ere. Also a place there schalt thou see, Where Crist said to his Apostlez three: Abide hire to hem these he saide, Tille I haue ben at my fader, and praide. And a place there schalt thou fynde, Where the Apostell Thomas of Iynde, Had a gurdell of our Lady, When sche was boron to heuen on hee. A nother place fast by is sette, Where Crist vpon the Citee wept. Also the place is nee by there, Where the Aungele did apere To our Lady wit the palme, and saide to fore: That dai to heauen sche schuld be bore. A nother place is not ferr ther fra, That men callen there Galelia. The xi. Apostelez were gederet there, And Crist to hem dude apere: At alle these placez here abouen, Is vij. yere, and vij. lentonez to pardon. A nother Chirche is ther by to nemen, Where ••hesu steed vp in to heuen. What man or woman that cometh there, He hath remission plenere. After that a Chirche of lym, and ston, Of Sent Marie Egiptian: And the Sepulcre of Sent Pelage, In a nother Chirche maie you see. And in the Mount of Oliuete on hight, A place there is that Bethfage hight. And of Sent Ion a Chirche there is, Where the Apostlez made the Crede I wis. [ 10] There is a nother Chirche right hynde, Where Crist the Apostolez kenned The Pater noster for to praie: Also there is in the same waie, Where our Ladie rest a stage: For wery goyng on Pilgrymage. There is the Chirche of S. Iame the lesse, To whom Crist apperet the daie of Pasch. And after in the same place, The same beriet he was. [ 20] To alle these places to for said, Is vij. yere of pardon araied: And vij. lentonez I dar well saie, Passe we forthe thuse on our waie; To the vale of Siloee, A farre Well there scholt thou see: Wher our Lady Cristez clothez dud••, When he into the Temple present was. There is the well of Siloee, VVhere Crist made a blynd man to see. [ 30] And a place ther schalt thou see, Where Isaias the Prophete so free, Of the Iewez sawez he was, And beried in the same place. Also a Chapell thou schalt see there, Where the Apostlez hud hem for fere. Also the felde hit is fast by. That was bought for penyes xxx: For the wiche Crist was solde, At ichon of these placez that I haue tolde, [ 40] Is to pardon vij. yere, And vij. lentonez also in fore. Of the Mount of Sion I wull you telle, Where the Iewez both false and felle, Wold haue raft of the Apostlez wit force, Of our Lady the vere, and the tref coorce: When thei here bare to her graue. Also fast by ther schalt thou haue, Where Petur wept, and sore can rowe, That he forsoke his Lord Iesu. [ 50] A Chirche of Sent Angel is there beside, That was a Palice faire, and wide: And Anna the Bischope that place hade, To the wiche Crist was ferst lade: Examinent, and wit buffetez bete. A nother Chirche ther by was sette, That is of our Lady, and Sent Saluator, And Caiphas place hit was before: Where Iewez him bobbed, and dud dispise, And Petur there forsoke him thyrez. [ 60] In the same Chirche is there also. A preson that Crist was in do: And in that same place thou schalt haue, The ston that laie on Cristez graue.

Where that our Lady abode so, xiiij. yere in gret whoo: And there fast by sche made a nynde, Out of this word when sche schuld wynde. There is plenor remission, And there fast by is a place anon, Wherein Ion the Euangelist, Was chosen dere to Iesu Crist: And sange a Messe to our Lady. And fast by is where Sent Mathy, [ 10] Was chosen to the Apostolez: And ther is our Lady Oratory I wis. Also there is another place, Where Sent Steuen beried was The secounde tyme, as clerkez saie ichon, Wit Gamaleel and Abibon. Deuote places there schalt thou fynde, And ther Crist his Apostolez taught full hynde: And wher our Lady herd full prechyng, Of her Sone Iesu, heuen Kyng. [ 20] And yet thou may fynde more, Dauid, and Salamon beried there: And other Kingez by hem ben cast, And the Pasche Lambe ther was rast. In ichon of these placez is vij. yere to pardon, And vij. lentonez there haue ye mowne. Also there is another place, Where the Pasche Lambe eten was, Wit Ihesu, and his Disciplez infere, And the Sacrament was made there: [ 30] Plenor remission for sothe ther is, And yet another place I wis, Where Crist to his Apostolez was lowly, Wesche here fete, and made theim dry: And where he on the Ascention day, Reprouet hem of her febull faie. Then schalt thou fynd there full sone, The place where the Apostolez ichon, Receyuet there the holy Gost, In the feste of Pentecost: [ 40] Plenor remission ther maie thou wynn; Another place is yet wit in, Where Crist to Sent Thomas aperet, And to the Apostolez, when the zates were speret: Where more Sent Iame heded was. And yette is there another place, Where Crist aperet to Mariez three, And said to hem, Auete. vij. yere to pardon be at that place, And vij. lenionez full of grace. [ 50] Then wull we these to Beethleem, That is v. mile from Ierusalem. In that waie ther is a place, Where the thre Kyngez herbaret was: And where the sterre aperet to hem. And also a Chirche as thei sayn, That stondeth in the same stede, Where was boron Elias the Prophete. And the graue of Rachaell; At ichon of these placez, trust me well, [ 60] Is vij. yere, and vij. lentonez thertoo, To all tham that theder wull goo. Thenn at Bethleem I will begyn, And telle the pardon that is therin. There is a Chirche of our Lady, Where Crist was boron full sicurly: And the crache that he laie in, Plenor remission there maie thou wyn. Also there is a deuoute place, Where Christ circumciset was: And where the sterr waynaschet awaie From the Kyngez, when thei hit saie. And the Chapell of Sent Ierome, And the graue that he was in don. Also ther by schalt than haue, Where the Innocentez were graue. There is a Chirche of Sent Nicolas, Where Paule, and Eustoce beriet was: Thei were Maydonez, full sicurly. Also ther is a Chirche of our Lady, Where the Angele cauzt here, and Ioseph also, Into Egipt for to go. Of the Angele a Chirche is there, Where the Angele dud apere, To the Schepardez, and to hem saide, That Crist was boron of a Maide, And the Chirche, or else the graue, Of the xij. Prophets there schalt thou haue. And the Mynster of Sabaa That was an Abbas, as thei saa. At iche of these place whoso will go, Is vij. yere, and vij. lentonez thertoo. Now here we the pardon of Betany, VVhere Lazare dyethet, that is werry: The wiche laie ther iiij. daiez deed; And Crist raiset hym vp in the same stede VVhere he clepet hym out of the graue, Plenor remission there maie thou haue. There is the house of Symeon that good man In the wiche Marie Mawdelyn came: On ther Thursdaie wit oynement swete, To anoynt Cristez fete. And there Martha said these word, For sothe and thou haddest be hir, Lord, Lazar my brother schuld not dede be: Thi brother schall rise, then said he. Also there is the house of Maudelyn VVhere sche was when Martha can sayn: Our Lord, our Maister, hir cometh hee, And Maudelyn suster he calleth thee: To iche of these places for saide, Is vij. yere, and vij. lentonez laide. Ther ben pilgrimagez mony mo, But I saw non of alle thoo: And therfor I make non mention, But of the places that I haue gon. Then at Flem Iordan I wull take Ther of a mention for to make. There is a Mynster of Sent Ioachim, Fader of our Lady that holy Uirgyn. Also the hull hit is thare, Wher Crist fasted the ground is bare; xl. daiez witouten wyn, Therfor it height Mount Karantyn: Plenor remission there maie thou haue, On the top of the hul thou must hit craue. A place is there the deuele temptet Ihesu. And said if Goddez sone be thou,

These stonez into brede brynge, At thou maie ete after thi fastyng. In other thyngez he temptet him also: But we wull tale of Ierico: VVhere Crist herbaret was, In the house of Zacceus. Also a place ther by maie be, VVhere Crist made a blynd man to see. Of Sent Ion Baptist a Mynster ther is: At ichon of these placez I wis, Is vij. yere, and vij. lentonez therto, To alle tham that theder wull go. VVher Ihesu Crist baptizet was, Is plenor remission in that place. Also ther is a wildernesse hone some, VVhere is a Mynster of Sent Ierome: And the dede See that is there, VVher the v. Citeez drenchet were, For sinn that thei dud thanne, And be yond flem Iordan, Is a full desert place, and wan, Of Sent Marie Egiptian. To alle these placez who that wull go, Is vij. yere, and vij. lentonez therto. Of the Hullez of Vrie to telle, A while ther for to duelle: Ther is a Mynster faire, and free, In the wiche place groeeth a Tree, That went vnto Cristez crose: Thuse in that Lond hit hath the voise. Ther is the house of Symeon, That in the Temple was redy bon, On Candelmes daie Crist to hent Unto his armes, he was present. There is a Chirche of Sent Ion Baptist, VVhere our Lady when sche was wit Crist, Salute Elizabet here Cosyn dere, And said the wordez that folo here: Magnificat anima mea Dominum. And Zacarias place is ther also, VVhere he wrote bothe faire, and welle, Benedictus Dominus Deus Israel. To alle these placez who that wull go, Is vij. yere, and vij. lentonez therto. Now telle we of the Uale of Mambre, And of the placez that about hit be. Ther wull I telle a litell thing, VVhere was Abrahamez dwellyng: VVher that he saie Childeren thre, And on for alle worschippet he. Passe not thi Seruant in this hete, I schall faich water, and waisch thi fete. And Clerkez sayn, and don vs lere The ferst tokynning of the Trinitie was there, Also there is the Cite of Ebron, VVhere Adem, and Abraham in graue was don. Isaac and thei ben beried there, And alle her wifez wit hem in fere. Also fast by there is a place, VVhere that Adam formet was: And there is the Desert wher Ion Baptist, Dud penaunce for Ihesu Crist. Also the Cisterne see you moune, VVhere that Ioseph Iacob sone, Wit his brether schuld haue be cast in, For dremez that he redde to hem. At ichon of these placez what at thou be, vij. yere, and vij. lentonez is graunted the. Thus to Nazaret let vs wynde. And telle of that place so hynde. Some what to saie that is best, Of that pardon that euer schall last. In the begynning thou schalt haue a place, Where Sent Steuen ferst beried was: [ 10] After a Castell there schalt thou see, That hight Abiera in that Citee: Wher our Lady knew he had left her sonn; Another Chirche yette fyndest thou son, Fast ther by thenn schalt thou haune, The Welle of the Samaritane. And the Cite Nebulosa, or Sichar men hit calle In the wiche the graue fynde thou schall Of Ioseph, that is to fortolde, That to the Ismalitez was solde. [ 20] After that, thou fyndest thenne, The Cite that hight Sebastiane. There Ion Baptist in preson was don, And after that heuedet full sone. There is the Castell of Iehenne, Where the x. Lazarez were Inne. And Crist hem heled of her sekenes, And the Cite of Naym ther by hit is. Crist dud miraclez in that stede, Raised a widow sone from deede. [ 30] Also in the Cane of Galelie, Wit in Nazaret that faire Citee, There is a Chirche full faire sette, Where Gabriel our Lady grett. Also in a while thou schalt fynde there, Where Crist to his Moder water dud bere. Also a faire place is fast by, Where the Iewez full spituously Ihesu hedlyng wold haue don caste: And a myddez hem a waie he past. [ 40] At ichon of these placez befor nemet, Is vij. yere, and vij. lentonez assignet. There is a Hull that hight Tabor, Crist was transfiguret there, From his Manhod, to his Godhede: Plenor remission is in that stede. There is the Cite that hight Cafarnaum, Where Crist mony miraclez hath don. The See of Galelie forzete we nought. [ 50] Where Crist mony miraclez hath wroght. Also the Cite of Tiberiadis, Where Crist calde Mathew Discipull his. Also there is another place, VVhere Archisinagog Doughter was VVit Crist raised from the dede, And Crist etye wit Mathew brede. Yet the Hull maie thou kenne, VVhere Crist feede v. m. mene, VVit the brede of louez fiue. [ 60] Another Hull yete fyndest thou riue, VVhere that i••ij. m. men were, VVit seuen louez fede there. Also the Cite of Sidonne, VVhere the woman, dud forthe gon:

And to Crist sche saide full yare, Blessed be the wombe that the bare. At iche of these placez leue thou me, Is vij. yere, and vij. lentonez grantet the. Then telle we of a nother place, The wiche is called Damace. Beside Damace ther is awaie, Wher Iesu to Paule can saie: Saule, Saule, why folouest thou me? Also a wyndow ther maie thou see, [ 10] Where Paule went out when he hym heed: Also in the same house is keede, Where that Paule cristenet was, Of that holy man Ananias. Also a place ther schat thou fynde, Where S••nt George the Knight hynde, Faught wit the Dragon for the Maide sake, And deliueret her from wrake. At alle these placez that I haue tolde, Is vij. yere, and vij. lentonez, be thou bolde. Now telle we of the Mount of Synai, [ 20] A full denote place sicurly, The Cite of Gaza is in that place, Where Sampson slayn, and beriet was. In that Mount vpon hy, Is a Mynstor of our Lady: The Mynstor of the Busche men calle hit, Wher in the body of Sent Katheryne was put. Also behynde the hee Autere, Is wher Iesu dud apere, In that Chirche to Moisie, [ 30] When he kept Getro Madan schepe trulee. In middez of that Hull is a place, Where dud his penaunce the Prophet Helias; In the hye of that Hull, by Clerkez sawez, God yaf to Moises boothe the Lawez: Written in Tabelez, wit outen misse, Plenor remission ther hit is. A Garden ther is witout distaunce, Where Onorius dude his penaunce. A nother Hull also is there, [ 40] To the wiche Aungelez dud bere The blessed body of Sent Kateryne, Sche was a holy Virgyn. Vnder that Hull trust thou me, There rennethe the Rede See. At ichon of these placez, that I haue tolde, Is vij. yere, and vij. lentonez, be thou bolde. Thuse from Synai wull I skippe, And telle of the Pilgrimagez of Egipt. These saie I nought, but by herd telle, [ 50] Written in a Tabull in the Hull: Therfor I telle as I hit saie, VVho that cometh thether he maie a saie. In Egipt is a Cite faire, That hight Massar, or ellez Kare: In the wiche mony Chirchez be, And oon is of our Lady: De Columpna calleth hit is, And Sent Barbara beriet th••r is. There is a water of gret prise, [ 60] That cometh out of Paradise: The wiche is callet Nilus, Men of that Land thei saie thuse. Also ther is a great Gardeyn, Where that the Bawm groeth in. Also a Mynster there is sette, Of Sent Anton, and Poule the ferst Heremet: And of Macary, and other mo, These from that Cite let vs go. By the space of iij. daiez Iornay, There is a Contraie in that waie, That men calle Menfelcula: There is a Chirche hight Elmorana, Where is a Chapell of our Lady. There sche dwellet vij. yere truly, Wit Iesu her sone so dere, And wit Ioseph her Spouse infere. In that Chapell on Palme Sondaie, Of alle Cristen I you saie, That duellen in Egipt Lande, Do there her seruice I vnderstande. The Cite of Alexander in Egipt is, Where Sent Kateryne was slayn I wis: And Sent Iohan Elemosmere, That holy Patriarke is beriet there. And Sent Mark the Apostell of Crist, Also he was Euangelist: There was mart••red, and to ded don, And after was beriet ther sone: And so from thennez to Venece translate. At ichon of thez placez and thou go ate, Is vij. yere, and vij. lentonez to pardon, To alle hem that thether wull come. Pilgrimagez ther be no mo. That euer any man dud goe. But now at my yann turning. Hereth of our home comyng. From Ierusalem sothe to sayn, Euen to Iaff we turnet ayan. Here we schippet alle to geder, In the Galias that brought vs theder. iiij. hunderet mile then sailet we, Unto the Golf of Satelle: Wiche the Schippe sour pardy, Thei were the worst of Cristianty. The Pilgrymez bere me gud record, For, thei tornet vs from bord to bord, And iiij. wikkez I dar well saie, We myght not skape the Golf awaie: But vp, and don trauerset the See, By alle the Cost of Turky. And on our lift hand the Golf was, As we from Iaff toke the rase. On Turky side we saie there, The hee Hull that hight Mount Clere. And vnder that Hull hit maie be, The chef heued of Synode: That is a token to schippmen, Whereby thei the Costez kenne. And after fully fifty mile waie, Is a Castell, as I you saie, The wiche Mirra callet is, And Sent Nicolas was boron ther I wis: And Bischop ther was he made, And his last ende there he hade: In his graue he was laid thoo, And after translate to Basso, That is in the Pole Lande, And there he lithe I vnderstande. And xx. mile that Castell fro, Is a Hauen hight Cacabo:

Hit is right depe, and faire of flode, In alle wederez hit is gude: For schippez therein to take her rest, In alle Turky side hit is the best. That Hauen tofore, as men said me, Was some tyme a faire Cite: And was cristenet as men telle, Tille gret vengaunce vpon hem felle, For sinn that thei dud in the Tour, Hem to amende thei were neuer bon. That Cite was drant for the same case, Right as Sodome, and Gomore was. Some wyndowez, and wallez yet ther be, For I saie hem wit myn ee. From that Hauen of Cacabo, On our right hand as we dud go, xxx. mile by Lond I wis, To the Castell Ruge hit is: We sailet therby taward Ierusalem, And come therby hamard agayn. And xxx. mile from that Castell, Is a strong Ile trust me well: The wiche in the langage of that Lande, Is callet the vij. heuedez, I vnderstande. What is the cause thei calle hit soo, For vij. poyntez go out ther fro: Alle gret Rochez, and long ther thei be, And ferre in sonder men maie hem see. For a token men hold hem there, By cause thei schuld by theim faire. And sixty long mile, and ten, VVe sailet to the Ile of Rodez then: And rested ther a litell space, To confort vs in that place. And euen from Rodez to Venece, As I went I come home, I wis. And come to Padua the Cite faire: There I rested, and toke the aire. And from thennez to Castell Limimia, And so to Bassayn, ther are Castellez taa. From thennez to Bononia full euen, [ 10] And there we were daiez seuen. And so forthe to Castell Sent Iohan, And then to Mirandula that foule Toun. And euen forthe so vnto Hostia Muche Marise ther schat thou in ga. Then so forthe to the Toun of Veron, The Venyceanez be Lordez of ichon. Then so forthe to Castell Selucian, And the Blaffard is thi money than. From that place thou schalt to Trent, [ 20] That stony waie most thou heent. And so forthe to the Cite of Merane, VVhere wyn is plenty to mony ayne. And then to Mount Sent N••colas, VVho is him that waie gas: For Montez, and Snow, and ile chere, Failet not there of alle the yere. So draw the don to Nazaret, And whaite thi Pike be well sett. [ 30]

[illustration] map of Germany

HONDIVS his Map of Germanie.

GER∣MANIA

And from thennez to Kempton, For sothe that is a gud toun. And then so forthe to Memmyng, There is the Emperour money walking: Like a barre of siluer hit is, And lasteth ferre, that maie not myse. Then to the cite of Vlme is thi waie, And at the Brugge ther most thou paie. And so from Vlme to Osselyng And after that to Kipping. And so thenn den to Brushull, [ 10] That muketh men her leggez to pull. And from thennez to Duron, And thenn to Spire that rioll toun. From Spire to Vormez are milez xiiij, And so to Mence thou schalt I wene. And to Bynge a toun vpon the Ryene, And to Wesell, and Couelence, there is gud wyn. And so to Andernak that is thi waie, And then to Bun, I dar well saie. From thennez to Coleyn that faire cite, [ 20] Ther most thou chaunge thi money. And so from thennez to Acon, There be hote bates in that toun. And thenn to Mastrik I the rede, And there new money most thou gette. And so forth euen to Diste, That waie is wilde, and hit be myste. And so thou schalt to Macheleyn, That is a toun booth gud and fyn: There gothe the money of Braban, And that deceiuet mony man. And so from Mechelyn to Gaunt. Into Flaunderez most thou haunt. And so to Burgez that faire toun, And thenn to Newport most thou gon. And after that to Donkerke, And so to Grauenyng most thou lirke. And to Calys a toun full free, Thuse at the See-side we bee. And for h••t is the comyn waie, From England to Rome, I will not saie: Ne tales make of her gouernaunce, For to all pilgrymez hit is no staunce. Then praie ne to the Lord of myghtes most, That brought this Pilgryme to Engelond cost, His lif to mayntene to his wille, In his seruice bothe lounde and stille. And when we out of this word schull wende, The ioye of heuen he vs sende: That is my praior, and schal be aie, We may be saued at Domesdaie: And so to his blis he vs bringe, Iesu that is heuen King: And secur therof, at we maie be, Saie alle Amen for charite.

CHAP. VI. [ 30]

The Churches Peregrination by this Holy Land way, and warre into mysticall Babylon: or a Mysterie of Papall Iniquity reuealed, how the Papall Mo∣narchie in and ouer Christendome, was aduanced in that Age and the following, and principally by this Expedition into the Holy Land.

§. I. [ 40]

The Historie of the Normans, and their proceedings. Of VRBAN and BOAMVNDS policie, abusing the zeale of Christendome in these Warres: and of Satans loosing after one thousand yeares.

HItherto you haue heard the Monke and the Priest Eye-witnesses of this Expedi∣tion: the one called Robertus Anglus, the other a follower of Robert the Nor∣man: [ 50] and after them the Tyrian Archbishop, and an English Monke. Neither let any maruell that in these Peregrinations, dedicated to the English name prin∣cipally, I omit not the Norman, whose Father and Brethren reigned here, who for the hope of the English Crowne forsooke that of Ierusalem being offered, who dyed in Eng∣land: and what shall I more say? What are Englishmen but in triple respect, Normans or North∣men? * 1.267 From the North parts adioyning came the first Angles, or Saxons: from thence also the Danes, which made the next Conquest••: and from these North parts, the scourge of the World, Omn•• malum ab Aquilone (ex Scanza insula quae erat quasi officina gentium, aut velut vagina Natio∣nem, * 1.268 the parts for most part still subiect to the Crowne of Denmarke) the same Danish people [ 60] setling them selues in France, and called Normans, that is, men of the North, after a French ciuil∣lizing and Christianitie, made their third Conquest vnder Earle William. This three-fold Cord cannot be easily broken, nor can any Englishman at this day separate his Norman bloud from the English, and indissoluble mixture euen from the last conquest remayning in the tongue and peo∣ple,

the Conquerors vtmost indeuours being herein conquered. A great part of Earle Roberts Ar∣mie was English, and as Eadmerus and all the Historians of that time testifie, the monie which ••••••rayed his Armie was English, Normandie remayning therefore engaged to King William his Brother. Yea, Boamund also and Tancred were Normans: fortie of which Nation returning * 1.269 from a Ierosolymitan pilgrimage, behaued themselues so valiantly at the siege of Salerne, against the Saracens, that Guaimar the Prince sent Legats with them into Normandie, to draw some ad∣uenturers into his part, where Giselbert a Nobleman, hauing slaine William, and fearing the anger * 1.270 of Robert then Earle or Duke of Normandie, embraced the occasion, and with his Brethren Rainulph, Aisclitin, Osmund and Rodulph, and their followers went into Italie to Prince Pan∣dulph at Capua, Anno Dom. 1017. [ 10]

Apulia and Calabria were then subiect to the Greeke Empire, which rather tyrannizing then * 1.271 ruling, by the Catapan or Deputie, Melus a principall man perswaded the Normans to inuade his Countrey, so to shake of the Greekish yoke, and fought foure times with Bubagan the Catapan, in the three first battels winning much, which in the fourth at that fatall place of Canna hee lost againe: the remayning Normans betaking themselues to Pandulfe and Guaimar. After this Maniacus the Catapan sent to Guaimar to send him his Normans, to fight against the Saracens in Sicilia. Lately before (this was, Anno 1039) the sonnes of Tancred (inuited by their Coun∣trimen) had comne thither with three hundred men at Armes, by whose helpe he recouered Sy∣racuse, and the most part of Sicilia, which after their departure the Saracens next yeare repos∣sessed. Anno 1041. Ardoinus a Lumbard offended with Maniacus, for taking from him a Horse * 1.272 which he had taken from a Saracen, incited Earle Ranulph a Norman, to assist him in the warre a∣gainst [ 20] the Catapan, wherein many fights ouerthrowing the Greekes, matters succeeded so pro∣sperously, * 1.273 that William one of the sonnes of Tancred was made Earle of Asculum, Drogo his Bro∣ther obtayned Venusia, and the rest of Apulia was shared amongst the rest of the Normans. In this Expedition, William, Drogo, Humfrie, Richard, Roger, and Robert the Sonnes of Tancred were renowmed, of whom many Dukes and Kings in Italy after descended. Henry the Emperour confirmed to Drogo Earle of Apulia, and to Ranulph of Auersa, all which they had gotten. To Drogo succeeded his Brother Humfrie, 1051. who inuading the possessions of the Church, which * 1.274 Pope Leo seeking to recouer by battell, was beaten out of the field with exceeding slaughter on both sides, and besieged in a Castle whither he fled, was taken and forced to receiue the Norman [ 30] into communion.

Baielard the Sonne of Humfrie, by Robert called Wiscard (brother to the said Humfrie) was * 1.275 expelled from his Countrie of Apulia. He added also Rhegium in Calabria, and Troia in Apulia to his conquests, stiling himselfe Duke of Apulia and Calabria. His brother Richard winning Ca∣pua, vexed the confines of Campania, and both molesting the Papall Possessions were cursed by Pope Nicholas, who yet vpon their Oath of vassalage to the Church, receiued them and confir∣med the one Prince of Capua, the other Duke of Apulia and Calabria, paying twelue pence a yeare on euery yoke of Oxen. Anno 1062. Robert with his brother Roger, warred against the Saracens in Sicilia. Richard inuaded a great part of Campania neere to Rome it selfe, and sought to become Patricius; whereupon Henry the Emperour entred Italy, and Richard forsooke [ 40] Campania.

Anno 1078. Nicephorus put downe Michael from the Empire of the East, who came and * 1.276 sought to Robert for ayde, who being compounded with Iordan which had succeded his Father Richard, went into Greece, and prosperously succeded. Hence he was called backe by Hildebrand, or Gregorie the Seuenth, which before had excommunicated him, to helpe him against Henrie the Empeour, then hauing taken Rome by force; who hearing of Roberts comming with a strong Armie (leauing Boamund to pursue his Grecian affaires) went with Clement or Guibert, his new made Pope into Etruria. Thus was hee dreadfull to the Easterne and Westerne Emperours at once. He dyed, Anno 1085. Roger his Sonne succeeded. This Historie both as of Normans, and as a preamble to the Expedition of the Frankes, is not vnworthy recitall.

Roger the younger brother succeeding in the Dukedome of Apulia and Calabria, as also in [ 50] the quarrell of Urban successor of Gregory against Guibert (who also confirmed his Dutchie to him as Vassall of the Church, the possessions whereof such good fishing made he in troubled wa∣ters, he had euen to Tibur and Velitre * 1.277 gotten into his possession) his brother Boamund * 1.278 be∣gan to thinke of another succession, that as Roger had gotten the inheritance of Calabria and A∣pulia, from the Easterne Empire, he might also obtayne the like in Greece. This was not vn∣knowne to the wiser in those times, as William Malmesbury * 1.279 our Countriman testifieth, whose words are these.

Anno ab incarnatione 1095. Papa Vrbanus secundus, qui praesidebat Apostolico culmini, euasis Al∣pibus venit in Gallias. Aduentus causa ferebatur perspicua, quòd violentia Guiberti Roma extru∣sus, [ 60] citra montanas ad sui reuerentiam sollicitaret Ecclesias. Illud repositius propositum non ita vulga∣batur, quòd Boamundi consilio pene totam Europam in Asiaticam Expeditionem moueret, vt in tanto tumultu omnium prouinciarum facile obaeratis auxiliaribus, & Vrbanus Romam, & Boamundus Il∣lyricum & Macedoniam peruaderent. Nam eas terras & quicquid praetereà à Dyrrhachio vsque in

Thessalonicam protenditur, Guiscardus pater super Alexium acquisierat: idcirco illas Boamundus suo iure competere clamitabat, inops haereditatis Apulae, quam genitor Rogero filio minori delegauerat. Thus Vrbanes intent was to get Rome from the Antipope Guibert or Clement, whom the Impe∣rials and some Italians followed, neither had hee any great partaker in Italie but Roger, who fought his owne aduantage.

Anselme Archbishop of Canterburie was by King Rufus dispossessed of his reuenues, and liued in Exile for acknowledging him, as Eadmerus his companion in his Italian peregrinations to and with Pope Vrban testifieth: no Bishop in England then daring to acknowledge either of the Popes without the Kings leaue, who also admitted no Papall power, but by his leaue in this * 1.280 Kingdome (for his and his fathers power in cases and ouer persons Ecclesiasticall, See Eadmerus [ 10] and the Annotations of that learned and industrious Gentleman, Master Selden thereon, and therewith now published.) And Boamund enioying some Castles by his brothers indulgence, wanne many other, the men of warre following him. Nam adfratrem specie tenus Ducatus per∣uenerat (Malmesbury addeth toward the end of that Booke) alterum bello meliorem secuti. I am vero parui momenti fuit quòd paterni propositi sequax, Guibertum repellens Vrbano validissimè astuit, & cunctantem impulit vt Gallias ad Concilium Clari Montis accederet, quò cum Raimundi Prouin∣cialis Comitis & Episcopi Caturicensis Epistolae inuitabant. Concilie{que} celebrato libens occasionem ac∣cepit & in Graeciam copias traiecit, subinde{que} promouens exercitum modestè Raimundum & Godfri∣dum operiebatur. Quibus venientibus sociatus magnum incitamentum caeteris erat, disciplinae militaris scientia & virtute nulli secundus. [ 20]

This Mysterie hath beene little obserued of most Authors, and was lesse obserued in those times by the zealous Princes of Christendome, whose valour, wealth, deuotion, glory and liues * 1.281 were engaged so deeply in this quarrell, most of all other deuices auailed the Papacie, in abasing the power of Princes Christian.

And well might Vrban vse the helpe of Boamund and the Normans in that designe, which not only sorted to that expected effect to settle him in Rome, then held by Clement his Corriuall, but to a further aduancement of the Papacie in after times, then either hee or Boamund could then diuineor dreame of. For of the Normans disposition, Henry Huntingdon hath long since gi∣uen * 1.282 testimonie that God had chosen them to exterminate the English, because he saw them eminent a∣boue all people in the prerogatiue of singular cruelty. For their nature is when they haue deiected their ene∣mies [ 30] to the vtmost, that they then depresse themselues, and bring themselues and their Lands into pouertie and waste: and alwayes the Lords of the Normans, when they haue trodden downe their enemies, seeing they cannot but be doing cruelty, they hostily trample vnder foot their own. Which plainly appeares in Nor∣mandie, England, Apulia, Calabria, Sicilia, and Antiochia, very good Countries which God hath subiected to them. Thus our Historian, and thus our Mysterians Vrbanus (then for this disposition called Turbanus) and Boamundus vncharitably seeking their owne, abused the charitie and de∣uotion of those degenerated times.

So it was necessary that Mysteries should be carryed in mystie cloudes: which make mee not a little minde that Reuelation not fully reuealed, yet in some imperfect glimpses offering it selfe to view, this Historie vnmasking that Mysterie; or if it bee not the iust interpretation of the [ 40] Prophecie (a taske too great for me to determine) yet not vnfit to be waied in the ballance of the Sanctuary together, and to be propounded to wiser considerations, at lest by way of Allegori∣call application, if not of Propheticall explication. Saint Iohns mysteriall Reuelation is deliue∣red in these words. Apoc. 9. 1. And the fift Angell sounded, and I saw a starre fall from Heauen vn∣to the Earth, and to him was giuen the Key of the bottomlesse pit. 2. And hee opened the bottomlesse pit, and there arose a smoke out of the pit, as the smoke of a Furnace, and the Sunne and the ayre were darkened by reason of the smoke of the pit. 3. And their came out of the smoke Locusts vpon the Earth, and vnto them was giuen power as the Scorpions of the Earth haue power, &c. 7. And the shapes of the Locusts were like vnto Horses prepared vnto battell, and on their heads were as it were Crownes like Gold, and their faces were as the faces of men. 8. And they had haire as the haire of women, and their teeth were as the teeth of a Lion. 9. And they had brest-plates as it were brest-plates [ 50] of Iron, and the sound of their wings was as the sound of Chariots of many Horses running to battell. 10. And they had tayles like vnto Scorpions, and there were stings in their tayles, and their power was to hurt men fiue monethes. 11. And they had a King ouer them which is the Angell of the bottomlesse pit, whose name is in the Hebrew Tongue, Abaddon, but in the Greeke Tongue, hath his name Apollyon. After the sixt Angel sounding, followeth the loosing of the foure Angels bound in the great Riuer Euphrates, for to slay the third part of men. And the number of the armie of the Horse∣men were two hundred thousand thousand. And thus I saw the Horses in the Uision, and them that sate on them, hauing brest-plates of Fire and of Iacint, and of Brimstone; and the heads of the Horses were as the heads of Lions, and out of their mouthes issued Fire and Smoke, and Brimstone. By these [ 60] three was the third part of men killed, by the Fire, and by the Smoke, and by the Brimstone which issued out of their mouthes. For their power is in their mouth, and in their tayles: for their tayles were like vnto Serpents, and had heads, and with them they doe hurt.

Diuers Interpreters will direct in the former of these Visions, to behold the Popish Clergie,

in the other the Saracenicall Souldiory: both which agree to our present businesse, where Papall superstition, and Saracenicall crueltie begot in strange copulation such numerous innumerable deaths. As for the Starre it noteth an Ecclesiasticke Angell, or Bishop, as the Reuelation it selfe reuealeth * 1.283. This Starre is not fixed, but falleth from heauen, the care of Heauenly a 1.284 affection, heauenly b 1.285 conuersation, and bringing soules by Pastorall vigilancie to the heauenly c 1.286 Ierusalem, and Church of the first borne, whose names are written in heauen; and falleth to the earth, that is, to minde earthly pompe, and secular glorie, Whose God d 1.287 is their belly, whose glorie is in their shame, who minde earthly things. That the Pope hath euidently done this, their owne Histories make men∣tion; first by Phocas, obtaining a Monarchie ouer the Church, and since Hildebrand exalting it ouer Kingdomes, States and Empires, and now at this day exercising nothing of a Bishop but the Title, leauing the Cure to his Uicario di Roma e 1.288, whiles his Cardinall Consistorie are not [ 10] Vigiles Ecclesiae, but Coniudices Orbis terrarum, & Principes mundi, regum * 1.289 similes, veri mundi Car∣dines, and himselfe hath turned Pasce oues into Rege, and playes the King, and playes with Kings, making and marring Kings and Emperours, and wearing himselfe a triple Growne: ei∣ther detaining (as King Iohns) or deposing and disposing (as Henries to Rodulph) or with the foote striking off, (as Celestine to Henrie the sixt Emperour) or treading also on the Emperours necke, (as Alexander to Fredericke.) All this power is challenged to the Keyes of the Kingdome of heauen, promised to Peter, Math. 16. in the name of the rest of the Apostles, of whom the * 1.290 question had beene asked, which he in their name answered; and that to shut out impenitents, and to admit those which beleeue and repent, by Euangelicall ministry into the house of Gods [ 20] Church and Family. But neither by word nor Sacraments, publikely, nor priuatly, by teaching, improuing, exhorting, rebuking, doth he either open or shut, or exercise any proper Episcopall Function: so that the key of power which he hath, must needs bee this Key of the bottomlesse * 1.291 pit, whereby Hell is opened, (as here in vision) and Heauen is hidden; both that supercelestiall Heauen of glorie, wherein is the Sunne of righteousnesse; and this inferiour Ecclesiasticke heauen of Grace, and of the Church, which as the Aire borroweth her light from that Sunne, or else must needs abide in night and darknesse.

And indeed what are Papall Dispensations and Indulgences, (as we shall anone see) but o∣pening of Hell? What his Crusados to kill and destroy, Interdicting of kingdomes, excommu∣nicating and deposing of Kings, raising warres, seditions, treasons, prohibiting vulgar reading [ 30] of Scriptures, and the like, but shutting of heauen? These, these are the Papall keyes so much gloried of, keyes of the bottomlesse pit; yea, the key singular to open, and not plurally keyes, as hauing no power to shut that Hell which once he hath opened. Hence arose (by this opening * 1.292 of the bottomlesse pit) that Smoake of Ignorance, which bemisted the world (so that in King Alfreds daies not one Priest in England could vnderstand his Latine Seruice, or translate an E∣pistle out of Latine into English; and if any in the next Ages had his Grammer, he was a won∣der to the rest of the Clergie) caused by Barbarians, which filled Italy, France, and other Coun∣tries of Christendome before, with a Smoake of Confusion and combustion, whereby the Latine Language was lost in vulgar vse, which continued in their Holies: men in that smoake not able to see what God said to them in his Word, or they to him in their Prayers. Hence a Smoake of blind zeale ascending as from a furnace: but as the fire of Hell is fire without light, burning and [ 40] not shining, such is eager impetuous zeale without discretion, which crucified Christ, and per∣secuted Christianitie, & in Papists hath much changed them for Antichrist, and Antichristianitie. A smoake from the bottomlesse pit, is all vnbrideled Concupiscence, alway fuming from and to Hell; Bottomlesse in the originall, without iust cause of beginning; Bootlesse in fine, without causing Iustice in the ending. Pride, Couetousnesse, Enuy, and other Hellish passions, are a smoake which ascend, but by ascending vanish; which as in the Builders of Babel, seeke a Name, and make as they would build to Heauen, but get no other name but Babel, and after confused cloudie Chymaeras (like pillars of smoake in the Aire) vanish to nothing. * 1.293

Out of this smoakie ignorance, and ignorant zeale, and zealous perturbations (the trauels and throwes of the bottomlesse pit) came Locusts vpon the Earth, the carnall and earthy minded [ 50] Bishops, Priests, Cardinals, Abbots, Monkes, and innumerable religious Orders of inordinate Religion: these being wholly superstititious, degenerating into superstition, and turning their heauenly calling into earthly, ease and pompe, and the spirituall seruice of God, into beg∣gerly, worldly, carnall rites and bodily exercises. Thus haue you the Locusts worse then Egyp∣tian, such to the soule as those in Aluares, and other the former Stories of this Booke mentioned to the bodie, saue that they are limited, and may not (as those) hurt the Grasse and Trees, and greene things, that is, such as haue a liuely Faith in Christ. Neither may they kill bodily * 1.294, but spiritually torment the Conscience with their Canons, Confessions, Penances, Purgatories, Miracles, Visions, and (which most concernes our present purpose) Pilgrimages, and the like. [ 60] Their shape is like to Horses, for their courage and wilfulnesse, Kings and Kingdomes being forced to stoop, both to their old Mumpsimus, and to their new Sumpsimus; euen the most refractorie or couragious, as William Rufus, and the two first Henries, conquered in Clergie immunities by Anselme and Becket, men of great worth in other kinds, but for this accounted Worthies, emi∣nent

in the sanctitie of those times, for this honored and Canonized Saints. These the Crownes on their heads, or as Dunstan, Eadmund, and if there were any more Canterburie Canonizations: and such Crownes had the heads of Religious Orders, and first Founders and Inuentors of Holies, as Dominicke, Francis, and others, (and now at last Ignatius Loyola) and all the Clergie were crow∣ned with dignitie, in their head oner-topping Kings, in the meanest Priest exempted from Kings, yea creating his Creator the King of Kings, (that I mention not their shauen crownes, nor the Martyrs crownes which befell Priests or Laitie, dying in this Ierosolymitan Peregrinati∣on, or in fight against Christians, against whom the Pope had published his Crusado.)

But these Crownes were like Gold, not of it, the Pope herein the best Alchymst, extracting true Gold out of Leaden Bulls, but distracting and contracting shewes of Gold, seeming Cano∣nizations, [ 10] and sanctitie in shew and sound of holy Church, rather then true holinesse: yea, the holy name of Church appropriated to these shauen crownes, by Popish Monopoly. Yet were the shewes made faire, and in all their actions they had the faces of men, in resemblance of iust reason and resolution: insomuch, that as when I looke on the Scripture onely, I wonder how there could bee any Papist, so when in Histories and the courses of times, I looke vpon the Church, especially after Hildebrand, I as much wonder that all were not Papists, the smoake had so taken away the light of the Sunne, and the Pope set vp so many Night-lights of humane reasons, and Treasons or Traditions in Canon Law and Schoole Diuinitie. Yea they had also the haire of Women, in insinuating impressions, and melting rauishments of flattering perswasi∣ons, promised pleasures of Paradise, dazeling pomps in the present, and for the future, Merits, [ 20] Supererogations, deliueries from Purgatorie, Relikes of Saints Reuelations, Miracles, & a world of the like; which this Historie of the Holy Land sheweth sufficiently, and a Map of which you may see in Vrbans elegant Oration, and Boamunds cunning dissimulation. Their teeth were as teeth of Lions, in preying vpon Temporal Lands, Liberties, Iurisdictions, and Spirituall deuou∣ring of soules. Their Iron Breast-plates, were their defensiue immunities and exemptions, where∣by they were hardned and heartned against all contrary powers.

The sound of their Wings, was their preaching of Indulgences, thundering Interdictments, and Excommunications, Penances in Confessions, and the like. Their Tailes, were the conse∣quences of their Doctrine and Actions, which promising satisfactions to God and Man, yea Merit and Supererogation, the honoring of Saints and Angels, in the fore-part: in the end stung [ 30] like a Scorpion, filled the soule of their most deuoted with di sconsolation, the body with grie∣uous bodily exercises in Fastings, Pilgrimages, (as here) selfe-whippings; Euer learning, neuer comming to the knowledge of the truth; giuing reall possessions, and bequeathing true beggerie to their heires, for deliuerance from a Poeticall Purgatorie; crucifying themselues indeed before a painted Crucifixe, buying repentance at a deare rate, and making more irksome way to Hell (if Gods infinite mercy preuented not) then that by which many haue attained Heauen. Their King is the Angell of the bottomlesse pit, (you see whose Vicar he is indeed) and is named in He∣brew and Greeke, as hardning the Iewes, and corrupting Christians; or as restoring both Iewish rites and Gentile superstitions, in both a Destroyer. The fiue moneths some interpret of this life, some alluding to the Graffe-hoppers Summer season; some to Noahs floud, so long preuailing ouer the [ 40] Earth; some to one hundred and fiftie yeares, taking a day prophetically for a yeare, and rec∣koning from Hildebrand, to Gregorie the Decretalist; some for an indefinite time, some for a short time: as if they should say, It is not for you to know the times or the seasons which the Father * 1.295 hath put in his owne power. I haue rather sought to lay open their qualities then their durance: as for the time, Time will deliuer it.

Now for the other Vision of foure Angels, bound in the great Riuer Euphrates; some vnder∣stand Euphrates my stically, for the meanes of vpholding and aduancing the Merchandize of mysticall Babylon, that is of Rome and her Poperie: Indeed foure hath beene a famous number, for the foure Gospels, for those foure first generall Councels, for the Ecclesiasticke Aristocracie by the foure Patriarchs, (the fift was in manner titular) for the foure Doctors of the Latine [ 50] Church: also foure hath beene notable in this Papall mysterie and Supremacy; first in the ages thereof, the Child-hood from Boniface to Hildebrand, in a spirituall Monarchy, long growing vp; the Youth from Hildebrand to Boniface the eight, in addition of power, ouer all powers Royall and Imperiall, with youthfull vigour trampling vnder foote the strongest Aduersaries; the Mans age from thence till Luther, losing somewhat of that King-awing strength, by schismes amongst themselues, and by Councels * 1.296, Kings and Kingdomes better opportunitie and vigi∣lance; but holding vp to the vpmost their spirituall, till Luther gaue beginning to their old de∣clining age, and this their almost precarian and obnoxious power, which by leaue of Kings and States they hold, howsoeuer in seeming aboue them. Foure Courses haue aduanced and vpheld them, Excommunications, (to which interdictments of Kingdomes, and depriuations of Kings [ 60] are annexed) Decretall Lawes and Constitutions to gouerne the Church; Warres by Crusados and Treasons, and Inquisitions against contrary opinions. Foure sorts of men haue beene their Creatures and Creators; degenerated Monkery of later ages, which vndermined the ancient sanctitie and discipline, Canonists which wholly corrupted it; Schoole-men which ad∣mitted

the Philosophers to bee Masters in Diuinitie, and Friers which occupied both Churches and Palaces in new and meerely Papall hypocrisies and priuiledges. And since, the reuenues of Poperie, as we shall by and by see, are foure, Temporalties, Collations of Benefices, Indulgences, and Dispensations.

But I rather like their Interpretation, which apply these foure to the Angels of destruction, which literally haue beene loosed from Euphrates vpon the Christian world, and indeed destroy∣ed the third part of Christian men with bodily death. For presently after Boniface the Pope had obtained his Supremacy of Phocas, Mahomet arose with his new Sect in the East; the one with Locusts, (whereof you haue heard) to corrupt the soules; the other with Horses in his Successors, to destroy the bodies of men. And these Angels of destruction haue beene many [ 10] waies foure. First, in the foure Doctors, Authours of the foure Sects of that irreligious Religi∣on. For Mahumet hauing taken Mecca, created foure Generals, Ebubezer, Omar, Osmen, and * 1.297 Ali; whom he called, the foure sharpe Swords of God, and commanded them to goe into the foure parts of the world, to kill such as resisted. After Mahumets death, these foure successiuely succee∣ded. These may be called foure Angels, as the foure Doctors of the Mahumetan Law, (so they * 1.298 are vsually stiled by the Mahumetans) and reckoned Saints in their Kalender; whom they say Mahomet had prophecied should succeed him, who also fained his Law receiued from the An∣gell Gabriel. These were Authors of foure Sects also, Ali or Hali, of the Sect Imemia; Osmen of the Sect Baanesia, Homar of the Anefia, Ebubezer of the Melchia. These foure in their succee∣ding Generations, haue bin sent out from neere the parts of Euphrates: where before they may be said to be bound, because that howsoeuer Chosroes or some others at some start, or aduantage [ 20] passed ouer, and did hurt to the Romane Empire, (then the most flourishing part of the Church) yet did they not continue any long space, or much preuaile on this side Euphrates, that being the boundary, as it were appointed of God, betwixt the Roman and the Parthian, and after, be∣twixt the Roman and Persian Empires. But after the Mahumetans had once appeared from Arabia, which Euphrates washeth, they in one Age ouer-ranne Egypt, Syria, Palestina, Persia, yea ouerwhelmed Africa, quite thorow to the Streights, and all Spaine, with many other Coun∣tries * 1.299, neuer after recouered to the Empire. And as they began with foure Angels in foure Sects, and conquering to the foure Winds: so there haue beene of them foure principall Delu∣ges, each from Euphrates, onerwhelming the world. That we reckon the first, in that Sarace∣nicall [ 30] Age: the second, that of the Turkes, which vnder Belpheth tooke Diogenes the Greeke Emperor prisoner, and conquered in manner all the Countrey to Constantinople, the occasion of this Ierosolymitan expedition, and consequently, of killing the third part of men, dwelling in re∣mote Countries which they had not seene, but came to the Holy Land as the publike slaughter place and Shambles of the Christian world: in which it is remarkable, that the two Calyphas of Bagdet and Cairo, one on the one side, the other on the other of Euphrates, otherwise dissenting, consented yet like Herod and Pilate, to kill Christ again in his members, and to perpetrate those but cheries, yee haue read of in the former Relations. And let the vnderstanding Reader exa∣mine the Roman Stories, and see if in aboue sixe hundred yeares from Romulus forward, there was so much Ethnicke bloud spilt on both sides, to purchase the Roman Monarchie, as here in [ 40] much lesse then the third part of that time, was occasioned to be spilt by the Romish Hierarchie: on both sides shall I say? Or may I make the question, euen of that which was meerely Chri∣stian of the Easterne and Westerne beleeuers? And the third ouerflowing, was of the Tartars, at first not Mahumetan, yea destroying Bagdet and the Calypha, and enemies to mankind in generall, * 1.300 but after prouing, and still continuing in greatest part Mohumetan. These did almost roote out the Christianitie of the greater Asia, and erected the greatest Empire (not with best bloud∣shed) that euer was: yea, they not onely ouer-ranne the Christians, as farre as Poland and Rus∣sia, Hungaria and Germany by themselues, but forced the Chorosmines out of Persia, (which as you haue heard gaue the fatallest blow to the Christians in the Holy Land) and rooted out the Turkish Kingdome there, and forced them also to inuade the Christians, founding in the Christi∣an ruines the Aladine Turkish Kingdome in Natolia, and enforcing ouer Euphrates the Progeni∣tors [ 50] of Ottoman, from whom beginneth our fourth Epocha, and that fourth Deluge of the Tur∣kish * 1.301 Nation, which hath deuoured such worlds of Christian flesh. The Warres also of these peo∣ples, haue beene principally by Horses, neither doe I thinke the number expressed of two hun∣dred Millions is any whit hyperbolicall, if we consider the innumerable Armies of innumera∣ble Horse-men, which they haue in diuers times burthened the World withall. That of the Tartars alone, if Authors report truly, easily makes credible that incredible number. The later expedition of the Tartars vnder Tamerlane, how monstrous doth it seeme?

Also, Their Horses hauing power in their mouthes and tailes, agrees to the manner of Warre vsed by those Nations, which vsed a conioyned flight and fight, as before yee haue read, that [ 60] euen then when they seemed to flye, they had Serpent headed tailes, and did flee but in cun∣ning sleight, to returne to greater mischiefe, shooting also as they fled, and wounding their pursuers.

And as the number of foure, so sitteth their foure Doctors, foure Sects foure Deluges; so al∣so

haue they had foure principall places of residence, neere to Euphrates, Mecca still hallowed in their profane Rites, the seate of Mahomet and his first Successors. After that Damascus (for Ierusalem continued not their Imperiall residence) and after that Bagdet, to which by a contrary faction was opposed Cairo, succeeding herein to Cairaoan, as that to Tunis.

Likewise, foure great Nations doe still obserue these Eufratean Angels, the Turkish (to whom the huge African tracts haue some reference) the Persian, the Tartars (the chiefe of which is now seated in India, the Mogol successor of Tamerlan) and the Indian (in many smaller and spe∣cially maritime Kingdomes) depending for their Faith and Scepter of the Arabians, which be∣ginning with Trade proceeded to Conquest. But more then enough of these things. Wherein we see all plainly agreeing to this warring Religion, as in the former to the Romish Locusts; in [ 10] both perhaps rather intimating the danger to Christians by both Angels (the one corporall, the other chiefly spirituall) then their time: both which wee see haue continued so long a time, and spread so farre, that they thereby, the Moore aswell as Papist, plead Catholike from * 1.302 Vniuersalitie.

Yet if we will weigh the time, when both were likely to doe Christendome most harme, and like Samsons Foxes looking contrarie, held a fierie coniunction in their tailes, to set the World on fire; this Angell of the bottomlesse pit, puts vs in minde of another Angell which came downe from heauen, hauing the key of the bottomlesse pit, and a great chaine in his hand, And hee laid hold on the Dragon that old Serpent, and bound him one thousand yeeres. And cast him into the bottomlesse pit, and shut him vp and set a seale vpon him, that he should deceiue the Nations no more till the thousand [ 20] yeeres should be fulfilled, and after that he must be loosed a little season. This is not a falling starre, but an Angell which descends; euen Christ himselfe (which is called the Angell of the Couenant) * 1.303 and hath the keyes of Hell and Death, which entreth into the strong mans house and binds him (as Primasius, Andreas Caesariensis, and other interpreters doe agree) that hee should not seduce the Nations or Church of the Gentiles, as before in a generall defection and idolatrie. But after that thousand yeeres expired, he should be loosed, not so long as in the Gentile superstitions, nor all so farre, but exchanging those prophane Idoll names (with greater wrong to Gods holy Angels and Saints) should in holier Names and shewes restore those Heathen Rites, Lights, Images, and other will-worships of Angels and dead men. Now, for a thousand yeeres after Christ, the state of Christs Church, though it were still after the primitiue golden Age somewhat declining, as [ 30] the Fathers and Ecclesiasticall Histories shew: Yet in substantiall and fundamentall points it continued sound, as Bishop Iewel in the mayne points of Controuersie hath shewed for sixe hundred yeeres, and Bishop Usher for the foure Ages following, although these were much * 1.304 more corrupt then those former. Nemo repente fuit turpissimus: and it is true of mysticall Rome also, that it was not built in one day. But I had rather the Reader should examine this point in Bishop Vsher his learned worke, de Christ. Eccles. Success. & Statu. I am more then enough bu∣sied in our Holy Land pilgrimage.

Cedrenus mentions diuers starres fallen, one An. 1033. which made a noise in the fall (cum sonitu & fragore) and another the next yeere, which in the night made so great a light, that people t••ought the Sunne had risen. He mentions also terrible Armies of Locusts, which brought [ 40] miserable famine ouer those parts. as if God by visible signes would then warne men to obserue these mysticall predictions, when they were to worke their most complete effects. The like is mentioned in the West by Floriacensis and others. An earthquake at Ierusalem destroyed many buildings, and men, continuing fortie dayes. The Temple of the Sepulchre had a little before beene razed by Azius, whose sonne permitted the reedifying thereof, and presently there re∣sorted * 1.305 innumerable numbers; first, of the meanest; after of the meane sort, after of Kings, Prelates, Earles; and lastly, of women both noble and base. And when some questioned what this might signifie, it was answered, the comming of Antichrist. Once; from the thousandth yeere after Christ, till Hildebrands time, Anno 1073. hapned more frequent and prodigious signes in Heauen, Locusts, Famines, &c. on earth, then euer we read of, as Glaber and other Historians haue recorded. [ 50]

And for those Hierosolymitan Pilgrimages in such numbers, what did they else but make way to these bloudie expeditions, after that Poter the Eremite had receiued a reuelation thereof. Neither is it likely, that this reuelation was from any but the Deuill (so many superstitious re∣uelations, then more plainly arguing this loosing of Satan) which is a lyar and murtherer from the beginning, and can turne himselfe into an Angel of light, as appeareth by his fore-mentioned vanitie, by the monstrous impietie of his followers, in sacrileges and all abuses to God and Men, in almost idolatrie to himselfe. Whose attempts at Ierusalem, whatsoeuer lastre they sparkle forth, yet wanted not some sparke of Hell, in that they were so died in bloud, corrupted with spoiles, corrupting with superstition, and with neglect of their aeconomicall and poli••icall cal∣ling. [ 60] Christ himselfe had said, the true worshippers would shorship the Father, not at Ierusalem, nor in that Mountayne, but in spirit and truth: for God seekes such to worship him. And although I denie not that a place dignified with holy actions or passions, may bee a Place to the memorie and affection exciting holinesse, yet for Religion of place to leaue or neglect our place and ca••ling

in Religion, is superstitious; and to ascribe sanctitie to the place, is Iewish. Gregorie Nyssene * 1.306 hath written a whole Epistle against such Hierosolymitan Pilgrims, alledging, that it is neither commanded, nor is God present, or the holy Ghost any more there then in other places of Christendome; yea lesse, because more iniquitie is there committed, in no place more nor more abominable: that him∣selfe had beene there, but in the Churches affaires, and made this benefit thereby to know that their owne were more holy; with other like passages against that superstitious passage. Which might better be spoken of these Worlds of men, which trauelled nothing from themselues and their vices in this Pilgrimage, as the stories testifie: yea Vitriacus Bishop of Achon, tells of the Christians which liued at Ierusalem, as if they were the worst in all the world. And what else were the Templers, and other their chiefe Warriours, but such as were, The neerer the Temple, the further [ 10] from God, verifying that prouerbe, Caelum non animum mutant, qui trans mare currunt? The An∣cients * 1.307 thought that God suffered Ierusulem before to bee destroyed, for the further propagating of the Catholike Church, which liueth and walketh by Faith and not by sight: id Domino or∣dinante dispositum, vt legis seruitus à libertate fidei at{que} Ecclesiae tolleretur. And sure, iust one thou∣sand yeeres after this ruine of the Temple liued Hildebrand, who began the Monarchie of the Church, in the deposing of Kings, which nothing euer so much effected as this disposing them first to serue the Crosse, and after the Crosse to serue to depose them. It sauours somewhat of the Deuills loosing, that they which are called Gods, hereby were so loosed from their charges, and their charges or subiects by Crusados loosed from them, loosed against them. Mirabilis spiritus, (saith Dodechinus Abbas in his Appendix to Marianus Scotus) illius temporis homines impulit ad * 1.308 illud iter aggrediendum. A meruailous spirit (the loosed Dragon, it seemeth) moued the men of [ 20] that time. For women vsed mans habit and went armed. And he saith, that Peter the Eremite carried about a Scroll, which he said, was fallen from Heauen, commanding men hereto. Men, Women, and Children followed him, so as Kingdomes were void of Gouernours, Cities of Pa∣stors, Streets of Inhabitants. They began their bloudie and disordered out-rages vpon the Iewes, and after that vsed like hostilitie against the Christians in Hungarie (which had shewed them kindnesse) and other places as they passed, besides their vncleannesse, fornications, and abominations amongst themselues. Albertus Aquensis addeth; Bishops, Abbots, Monkes, Clergie-men, Nobles, Princes, and all the vulgar, aswell chaste as incestuous, Adulterers, Ho∣micides, Theeues, Perjured, Robbers, and all the kind of Christian profession, and the Woman∣kind led with penance (the fruits of which their Expedition declared) runne together at Pe∣ters [ 30] preaching this way. He tells that Christ appeared in vision to Peter, bidding him carrie from the Patriarke, Letters of our Embassage, and thou shalt rayse the hearts of the faithfull to purge the holy Places of Ierusalem, and to restore the seruices of the Saints (officia Sanctorum.) For new by perils and many tentations, the gates of Paradise shall be opened to the Elect and Called. Leonem ex vngue. You may know by his Offices of Saints what Christ this was, and what Paradise was now set open, as also by Peters peoples proper successe, which being fortie thousand, and the first that went, after much villanie, perished by Christian and Turkish swords before the rest could come, not aboue three thousand being left. Godscalke Priest, led fifteene thousand with like successe. [ 40]

But aboue all, they were so superstitiously deuoted to Peter, that whatsoeuer hee said or did, was held subdiuine, and they plucked off his Mules haires for Relikes (his hypocriticall absti∣nence, * 1.309 Robert the Monke hath before told you.) These are the words of Guibert an eye-witnesse, which neuer saw man so frequented with multitudes, so enriched with gifts (which he bestow∣ed on his followers) so applauded for sanctitie. And which more encreased the wonder (he calls it a miracle) victuals being that yeere very deare, yet men sold their goods cheape to buy pro∣uisions deare for that way of God, as it was called. Yea, the men which to day laughed at men for this distracted deuotion, to morrow were suddenly possessed with like instinct, and imitated those whom they had derided. Children, saith he, old Wiues, tender Virgins, trembling old Men, deuoted themselues to warres and Martyrdome: poore men carrying their small substance in Carts with their little ones, which asked at euery Towne if it were Ierusalem. These and [ 50] much more shall you read of the generall confused raptures of that Age. Fulcberius hath told you of sixtie hundred thousand, which vnder-tooke the way, most of which repented, or dyed, or were forced to stay. God is not a God of confusion: & quae à Deo sunt, ordinata sunt. These confusions preach Babylon, and these raptures, strange instincts, strong, impetuous, mad zeale, * 1.310 reuelations, and all abominations in all places, plainly proclaime that Hell was broken loose in∣deed: and the crie of bloud, and exaltation of superstition in Reliques, and the like crie out, that Satan was loosed.

When I read that Anselme esteemed the Alpha of his times for learning and sanctitie, gaue so light credit to receiue two haires, brought by a Souldier of Boamunds companie from those [ 60] parts, with great ioy and reuerence, and to keepe them with great veneration, as two of the haires * 1.311 which the blessed Virgin plucked from her head at the Crosse in the time of the Passion: (two others the Bishop of Roan receiued with a long Procession of Monkes, Canons, Priests, People, with the greatest honor.) What may we thinke of the vnlearned vulgar? Yea, his iudgement of Re∣likes

Eadmerus describeth, vpon occasion of a Bone, said to be of Prisca the Martyr, giuen him, whom desiring more, Anselme restrayned, saying, that her body cannot bee entire so long as this Bone shall be wanting. Wherefore if thou shalt keepe it worthily, and shalt serue the Lady whose it is with what deuotion thou canst, shee will accept the gift of thy seruice as thankefully as if thou shouldest serue her whole bodie. Of the Crosse you haue alreadie read, vpon what ground it was receiued (a superstitious Surians report, as the former on a Souldiers) how obserued and serued, and con∣sequently how multiplyed. Once, Reuelations caused adoration at Reliques, Crosses, Images, Pilgrimages, and the like; that is, the Deuill was loosed a thousand yeeres after Christ, to seduce the Nations as before, to Ethnike idolatrie and superstition, all things fitted to Heathenish splen∣dor, and himselfe with signes and lying wonders, working effectually in the children of disobe∣dience; Ethnicisme in Rites and worships being restored, but Palliated with Christian names [ 10] and shewes. A thousand yeeres * 1.312 had passed after Christ, before the Reall Presence was decreed (more before Transubstantion, Eleuation, Adoration, Communion in one kind) before the Car∣dinals grew Kings fellowes, the Election of the Pope being devolued to them; before Cano∣nists, and Schoolemen, the issues of Lumbard and Gratian, before exemptions of the Clergie from Kings, before Kings became Subiects to the Pope, before there were any Friars, before religious Orders were so diuided, subdiuided, multiplyed; before Indulgences, Iubilees, Cano∣nizations, legall power of Decretals, Generall Councels of all Christendome called and ordered by the Pope, before marriages wholly prohibited the Clergie, before Saturday made our Ladies day, before Crusado's, Interdictments, Inquisitions, and other carnall and spirituall Monsters of [ 20] crueltie. A thousand yeeres had passed before this present face of Poperie had once seene the World, or the World it; which after that time of the Deuils loosing by degrees crept in, euen the moderne Councell of Trent adding many things, and many things still added occasionally by Papall Constitutions to Popish faith. The smoke from the bottomlesse pit darkned the light of the Sunne to humane eyes: and this Papall Moone is euer in change, the Scriptures, as Cardi∣nall * 1.313 Cusanus writes, altering their sense also with the practice & interpretation of the Church. Now indeed was the time when Antichrist was ascended his Throne, which had beene closely conceiued in former and better times; for euen in Pauls time the mysterie of iniquitie did alreadie worke, when some preached Christ of enuie and strife, when the Pastors did not naturally care * 1.314 for the state of the Flocke, with a genuine, Fatherly and Pastorly regard; but all sought their owne and not the things of Christ, and that in Rome: so that whereas charitie seeketh not her owne, * 1.315 [ 30] and God is charitie, and he that dwelleth in charitie dwelleth in God and God in him, the Deuill had no fitter meane to vnder-mine the Faith, then by diuerting charitie, peruerting and subuerting it with selfe-loue and ambition. Which seedes lay hidden (onely now and then some motions and springings, as it were, in the wombe of the Roman Church, by some proud and wicked Popes testified both conception and quicknesse) till by Phocas his Mid-wiferie Antichrist was borne, aboue sixe hundred yeeres after Christ, and grew vp by degrees to further maturitie, till a thou∣sand yeeres were expired, and the Deuill was againe loosed in the Sea of Rome.

These thousand yeeres, after some were expired in the thousandth yeere, when Syluester the * 1.316 second was Pope, who had attayned the Seate by compact with the Deuill, according to whose aequiuocating Oracle he lost it and his life, saying Masse in Ierusalem, a Chappell so called, which [ 40] he vnderstood of the Holy Citie. The common expectation of those times was of the Deuils loosing and the Worlds end, but seeing no such matter (for this was a mysterie, in which men could not see Wood for Trees) they fell euery where on worke with building of glorious fa∣brikes of Monasteries and Churches. Of which Hilaries words deserue memorie: Cauete An∣tichristum. * 1.317 Male enim vos parietum amor cepit, malè Ecclesiam Dei in tectis adisicijs{que} veneramini: male sub his, pacis nomen ingeritis. Anne ambiguum est in his Antichristum esse sessurum? Wickliffe, White and Luther, with others of later times, haue applyed the loosing of Satan to that time. Otho the Emperour gaue eight Cities to this Syluester in Marca Ancona, for his more Pa∣pall Port. [ 50]

Others begin these thousand yeeres from Christs Passion, at which time another Coniurer Theophylact, called Benedict the ninth, was Pope, made at ten or twelue yeeres of age: at which time Authors tell strange reports of deuouring Locusts in the East and West, and of a porten∣tuous Dragon, appearing of a mile in length, huge bignesse, dreadfull with horrible scales, hissing, coldnesse, colours, without legs and feet, as Arnolphus an eye-witnesse testifieth, ending in ter∣rible thunders all that day (the Friday seuen-night after Whitsontide) and the next.

Others referre this loosing of Satan to Hildebrands time, another famous Sorcerer, so stiled (and therefore deposed) not by Benno alone, but by a whole Synode of Bishops, Anno 1080. He brought in the doctrines of Deuills, forbidding the Clergie marriage (which caused great tra∣gedies) and appointing Saturday fasts. Once; hee exalted the Papacie and Romish Church to [ 60] freedome, wealth, temporall Reuonue, to rule ouer all secular Rulers, to be Lady of all Christians, from whom the right of this great, euer-dreadfull and venerable, and almost infinite power (they are the words of Onuphrius) hath proceeded. He first deposed the Emperour, and he tooke order for ex∣alting this Urban * 1.318 the second (the second Turban or Hildebrand) to the Seate. As for the man∣ners

of those times how degenerate they were, all the Authors which then writ, yea Tyrius the most famous Writer of these Holy Land warres, haue deliuered them beyond all parallel of all Ages for crueltie, oppression, ignorance, treason, and all abhominations of desolation: and like Priests like People. Let the Reader see these things more fully handled in Doctor Vshers learned worke. As for those which begin the Deuils binding at Constantines time, and loosing with Bon face, one thousand and three hundred yeeres after Christ, they doe not well consider that fro•• Gre∣gorie to Boniface there was more effusion of Christian bloud, then had beene all the times of the ten Primitiue Persecutions; not onely by Turkes, Tartars, and ciuill warres amongst the Chri∣stians; but also by occasion of the Warres called Holy, both in the millions which perished in them, and other millions by them through Indulgences against Emperours, Kings, Prin∣ces, [ 10] States, Albigenses and all the Opponents whatsoeuer. And what are seuentie to a thou∣sand, whethersoeuer of these three opinions be followed?

§. II.

Of the foure meanes which Popes haue to get monies: Of the two first, their Temporalties and Collations of Benefices.

FRanciscus Soderinus Cardinall of Uolterra, a man versed in the troublesome affaires of [ 20] * 1.319 the Papacies of Alexander, Iulius and Leo, could counsell Adrian that reformation of manners was not the way to extinguish Heresies, raysed against the authoritie of the Church of Rome; but Crusado's, by exciting Princes and People to roote them out; that thus Innocent the third oppressed the Albigenses, and the succeeding Popes the Walden∣ses, Picards, Lionists, Arnoldists, Speronists and Patauines: that likewise many German Princes if they might haue leaue to seise on the States of Luthers fauourers, would greedily embrace the condition; and many might bee caused to follow them by Indulgences. Neither could any reformation be made without diminishing the Rents of the Church, which hauing foure Foun∣taynes, the one Temporall (the Rents of the Ecclesiasticall state) the other three Spirituall, Indulgences, Dispensations, and Collations of Benefices; none of them could be stopped, but that one quarter of the [ 30] Reuenues would be cut off. You see here the foure Riuers of the Popes Para〈…〉〈…〉e, the foure feete of the Beast, all which had either their beginning of being, or strength at least to support it about these times. For as for the Temporall Reuenues, their originall is deriued from the rebellion raysed against Leo Iconomachus, whom for abolishing Images, Pope Gregorie the second excom∣municated, ac m••x Italie populos Sacramenti (they are the words of Sigonius the Popes Histori∣an) quo se illi obligauerant religione exoluit, & ne ei aut tributum darent, aut alia ratione obedirent, in * 1.320 dixit. Thus the People r〈…〉〈…〉led, killed the Emperours Lieutenants and sware subiection to the Pope. Ita Roma, Romanus{que} Ducatus ad Rom. Pontificem peruenit. So did Rome and the Roman Dukedome accrue to the P••pe by treason (or by leasing, for Onuphrius a Papall Antiquarie e∣steemes it a tale) and hauing thriued so well by treason at home, he fared much better by like arts elsewhere: the French, by the Popes counsaile enthronizing Pipine, and deposing Chilperike: [ 40] who with Charles his sonne were not vnthankfull. For to omit Pipines deuotion, his sonne Charles hauing subdued the Lumbards (which still were troublesome to the Popes, not permit∣ting them well to hold what they had so ill gotten) left Apulia and Calabria to the Emperour * 1.321 (which the Normans after turned into another Kingdome) to others other parts, to the Pope he permitted t••e Exaronate of Rauenna, Pentapolis, the Perusine Dukedome, the Roman, Tus∣cane * 1.322 and Campan, iure principatu & ditione sibiretentâ; reliqua ipse sibi nomine regni retinuit. The Right, Souereigntie and I risdiction reserued, made the Pope no absolute Prince: and the ac∣knowledging him Patricius Romanus, the making and Inuestiture by Ring and Staffe of Arch∣bishops and Bishops in euery Prouince, yea his choosing the Pope and or••ering the Apostolike Sea, made him an absolute subiect. And subiects they were till Hildebrands time, and their au∣thoritie, [ 50] saith Onuphrius, extended not further then matters of Faith. Caeterum Imperatoribus suberant, ad eorum nutum omnia fiebant, de eis iudicare vel quidquam decernere non audebat Papa Romanus. Primus omnium R. Pont. Greg. 7. armis Nortmannorum fretus, opibus Comitissae Machil∣dis mulieris per Italiam Potertissimae confisus, discordia{que} Germanorum Principum bello ciuili labo∣rantium inflammatus, praeter maiorum morem contempta Imperatoris authoritate & potestate, cum summum Pontificatum obtinuisset Caesarem ipsum (à quo si non electus, saltem confirmatus fuerat) non dico excommunicare, sed etiam regno Imperio{que} priuare ausus est. Res ante ea saecula inaudita. Nam fabulas quae de Arcadio, Anastasio, & Leone Iconomacho circumferuntur nihil moror. And thus whereas the Popes and the whole Clergie had beene exalted by Princes, they became Princes [ 60] of their Princes; and in this Gregorie first * 1.323 imitated Dauid, which cut off Goliahs head with his owne sword, as Otho Frisingensis hath obserued. Henrie the fourth King, the third Emperor of that name, was the subiect of Gregories furie, a man for humilitie, patience, and many ver∣tues much commended; yea, for bountie to the Church, as at Spire, Mentz, &c. and for valour

tried in sixtie two battels, but so haunted with the euill Genius of the Papacie, vt rem religionis tractare sibi videretur quisquis in illum (you read our Malmesburie) arma produceret. The tem∣porall power of the Pope, was much increased by the great Legacie of Countesse Mathildis, (as a little before by the gift of Otho to Syluester) and by taking aduantages in the Norman and other occasions: which they held with vneuen fortunes, and not so quiet that Rome it selfe could well brooke it (which caused diuers of them to liue at Auinion for about seuentie yeeres) and was not secure to them till the time of Boniface the ninth, a man composed of the worst vices and best fortunes, as Theodorike à Niem, one of his Courtiers obserueth; who first, in alto & bas∣so * 1.324 (saith he) temporale dominium habuit, quod contigit ex dissensione ciuium Romanorum. So Platina, Primus papuli Romani vim omnem in Pontificem transtulerit, creatis sus nutu Magistratibus omnibus, [ 10] ••••nita{que} Sancti Angeli arce, &c. Once, how euer they got this Papall Duchie or temporall King∣dome, they had neuer kept it but by their Spirituall Empire and Monarchie, and that branch especially which lookes to Ierusalem. For the generation of the Popes Temporalties in Italie, (now valued by some aboue diuers Kingdomes) arose out of the corruption and ruine of the Em∣pire, the Emperours being Kings aswell of Italie as Germany, crowned * 1.325 not only at Aquis∣graue or Germanie, but at Milan for Italie, and at Rome for the Empire. But the Empire decay∣ing by the Popes stratagems, by bandying factions against the Emperours, by inciting them to Holy Land Expeditions (to their great weakning) by exciting the World against them for neg∣lect, by taking opportunities in their absence at home, by seeking to betray them there, by ap∣plying and employng the Crusados and Indulgences, (yea, sometimes as before yee haue read of [ 20] Conrade) greater indulgence against them, or theirs then against Saracens, (most of which Mat∣thew Paris hath deliuered of Fredericke the Second) besides, Monies raised, by Tenths, Lones, Impositions, and specially by releasing Vowes for Holy Land Expeditions, to maintayne Ar∣mies against them; hence the Imperiall Rent, Guelph and Gibelline long and bloudie diuision, and the Emperour quite depriued of Italie, and so little left him of Germanie, in Germanie also. Thus hath the Pope turned his Keyes into Pick-lockes, into Swords, into Scepters, exercising his Spi∣rituall vnlimited power, Extra anni solis{que} vias (saith * 1.326 one) to all parts of the World: yea, and if there should be found out more Worlds, as Democritus dreamed, this Dreamer addes that they should all be vnder Papall Iurisdiction. This hath no Hils, Seas, or Riuers for boundaries, but is without Horizon or limitation. And this power hath two Functions to rule; and to pro∣uide [ 30] against dangers of Wolues; both vicious and hereticall persons, as also Princes either ma∣lignant or negligent. For seeing that Princes haue original from Elections of the people, and this power is confirmed by mutuall Oathes of Prince and people, and God hath giuen all power of binding and loosing of Oathes to the Pope: therefore Botero concludes all Temporall Princes subiect to the Popes censure, which Ordine ad Deum, in pretence of defence the Church hath raised such Tragedies in the Christian World.

Now for Collations of Benefices, these partly depend of his Temporall Souereigntie, and partly are wrung and extorted from Temporall Souereignes and Patrones, vnder pretence of their Simoniacall bestowing them. This the pretended quarrell of Gregorie to Henrie, and of his Successors to the next Henrie, and all other Christian Princes. Eadmerus was present at the Ro∣man [ 40] Councell of Pope Urbane, and heard his words excommunicating all Lay-men giuing, and all Ecclesiasticals taking Inuestitures at their hands, and all which consecrated such so inuested (a custome which had continued many Ages) and all which for preferments of the Church did homage to Lay-men, Dicens nimis execrabile videri, manus qua in tantam eminentiam excreuerint, vt quod nulli Angelorum concessum est, Deum cuncta creantem suo ministerio creent, & eundem ipsum * 1.327 pro redemptione & salute totius Mundi Summi Dei Patris obtutibus offerant, in hanc ignominiam de∣trudi, vt ancillae fiant earum manuum quae die ac nocte obscoenis contagijs inquinantur, rapinis & iniustae sanguinum effusioni addictae commaculantur. He addes; His praesentes fuimus, haec conspeximus, his ab vniuersis fiat, fiat, accla••••ri audiuimus. Thus you see the Reall and Corporeall Presence (that men may know what benefit accrueth to the Pope by that Doctrine) is made an argument of de∣uesting [ 50] Princes of Inuestitures, and making of Prelates: both first confirmed in that Age, the one by Pope Nicholas against Berengarius, the other by Gregorie and Vrban: thus opposing and exalting * 1.328 himselfe aboue all that is called God, or that is worshipped, that is ouer all powers Ciuill and Eccle∣siasticall (called Gods) and ouer God himselfe, whom here he professeth to be created by his crea∣ture: a three-fold cord of power, all broken by one blast of the Pope.

How stifly King Henry stood for his Inuestitures, and how Henry the Emperour warred and captiued the next Pope Paschall for them, Eadmerus, Malmesbury, and others then liuing te∣stifie, the Pope swearing and starting from his Oath in that case. Neither is it likely that the Popes had thus made all Bishops and Abbots depend vpon themselues, without acknowledging homage to their Princes, vsurping so euidently al Ecclesiastical Supremacy, had not the ciuil com∣bustions [ 60] on one side (as here vnder King Stephen the first King which discontinued them) and exhaustions into the Holy Land on the other side, made the Pope dreadfull, whose breath could thus lead the Westerne World into the East. Thus did the Pope vsurpe a Monopoly of the Keyes by Elections, Postulations, Translations, Reseruations, Prouisions, Vnions, Permutations, Ac∣cesses, Regresses, Coadiutories; by Compositions for Palls, Crosier Staues, Miters, Rings; personall

Visitations by Bishops and Abbots of the Apostles staires; by making his Cardinals, a 1.329 (which in this Age first grew to be Giants and men of renowme, and as I said, Kings fellows, being before but Bishops, Priests, & Deacons,) able to carrie it out in pomp and Maiestie as befits the Apostles of Christs Vicar; and by inriching his Kindred, Countrymen, Officers, and Fauorites with the best Benefices and Prelacies in euery Countrey, (whereof let the Reader informe him selfe in Matthew Paris, of that Aegyptian Babylonian seruitude in his time, as also of his imposing summes of money to bee giuen out of these, and if they had it not, to be taken vp of the Caursines (Out-landish Papall Vsurers, at abominable rates) Tenths, First-fruits, Thirds, Fifthes, and I know not what Annuities and Pensi∣ons, yea, the open and shamelesse sale of these at Rome (read Theod. à Niem a Courtier to many Popes, of Arts beyond what Simon, or Magus, or the Deuill him selfe had euer heard of, if it could [ 10] be Simonie which the Popes did, who forsooth could not sinne as their flatterers said) and lastly, by making Lawes in all these and other Ecclesiasticall affaires to remayne to all Generations, whereby the Clergie was exempt from Kings, not Kings from their Clergie; yea, forced out of their means and Lands, to maintayne the subiects of another Soueraigne; euery Monasterie being a Ca∣stle, * 1.330 euery Cathedral a spirituall exempt Citie, euery Prelate the Popes Captaine, and to whom also they were particularly sworne. Consider this legge of the beast, and consider Monstrum hor∣rendum, informe, conceiued long before, in receiuing Appeales from all parts, but borne in that Smoke from the bottomlesse pit, when Satan was loosed; nor euer could haue growne to full age, if Indulgences had not strengthned the Popes, to tread vnder foote all * 1.331 Aspes and Basiliskes (so they esteemed gaine-saying Kings and Emperours) nor were Indulgences of any force at all in this kinde before this Expedition, when and whence sprung their vnexpected puissance, and [ 20] thence the Popes, as shall anon appeare.

Besides, the Easterne Patriarkes which before these warres, held of long time in many Ages no communion with the Popes of Rome, by this meanes became subiect to him, Antiochia first, then Ierusalem, and after that Constantinople it selfe (Romes Corriuall) being subiected and sub∣dued by these Expeditions from the West; and I know not what Geniue, both in the East and West, making the Bishops in seeming most religious, make this a part of their Religion to quar∣rell with their Kings, (and one with another for superioritie of their Seas) and goe to the Pope for refuge, as is seene in Anselme of Canterburie, Thurstan of Yorke, and others; and especially Thomas Becket, whose murder in that quarrell, construed to a Martyrdome, and rewarded with a Canonization, did super-exceedingly aduance and aduantage the Popes power ouer Kings; fur∣thered [ 30] by the emulation of the French King against the English, which instigated the Bishop first, after the Pope; lastly, his owne sonnes against him, honouring the new Saint also with perso∣nall Visitation, Offering and Pilgrimage. Also Daibert the first Westerne Patriarch of Ierusa∣lem, taught his Successors this Lesson, who went to Rome to complaine of his King; William an Englishman, first Latine Archbishop of Tyre, and William, the Authour of the Holy Land History, with others must needs fetch their power from Rome: and the Easterne Empire beeing before * 1.332 weakened by the Saracens and Turkes, now engirt on both sides by the Westerne Frankes, the heart and bowels being also by ciuill dissentions embroyled, it must needs follow that by the fall of her Competitor, Rome must arise, sit alone and reigne as a Queene; Whose ambitious neglects, [ 40] hath since betrayed that whole Empire to the Turke.

§. III.

Of Dispensations.

BVt Temporalties and Benefices were but the hinder legges, of this Babylonicall Beast, for stabilitie; Dispensations and▪ Indulgences were the two fore-legs, more actiue for prey and puissance. And these also now began to bee of vigour and strength in the [ 50] Church to Papall Monarchicall intents and purposes. As for Dispensations it is true, that there was some vse of them in the ancient Church: it beeing necessary that as in the Tem∣porall, so in the Ecclesiasticall Republique, there should be according to conducent circumstan∣ces, * 1.333 a qualification of ••igid (which differing times may esteeme rigorous) Canons. Euen the Ce∣remonies of Diuine Law yeelded to the necessitie of Charitie, as in Dauids eating the Shew∣bread, iustified by Christ himselfe, who preferres Mercie to Sacrifice. How much more in the milder times of the Gospell, and in the Canons and Constitutions Ecclesiasticall, not giuen im∣mediately by ministerie of Angels; nor to a Iewish Pinfold, or one compendious people, and that for a set time till Shilo came; but to a Sea of peoples, by ministery of men, without limitation of time; may the difference of times, manners, and men require a dispensing by change, or suspen∣sion [ 60] by conniuence, making the best harmonie of Mercie and Iudgement. No man puts new wine into old vessels: nor were later, weaker times fitted to the seueritie of the Ancients, which were both more holy, and by necessitie were forced for want of the Temporall Sword, to whet the Spirituall sharper. Neither can men see all circumstances which may arise, nor are all men or

times of one constant tenor, Summum ius, su〈…〉〈…〉 iniuria: The wringing of the Nose bringeth forth * 1.334 bloud; the forcing of wrath bringeth forth strife, Charitie couereth a multitude of offences, is weake with them that are weake, and burneth when others are offended, maketh vs all things to all: yea, casts forth the wheate into the Sea to preuent shipwracke, notwithstanding a promise of deliuerance. Hence new Parliaments, Statutes, Edicts; hence later Councels, Synods, Canons.

But what is this to the Popes Non obstante▪ 〈…〉〈…〉a plenitude of power to dispense with Oathes, Vowes, and whatsoeuer Diuine or Humane, standing in the way of his Monarchie? True it is, that aboue foure hundred yeares before this time, Gregorie Bishop of Antio••h did dispense with the Oath of the Armie, which said, they had sworne not to admit Philippic•••• their Commander, * 1.335 alledging the Episcopall power of binding and loosing: but this was to preuent, not to inuent [ 10] Treason; to reduce to, and not seduce from loyaltie & subiection to their Emperor. In these times first were the Keyes of the kingdom of heauen, pretended by Peters pretended Successor, to exclude the Kings of the earth, with Petra dedit Petro, Petrus Diadema Rodulpho, setting vp one & put∣ting down another Emperor at Papall pleasure. Little did Dispensations before auaile the Papa∣cie (except in enlarging the Phylacteries of his spirituall power, in admitting Appeales, and ma∣king himselfe a Busie-bodie, and Interloper, Magnus Ecclesia ardelio) but now the Cedars of Libanus quaked with feare of fire from the bramble, when Dispensations with the Oathes of * 1.336 Subiects, had deposed Henry the victorious Emperour, by the Ministerie of his owne Sonne. In vaine did that Sonne seeke afterwards to stop the current in taking the Pope Prisoner: Sero medicina paratur; his Fathers Example might teach him to feare some. Absolom, to imitate himselfe. [ 20]

And especially Dispensations were brought into request, by the q••••st of the Holy Land: when large Merit and larger Indulgences, Priuiledges, Prauiledges attend the Vow, and taking the Crosse on the one side; and larger summes fill the Popes Coffers on the other side by the Popes dispensing: when some Friars goe before to preach the Crusado and holy Warre, other Friars are sent after with Faculties to dispense for so much money, as the Expedition would cost you, leauing you no lesse merit with a great deale more safetie, ease and pleasure at home: when the Pope can thus prostitute the zeale of Christians, to let and set it to Farmers and Vn∣dertakers, * 1.337 as to Richard Earle of Cornwall, (whose summes this way gotten were incredible, able to make way to his Imperiall Election) when the like Dispensations are bestowed as Pa∣pall fauours to repaire the broken state of others: when Dispensations raise vp new Locusts from [ 30] the bottomlesse pit; not only exempting some principall Monasteries from Episcopali Iurisdiction, as the Popes peculiars vnder Saint Peters immediate protection (and hee thus obliged the chiefe Colledges of the chiefe learned men of those times, to maintayne that power which priuiledged them) but Chapters of Cathedrall Churches, whole Orders of Religion, as the Cluniacensian and Cistercian Congregations; and after that the Orders of Friars in their seuerall swarmes, dis∣pensing to them, not only Exemptions from Bishops, but power to build Churches, to receiue * 1.338 Confessions, to preach in all places, to be Bishops in euery Diocesse, and Curates in euery Parish; at once Papall Lords by Dispensations, and Mendicants by Vow and Profession. Yea, euery pet∣tie Priest might obtayne by his Purse an exemption from Episcopall power. And lastly, new Dispensations, and new Priuiledges haue hatched a new Ignatian Societie of parti-coloured [ 40] Leopards, Regular-Secular-Clergie-Lay-Fathers-Friars-all-things-nothing.

Thus Dispensations made way to get monies by Sales; Friends by Gifts, Patrons by patro∣nizing (Forts and Armies of Learned men in Abbies, Couents, Colledges, Congregations, Or∣ders) yea, they robbed the Church of her Officers and Labourers; it being now a glo∣rious vertue for Bishops and Priests to forsake their flockes, and in stead of Spirituall warfare a∣gainst the Deuill, (by preaching to cast downe, with weapons not carnall, imaginations and euery * 1.339 high thing exalted against the knowledge of God) to imbrace this carnall against the Turks, walking in and warring after the flesh: yea, they were dispensed with for non residence, mean-while, and to receiue or lay to pawne the fruits of their Benefices for that three yeares, no lesse then if they were resident. So Baldwin Archbishop of Canterbury, made a Pilgrimage thorow England and [ 50] Wales, to winne Pilgrimes for this warre. Pope Gregorie had excommunicated Fredericke the Emperour, for not going to the holy warres, as he had vowed: hee went and did gloriously, as you haue read alreadie: but the Hospitulars and Templars pursuing the Popes quarrell sought to betray him to the Soldan, (a perfidie odious to that Infidell) and in his absence the Pope sets Iohn de Brenes, to conquer and subiect his Sicilian Dominions. For quarrels of those Templars, and others, he is againe excommunicated; and the third time by Innocent in the Councell of Lions: Omnes{que} (saith the Pope therein) qui ei iuramento fidelitatis aliquo modo astricti vel obligati, à iura∣mento buiusmod•• perpetuò absolu〈…〉〈…〉us & liberamus, authoritate Apostolica firmiter & strictim inhi∣bendo ne quisquam de cetero sibi tanquam Imperatori vel Regi pareat, vel quomodo libet parere intendat. Decernendo quoslibet qui deinceps et, velut Imperatori vel Regi, consilium vel auxilium praestiterint [ 60] (could the Deuill haue roared lowder against Charitie?) seu sautorem, ipso facto excommunicationis vinculo subiacere, &c.

To palliate this Dispensation of Oathes, and electing a new Emperour, the Holy Land busi∣nesse

was also a goodly couert, where besides the Dispensations to beneficed Priests (after this Expedition, giuen to all such as could pay the price, insomuch, that Iohn Mansell had foure thousand Markes of Ecclesiasticall Reuenue in those dayes of Henry the Third, and others incre∣dible purchases in that kind of pluralities) he authorizeth Bishops to excommunicate and inter∣dict the Lands of such as hauing receiued the Crosse did not performe their vow. All Archbi∣shops, Bishops, Abbots, and such as haue cure of soules, are enioyned to preach this word of the Crosse to their Cures, to goe or send Souldiers thither for remission of their sinnes. Crossed Det∣ters are freed from paying Vsuries, although bound thereto by Oath, &c.

And thus treasonable Dispensations beganne by Hildebrand, grew vp to strength and matu∣ritie by this Holy Land businesse, and both Laitie and Clergie at once were exempt from oaths, [ 10] vowes, and bonds to God and Men. Hence grew that Non obstante, * 1.340 so often mentioned by Matthew Paris, for the grieuances whereof the whole Parliament sent Anno 1246. Messen∣gers or Legats, to Lions to treate with the Pope, and for which that Lincolne Bishop Robert Grosted (whom the Westerne Church admired for Learning and Sanctitie) both writ to the Pope, and on his death-bed proued him to be Antichrist. He affirmeth also that the King vnder∣tooke to sweare with most solemne Ceremonies of Candle curse, that which hee obserued not, in confidence of the Popes Dispensation: yea, falsified his owne, and frustrated his Progenitors Acts and Grants in professed imitation of the Popes Non obstante: vowed this Holy Land Ex∣pedition, and sware where hee had no meaning to doe any thing, but get money of his people; part whereof might procure Papall Dispensation. Yea, hereby the Popes haue obliged Kings, [ 20] States, and Kingdomes to them, by dispensing with cathes, with Marriages in degrees forbidden, or hauing other wiues liuing, so that their Posterities stand obnoxious to the Pope for feare of illegitimation.

In the first of these the Pope by Temporalties became a temporall Prince by Treason to his Prince; in the second by Collation of Benefices, hee became vniuersall Bishop, swallowing the power of all Bishops and Church-men, and of Princes ouer them, into a Papall Whirle-poole, which he confirmed by Lawes, sitting in Ecclesiam (as it was prophesied of the Man of Sinne) as representing the whole Church, inuested in her whole power, which vnder him as vnder couert Barnes was no person in Law, but hee answeres all in Law, and is himselfe in his written De∣cretals, and in his present Consistorie, the speaking Law of the Church: In this third, he is more [ 30] * 1.341 then Law, cutting asunder the Gordian knot, by Dispensations, if he cannot by Glosses, and qua∣lifying Interpretations vntye it; aboue Law, aboue the Church, aboue God, aboue himselfe by his Non Obstante, in fulnesse of power disanulling all their acts hindering his acts and present purposes. And whatsoeuer hath beene by former Popes, by Councels, by themselues ordained for reformation, vna falsa lachrymala quam vix vi extorserit, one goodly pretence forced to some shew of equitie, shall with a Dispensing Non Obstante, turne to serue his turne, and bring money to his Coffers, though purposely deuised against it.

Thus dealt he with Commenda's (deuised for the good of the Church, which was commended for a time to some other fi•• Rector, till a proper Rector and worthy might be procured) to a lon∣ger time, yea, to terme of life, for the goods, not the good of the Church. Euen after Luthers [ 40] * 1.342 preaching Pope Clement commended to Hyppolitus all the Benefices of the World, Secular and Regular, Dignities and Parsonages, Simple and with Cure, being vacant for sixe monethes, to beginne from the first day of his possession, with power to dispose of, and to conuert to his vse all the fruits. Yea, this Cardinall de Medicis (which plucked out the eyes of his brother Iulius * 1.343 whom his Mistris loued more then him for his eyes sake) continued to hold the Archbishopricks of Milan in Lumbardie, Capua in the Kingdome of Naples, Strigonium in Hungarie, besides the Bishoprickes of Agria in Hungarie, Mutina, and Ferrara in Italie, places so far distant. Vnions de∣uised for the Churches prouision in the insufficience of one liuing, by adding some neere one, were stretched to thirtie or fortie whersoeuer lying, as if the good not of the Church, but of the person [ 50] had beene intended.

Matthew Paris in his time tels that the Pope sent to the Bishops of Canterbury, Lincolne, * 1.344 and Salishury, to prouide three hundred Romanes in the Benefices next vacant, giuing none other till these were prouided, which neuer meant to come at any cure but of the money. Yea, when they dyed other Italians succeeded, so that their receits in this kind, far surmounted the Crowne Lands: and after complaints to the Pope, and the fore-mentioned Councell so zealous of the Ho∣ly Land, the case was worse, as it hapned to the Israelites by Pharoes Taxe-masters, swelling from sixtie to seuentie thousand Markes. Clement the sixt reserued for two Cardinals, which hee had lately made, the Benefices void and to be next void, besides Bishoprickes, and Abbeyes, to the summe of two thousand Markes, which in the valuations of those times, might one with [ 60] another be two hundred, forsooth, for these Princepes mundi, consiliarij nostri (so saith Pope Pius * 1.345 of his Cardinals) & coniudices orbis terrarum, successores Apostolorum circa thronum sedentes, Sena∣tores vrbis & Regum similes, veri mundi Cardines, super quos militantis ostium Ecclesiae voluendum ac regendum est. Thus Cardinall * 1.346 Wolsey is said to haue had more Reuenues, then all the Bishops and Deanes in England now.

In the Councell of Trent (which pretended to reforme, intended to palliate, if not further * 1.347 to pollute with abuses, at least in the greater and Papall part) the Pope could not indure the question of Residence due iure diuine, which the Spanish Bishops vrged, and in the question of Dispensations had Adrian a Dominican Friar, to defend his absolute and vnlimited power; and though he dispensed without cause, the dispensation was to be held for good, alledging that of Saint Paul, that Ministers are dispensers of the mysteries of God, and to them is the dispensation * 1.348 com∣mitted * 1.349 (his paterne was the Dispenser or Steward, Luc. 16. which is said to deale wisely, as the Pope did in the Master piece of their skill, this whole Councell) and though the Popes dispensati∣on in diuine Law be not of force, yet euery one ought to captiuate his vnderstanding, and beleeue that he hath granted it for a lawfull cause, and that it is temeritie to call it in question. Laynez, the Gene∣rall [ 10] of the last Locust-brood (the * 1.350 Iesuites) said, that to say the Pope cannot by dispensation disob∣lige him who is obliged before God, is to teach men to preferre their owne conscience before the authoritie of the Church, that it cannot be denyed that Christ had power to dispense in euery Law, nor that the Pope is his Uicar, nor that there is the same Tribunall and Consistorie of the Principall and the Uice∣gerent; so it must be confessed that the Pope hath the same authoritie: that this is the priuiledge of the Church of Rome, which it is heresie to take away, &c. that it belonged not to the Councell to reforme the Court, because the Scholar is not aboue his Master, nor the Seruant aboue his Lord. And thus must all men dispense with Romish Dispensations: and thus it comes to passe that the Popes Ex∣chequor * 1.351 is like vnto the Sea, into which all Riuers runne, and yet it runnes not ouer, as one obserued which serued long, and well obserued the reserued courses in the Popes Court. [ 20]

Neither is it amisse to heare Sansouino tell the manner of dispensing Dispensations at Rome, in * 1.352 his eleuenth Booke, written wholly del Gouerno della Corte Romana. The authoritie of the Pope (saith he) as the Head, disperseth it selfe into so many members, that the Courtiers vse to grow old before they vnderstand that gouernment. There is first, the Colledge of Cardinalls, the Head whereof is the Pope (therefore called Maximus) and the Cardinals members; of which the number is not certayne in our times, howsoeuer it is found that in former times there were but twelue. These Illustrious Fathers assemble once a weeke, which Assembly is called the Consistorie; in which Senate are appointed Bishops, Archbishops, Metropolitans and Pa∣triarks when the Seas are void, whose election doth not belong * 1.353 to a Chapiter, Citie, Prouince, King, or other person: in which case they are chosen by the Pope and this Senate. Here they [ 30] treat of all things which belong to Worship, to Faith, to Religion, to the peace of Christen∣dome, to the temporall estate of the Church of Rome. In this sacred Senate (as the greatest in the World) all Prouinces, all Regulars, and all Kings, haue their Fathers Defenders, which they call Protectors, who propound the causes of their Prouinces, &c.

For the Penitentiarie, he addes, that all the World seekes to the Pope for many graces in that mat∣ter, which our Lord Iesus Christ left vnto Peter, to wit, of loosing and binding in earth whatsoeuer he will. Now this part being by the Pope reserued to himselfe; that other is accustomed to be granted of him, that is, that of loos••ng, to one of the Cardinals, who is called the chiefe Penitentiarie, who for so much as appertaynes to that which is common in the diuine Law, and to his Absolution, exerciseth the Iurisdiction committed to him by the Pope by many Vicars and Substitutes, called Penitentiaries * 1.354 [ 40] (or Penitentiers) diuided thorowout all the greatest Churches of Rome, as Saint Peters in the Vati∣can, Saint Iohn de Lateran, Saint Marie Major. But the Dispensations which are made touching obseruation of humane Lawes, he granteth not but in some cases, and by himselfe. And by a generall commission from the Pope he heares Sutors in such affaires, and hauing seene their Demands, if there be any cause * 1.355 for which the Sutor meriteth to be heard, and that which he requireth hath beene accu∣stomed to be granted by the Pope; he writes by authoritie Apostolicall and of his Office, and not by the Popes mouth but by that generall commission in his Letters of commission from the Popes mouth, hee affirmes, and his Assertion is beleeued as in a thing belonging to his Office, and rescribes alway to the Supplication on that side directed to the Pope in one of these formes, fiat in forma, fiat de speciali, fiat de espresso, with which varietie of wordes he lets the Taxers vnderstand the importance of the Suit: [ 50] and as the Rescript of the Penitentiarie differs in forme, so the taxes of the payments are altered by the Officers. And in these times the multitude of humane Lawes is so increased, both by the Pope, and by * 1.356 Councells, and by Monasteries, that men being in some sort bound, desiring their ancient libertie, haue recourse by way of Supplication to the Penitentiarie, who hauing signed the Suppliants Bill with his hand, they dispatch the Bulls vnder his Name and Seale. And for that many times hee doth not write backe precisely, requiring some attestation of the Suppliant, hee appoints Iudges by his writing, which taking knowledge of the Cause, perfect the Act; and herein he appoints others in his place. And this holy Of∣fice of the Penitentiarie, for the greater commoditie of them which come for Expeditions hath foure and twentie Defenders of Suppliants, which are called the Proctors of the holy Penitentiarie. These as Aduocates declare the Contents of his Suite, and as it were plead the Cause before the Penitentiarie, of [ 60] whom they procure to obtayne their Suite, and to get their Bulls dispatched. He vseth also to rescribe in many Causes appertayning to Iustice, and as it were alway to grant in the one kinde and in the other, here vnder noted, Dispensations matrimoniall in degrees forbidden by the Law * 1.357 of Man, legitimations of Children; D••spensations in respect of them, or for want of members due to such as are to receiue Or∣ders

or Benefices; also for incompatabilitie of more Benefices. Absolutions from homicide in Foro Conscient••e; for Clerkes in both Courts, with retention of Benefices and Dispensations for more. The like for Simonie for Exile, moreouer from an Oath for the effect of the operation, from false Oathes, commutation of Vowes, and Licences from obseruation of any humane Law, and especially of Regulars from any Chapiter (or Article) of the Lawes of their Rules. He giues Indulgences to places and persons; and moreouer, infinite Commissions in forme of Law, as namely, the Declaration of the Nullitie or In∣validitie of Marriage, which are called Declaratorie: and in many other things which are knowne to them that practise in the Ecclesiasticke Courts.

They doe euery day demand the Subscriptions from the Pope of such things as come from his volun∣tarie and proper liberalitie, as the grants of Benefices and other things, which are also generally commit∣ted [ 01] to the Great Penitentiarie, and all matters which pertayne to Iustice in things Ecclesiasticall tho∣row all parts of the World, as also in things profane of the temporall patrimonie of the holy Church of Rome, and of any other place of the World which haue recourse to the Court of Rome, by reason of the person being Ecclesiasticall, or by Princes sending it, or by consent of the parties. The Pope for the more easie dispatch of Sutors in all these things, hath ordayned two Audiences, in one of which they demand matters of Grace, in the other those of Iustice.

But for these and the like Officers, the Vice-chancellor, the Audience of the Chamber (as it * 1.358 were his priuie Counsel) the priuate dispatches by the Secretarie, the Chamberlan (which hath power in the Temporall State) Treasurer, Aduocate, Proctor, Commissaries, Marshalls (to one of which the Whores of the Citie pay a yeerly Taxation, which they call Tribute) I omit and [ 20] referre the Reader to the Author. The last he mentions is the Vicar of Rome, who hath the same authoritie which the Pope hath ouer the Priests in all things, in Rome and in the Diocese, hea∣ring * 1.359 all Clergie cases as Ordinarie; imposeth Penance, conferreth Sacraments, calleth Congre∣gations, visits Churches and Monasteries, makes Inquisition, correcteth, punisheth, remooueth and giueth Benefices: his authoritie extends fortie miles out of Rome, in some cases. The Pope hath also giuen him all those Pontificalia, which euery Ordinarie exerciseth in his Diocese, as to consecrate places profane, to reconcile such as are profaned, to promote to holy Orders, to pu∣nish Blasphemies, Vsuries, Periuries, Incesis: and in case of corporall punishments to send them to the Secular Iudges. He hath foure Notaries or publike Scribes, and two Vicars substitute. So farre is the Pope degenerated from a Bishop in any thing but Title, and vsing that onely, that [ 30] through couetousnesse with fayned words he might make merchandise of men, as turpilucricupidus, a lo∣uer * 1.360 of filthy gayne (euen that of Curtez〈…〉〈…〉s filthinesse) yea, of the soules of men, which are recko∣ned among the Babylonian wares of these Merchants of the earth. And what else are these di∣spensations thus ab••sed, but so••le-sale, which is made more euident (is any thing more impu∣dent * 1.361 then a Whore?) by their Taxa Camerae, a Booke published in print, whereby men may know the prices of their Absolutions for Simonie, Sodomie, Incest, Homicide, and other the Master and Monster sinnes and degenerations of mankind. In which marke also, that being breaches of the Law of God, an inferior Penitentiarie by his Booke of Taxation can absolue, but those crimes against humane Lawes require the chiefe Penitentiarie to turne the Law into a Net, and become a good Sponge-man to exenterate his purse more thorowly. [ 40]

And as Rome by Dispensations is made a Merchants shop, Litium officina capturarum{que} impro∣barum, where are kept perpetuall Marts of Sacriledge, which make sinnes not onely Veniall but Venall; and Golden Canons become Lesbian Rules by Papall Leaden Bulls, flexible and pliant ac∣cording to the price and banke of the Romish money changers: so by Indulgences hath she beene indu gent to all her Chapmen (except they wanted money) and hath made them the foundati∣on of the Tower of Babylon; in this, Induigences and Dispensations agreeing that nothing hath more raysed, nothing more razed h••r gorgeous and glorious Fabriques; Henrie the eight, vpon the one occasion forsaking wonted commerce with Rome, and Luther by the other prouo∣ked to open his mouth so wide and loud, that he awakned all Europe to behold her filthy whore∣domes. And if any thinke the later times either more Casta, or more Cauta, let him obserue what [ 50] Nouus Homo, an vnknowne Supplicant of Rome, hath reuealed touching the mysteries of the * 1.362 Datarie (the Office where mat••e••s of Benefices are dispatched) where the bestowing of Bene∣fices is deferred, that inquirie may be made of the richest Competitors; each Liuing is charged with a pension of halfe, or a third, or two thirds of the worth, and then by another Ordination by present payment of fiue yeeres purchase extinguished. As if the Benefice bee worth three hundred crownes a yeere, a pension is imposed of two hundred, leauing one hundred for the In∣cumbent; who paying one thousand crownes and a hundred more for Seales and Expedition, buyes repentance at a deare rate. The Regressus and Expectatiuae forbidden by the Councell of Trent, are deluded with Coadiutorships, sold for a yeeres profit in colour of expediting Bulls, with [ 60] assurance of future succession: by which and like meanes (you may not call that Simonie which the Pope doth; and it is disputable amongst them, whether the Pope can commit that sinne, although the very name comes from Simon Magus his seeking to contract with Simon Peter) Paul the fifth is reported to haue extracted out of his Lead twentie hundred thousand Scutes, to buy Lands for his Nephew (or sonne) Borghesius. The truth of which, by the Registers

〈1 page duplicate〉〈1 page duplicate〉

〈1 page duplicate〉〈1 page duplicate〉

(saith the Author) in the Office of Bettus, a publike Notarie, in a particular kept se∣cret, appeareth.

§. IIII.

Of Indulgences.

THus haue we seene the Popes Temporalties, arising from Conspiracies against Empe∣rours, his Collations from the spoile of all Kings and Princes of their Inuestitures, in pretence of Simonie, to further intensions and extensions of Simonie; his Dis∣pensations, [ 10] Factors and Bawds for Compensations, by this Man of Sinne, which thus sinned and kept a Trade, Shop, Mart, Sale, and gaine of Sinne: but that which had least shew of reason, and yet was the right fore-legge of the beast, whereon he had surest standing, whereby he had securest holding his prey, wherewith he made strongest fights against his Ad∣uersaries, was Indulgences. And whereas the Riuer of the Popes Eden, is parted into foure heads, * 1.363 this first compasseth the whole Land of Hauila, where there is Gold, and the Gold of that Land is good. Of which the Author of the Historie of the Councell of Trent, relateth that this manner of gaining Money was put in practise, after Pope Vrban the second had giuen a plenarie Indulgence to all that should make war in the Holy Land; imitated by his Successors, some of which granted it to those that maintained a Souldiour, if they went not in person. And after, the same Indulgences or Pardons [ 20] were giuen, for taking Armes against those that obeyed not the Church of Rome, although they were Christians: and for the most part, infinite exactions were made vnder those pretences, all which, or the greater part were applied to other vses. Thus Pope Leo the tenth, 1517. sent an Indulgence thorow * 1.364 all Christendome, granting it to any which would giue Money and extending it to the dead; for whom his will was, that when the disbursement was made, they should be deliuered from the paines of Purga∣torie: giuing also power to eate Egges and Whitmeats on fasting daies, to chuse themselues a Confessor, and other such like abilities. And although the execution of this enterprise of Leo had some particu∣lar neither pious nor honest, notwithstanding many of the Grants made by the preceding Popes, had causes more vniust, and were exercised with more Auarice and Extortion. He distributed part of the Haruest before it was reaped or well sowne, giuing to diuers persons the Reuenues of diuers Prouinces, [ 30] and reseruing some also for his owne Exchequer. The Indulgences of Saxonie, and from thence to the Sea, be gaue to Magdalene his Sister, Wife vnto Francescheto Cibo, Bastard Sonne of Inno∣cent the eight; by reason of which marriage, this Leo was created Cardinall at the age of foureteene yeares. She to make the best of it, committed the care of preaching the Indulgences, and exacting the Money vnto Aremboldus, a Genoa Merchant, (now a Bishop and Merchant too) who found Mini∣sters like vnto himselfe, who aymed at nothing but game: which would not vse the Hermite Friers (as bad beene the custome of Saxonie in this case) but Dominicans, which to amplifie the value, spake many strange things; and in Tauernes, games, and other things not fit to bee named, spent that which the people spared from their necessarie expences, to purchase the Indulgences. [ 40]

By this meanes Martin Luther an Hermite Frier, first began to speake, first against these new abu∣ses; * 1.365 and after being prouoked by the Pardoners, he set himselfe to studie this matter, being desirous to see the rootes and foundations of the Doctrine of Indulgences. He published ninetie fiue Conclusions herein, to be disputed on in Wittenberg, which none accepted: but Iohn Thecel proposed others con∣trarie in Frankfort of Brandeberg. Luther proceeded to write in defence of his, and Iohn Ecchius to oppose; and these Writings being gone to Rome, Syluester Prierias, a Dominican Frier, wrote against Luther: which contestation inforced both the one and the other partie to passe to other things of grea∣ter importance. For the Doctrine of Indulgences hauing not beene well examined in former Ages, the essence and causes of them were not well vnderstood. Some thought they were nothing but an absolution made by Authoritie of the Prelate from Penance, which the Church in most ancient times imposed * 1.366 by way of Discipline vpon the penitent, (which Imposition was assumed in succeeding Ages by the Bi∣shop [ 50] onely, after delegated to the Penitentiarie Priest, and in conclusion left wholly to the will of the Con∣fessor) and that they deliuered vs not from paying the debt due to the Iustice of God. Others thought, that they freed from both. But these were diuided: some thinking that they freed vs, though nothing were giuen in recompence, others said, that by reason of mutuall participation in charitie of the mem∣bers * 1.367 of holy Church the Penance of one might bee communicated to another, and free him by this Compensation. But because it seemed that this was more proper to men of holy and austere life then to the authoritie of Prelates, there arose a third opinion, which made them in part an absolution, (because authoritie was necessary for them) and in part a Compensation. But because the Prelats liued not in such sort as they could spare much of their Merits to others, there was made a treasurie in the Church, full of the Merits of all those who had more then would serue their owne turne: the dispensation where∣of [ 60] is committed to the Pope, who when he giueth Indulgences, recompenseth the debt of the Sinner, by assigning so much in value out of the Treasure. It being opposed that the Merits of Saints being finite, this treasure might be diminished; they added the Merits of Christ which are infinite: which caused

another doubt, what needed those drops to this Ocean; which gaue cause to some to make the Treasure to be onely of the Merits of Christ.

These things then so vncertaine, and had no other foundation then the Bull of Clement the sixt, made for the Iubilee, 1350. Wherefore Thecel, Echius, and Prierius, laid for their ground-worke the Popes Authoritie, and Consent of the Schoolemen, concluding that the Pope not being able to erre in matters of Faith, and himselfe publishing the Indulgence, it was necessarie to beleeue them as an Article of Faith. This made Martin to passe from Indulgences to the Popes Authoritie, &c.

After Leos death, Adrian succeeded, who being a Deuine, had written in that matter, and thought to establish his Doctrine by Apostolicall Decree, that is, that an Indulgence being granted to one which * 1.368 shall doe such a Worke, the Worker obtaineth so much of it as is proportionable to his Worke; thinking [ 10] Luthers obiection thus answered, (How a peny could gaine so great Treasure) and yet Indulgences remaining in request, seeing he that hath not all, hath his proportionable part. But Cardinall Caietan told him it was better to keepe this secret, lest the Popes grant might seeme to profit nothing, that In∣dulgences * 1.369 are but absolutions from Penance imposed in confession onely: and if he would restore the disused penitentiarie Canons, men would gladly seeke Indulgences. This being proposed in the Peniten∣tiary Court, Cardinall Puccio, Datarie to Pope Leo, a diligent Minister to finde out Money, (which had counsailed Leo to those Indulgences, and was now cheefe Penitentiarie) related to the Pope with a generall assent the impossibilitie; that those Canonicall Penances were gone into disvse, because they could be no longer supported for want of the ancient zeale, whereas now euery one would be a Iudge and examine the reasons; and in stead of curing they would kill. At length the Cardinall of Volterra propo∣sed [ 20] the way to extinguish Heresies, to bee not by Reformations, but by Crusados, (as is said before.) And in the Councell of Trent, when Indulgences came to bee examined, the Bishop of Modena told them they would finde it difficult, and to require a long time, it being impossible to make that matter * 1.370 Plaine, but by determining first whether they be Absolutions, or compensations onely and suffrages; or whether they remit the penalties imposed by the Confessors onely, or all that are due; whether the trea∣sure be of the Merits of Christ onely, or of the Saints also; whether they extend to the dead, or though the receiuer performe nothing; with other difficulties. But to determine that the Church may grant them, and that they are profitable to those which worthily receiue them, needed no great disputation, and a Decree might be composed without defficultie: and hee with other Frier Bishops was deputed to make a Decree in this sense, adding a prouision against the abuses. [ 30]

Thus farre haue we gleaned out of that fertile Corne-field. As for that of Clements Iubilee Indulgence, it is not amisse to recite some part, in which euery Pilgrime to Rome hath power * 1.371 granted, to chuse his Confessor or Confessors, to whom hee giues full power to absolue all Papall cases, as if the Pope himselfe were personally present: and if he dies in the way being truly confessed, that he be quite free, and absolued from all his sinnes: and moreouer, wee command the Angels of Paradise that they carrie the soule into the glory of Paradise, being fully absolued from Purgatorie. Theodorike a Niem speaking of Boniface the ninth his Indulgences, saith that his pardoners got in some one Prouince by sale of them, one hundred thousand Florens, releasing all sinnes to such * 1.372 as were confessed, euen without Penance, Dispensing for Money with irrigularities, &c. Yea, some Pardoners descended sometime (saith Gascoigne) to take for them a supper, a nights-lod∣ging, [ 40] a draught of Wine or Beere, a game at Tennis, and sometime a venereall Act. Pope Alex∣ander the sixt gaue thirtie thousand yeares Indulgence, for the saying of a certaine Prayer to Saint Anne. And Iulius his warring Successor gaue large Indulgences to euery man which should kill a French-man, with whom he had Warres. Others to Stations, Rosaries, Crosses, Churches, Images, Graines, Pilgrimages, Prayers, throwing Wood into the Fire to burne Heretickes, and other like parts of Faith and Charitie. But let vs come to the Originall of this sinke.

Some ascribe their beginning to Pope Iohn, about the yeare 880. which yet is but giuing his * 1.373 opinion of them that die in Warre against Infidels, not an Indulgence to any. Petrus Damanus tels of Monks, redeeming Penances with Psalmodies, and selfe-whippings, redeeming a yeares * 1.374 penance with a thousand stripes, and fiue thousand stripes with once singing the whole Psal∣ter, [ 50] with other voluntarily imposed taskes. Sigonius tels of Pope Alexander, about the same time, Anno 1071. consecrating the Church of Cassinum, and giuing great Indulgences to all present; which brought thither most Italian Princes and Bishops, and Agnes the Empresse. Some tell of Gregorie the first, in the time of publike Pestilence, enioyning a publike kind of Penance, the Letanies, and Stations or visiting on set daies certaine Churches, with prayers * 1.375 for deliuerance, and remission to be giuen by the Priests, to such as penitently confessed their sinnes. These Stations gaue occasion to Boniface the eight, of proclaiming his Iubilee euery se∣cular * 1.376 yeare in imitation of the Secular games, which Clement reduced to fiftie, and Sixtus Quar∣tus to fiue and twentie. These Iubilees begunne in Anno 1300. haue Indulgence generation, [ 60] Iewish and Ethnicke imitation, which the other haue little Commerce with, as being void of Commerce. Bishop Fisher of Rochester writing against Luther, doth more fitly make Indul∣gence, * 1.377 a Daughter of Purgatorie Family: Quamdiu enim (saith he) nulla fuerat de Purgatorio cura, nemo quaesiuit Indulgentias. Nam ex illo pendet omnis Indulgentiam existimatio. Si tollas Purgatorium, quorsum Indulgentijs opus erit? Caperunt igitur Indulgentiae postquam ad Purgatorij

cruciatus aliquandiu trepidatum est. And indeed Purgatorie hath beene the gainefullest fire to the Pope, and as a painefull-gaine-foole Mother, might well procreate this Daughter: both issuing from conceit, that temporall punishment remaineth to be satisfied, after the fault of sinne re∣mitted. Therefore haue they inuented that Treasurie of the Merits of Christ and the Saints to bee this way employed, a name fitting the nature, being the best Treasurie, (for externall Treasures) which euer the Pope had; in warre to pay Souldiers, warring in his cause, at their owne costs, in peace to fill his Coffers. But let vs looke to a purer generation, whereof this is the corruption and degeneration.

When as in the first times of the Church, onely feare of God and Ecclesiasticall Discipline held men in awe, the Magistrates being Ethnicke; seuere Canons, and sincere Zeale held things [ 10] in order. And if men transgressed, yet either for intension of their superabundant sorrow, or for encouragement and prouocation to Martyrdome, or in danger of death relaxation was made and Indulgence; the Church receiuing some satisfaction for the externall scandall, and belee∣uing that God for the merit of his Sonne, and propense mercy was satisfied also in that sa∣crifice of a contrite heart and broken spirit; God graciously accepting that Care, feare, clea∣ring * 1.378 of ones selfe, zeale, indignation, desire, and reuenge, (the affects and effects of true repen∣tance) and the Church imitating the mercy of the heauenly Father; as wee see in the incestu∣ous Corinthian. This satisfaction did not by merit redeeme, but in Faith and Penauce appease him, being reconciled in his Sonne; for he sheweth Mercy (not Merit) to thousands in them * 1.379 that loue him and keepe his Commandements: he turning to them when they turne to him. Indulgences [ 20] and Dispensations were adulterously commixed to destruction of this both publike and pri∣uate Penance, when men were taught in stead of a Contrite heart, to giue a contrite purse; and in stead of satisfying God, (to vse that word) that is, appeasing and meeting him by repen∣tance, doing what he exacts and expects; or satisfying the Church in her Sanctions, by exter∣nall humiliation, testifying internall humilitie and conuersation; to put ouer all to a Iubilee and Plenarie Indulgence. Which if they bee good, why doth not the Popes Charitie freely giue what he freely receiued? What greater Simonie then sale of Merits, the chiefe graces of the holy Ghost; yea, of Christs owne Merits? And what shall become of this Treasurie after the last day?

Let Bellarmine and Valentianus alledge the communion of Saints, and other Scriptures of see∣ming supererogation, as Col. 1. 24. and the power of the Keyes, yet doth Ualentia confesse their * 1.380 [ 30] nouitie, whence followes their inualencie and vanitie. Once; their Money-valencie and Man∣valency, was not begun before by Gregorie the seuenth against the Emperor, as is said, and by Vr∣ban heere applied to the Holy Land Warre. Yea, these of Vrban did but giue occasion to the af∣ter Popes, to make them so strong pillars of the Babylonicall Tower, the Indulgences being then but Calues, which after grew to be Bulls, as appeareth by the various reports of this his Speach, and Act in the Councell of Claremont. I haue read seuen or eight seuerall Orations, written most of them by men of that time, and some professing themselues present, which yet haue made it the triall of their wits, what they could, or else haue added what Vrban at diuers times, did say or write, or other Popes after him: the later composing themselues to their own times, when Indulgences were common and current. You haue heard Robertus and Fulcherius * 1.381 [ 40] already. Baldricus the Arch-bishop being present, deliuers that part of his speech, which looks this way in these words: Confessis peccatorum suorum ignorantiam, securi de Christo coelestem pasciscimini veniam. Guibertus, perorauerat vero excellentiss. omnes qui se ituros vouerant, (in his long Oration I find nothing to this purpose) Beati Petri potestate absoluit, eadem ipsa authoritate A∣postolica firmauit, &c. Malmesbury had it of those which heard it in this sense, Ituri habentes per * 1.382 Des concessum & beati Petri priuilegium omnium absolutionem criminum, & hac interim laetitia laborem itineris alleutant, habituri post obitum foelicis martyrij commercium. Vitriacus Bishop of Acon, Omnibus in remissionem omnium peccatorum peregrinationem iniungens. William Archbishop of Tyre thus, Nos autem de misericordia Domini & Beatorum Petri & Pauli authoritate confisi fidelibus Christianis qui contra eos arma susceperint, & onus sibi huius peregrinationis assumserint, iniunctas sibi pro suis delictis [ 50] poenitentias relaxamus. Qui autem ibi in vera poenitentia decesserint, & peccatorum indulgent••m & fru∣ctum aeternae mercedis se non dubitent habituros. M. Paris after them, & more fitted to Indulgences, Nos autem de Omnipotentis Dei maxime & BB. App. eius Petri & Pauli authoritate confisi, ex illa quam nobis (licet indignis) Deus ligandi at{que} soluendi contulit potestatem, omnibus qui laborem istum in proprijs personis subierint & expensis, plenam suorum peccatorum, si veraciter fuer int corde contriti & ore confessi, veniam indulgemus, & in retributione i••storum salutis aeternae poll cemur augmentum. Thus the later, perhaps from some later Popes, * 1.383 which after Vrban had broken the Ice gaue further Indulgence to the spirit of Indulgences, til (like the Frog in the fable) they cracked themselues in sunder with swelling. Some you see mention only the merit of the worke, some adde the power of the Keyes in loosing, or absoluing from sinne in the Conscience, others absolution from enioy∣ned [ 60] penances (by the Confessor) the last to a plenary Indulgence, yet at most but an absolution and that from penall Canons, as it were by commutation of penance, in stead of that imposed by the Ghostly Father, or Canonicall sentence of the Prelate, vndertaking in person, or by purse in maintenance of another this peregrination. Vpon this timber they soone after built hay and stubble, which hath by Luthers kindling set Rome on fire.

In following times, this Expedition and Indulgences thereof, were followed by the opinions of satisfying God for former sinnes or imputations (as in Henry the Second for Beckets * 1.384 murther) to be expiated by this Warre. Secondly, of freeing of others soules hereby out of Pur∣gatory. Thirdly, of freedome from Oathes, as is before mentioned out of the Councell of Lions. Fourthly, of Immunity of persons and goods, as of Priests to be absent, and yet taking the pro∣fits of their Liuings for three yeares present, and to be free from payments; Laymen freed from Collections, Taxations and other publike grieuances. Fiftly, against priuate Sutes, their per∣sons and goods after the Crosse receiued, to be vnder Saint Peters and the Popes protection and the defence of the Church, by speciall Protectors appointed, that till their returne or death cer∣tainly knowne, none might meddle with them vnder paine of Excommunication (a good pro∣uiso [ 01] for Bank-rupts.) Sixtly, the proportion of this Indulgence to the proportion of ayde or counsell (concilium vel auxilium) or money that way employed. Seuenthly, the Suffrage and Prayers of the Synod, that this Iourney might profit worthily to their saluation. Eightly, power for all whomsoeuer but Regulars to goe, though vnfit; redeeming, changing, or deferring it by the Popes grant. Likewise, they increased sinne by this meanes, Murtherers, Theeues, Adulterers, Bank-rupts, and others hauing the Holy Land for refuge against Law, and for safety of them and theirs, yea, for Merit and Indulgence; that becomming hereby the very sinke of sinne, confluence of all villaine, the heart and centre of abomination: as appeares in Vitriacus and others.

And as morally, so also doctrinally, Purgatorie, Merit, Supererogation, Superstitious Pilgri∣mages, * 1.385 [ 20] and the like, tooke further rooting by these Holy Land Expeditions; but especially the Popes power hereby increased in and ouer Kings and Kingdomes, thus intermedling, peruerting and preuenting courses of Iustice by his Indulgence-Buls horned with Excommunication: by imposing this Expedition on Kings as Penance: by exhausting their Treasures, Souldiers and Forces, by busying them farre off, whiles he and his might take and make oportunitie to adul∣terate all at home: by pushing with these hornes of Indulgences against Kings themselues; with∣out * 1.386 other force, employing the forces of one Prince against another, and of their owne subiects against their Souereignes. So was King Iohn forced to surrender his Crowne, and take it of the Pope in farme, the French and his owne being armed against him: so Conrade, Memfred, Ladis∣laus, and other Kings of Sicil; George, King of Bohemia, &c. By this was the Imperiall Eagle [ 30] plucked and stripped, greater Indulgences being giuen, that more money might bee gathered to maintayne with Holy Land money, his warre against Fredericke the Emperour; sending simple Messengers with Legatine power, which by Commanding, Minacing, Excommunicating, Preaching, * 1.387 Praying, besides, his white white Bull, which might mooue stony hearts (melting out their me∣tall) as to succour the Holy Land, indeed, to ruinate the Emperour. For which cause he had pro∣cured a Tenth, of Clergy and Laity in many Kingdomes; * 1.388 and that with strict Inquisition of the value to the Popes best commodite, euen of the fruits before the Haruest, present pay to bee made vnder paine of Interditing and Excommunicating: which made the Prelates sell their Chalices and Church goods, that I mention not the vsurers his Chaplen, and Agent Stephen had to byte, flay and deuoure the flocke with further exactions. This was Gregorie the Compiler [ 40] of the Decretals. These moneyes the Pope gaue to Iohn de Bresnes, to warre against the Empe∣rour then in the Holy Land, and forced thither by the Popes Excommunication. He extorted al∣so a fifth of beneficed Forreiners for that purpose, & absolued his Subiects from their Allegeance. And when some expostulated with the King of England, for suffering his Kingdome to be made a prey, He answered, I neyther will nor dare contradict the Lord Pope in any thing: so that hee ob∣tayned * 1.389 a fifth in England: and after that, sent Peter Rubeus to new vn-heard of execrable ex∣actions by lyes and cauilations. What shall I tell * 1.390 of Rustandus, which was sent to gather new Tenths, and to exchange the Kings Vow for the Holy Land, into a Sicilian Expedition a∣gainst Memfrede, with equall Indulgences? Yea, greater Indulgences are granted to such as would warre against Christians, if the Popes Enemies, as before you haue read, then in the Holy [ 50] Land against the Turkes.

Contrary to Indulgences are Interdictments, as Samsons Foxes hauing a fierie coniunction * 1.391 in their tayles: of which Hildebrand is noted first Author; by which, if a Prince offended, his Subiects and whole Dominions were Interdicted, that is in Papall Interpretation, a publike Excommunication was denounced against him and his, and all externall publike Holies suspen∣ded. You shall haue it in Mat. Paris his words of King Iohn, who being offended that the Pope had reiected from the Archbishopricke of Canterburie, the Bishop of Norwich, whom the grea∣ter and sounder part of the Monkes in due solemnity, by the Kings consent had chosen, obtru∣ding one of his Cardinals Stephen Langton vpon him, whom he refused: the Pope caused the Bi∣shop [ 60] of Ely and Worcester, to denounce his Interdict, which was also contrary to Papall Priui∣ledges obserued. There ceased therefore in England all Ecclesiasticall Sacraments (except confession, and housell in danger of death, and Baptisme of children.) The bodies of the dead we〈…〉〈…〉 carried out of * 1.392 Cities and Villages, and buried likes Dogges in by-wayes, and Ditches without Prayers and Ministerie of the Priests: whereupon diuers Bishops forsooke his Land and such combustions followed, that

the Pope excommunicated him (which was denounced by the former Bishops) after which hee absolued his Subiects from their Alleageance, and prohibited them in paine of Excommunica∣tion to auoyd his table, counsell, conference. All which yet were of no great force till the dis∣mall sentence of deposition, nor that but by Indulgences and Crusados.

For the Pope writ to the French King Philip to vndertake the execution, for the remission of all his sinnes; and expelling the King of England, to hold the Kingdome of England to him and his Suc∣cessors for euer. He wrote also to all great men, Knights and Warriours in diuers Nations, that they should signe themselues with the Crosse for the deiection of the King of England, following the French King in this Expedition, labouring to reuenge the quarrell of the vniuersall Church. Hee ordained also that whosoeuer should bestow his goods, or helpe to expugnate that obstinate King, they should remayne se∣cure [ 10] in the peace of the Church (euen as they which visit the Sepulchre of our Lord) in their goods and persons and suffrages of soules, (or deliuerance of soules out of Purgatory.)

The issue whereof was, that great prouisions were made on both sides, King Iohn hauing at Barhamdowne, threescore thousand armed men, besides, a strong Nauy at Sea: the French on the otherside was come to the Sea with his owne and the English, an innumerable Army, when Pan∣dulfus the Popes Legate craftily sent to him to satisfie the Pope, which he could no way doe but by resigning his Crowne and Kingdome, to receiue it againe in fee farme of the Pope, doing him homage, and paying him rent: which when the King had granted, Pandulfus sought to perswade the French party to peace, and the English to returne. The French hereupon stormed, inuaded the Earle of Flanders, King Iohns Confederate, who now with his forces succored him with fiue [ 20] hundred ships, which tooke three hundred French shippes richly prouided, and burned one hun∣dred * 1.393 others: the French being crossed in a double sense, not without great effusion of Christian bloud: the Pope ayming at his owne designed greatnesse, to vse the French against the English, and the Subiects against their Prince; as afterward taking the Kings part against his Subiects, and excommunicating the French, that as in the Fable, he might play with both, and pray on both; spending themselues in mutuall emulations.

Yet would not his Subiects obey him, prouiding great forces to inuade France, till the Sen∣tence were released: whereupon he entertayned Stephen, and the other Bishops falling at their feet with teares, desiring them to haue mercy on him, and the Kingdome of England, who * 1.394 thereupon absolued him, swearing to the conditions propounded: his Designes against France, [ 30] through that delay prooued frustrate notwithstanding. In the Pope and his Bishops, he found so little certainty that he sent Embassadors to the King of Morocco, offering vassallage to him, if he would protect him; which being refused, knowing (saith the Author) that the Pope was aboue all mortall men ambitious and proud, and an insatiable thirster after money, and waxen, and prone to all * 1.395 villanies, for bribes or promises, he sent him Treasure, and promises of more, and alway to bee his Subiect, if hee would confound the Archbishop, and excommunicate the Barons whose parts he had before taken; that he might so imprison, disherit and slay them. Innocent was con∣tented to be thus nocent, and released the Interdict, which had continued sixe yeares, three monethes and fourteene dayes, to the irreparable losse of the Church in Temporals and Spiritu∣als. The Pope taking part now with the King, hee had opportunitie to reuenge himselfe of his [ 40] Peeres, who hereupon raysed Ciuill Warres, and sware themselues to the French Kings Sonne, England remayning thus on fire, till the death of King Iohn, (which hapned amidst these flames) to the terrour of his Successors in so daring attempts against the Pope.

And thus you see what Crusadoes and Indulgences could doe in those dayes, in and ouer this * 1.396 Kingdome: Interdicts can intend and pretend nothing, but raysing Disscontents and Rebellions, as if God should impiously be depriued of his worship, and men vncharitably of the meanes of their saluation, for one mans fault, if a fault, if not the Popes only fault as well as tyrannicall punishment. For Gods Law forbids the fathers eating sower Grapes to set the childrens teeth on edge, * 1.397 and the sonne to beare the fathers fault, but the soule that sinneth shall dye: which the Venetian lately vnderstood, and nobly vindicated against the Pope, as King Iohn would haue done, if the times had beene answerable. But Indulgences you see heere, were the Executors and Executioners of [ 50] the Popes fury, euen to the subiection of the most vnwilling Kings and Kingdomes, which is the Master-piece of Popery in the getting. And for the keeping and mayntayning this Mo∣narchie, Crusadoes and Indulgences stayd not heere, but by the same Innocent (the first Decreer also of Transubstantiation) was extended against the Albigenses, or Waldenses, then reputed Heretikes, (as wee now are by the Papists) and condemned for those Do∣ctrines, which they had learned out of the Scriptures against the Papall Pride and Super∣stition. Other things are ascribed to them, as now to vs by the Iesuits, with like Truth and Charity, as out of their owne Authors which best knew, is euident. As Vrbans intent had beene against the Antipope, which his Successors after followed, so Innocent and other Popes disposed [ 60] the Crosse and Indulgence against those which mayntayned the Truth of the Gospell, and in all * 1.398 likelihood had but for this opposition, ruined the Papacie. He sent Preachers (sayth Matthew Paris in whose steps we still insist) vnto all the Regions of the West, and enioyned Princes, and other Christian people for remission of their sinnes, that they should signe themselues with the Crosse to root out

this pestilence, and opposing themselues to such mischiefes, by force and armes should defend the Christian people. He added also by authoritie of the Sea Apostolike, that whosoeuer to expugnate them, shall vnder∣take the enioyned labour, should remayne secure aswell in their goods as persons from all incursions of ene∣mies. At this preaching, so great a multitude of men which tooke the Crosse assembled, as is not belee∣ued at any time to haue met together in our Climate. But wee will learne this businesse of others which better knew it.

Poplinerius saith, the Waldenses against the will of all Christian Princes (so did the Apostles * 1.399 against the will of Ethnike Princes, (and Princes called Christians, were now made drunke with the Whores cup) sowed their Doctrine, little differing from that which the Protestants now em∣brace, not only thorow all France, but almost all the Coasts of Europe. For the French, Spaniards, [ 01] English, Scots, Italians, Germanes, Bohemians, Saxons, Polonians, Lithunians, and other Nations, haue stiffely defended it to this day. One of Innocents Decrees in the Councell of Lateran, which also decreed Transubstantion, is, that if a Temporall Lord being required and warned by * 1.400 the Church, shall neglect to purge his Countrey from hereticall filthinesse, the Bishops shall ex∣communicate him: if he continue so a yeare, let it be signified to the Pope, that he may free his vassals from their alleageance, and expose his Land to bee occupyed of Catholikes, which may posesse it without contradiction, the Heretikes being rooted out, &c.

Indulgences were preached in this sort, the Text, Psal. 94. 16. Who will rise vp for mee against the euill doers, &c. or the like applyed to the people: You see beloued, how great the malice of He∣retikes * 1.401 is, &c. Therefore the holy Mother Church, though vnwilling, calleth against them a Christian [ 20] Armie. Whosoeuer therefore hath the zeale of the faith, whosoeuer is touched with the honour of God; whosoeuer will haue this great Indulgence, let him come and take the signe of the Crosse, and ioyne him∣selfe to the Christian Souldierie. Some thinke that the Crouched Order of Crucigeri, was then confirmed by this Innocent; many Crossed, and going to or returning from Syria, winning the Popes fauour by their Exploits against the Albigenses. I might adde the Orders of Militarie Knights, as Templars, Hospitulars, and others which hence had their originall, and were so po∣tent in wealth and numbers, that they could beard Kings, and had their dependance and priui∣ledges of the Pope.

Dominicke Author of the Dominicans, preached to conuert with the word, and had helpers with the Sword, to expugnate those which his word could not. These were called, Fratres de [ 30] * 1.402 militia B. Dominici, and they and their wiues were a certaine guilde, called the Brethren and Sisters of Penance of Saint Dominicke. Likewise, the Office of the Inquisition was instituted by this Innocent, charging the Bishops in remission of their sinnes, to receiue his Commissaries, and to as∣sist them against Heretikes, drawing forth the Spirituall Sword against those which were by the Inqui∣sitors named; and let the Laymen confiscate their goods, and cast them out of their possessions. And who∣soeuer should deuoutly assist them, we grant that Indulgence of their sinnes which we grant to those which visit the staires of Saint Peter, or Saint Iames. This he wrote in behalfe of Raiuer and Guido. But after this Inquisition was delegated to Dominicke, for the Countries of Prouence, who raysed this Dominican Order, (ordure) whose chiefe care should be against Heretikes: he somewhat verified the Popes Dreame, seeming to stay the Church of Laterane, beeing readie to fall, which the [ 40] Franciscans apply to Saint Francis. And indeed, had not these in this Age vpheld the Lateran Ba∣bylon, together with the Schoolemen, a 1.403 the best of which were Friars, and the Canonists; it is likely the Albigenses, Waldenses, Pooremen of Lions, Inzabbatati, (other names they giue them) had then ruined it, they then with like Arts, Dispensations, and Reputation doing that, which since Luther and Caluine the Iesuites haue laboured.

The new Locusts * 1.404 supplanted the former Clergie, exercised Penances, Vnctions, Baptismes, and be∣gan two Fraternities, wherein they receiued men and women so generally, that scarsly any were free: the people being vnwilling to heare others preach; that the Priests were defrauded of their Tithes, and had not to liue: the Churches now retayning nothing but a Bell, and old dustie Image. The Friers began at Cotta∣ges, and now haue Kings Houses and Palaces erected, and hauing no riches are richer then all rich men, [ 50] whiles we begge, &c. These became acute Schoolemen, Sententraries, Questionists, Summists, Quodlibetists, and I know not what irrefragable, subtle, Angelical Doctors and Disputants, bring∣ing in Oppesitions of Science falsly called, languishing about Questions and strifes of words: these made * 1.405 Diuinitie a Linsey wolsey garment; not as their Master of Sentences, of Fathers and Scrip∣tures; but admitted Aristotle free of the Diuinitie Schooles, and ploughed with an Oxe and an Asse, their Miscelan fields.

These Dominicans and Franciscans were appointed also, Inquisitores hereticae prauitatis, and made many bloudy Sacrifices, for their vnbloudy Sacrifice, and other Popish Heresies in pretence of Heretical prauitie: growing into such numbers, that Sabellisus numbred of Dominicans, one and [ 60] * 1.406 twenty Prouinces; twentie foure thousand, one hundred forty three Couents, and in them Fry∣ars entred, fifteene hundred Masters or Doctors of Diuinitie, in all twenty sixe thousand, foure hundred and sixtie. Of Franciscans, forty Prouinces deuided into Warden-ships, Couents, and Places; the persons innumerable, coniectured threescore thousand. Yea, the Generall promised to Pope Pius of bodies able to serue in his intended war against the Turke, thirty thou∣sand

Franciscans, thirtie thousand Augustine Friars, the Carmelites more, and other Orders I mention not, nor can I number these Locusts.

Matth. Paris inveigheth often against the insolencie of these Friars and their Papall priui∣ledges, * 1.407 odious to the Monkes and Secular Clergie. They were (saith he) Counsellors and Messen∣gers of great men, Secretaries of our Lord the Pope, getting hereby Secular fauour: quarrelling about * 1.408 prioritie of Order, that in three or foure hundred yeeres the Monkes had not so degenerated, as these within foure and twentie yeeres after their first Mansions in England, whose buildings now grow Roy∣all Palaces. They wait on rich men dying, extort Confessions and secret Testaments, commending themselues and their owne Order alone, sollicitous to get Priuiledges; in the Courts of Kings and great men, Counsellors, Chamberlans, Treasurers, makers of Marriages, Executors of Papall exactions; in [ 10] their Preachings bitter or flattering, Reuealers of Confessions, Contemners of other Orders, accounting the Cistercians Semi-laikes and Rustikes, the blacke Monkes proud and Epicures, seeking to be enter∣tayned * 1.409 as Legats or Angels of God in their preaching. And if a man were confessed of his owne Priest, what say they, of that Idiot, ignorant of Theologie, the Decrees, Questions? they are blind Leaders of the blind: come to Vs, we know to distinguish leprie from leprie, know hard, difficult things and the secrets of God: whereupon Noble-men and Ladies entertayned them, contemning their owne Priests and Prelates. And to returne to Indulgences, These were the Popes Publicans, preaching the receiuing of the Crosse * 1.410 (giuing notice of such preaching before-hand, and entertayned by the Clergie in Vestments with Ban∣ners and Procession) to all Ages, Sexes, Conditions, to the Sicke and Aged, the next day for money ab∣soluing them from their vowed Pilgrimage. But I am wearie of this stinking sinke of hypocrisie, [ 20] which for the World denyed the World, the Flesh for the Flesh, and obeyed to such enor∣mous rebellions.

Yet let vs examine the Indulgences against the Waldenses, in the yeere 1208. innumerable multitudes receiued the Crosse in their brests; the Pope writ to King Philip and all his Princes, to inuade Narbone, Tholouse, and other parts. The next yeere, from all parts of France, Flan∣ders, * 1.411 Normandie, Aquitane, Burgundie, the Bishops, Earles, and Barons, with an infinite num∣ber, met at Lions and came to Byterrae, where they slue sixtie thousand, promiscuously Papists and Waldenses, by aduise of the Popes Legat, who said, The Lord knoweth who are his: some say an hundred thousand, not sparing Sexe or Age, burning the dead bodies. Thence they went to Carcasson, where they spared onely the mens liues, not leauing them their apparell. Simon Mont∣fort, Earle of Leicester, was made Generall, who tooke Roger the Lord of the Countrey, and all [ 30] the Countrey with an hundred Castles, and many others rendred themselues. In the yeer 1210. was a new Expeditihn of these crossed Votaries out of France, England, and Loraine, which tooke Minerbia, where an hundred and fourescore chose rather to burne then turne: entred To∣louse, wasting all, taking Cities and Castles, burning such as would not turne. They tooke Rai∣mund and his Castle of Thermae, his Wife and Daughter; he dyed in prison, they with other La∣dies in the fire. Leopold Duke of Austria, Adolph Earle de Monte, William Earle of Iuliers went thither out of Almaine. An. 1211. a new Armie from many parts, tooke many Cities and Ca∣stles, burning and hanging many, committing the conquered Countrey to Simon Montfort. La∣uallis was taken, and choise giuen to turne or burne, three hundred and fiftie choosing this. The Ladie was cast in a Well and stones throwne on her. [ 40]

Raimund * 1.412 Earle of Tholouse had aide of the King of Arragon, and was an hundred thou∣sand strong (Armoricanus hath two hundred thousand) but was ouer-throwne by the Crosses and Montfort, and the King of Arragon sla••ne, and the certayne number, saith Paris, of the slaine, could not be certainly numbred: some say two and thirtie thousand. Hence new crossed Knights which serued for Indulgence and spoile, in the yeeres 1214. and 1215. Simon possessing himselfe of the great Countries of Earle Raimund, by the Popes procurement, and King Philips grant. The Warres continued 1216. 1217. 1218. in which Simon was slaine. The Warres were prosecuted by Amalricus his sonne, and Lewis sonne to King Philip. These tooke Mira∣monda and slue Man, Woman and Child.

Anno 1219. Tolouse was besieged in vaine, Famine and Mortalitie plaguing the Armie. The [ 50] Warre continued 1220. 1221. In the yeere 1223. the Pope sent his Legat, a Cardinall, with twentie Bishops. King Philip died and appointed twentie thousand pounds to helpe Amalri∣cus against the Albigenses, which grew now strong in Dalmatia, Bulgaria, Croatia. Anno 1225. King Lewis made an Expedition to besiege Auinion, seuen yeeres excommunicate by the Pope, * 1.413 with an Armie of Crusado's. But Earle Raimund had plowed the grounds and preuented all prouision, that Sword, Famine and Pestilence dismayed that huge Armie, wherein the King him∣selfe died, and aboue two and twentie thousand of the Assailants. Loth to wearie you with such bloudie spectacles, effects of Antiphrasticall Indulgences, this Warre is said to continue about seuentie yeeres. The Waldenses encreased notwithstanding daily, and the Warre, saith Thuanus, * 1.414 [ 60] was of no lesse weight then that against the Saracens (which occasioned this whole discourse) and they were rather in the end spoiled then conuerted or conuicted, some remayning close in * 1.415 Prouence, some in the Alpes, some in Calabria to our times, and some in Brisaine.

The Bohemians also were their issue, against whom the Pope vsed like courses of Indulgences,

one hundred and fiftie thousand at one time crossed vnder Sigismund to the war, being out of di∣uers Kingdomes, not to mention the Crusado's by the Cardinals of Winchester and Iulian, with innumerable bloudshed. But I am loth to lothe and wearie you with such cruell Indulgentiall morsells, the Popes feast of mans flesh to the blinded World. Those Bohemian warres had first originall from Hus his preaching, and that also against Indulgences preached against the King of Naples: they were long and bloudie, but more long and bloudie haue those of this last and worst Age beene from like originall, which I leaue to other Authors, to reckon the many many hun∣dreths of thousands of Christians, which one neighbour Countrey, yea one little piece of her neighbour Countrey (not to mention others still bleeding, crying, dying) haue lost in quarrels, died in the bloud of Religion. Money is the life of merchandise, Sinowes of warre, and vphol∣der [ 10] of Greatnesse, without which, Peters succession, pasce Oues, I haue prayed for thy Faith, Constantines supposed donation, and the keyes of the Kingdome of Heauen, had not preuailed to a Papall earthly Monarchie. And Indulgences and Crusado's haue heene his best both Mine and Mint for Money: first, in sharing with Kings which tooke the Crosse, and by Papall power imposed Tenths that he might haue a Twentieth, as he did to Saint Lewis of France. Secondly, * 1.416 in letting out his Indulgences to Kings at a Rent, whereby at this day some get more then by some Kingdomes. Thirdly, by redeeming the Vowes by such meanes as you haue now heard of the Friars, one binding to the Vow, another for money loosing, like a blacke and white De∣uill witching and vnwitching the superstitious vulgar. Fourthly, Kings taking the Crosse to oppresse their Subiects for the charge, with part of the purchase purchasing a Papall Absolution. [ 20] Fiftly, agreeing with Kings to fleece the Church for the Holy Land, that he might doe as much against the Emperour. Sixtly, letting out these Crusado's to ferme, by which Richard Earle of Cornwall, in Matt. Paris, daily so enriched himselfe, how much more the Pope? the Popes preacher (playing the haruest man, to bring into his Barnes or Treasurie) that the fame of his * 1.417 money made him to be chosen Emperour. He of one Archdeaconrie reaped six hundred pounds. William Longspat got by the like gift of the Pope, aboue a thousand marks. Seuenthly, giuing In∣dulgences, that is, the money which might be made of them in recompense of friendship, la∣bours, expenses. Eightly, selling Indulgences to Churches, Images, Altars, Graines, Pray∣ers, &c. thorow the Christian world. Ninthly, by Iubilees, whereof Crusado's were Fore∣runners and Apparitors. Tenthly, by dispensations the Iuno, sister and wife of this Indulgent [ 30] * 1.418 Ioue, or Pluto rather. Eleuenthly, by instituting Offices; Penitentiaries, Notaries, and I know not what rabble for these purposes and his Exchequer Receits, and then selling those multiply∣ed Offices for the greatest summe. But who can summe vp these Accounts? especially being workes of Darknesse, mystie mysteries, which yet are thus farre reuealed, enough to proue the Author the Man of sinne, which by his owne verie sinne, and supposed pardon of others, hath let the raines of the World loose to Sinne; and hereby ruled the World holding the raines in his owne hand. Once; his temporall Monarchie, Collations of Benefices, Dispensations had ne∣uer vnder-propped this mysticall Monarchie, had not Crusado's and Indulgences awed Kings, excited and incited furious Armies, armed furies; depopulated and ruined Kingdomes, and by mayne force bett downe all Opponents abroad, and filled his Coffers at home. [ 40]

But for this of money, Sixtus or Xistus the fourth, was wont to say, that hee should neuer want money so long as he wanted not a Hand and a Pen. And Xistus the fifth, in fiue yeeres and a halfe had gathered fiue millions of treasure, notwithstanding his magnificent and admirable expenses, in Palaces, Churches, Obeliskes, Conduits, and the like. So much could Friars Mi∣nors skill of getting both Papacie and Money. And that you may know of what vse prohibited marriages to Priests and religious Orders are, you may consider how the Pope may make Armies of their numbers in extremitie; and of their purses at pleasure make sponges. Pius the fourth leuied at one time of the Religions foure hundred thousand Ducats; and if he would haue admit∣ted Resignations of Benefices with Regresses, as he was aduised, he might that way haue made a million. Paul the third maintayned twelue thousand foot and fiue hundred horse at his pay, [ 50] vnder Charles the fift against the Lutherans, and yet raysed his house as you see: Clement the seuenth hath notwithstanding his captiuitie done more for his House. Pius the fift sent foure thousand foot and one thousand horse, to aide Charles the ninth against the Protestants. But I haue wearied the Reader in obseruing the effects of this Pope holy Expedition to Ierusalem, and the Papall aduancement thereby. I will adde the vertues of those Holy Land Inhabitants, and then you shall see it the Holy Land indeed, so termed by Antiphrasis, Dignum patella oper∣culum, Lettice sutable to the lips of His Holinesse, who may also haue that Title for the selfe same cause. [ 60]

§. V.

Superstition aduanced in and by the Holy Land Expeditions, and the Christians Christianitie in those parts worse then in other. Diuers Sects of Christians in the East.

FIrst for superstition, this voyage proued a Mart for Reliques, as is before in part ob∣serued of the multiplyed Crosse, of the Speare, of the Bloud of Christ, solemnely car∣ried by King Henrie to Westminster, of our Ladies haires, &c. Of the Crowne of * 1.419 Thornes, Matth. Paris tells, that Baldwin, Emperour of Constantinople before men∣tioned, [ 10] sold it to the French King for money, to pay his Armie. Peter the pilgrime Bishop of Winchester, bequeathed inestimable summes of money to Religious Houses by him founded at Hales, Tikeford, Seleburne, Portsmouth: and whereas two Churches had beene dedicated * 1.420 to Saint Th. Becket at Acon, he remoued one of them to a more conuenient place, and changed their Or∣der into a more competent, subiect to the Templars, and gaue besides by Will fiue hundred marks to it. But Vitriacus, the Bishop of Acon, will best acquaint vs with their conditions, who ha∣uing reckoned the Peeres of that Kingdome, the Earle of Tripolis, Lords of Berith, Sidon, Cai∣phas * 1.421 or Porphyria, Caesarea, Mount Royall, of Assur, of Ibelim, with some others; the Prince of Galilee, Lord of Tiberias; Earle of Ioppe and Ascalon, &c. tells vs of the flourishing state of Re∣ligion [ 20] by the odor of holy and venerable places there, sorted and fitting to mens deucuter hu∣mours; some choosing to liue in the Desart called Quarantena, where our Lord was tempted, li∣uing * 1.422 Heremiticall liues in petie Cells; others, in imitation of Elias in Mount Carmell neere Caiphas, in Hiues of small Cells, foure miles from Acon: others, in the Desarts of Iordan; o∣thers liuing solitarie in the Desart of Galilee, where Christ preached. In Thabor was a Monaste∣rie builded, and in diuers other places. Others chose rather to liue in Cities, especially Ierusa∣lem, Nazareth, and Bethleem.

Ierusalem was the Mother of the Faith, as Rome is of the faithfull; it stands on a high Hill, * 1.423 is on both sides Mountaynous, abounding with Wheat, Wine, and Oile, and all temporall good things: yet hath but one Fountayne, called Siloe, flowing out of Sion, sometimes hauing little or [ 30] no Waters. And as it is more holy then any place, so it hath drawne to it more religious Per∣sons. In it is a Temple of huge quantitie, whence the Templars haue their name, called Salo∣mons * 1.424 Temple. Whatsoeuer places (in all that Countrey) our Lord trod on, are esteemed holy and consecrated, and for precious Reliques by the faithfull; whence Religious both Clerks and Lay∣men, aswell militarie as of other condition, haue beene drawne thither: namely, the Brethren of the Hospitall of Saint Iohn, the Templars, and the Brethren of the Hospitall of Saint Marie of the Dutch. The Hospitalars were from the time of the Surians, hauing a Latine Church of Saint * 1.425 Marie, the Abbot whereof built an Hospitall in honor of Saint Iohn Eleemon. After the Franks Expedition, Gerard the Master, adioyning some others to him tooke a religious habit and white Crosse, whom Agnes the Abbesse followed. These buried their dead in Acheldama, and whiles * 1.426 [ 40] they were poore obeyed the Abbot, and payed their Tithes, and called the poore to whom they ministred, their Masters and Lords, but after became as Princes of the Earth. The Templars also * 1.427 were at first Lions in battell, Lambs at home, Eremites and Monkes in the Church, hauing Ban∣ners blacke and white (as mild to Christians, terrible to the Infidels) seuere in their owne socie∣tie, obsequious to the Patriarke, beloued for their Religion and humilitie, as the former, inso∣much that Dukes and Princes denyed the World and followed them.

And because a threefold Cord is not easily broken, that of the Dutch Knights was added, from a * 1.428 small beginning increasing into a swelling streame. For one Dutch man with his family dwelling at Ierusalem, many of his Countrey Pilgrimes, which knew not the language, were glad of his entertainment in a small Hospitall by him therefore builded, to which also he added a Chappel [ 50] in honour of our Lady, and partly procured of his owne goods, partly by almes, to the poore and sicke Pilgrimes. Some Dutchmen liking the intent, gaue all they had thereto, binding them∣selues by vow; and when some of Gentle and Noble bloud had adioyned themselues, they be∣came both followers of the Hospitulars in their care of the poore, and of the Templars in Mili∣tary Deuotion.

The Holy Land also flourished with Regulars, Religious, Anchorites, Monkes, Canons, Nuns, * 1.429 Inclosed persons, Virgins, Widowes. It was also full of peoples, Genuois, Pisans, Venetians, men fit for the Sea, and sage Counsels: Frankes, Almans, Britons, Englishmen, lesse ordered or circum∣spect, more impetuous, more superfluous in Dyet, prodigall in Expenses, deuout in the Church, feruent in Charity, more couragious in Battell, and formidable to the Saracens: which yet for [ 60] the vanitie of some, are by the Pollans, called the Sonnes of Hemaudius. They which descended of the Conquerors are called Pollans, eyther because they were Pulli, inrespect of the Surians, or * 1.430 because their Mothers were most of them Apulians the Army wanting women enough, and pro∣curing from Apulia, the neerest place of the Westerne Church. There are besides in the H••ly

〈1 page duplicate〉〈1 page duplicate〉

〈1 page duplicate〉〈1 page duplicate〉

Land, Greekes, Iacobites, Maronites, Nestorians, Armenians and Georgians, of much seruice for husbanding the Earth and other commodities.

But when the Deuill (I still follow our Author) had found no rest in the first poore Pil∣grims; hee found the house emptie, swept and garnished (men idle and dwelling securely, a∣bounding with temporall goods) and taking seuen spirits worse then himselfe (the seuen deadly sinnes, for their ingratitude worse) hee entred againe, and the last state was worse then the for∣mer. They were proud, high-minded, contumelious, seditious, malicious, sorcerers, sacrile∣gious, couetous, slouthfull, drunkards, gluttons, adulterous, theeues, robbers, homicides, * 1.431 traitors, men of bloud, disobedient to Parents and Elders, without affection, truce breakers, mer∣cilesse: Reproach and lying man-slaughter, and theft, and adulterie ouer-flowed, and bloud tou∣ched [ 10] bloud. So was the imagination of wicked mens intent to euill at all times, so farre was all ver∣tue and religious honestie decayed, that there was scarsly any found which made difference betwixt the holy and profane, or separated the precious from the vile. All were gone head-long to confusion; from the sole of the foot to the crowne of the head there was no soundnesse: and as was the People, such was the Priest.

For when all the World in manner had made it selfe tributarie in Almes, Gifts, Oblati∣ons, the Pastors fed themselues, minding the Wooll and Milke, not the Soules of the Flocke; yea, became examples of Treason, rich by Christs pouertie, proud by his humilitie, glo∣rious by his ignominie, fattened and grosse by the patrimonie of him Crucified; howsoeuer Christ had said, Feede my Sheepe, not, Sheare my Sheepe. They sought their owne, not the [ 20] things of Christ, became blinde guides of the blinde, dumbe Dogs not able to barke; entring the Lords House pompously, wanting the Key of knowledge, polluted with Gehezis leprosie, erecting the Chayres of Doue-sellers and Money-changers, which our Lord ouer-threw, in the Churches euery-where, saying with Iudas, What will you giue mee? and I will betray him to you. All of them loued Gifts and followed Rewards, taking the Keyes from Simon Peter, and deliuering them to Simon Magus: manifold wayes luxurious, idle; feeding not with crummes from the Lords Table, but with whole Loaues and delicate Meates, their Whelps which of filthy Concubines they themselues more filthy had procreated.

The Regulars also infected with the poyson of Riches, and increased with possessions be∣yond measure, contemned their Superiours, and not onely became irksome to the Ecclesia∣stikes, * 1.432 [ 30] but enuied and detracted each other to the grieuous scandall of Christendome, to con∣tumelies, open hatreds, conflicts, violences, battells. For hauing begunne to build the Tower of Babel, with diuided Tongues, they not onely disagreed amongst themselues, but bandying factions procured discords amongst others. And howsoeuer many of them as graines of Corne amongst Chaffe, and Lillies amongst Thornes, as the times gaue leaue, obserued their rules, and sate not downe in the Chayre of pestilence; yet the impietie of the worse pre∣uailed, and their iniquitie superabounded, that in contempt of Ecclesiasticall Discipline, they receiued to their Holies those which by name had beene excommunicated: Abbots, Priors, Monkes, their miserable and mercenarie Chaplens, thrust their Sickles into others Haruests, made vnlawfull marriages, visited and houselled the sicke for gayne, not for god∣linesse; [ 40] binding and loosing against God and holy Canons, the Soules which belonged not to their charge; admitted the dead to burialls (their Pastors contradicting, and vsurped Pa∣rochiall right. Nunnes also leaped out of their Cloysters, frequenting publike Baths with secular persons. And as any were greater amongst the Lay-men, so much more perniciously corrupted they their wayes: a corrupt Generation, as Lees of the Wine, Cockle of Wheat, and Rust of Siluer.

These Pullani, delicate, wanton, effeminate, more accustomed to Baths then Battells, * 1.433 giuen to vncleannesse and leachcrie, curiously dressed after womens wont, were contemned of the Saracens, and (if they had none of the Westerne people with them) more vilipen∣ded then Women. They made league with the Saracens, and quarrelled with themselues, [ 50] for light matters raysing ciuill warres, and often borrowing aide of the Infidells, spending the Treasure and Stocke of Christians against Christians. They were deepe Dissemblers, not ea∣sie to bee perceiued in their fallacies till they had deceiued; iealous mewers vp of their wiues, that their owne Brethren and neerest Kindred might scarsly haue accesse; and keeping them from the Churches, and Sermons, and other things necessarie to their soules, hardly once in the yeere admitting them the Church. The richer sort erected Altars neere their wiues beds, and by some * 1.434 wretched Chaplens and vnlearned Sir Iohns, procured Masses to bee said, that they might seeme Christians. And how much closer their wiues are kept, so much more they whet their wits with a thousand deuises and infinite plots to finde starting holes; furnished by the Surians and Saracen women, with sorceries, mischiefes, and innumerable abominations. [ 60] They are ingratefull, and many wayes irksome to those Pilgrims, which come from re∣mote parts to their aide, with great labours and intolerable expenses, liking better their ease and carnall pleasures, then warres with the Saracens. These Pilgrims they entertayne at immoderate charge, defrauding and impouerishing them in buying, and bartering to their owne

exceeding enriching; afflicting them with reproaches and wrongs, and calling them a 1.435 Sonnes of Hernaud, as it were Fooles and Ideots.

There are others, continuing from ancient times vnder diuers Lords, Romanes, Greekes, Saracens and Christians, called Surians, vnfit for Warre, men for the most part Vnfaithfull, Double-dealing, * 1.436 Lyers, Inconstant, Fortune-fawners, Traytors, Gift-takers, esteeming Theft and Robbery for nothing, Spyes to the Saracens, imitating their Language and Condition. These shaue not, but nourish their beards, as doe the Greekes with great care, attributing thereto much virilitie, gra∣uitie, authoritie and glorie. Whereupon, when Baldwin Earle of Edessa, hauing marryed the Daughter of a rich Armenian, suffered his Beard to grow; to extort money from his Father-in∣law, he said, he had impawned his Beard for a great summe to certaine Creditors; who gaue him * 1.437 thirtie thousand Bizantines, to preuent that disgrace to his Family, and on condition neuer to [ 10] engage his Beard againe. These Syrians vse the Tongue and manner of writing of the Saracens in contracts, and all sauing their Diuinitie and Holies, for which they haue the Greeke Letter; so that their Laity vnderstand not their seruice, as the Greekes doe, whose Rites they wholly obserue. They obey the Latine Prelates, for feare of the Princes, otherwise not hauing Greeke Bishops of their owne, nor would regard their censures, but that our Lay-men in contracts and other businesse, would not haue to doe with them being excommunicated. For they say amongst themselues, that the Latines are all excommunicated, and therefore cannot excommunicate. The * 1.438 Surians and Greekes admit it not fourth Marriages. Their Priests marry not after their Orders, but vse their wiues which before they marryed. They account not Sub-deaconship in ho∣ly [ 20] Orders. Their simple Priests confirme with Chrisme, which with the Latines is not law∣full but to Bishops. They keepe Saturday holy, nor esteeme Saturday Fast lawfull but on Ea∣ster Eeuen. They haue solemne Seruice on Saturdayes, eate flesh, and feast it brauely like the Iewes.

There are also in the Holy Land and the East parts Iaeobites, so called of one Iames a Disciple * 1.439 of the Patriarke of Alexandria. These of long time haue inhabited the greater part of Asia, some amongst the Saracens, and some, as in Nubia, and great part of Aeth••opia, possessing whole * 1.440 Countries. They Baptise and circumcise their children, and obserue not Auricular Confession: some make Crosses with fire in their cheekes or temples; and they mayntaine but one nature in Christ. Some of them vse the Chaldee Letter, others the Arabike, that is, the Saracenicall. There are in the Holy Land, and by themselues in India, Nestorians, especially, in the Countrey [ 30] of Presbyter b 1.441 Iohn. These, with the Iacobines, are said to be more then the Latines and Greekes: and besides those which dwell by themselues entyre, there are said to be more of these Christians subiect to the Infidels, then are of Saracens themselues. They diuide the person of Christ, ma∣king the Virgin Mary Mother of the humane Person, & the Son of God another diuine Person. Nestorius and this his Heresie were condemned in the Ephesine Councell. They vse the Chaldee Letter, and leauened Hosts as the Greekes doe.

About Libanus are some called Maronites, many in number which acknowledged (Maro was their Master) but one nature in Christ. These Monothelites were condemned in the sixth generall Councel at Constantinople. They vsed Sacraments by themselues fiue hundred yeares, and [ 40] after by Aimerike, Patriark of Antiochia, were reduced to the Roman Faith, whose Traditions they follow; insomuch, that when all the Easterne Prelates except the Latines, vse no Rings, Miters, nor Pastorall Staues, nor Bels, (but Boords on which they knocke with a Sticke or Hammer to call the Assembly) the Maronites vse all; and their Patriarke was present at the Councell of Laterane, vnder Innocent the Third. They vse the Chaldee Letter and Saracen Language.

The Armenians are diuided from all other Christians in Rites; hauing a Primate of their * 1.442 owne, whom they call Catholicon, obserued by all of them as another Pope. They haue Let∣ters and Language proper, and Lyturgies in the vulgar. At Christmasse they fast, and at Twelf∣day they solemnize our Lords Baptisme, and his Spirituall Natiuitie, as they improperly speake.

Lent they fast so strictly, that they not only abstayne from Flesh, Egges, Whit-meates, but also from Fish, Oyle, and Wine, yet fast not but eate fruites, and as often as they please. On [ 50] some Fridayes they eate flesh. They mixe no water with Wine in the Sacrament. The Arme∣nians promised obedience to the Pope, when their King receiued of Henry the Emperor his Land, and the Crown of the Archbishop of Mentz: but retayne their old Rites notwithstanding. There is also a warlike people dreadfull to the Saracens, called Georgians, of Saint George; whom they haue for their Patrone, and worship as their Ensigne bearer aboue other Saints, vsing the Greeke * 1.443 Holies. Their Priests haue round crownes, the Lay-men square: and when they come to Ierusa∣lem on Pilgrimage, they enter with Banners displayed and without Tribute: the Saracens for∣bearing them, lest they should after their returne bee reuenged on other Saracens. Their noble women vse Armes in Battels, as Amazons. [ 60]

The Mosarabes are Latine Christians, and obserue the Romish Rites, dwelling amongst the * 1.444 African and Spanish Saracens. Yet some of them diuide the Sacrament into seuen parts, others into nime, whereas the Romane Church doth it into three. There are other miserable Easterne people, as Essees of Iewish descent, and Assasines, and Saducees, and Samaritans.

They which haue best knowne the Holy Land Affaires and Changes, affirme, that no greater plague hath hapned then flagitious and pestiferous men, Sacrilegious Theeues, Robbers, Murde∣rers, * 1.445 Parricides, Periured, Adulterers, Traytors, Pirates, Drunkards, Iesters, Dicers, Players, Runnagate Monkes, and Nunnes becomne common Whores, and such women as leauing their Husbands haue followed Bawdes, or such as haue forsaken their Wiues and marryed others. These Monsters haue runne away, and flying to the Holy Land, haue so much more boldly per∣petrated there their former euils without shame, as they haue beene further from those which knew them; neither fearing God nor respecting men. The easinesse of escaping, and impunitie of sinning haue loosed the reines to their Impietie: because that after villanies committed, they runne to the Saracens, and deny Christ, or else by ship flye to some Ilands, or getting to the [ 10] houses of Regulars, * 1.446 which euery where they found, by their pernicious libertie of Priuiledges, defending the wicked, they escaped without punishment. Some Murderers also condemned to mutilation or death in their owne Countries, by praying or paying obtayned often to bee con∣demned to perpetuall Exile in the Holy Land; and neuer altering their manners, haue there preyed on Pilgrimes and Strangers, kept Bawdie-houses and Gaming-houses, and Receptacles for Theeues and Murthers, paying a yeerely Pension to the potent and rich, to patronize them in these exorbitancies; extorting the same with greater summes from Whores and Gamesters. Many also came to the Holy Land, not for Deuotion, but Curiositie and Noueltie.

Thus you haue had a view of the Inhabitants, both Clergie and Laitie, Natiue and accesso∣rie: all flesh corrupting their way, and making it the most vnholy Sinke in the World, not the [ 20] nauill of the Earth, as some call it, but the Knaue-ill, Slaue-uile, and base confluence of villanie; not the foundation of Religion, but the fundament of the Deuill and of Irreligion, as formerly in other Ages, so worse then all worsts in this, that it was inhabited by these Pullans and Pil∣grimes. Neither haue I in this Relation augmented or exagerated, but for breuitie haue fallen farre short of the Authors blacke pitchie colours, wherein hee describeth their Hellish darknesse. And howsoeuer he much commends the first Pilgrimes (as comparatiuely they deserued) yet e∣uen that their righteousnesse was but pannus menstruatae, dyed in a deepe graine of Superstition, besides their other pollutions which the former Storie hath related. The best was a Popish pie∣tie, the worst was farre farre worse then Heathenish Impietie (Corruptio optimi pessima) so little good did Religion & Christianity hereby receiue euen here. And as for the hurt it receiued in the [ 30] West, we haue declared and proued at large; Religion comming to the West and worst, and that bright Sunne almost set in a darke misty mysticall Cloud, and darknesse from the bottomlesse Pit, principally by this meane and occasion.

Let none traduce me, as if I held it wholly vnlawfull to visit holy places, or to warre against Infidels, or that I enuy the Pope himselfe, his Temporalties: (howsoeuer gotten at first, as you haue heard) or absolutely deny Absolutions, Dispensations, Indulgences: the abuses I taxe, and historically haue shewed how by corruptions, confusions, combustions, the face and body of the Church hath beene empayred, weakned, and sicke (so neere to death in so many many members and limmes) of the Antichristian or Romish Disease. As Christ is the name not of the Head alone, but of the whole mysticall body, which is one Seed, one City, one Temple, one Vine, one New man, one [ 40] CHRIST: * 1.447 So is Antichrist both the head & mystical body; the name howsoeuer it be most pro∣perly due to the Popes in their successions, as the head, yet competible also to the whole body of the Popish Church, which together makes vp that mysticall Babylon, which thus by the carnall Ierusalem, and Iewish Opinions and Rites, hath so impouerished the new, spirituall and heauenly Ierusalem, and her Celestiall Priuiledges, whereof we are children by Regeneration, and enfran∣chised citizens in manifold Priuiledges. Neyther perhaps, did any one stratageme so farre reduce Iudaisme, or induce Poperie, or seduce the Christian world, as this Holy Land vnholy degenerati∣on. Christianity, is to liue by faith and not by sight, and to haue a conuersation heauenly, and the exercise of a spirituall warfare against the World, the flesh, the Deuill, by the panoply of God, [ 50] hope of Saluation for a Helmet, Brest-plate of Righteousnesse, Girdle of Sincerity, Greaues of the Gospell, Sword of the Spirit, which is the Word of God, and Shield of Faith (the euidence of things not seene, the ground of things hoped for) with perseuerant Watching and Prayer But these Expeditions first hapned in a tumultuary warring and spoyling Age; were begun for temporall respects in the first moouers; in many if not most of the followers apprehended to like purpose of spoyle (all being as you haue seene, the Souldiers owne, hee could get) which blan∣ched ouer with Honour, Religion, Merit; Once; being the seruice of two Masters at once, God and Mammon, (which in true Religion is incompetible) easily wonne entertaynment. And if men now will aduenture voluntarily to fight any quarrels of any Region or Religion, for foure shillings a week, (eight dayes to the weeke) in an Age more composed generally to words then [ 60] workes: is it any maruell, if so many inducements, in such a mist and smoke could whet so many Swords and courages in those Martiall times, where earthly purchases were the guerdon of the liuing, with Fame, Nouelties, and many many sensuall Holies; and Martyrdome was the Crowne of the dead with God, Heauen and Eternitie.

To conclude, Hypocrisie was the beginning, Bloud was the proceeding, Superstitious Pietie

that is impietie or impious pietie, with impuritie and desolation were the end. This whole businesse was (as the Serpents seducing Eue, and was prophesied of Antichrist) not an open pro∣fessed enmitie against Christ, but in coloured loue of Christ and his patrimonie, a more subtle de∣ceitfull working, the Deuill transformed into an Angell, that hee might proue the worse Deuill: this Expedition being after the working of Satan with all power, and signes, and lying wonders, and * 1.448 with all deceiuablenesse of vnrighteousnesse, as was foretold of that Sonne of perdition (which here∣by and herein he hath proued, if euer by any one course, as is shewed, to the perdition of thou∣sands and thousands of thousands, both bodies and soules) a strange Chymera, headed like a Lion, and in shew presenting a Lionlike fortitude, for the honor of that Lion of the Tribe of Iuda; yet after the Goats belly of various lusts, tayled like a Dragon, and enuenoming to manifold deaths [ 10] with the poyson of the old Serpent: in shew kissing, indeed betraying, with Iudas; in shew lif∣ting Christ higher, indeed crucifying him; the Pope in shew crowning these Pilgrims, but with a crowne of Thornes, with manifold externall miseries, void of all internall consolation, his In∣dulgences notwithstanding; in shew presenting the faces of men, and haire of women, indeed the tayles of Scorpions, which those Locusts had in their tayles. Once; herein was Christ many wayes crucified betwixt two theeues, in Vrban and Boamund the first Founders; in superstition and hypo∣crisie, the principall Mouers; in Reuelations of Peter the Heremite and others, and Papall Indul∣gences, the chiefe Confirmers: in the Greekes and Infidels, the one by Treacherie, the other by o∣pen Violence, the mayne Confounders, (like two Mill-stones, grinding the Westerne Christians and this whole exploit, to poulder) in exposing Christian bodies to bloudie crueltie, and their [ 20] soules to crueller impietie; in confusions and manifold disorders in Families and Commonwealths, by absence of Ouer-seers at home, and buying vanitie, nothing, and lesse then nothing (for that was the end) with Seas of bloud and heapes of carkasses abroad; in abasing the lawfull power of Kings, and exalting (in manner as yee haue heard) the vsurped Papall Monarchie; that is, by Ex∣communications, Interdicts, Treasons, Crusado's, Votifrages, Perjuries, abolishing them which are called Gods; and Him by whom Kings reigne, both in this his Ordinance, and in the whole face of his Religion; that the Man of sinne might exalt himselfe aboue all that is called God, or that is worshipped; so that now, and principally hereby, He as God sitteth in the Temple of God, shewing himselfe that he is God. This was then a mysterie hidden from the wise and prudent: but now, and hereby, that Wicked is reuealed. [ 30]

CHAP. VII.

Monuments of Antiquitie, taken out of ancient Records, to testifie the quondam commerce betwixt our Kings and their Subjects, and those Easterne Princes.

REx Coradino Illustri Soldano Damasci, salutem. De transmissis nobis à Nobilitate * 1.449 [ 40] vestra muneribus per Anselmum de Ienua mallonum Soldani, gratiarum vobis re∣pendimus actiones; prompti as parati in hijs quae licet, vestrae placere voluntati. Hoc quidem à Serenitate vestrapro ampliori petimus munere, vt, si quos terrae nostrae Christianos captiuatos tenetis, eos liberos & expeditos reddere, & intuitu nostri nobis mittere velitis: certis datis indicijs, quod ad eorum liberationem noster eis profuit in∣teruentus. Quo intellecto ad condignam vicissitudinem Serenitati vestrae merito teneamur. Teste me∣••pso apud Westmonasterium, Anno Regni nostri duodecimo.

Henricus Rex, &c. Sciatis nos concessisse, dilecto & fideli nostro Philippo de Albiniaco, quod si de eo humanitus contigerit, antequam iter peregrinationis suae arripuerit versus terram Ierusalem, quicquid ante obitum suum assignauerit, vel legauerit de terra de Periton, quam habet de dono nostro, & de terris de Clyneton, Bamton, & Wytton, quas habet de Balliuo nostro ad debita sua acquie∣tanda, [ 50] vel eleemosynas faciendas, vel ad mercedem militibus & seruientibus suis pro seruicio suo retribuendam, nisi prius terras illas haeredibus eorum, per voluntatem nostram, vel per pacem red∣diderimus, ratum habemus & stabile vsque in tres annos àdie obitus sui completos. In cuius &c. Teste Rege apud Westmonasterium 14. Iulij, Anno Regni sui decimo septimo.

Rex concessit & licenciauit Simonem de Wistlegray, quod peregrini de partibus istis euntes peregre * 1.450 versus terram Ierusalem, Sanctum Iacobum, & alibi ad partes transmarinas, in Naue ipsius Si∣monis, quae vocatur Gladyghyne saluo & secure transfretare possint. Et mandatum est omnibus Bal∣liuis & fidelibus Regis, &c. Quod eidem Simoni & hominibus suis in ducendo Peregrinos in Naue praedicta, sicut praedictum est, nullum faciant, nec fieri permittant dam••um vel grauamen. Et [ 60] durant literae vs{que} ad festum Sancti Michaelis. Teste Rege apud Rading, quinto die Aprilis, Anno Regni sui decimo nono.

Rex omnibus, ad quos praesentes literae peruenerint, salutem. Sciatis, quod concessimus dilecto * 1.451 & fideli nostro Oliuero de Sancto Georgio, quod in auxilium peregrinationis suae, quam facturus est

in Terram Sanctam, inuadiare possit terram suam de Brocton vsque ad terminum trium annorum, à festo Sancti Michaelis, Anno Regni nostri decimo nono. Ita quod ipse cui terram illam inuadiauerit, illam teneat vsque ad terminum praedictum trium annorum, quicquid de ipso Oliuero interim contingat. In cuius rei testimonium &c. Teste Rege apud Windesoram vicesimo octauo die Aprilis, Anno Regni sui decimo nono.

The Kings Letters to the Prelates, to excite their charitable deuotions, for reliefe of the Ho∣spitall of Saint Samson in Constantinople, and the Licence granted to Friar Thomas their Messen∣ger for one yeere, granted at Windsor, A. Reg. 22. is here omitted.

Rex Saladino, socio Thath Nuncij * 1.452 Veteris de Mussa, salutem. Significauimus praedicto Thath, quod bene placet nobis, quod ad nos in Angliam veniat, expositurus nobis Nuncium suum, pro quo [ 10] ad nos venistis in Angliam, sicut per literas nostras Patentes, quas ei mittimus, plenius ei significa∣mus. Et ideo vos scire volumus, quod bene placet nobis, quod si cum literis nostris praedictis ad ipsum personaliter accedere volueritis, id libenter faciatis: vel eas per quem volueritis praedicto socio vestro transmittatis. Teste Rege apud Kenynton 20. die Iulij, Anno Regni sui 22.

Rex omnibus ad quos &c. salutem. Sciatis, quod concessimus Magistro Militum Templi Ierusa∣lem quingentas Marcas ad opus suum, reddendas in Anglia vel Hibernia Magistro Militiae Templi * 1.453 Anglicanae, ad redemptionem Militum & Fratrum eiusdem Templi Ierusalem, qui à Saracenis capti fuerunt in bello inter Castra de Gastun & Trepeshac in terra Antiochiae. Teste Rege apud Geldeford primo die Ianuarij, Anno Regni sui vicessimo secundo.

Gerardus de Rodes, qui profecturus est ad Terram Ierusalem de licentia Domini Regis, habet li∣teras [ 20] Domini Regis de protectione, cum hac clausula, quod quietus sit de secta Comitatuum & Hun∣dredorum, & de omnibus placitis & querelis, exceptis placitis de dote, vnde in his habet, assisa nouae disseisinae, & vltimae praesentationis Ecclesiarum, duraturas quamdiu idem Gerardus fuerit in peregrinatione praedicta. Teste Rege apud Winton, sexto die Iunij, Anno Regni sui tricessi∣mo secundo.

Robertus de Ver, qui de licentia Regis peregre profecturus est in Terram Ierusalem, habet literas * 1.454 Regis de protectione Patentes sine clausula, duraturas per triennium. Teste Rege apud Westmonasterium 27. Iunij, Anno Regni sui tricessimo tertio.

Rex Ademarode Lezignan, salutem. Sciatis, quod dedimus Gulfredo de Lezignan fratri nostro, * 1.455 in auxilium ad faciendam peregrinationem in Terram Sanctam, ducentas Marcas, quas nobis debetis [ 30] pro custodia terrae, quae fuit Thurstani Dispenser &c. Et ideo vobis mandamus, quaetenus praedictas du∣centas Marcas praefato Galfredo, vel eius certo Nuncio sine difficultate soluatis. In cuius &c. Test•• Rege apud Westmonasterium 10. Ianuarij, Anno Regni sui 34.

Excellentissimo Principi, Domino Dolgieto, Regi Tartarorum Illustri, Edwardus Dei gratia Rex * 1.456 Angliae, Dominus Hiberniae, & Dux Aquitaniae salutem, & foelices ad vota successus. Celsitudinis vestrae Nuncios ad celebris memoriae Dominum Edwardum imper Regem Angliae, Patrem nostrum, qui antequam ad ipsum venissent, extremum clauserit fati diem, cum literis vestris missos post dicti Pa∣tris nostri decessum admisimus: & literas vestras praedictas, & ea quae ijdem Nuncij vestri nobis ex parte vestra per commissam à vobis credentiam retulerunt, audiuimus & intelleximus diligenter: de beneuolentia & amore quos vos & progenitores vestri erga dictum progenitorem nostrum & nobis ha∣c••enus [ 40] gessistis, & adhuc geritis, ne••non de missione Nunciorum vestrorum, & dilectione & vnitate, quas inter vos & nos hinc inde crescere cupitis, & augeri: Et de eo praecipuè, quod amicitiam inter nobi∣les Antecessores vestros & genitorem nostrum praedictum habitam memoriter retinetis, prout literarum vestrarum series patefecit: ac alijs rumoribus contentis in eisdem vestris literis & expressis, grates refe∣rentes vestrae magnificentiae Regiae speciales. De pace siquidem ab ortu solis vsque ad confinia vltra ma∣re Deo propicio per vos facta gaudemus in Domino, & efficimur valde laeti. Caeterum super eo, quod in∣telligi vobis datur, quod inter nos, qui discordes fuimus citra mare pax & concordia reformatur: Ex∣cellentiae vestrae Regiae volumus esse notum, quod inter nos firmiter cred〈…〉〈…〉us & speramus, super quibus∣cun{que} discordijs & controuersijs hinc inde suscitatis, in breui, mediante Dei praesidio, finalem fieri & concordiam atque pacem. Datum apud Northampton decimo sexto die Octobris, Anno Regni [ 50] nostri primo.

Serenissimo Principi ac Domino, Tartarorum Imperatori Potentissimo, Edwardus Dei gratia Rex * 1.457 Angliae, Dominus Hiberniae, & Dux Aquitaniae, foelicem regnandi gloriam cum salute. Reges & Principes terreni tanto magis dinoscuntur Regi Coelestis gloriae complacere, quanto simplices Christi fi∣deles ardentius defendere, & nociuos & perfidos nituntur viribus debellare. Quibus ex collato sibi diui∣nitus incumbit officio aequa iustitiae libra rempublicam gubernare, & Christi infideles Christianae{que} fidei contrarios & rebelles impugnare & destruere iuxta posse. Hinc est quod cum in partibus Asiae & Af∣fricae à longissimis retroactis temporibus multum 〈…〉〈…〉ualuerit prophana secta & sordida Machometi, cir∣cumqua{que} pullulans & diffundens sua infecta germina nimis late pestem saeculo suae contagionis nepha∣riae immitte••do: Nos qui, Deo permittente, sumus sceptro Regio insigniti ad tam ••efandae sectae eradica∣tionem [ 60] libenter intenderemus, si loci distantia, & alia ardua negocia nobis incumbentia hoc fieri permit∣terent quouis modo. Nam tempus ad hoc adest acceptabile, vt accepimus his diebus, maxime cum in libris ipsorum contineri dicatur, infra breue tempus terminari & adn••llari debere sectam nephariam Machometi. Vos igitur vestrum laudabile propositum in hac paerte continuantes in••hoata per vos ad

huiusmodi sectam sordidam à seculo penitus abolenda•• velitis perducere ad effectum. Ad haec ad vestram accidunt praesentiam Religiosi, honesti, & literati viri, vt populum vestrum ad fidem Catho∣licam, sine qua saluus fierinemo potest, diuina operante virtute, reducant, & instruant in eadam: Ac ad sumendum bellum contra detestabilem Machometi sectam habilitent & informent: venerabilis scilicet frater Willielmus Dei Gratia Lidden Episcopus, vir vtique discretus, moribus & scientia prae∣ditus, cum sua venerabili comitiua: quem ob honorem omnipotentis Dei, & fauorem fidei Christianae vobis quanto affectuosius possumus, commendamus. Rogantes ex corde quatenus eundem Episcopum & eius Comitiuam Dei intuitu, sub cuius imperio cuncta consistunt, gratiose & curialiter admit∣tentes, eisdem in prosecutione negocij praedicti exhibere vos velitis fauorabiles & benignos praefa∣to Episcopo, in his quae vestrae magnificentiae pro augmentatione fidei Catholicae eduxerit exponen∣da, [ 10] fidem credulam exponendo. Datum apud Langley vltimo die mensis Nouembris, Anno Regni nostri primo.

Like Letters of commendation of the said Bishop William, to the King of Armenia, and o∣thers to the Prince Gentis Matalorum in partib. orient. are vpon Record, but here for breuitie omit∣ted. Another to the said King here followeth.

Serenissimo Principi, & amico suo charissimo, Leoni Dei Gratia Armenorum Regi illustri, Ed∣wardus * 1.458 Rex Angliae, &c. Salutem & foelices ad vota successus. Litcras vestras de credentia per dis∣cretos viros Theodorum, Cantorem Abbatiae de Tresarco, Dominum Baudinium silium Domini de Negrino, consobrinum vestrum, & Dominum Leonem, Milites, familiares vestros & Nuncios specia∣les, super nouis periculis vobis & Regno vestro, cunctisque eiusdem Regni Christic••lis emergentibus [ 20] nobis missos recepimus. Et ea quae ijdem Nuncij vestri vobis ex parte vestra per credentiam eis com∣missam exponere voluerunt, and: uimus & intelleximus diligenter. Super quibus dolem•••• in intimis, & turbamur. Uerum quia clarae memoriae Dominus Edwardus Rex Angliae, pater noster, viam vniuersae earnis est ingressus quamobrem einsdem Regni regimen suscepimus, & Coronacionis nostrae solennià celebrari fec〈…〉〈…〉, non est d••••; diuersaque & ardua ex hijs causis nobis incumbunt negocia hijs diebus: dictorum negociorum requisitionibus ex parte vestra nobis factis annuere non possumus in praesenti. Scd cum tempora nobis ad hoc aduenerint oportuna, libenter adhibebimus cum Dei prae∣sidio super requisitionibus praedictis consilium quod poterimus bono modo. De xenio siquidem quod vestra munificentia nobis misit, vestrae serenitati grates referimus speciales: parati semper ad ea fa∣cienda quae vestris vtilitatibus nouerimus conuenire. Datum apud Westmonasterium tertio die Martij, [ 30] Anno Regni nostri primo.

Edwardus Dei Gratia Rex Angliae, &c. Religioso viro, & sibi in Christo charissimo, fratri Io∣hanni de ordine Minorum, Leonis quondam Regis Armenorum illustris filio primogenito, salutem cum delectione sincera. Literas vestras de credentia, &c. vt supra.

Magnifico Principi ac potenti, Dauid Dei gratia Regi I••rgianorum, Edwardus eadem Dei gra∣tia * 1.459 Rex Angliae, Dominus Hiberniae, & Dux Aquitaniae prosperorum incrementa successuum, cum augmento fidei Orthodoxae. Creator & Redemptor humani generis Iesus Christus, qui omnes vult saluos fieri, & nemine•• vult perire, hominem ad suam factum imaginem, proto parentis Adae lapsu à supernis exclusum sedibus, tanto dilexit caritatis affectu, vt pro ipsius redempt' one perpe∣tua, de intemerato Virginis nascens vtero, nostraeque humanitatis indutus velamine, tanquam Pa∣stor [ 40] optimus ••ro suis ouibus mortem pati, & suam dare a••••am non horreret, qui post passionem suam, secundum Scripturas, tertia die resurgens à mortuis, discipulis suis se viuum praebuit in mul∣tis argumentis, per dies quadraginta apparens eis, & loquens de Regno Dei, & eos spiritus Sancti virtute perlustrans & sapientia, misit in omnem Iudaeam, & Samariam, & vsque ad vltimum terrae, suae resurrectionis gloriam & doctrinam Euangelicam praedicare, vt in omnem terram sonus eorum exiret, & in fines orbis terrae verba eorum credentibus panderent. Euntes, inquiens, in mun∣dum vniuersum praedicate Euangelium omni creaturae: Qui credit & baptizatus fuerit saluus erit: Qui vero non crediderit condemnabitur. Cum igitur vir religi sus & prouidus frater Guillermus de Villa Noua, ordinis Minorum Episcopus, praesentium la••or, sanctae fidei Orthodoxae Professor & Zelator feruidus, de mandato Sanctae sedis Apostolicae ad partes Tartarorum, & aliorum, qui fidem non norunt Catholicam, vna cum nonnullis Co-episcopis & fratribus eiusdem ordinis, vt vobis, & [ 50] ipsis Euangelium Christi, ve bumque salutis annunciet, & transferre proponat: vos rogamus & hortamur in Demino Iesu Christo, per vestrae salutem animae requirentes, quatenus praefatos Epis∣copos cae••••rosque Religiosos & Catholicos, eisque adhaerentes, & adhaerere volentes per loca vestrae ditioni subiecta libere, saluo, & secure transire. Verbumque Dei, & sanctum Domini Iesu Christi Euangelium praedicare aud••re volentibus per mittentes, ipsis faciatis ob Diuinae Maie∣statis reuerentiam, nostrorumque contemplatione rogaminum securum praestari conductum, ipsosque malignantium incursu defendi. Datum apud Douarram vicissimo secundo die Maij, Anno Regni nostri sexto. Teste Regi.

Eodem modo mandatum est Imperatori Trapezandarium. Teste Rege, vt supra. [ 60]

Rex potenti viro Imperatori Aquilonari, deposito Gentilitatis errore, lum en verum agnoscere quod est Christus Creator & Redemptor humani generis Iesus Christus, qui omnes vult saluos fieri, & ne∣minem vult perire, &c. vt supra. Teste vt supra.

Eodem modo mandatum est subscriptis: videlicet; Carpenta Persarum & Medorum Imp. Imperatori de Cathay.

Diuers others of Richard the Second, Henry the Eight, &c. collected to this purpose. I haue omitted.

TO THE READER.

LIke that Scribe which brings out of his Treasurie new and old▪ so haue I here done, and so our Au∣thor following. To those elder Stories and Records I haue added this later Voyage to Ierusalem and Constantinople: and He, besides his Trauels, hath added his Studies, the Uoyage of his Minds In∣dustrie, aswell as of his bodies Peregrination; as a Learned Argus, seeing with the Eyes of many Au∣thors, [ 01] and comparing things old and new. Pardon me, that I haue here much pruned his sweet Poetrie, his farre-fet Antiquitie, and other fruits of his Learning: I would not haue his owne Worke out of re∣quest. I present men rather as Trauellers, then as Scholers; and in this Historicall Stage produce them, telling what they haue seene; not what they can say, or what other Authors haue written: not that I dis∣proue this (for what else is my whole Pilgrimage?) but that I hold on here another course; where if eue∣ry man should say all, no man could haue his part, and where euen breuitie it selfe is almost tedious (as you see) by Multitudes. The other parts of Master Sandys are not simply superfluous, yet are these to our present purpose sufficient.

CHAP. VIII. [ 20]

A Relation of a Iourney begunne, Anno Dom. 1610. written by Master GEORGE SANDYS, and beere contracted.

§. I. [ 30]

His iourney from Venice to Constantinople, and Obserua∣tions by the way.

FRom Venice wee departed on the twentieth of August, 1610. in the Little Defence of London. The Venetians are Lords of this Sea, but not without contention with the Papacie. On Ascention day, the Duke accompanyed with the Cla••••s∣simoes * 1.460 of that Signiory, is rowed thither in the Bucentoro, a triumphall Galley, [ 40] richly, and exquisitely gilded: aboue a roome (beneath which they row) com∣prehending the whole length and breadth of the Galley; neere the poope a throne, the rest accomodated with seates, where he solemnely espouseth the Sea: confirmed by a Ring throwne therein, the Nuptiall Pledge and Symboll of subiection. This Ceremonie re∣ceiued a beginning from that Sea-battell fought and wonne by the Uenetians, vnder the con∣duct of Sebastiano Zani, against the forces of Fredericke Barbarossa in the quarrell of Pope A∣lexander the Third. Who flying his furie in the habit of a Cooke repayred to Venice, and there long liued disguised in the Monastery of Charitie. Zani returning in triumph with the Empe∣rours Sonne, was met by the Pope, and saluted in this manner: Here take, O Zani, this Ring of Gold, and by giuing it to the Sea, oblige it vnto thee. A ceremonie that shall on this day bee [ 50] yearely obserued, both by thee and thy Successors, that Posteritie may know how you haue purchast the Dominion thereof by your valours, and made it subiect vnto you, as a Wife to her Husband.

We sayled all along in the sight of Dalmatia, at this day Sclauonia, of the Sclaui, a people of * 1.461 Sarmatia. They dissent not from the Greeke Church in their Religon. Throughout the North part of the World their Language is vnderstood and spoken, euen from thence almost to the Confines of Tartarie. The men weare halfe-sleeued Gownes of Violet cloth, with Bonnets of the same. They nourish onely a locke of haire on the crowne of their heads: the rest all shauen. The women weare theirs not long; and dye them blacke for the most part. Their chiefe Citie [ 60] is Ragusa (heretofore Epidaurus) a Common-wealth of it selfe, famous for Merchandize, and plentie of shipping. Many small Ilands belong thereunto, but little of the Continent. They pay Tribute to the Turke, fourteene thousand Zecchins yearely: and spend as much more vpon them in gifts and entertainment, sending the Grand Signior euery yeare a ship loden with Pitch

for the vse of his Gallies. Whereby they purchase their peace; and a discharge of duties throughout the Ottoman Empire.

Corfu, the first Iland of note that we past by, lyeth in the Ionian Sea; stretching East and West in forme of a Bow: foure and fiftie miles long, foure and twentie broad, distant about twelue from the mayne of Epirus, called formerly Corcyra, adorned with Groues of Oranges, Limons, Pomegranates, Fig-trees, Oliues and the like: enriched with excellent Wines and abundance of Honey. Vpon the North-side stands a Citie that takes the name of the Iland, with a Castle strongly seated on a high Rocke, which ioyneth by an Isthmos to the Land, and impregnably fortified. The Turkes haue testified as much in their many repulses. It is the Chaire of an Arch∣bishop, inhabited for the most by Grecians, as is the whole Iland, and subiect to the Venetians. [ 10]

Saint Maura lyeth next vnto this, once adioyning to the Continent, and separated by the labour of the Inhabitants: yet no further remoued then by a bridge to bee past into. Called it was formerly Leucadia, of a white Rocke which lyeth before it, toward Cephalonia. On which stood the Temple of Apollo. In this Iland they haue a Citie inhabited for the most part by Iewes: receiued by Baiazet the Second; at such time as they were expulsed Spaine by King Ferdinand.

Val de Compare, a little beyond presenteth her rockie Mountaines, contayning in circuit a∣bout fiftie miles, now inhabited by Exiles and Pirates. Once called Ithaca, so celebrated for the birth of Vlysses: Betweene this and the mouth of the Gulph of Lepanto, (once named the Gulph of Corinth) lye certaine little Ilands, or rather great Rockes, now called Curzolari, here∣tofore [ 20] * 1.462 Echinades, made famous by that memorable Sea-battell there obtayned against the Turke by Don Iohn of Austria, in the yeare 1571. and sung by a crowned Muse.

We sayled close by Cephalenia, triangular in forme, one hundred and sixtie miles in circumfe∣rence: the Mountaynes intermixed with profitable Valleyes, and the Woods with Champian. Vnwatered with Riuers, and poore in Fountaines, but abounding with Wheate, Honey, Co∣rents, Manna, Cheese, Wooll, Turkeyes, excellent Oyle, incomparable (though not long lasting) Muscadines, and Powder for the dying of Scarlet: This growes like a blister on the leafe of the holy Oke, a little shrub, yet producing Acornes: being gathered, they rub out of it a certaine red dust, that conuerteth after a while into wormes, which they kill with Wine when they begin to quicken. Amongst her many harbours, Argostoli is the principall, capacious enough for a Na∣uie. [ 30] The Inhabitants of this Iland are Grecians, the Uenetians their Souereignes. Hauing past through the Streights, that diuide this Iland from the next, (vulgarly called Canale del Zant,) on the second of September we entred the Hauen of Zacynthus, and saluted the Castle with our Ordnance.

This Iland (nine hundred miles distant from Venice) so called of Zacynthus the Sonne of Dar∣danus, and at this day Zant; contayneth in circuit not past threescore miles. On the South and * 1.463 South-east sides rockie and mountaynous, but plaine in the midst, and vnspeakably fruitfull, producing the best Oyle of the World, and excellent strong Wines, both white and red, which they call Ribolla. But the chiefe riches thereof consisteth in Corents, which draweth hither much trafficke (especially from England and Holland, for here they know not what to doe with them:) [ 40] insomuch that wheras before they were scarce able to free themselues from importunate famine, they now (besides their priuate gettings, amounting to one hundred and fiftie thousand Zec∣chins) * 1.464 doe yearely pay vnto Saint Marke fortie eight thousand Dollars for Customes and other Duties. It is impossible that so little a portion of Earth, so employed, should be more beneficiall, the mountaynous part being barren, and the rest comprized within two or three not very ample Valleyes, but those all ouer husbanded like an entyre Garden. They sow little Corne, as em∣ploying their grounds to better aduantage: for which they sometimes suffer, beeing ready to starue, when the weather continueth for any season tempestuous: and they cannot fetch their prouision, which they haue as well of Flesh as of Corne, from Morea, being ten leagues distant. They haue Salt-pits of their owne, and store of fresh water, but little or no wood, though cele∣brated for the abundance thereof, by Homer and Virgil. [ 50]

It is here a custome strictly obserued (as also else-where within the Streights belonging to the Christians) not to suffer any to trafficke or come ashoare before they haue a Pratticke from the * 1.465 Signiors of Health, which will not be granted vntill fortie dayes after their arriuall, especially if the ship come from Turkie, and bring not a Certificate, that the place from whence they came is free from the infection: if so, perchance their restraint may be shortned, during which time they haue a Guardian set ouer them. They will not suffer a Letter to be deliuered, if sealed with thred, before it be opened and ayred. If such as come to speake with them doe but touch one of the ship, or sometimes but a rope, they shall be forced to ascend, and remayne there for the time limited; it being death to him that shall come ashoare without licence. Notwithstanding, they [ 60] vpon request will carrie you to the Lazaretto (which is the nature of a Pest-house) there to a∣bide vntill the date be expired. But if any fall sicke amongst them in the meane-season, their Pratticke is accordingly prolonged. A great inconuenience to the Merchants, but at Venice in∣tolerable, where when they haue Pratticke, they are enforced to vnlade at the Lazaretto. So

〈1 page duplicate〉〈1 page duplicate〉

〈1 page duplicate〉〈1 page duplicate〉

vnder pretence of ayring their goods are opened; their quantitie, qualitie and condition known; redounding much to their detriments. But for that we came from Venice, wee were freed from this mischiefe, and presently suffered to land.

The Towne, taking or giuing a name to the Iland, stretcheth along betweene the West side of the Hauen and the foote of the Mountayne: perhaps a mile in length, in breadth but narrow. The streets vnpaued, the building low, by reason of the often Earth-quakes whereunto this I∣land is miserably subiect. Two hapned during my short abode heere, though of small impor∣tance. Although the seate of the Towne be excessiue hot, yet is it happily qualified by a North∣east gale that bloweth from Sea most constantly about the midst of the day.

The Great Turke hath yearely a present of Falcons from the Gouernor (accompanyed, as some [ 01] say, with twelue hundred Zecchins) which he calleth a Tribute: it beeing in his power to di∣stresse them at his pleasure, by restrayning the reliefe of victuals which they haue from Morea, and his adioyning Dominions. Whilest wee were here, the Captaine Bassa past by with sixtie Gallies; who yearely about this time sayleth in circuit, to receiue Tribute, suppresse Pirates, and to doe some exploit vpon the Malteses, Spaniards, and Florentines, with whom they are one∣ly in hostilitie. Diuers of their Gallies putting into the Hauen, were courteously entertaynd for the Venetians endeauour, as much as in them lyes to keepe good quarters with the Turke; not onely for the reason aforesaid, (which perhaps might extend as farre as their Citie: their Ter∣ritories though large and fruitfull, too narrow to sustayne so populous a State, if vnrelieued from Turkie, and that their passage into the mid-land Sea were interrupted) not for the losse they [ 20] should sustayne by the cessation of Trafficke with the Mahometans: but knowing him by deare experience too powerfull an Aduersary for them by Land, and though they are perhaps strong enough by Sea, yet should they lose a Nauie, their losse were vnrecouerable, whereas the Turke within the space of a yeare is able to set forth another.

The Inhabitants of this Iland are in generall Grecians (of whom wee will speake no more then concernes the particular customes of the place, reseruing the rest to our relation of that peo∣ple: in habit they imitate the Italians••, but transcend them in their reuenges, and infinitely lesse ciuill. They will threaten to kill a Merchant that will not buy their Commodities, and make * 1.466 more conscience to breake a Fast, then to commit a Murther. One of them at our beeing heere, pursued a poore Sailer (an Englishman) for offering but to carrie a little bagge of Corents aboord [ 30] vncustomed, and killed him, running vp a paire of staires for succour. He is weary of his life that hath a difference with any of them, and will walke abroad after day-light. But cowardize is ioyned with their crueltie, who dare doe nothing but sodainly, vpon aduantages; and are euer * 1.467 priuately armed. Encouraged to Villanies by the remisnesse of their Lawes: for none will lay hands vpon an offender, vntill fourteene dayes after that hee bee called to the Scale, (an eminent place where one doth stand and publikely cite the offenders:) who in the meane-time hath lei∣sure to make his owne peace, or else to absent himselfe: if then he appeare not, they banish him; and propound a reward according to the greatnesse of the offence, to him that shall either kill or take him aliue: and if it be done by one that is banished, his owne banishment (the least reward) is released. The Labourers doe goe into the fields with Swords and Partizans, as if in an Ene∣mies [ 40] Country, bringing home their Wines and Oyles in Hogs-skins, the in-sides turned outward. It is a custome amongst them to inuite certaine men vnto their Marriages, whom they call Com∣peeres. Euery one of these doe bestow a Ring, which the Priest doth put vpon the Bride and Bridegroomes fingers, interchangeably shifting them; and so hee doth the Garlands on their heads. Of these they are neuer iealous (an abuse in that kind reputed as detestable a crime, as if committed by a naturall Brother;) so that they lightly chuse those for their Compeeres that haue beene formerly suspected too familiar. The Bridegroome entring the Church, stickes his Dag∣ger in the doore; held auailable against Inchantments. For heere it is a common practice to be∣witch them: made thereby impotent with their Wiues, vntill the Charme be burnt, or other∣wise consumed: insomuch that sometimes (as they say) the Mothers of the betrothed, by way [ 50] of preuention doe bewitch them themselues, and againe vnloose them as soone as the Marriage is consummated. The Nuptiall sheets (as in some cases commanded by the Mosaicall Law) are publikely showne: and preserued by their Parents as a Testimonie of their vncorrupted Virginities.

There be here two Bishops, one of the Greekes, and another of the Latines. The Greekes haue diuers Churches, the principall that of S. Nicolas, (which giueth to the Hauen a name, and not far remoued) with a Monastery of Caloieros; for so are their Monkes called. On the other side of the Harbor, vpon the top of the Promontory, they haue another far lesse; with a Chappell de∣dicated to the Virgin Mary, called Madonna del Scopo, reputed effectresse of Miracles, and much [ 60] inuocated by Sea-faring men. As the Duke of Venice doth marrie the Sea, so yearely doth this Bishop vpon the Twelfe day baptize it: although with lesse state, yet with no lesse Ceremo∣nie. The Venetians heere (as in Candy) doe ioyntly celebrate the Grecian Festiuals: either to gratifie, or else to auoid occasions of tumult. As for the Romane Catholike Bishop, hee hath his Cathedrall Church and residence within the Castle: where there is a Couent

of Franciscans. A mile and halfe off, in the sight of the Towne, on the side of a Mountaine, they haue another Monasterie, called the Annuntiata, where the Latins haue their burials, built in * 1.468 the yeere 1550. when vnder the ground there were found two Vrnes; one full of ashes, and the other of water, in an ancient Sepulchre. Vpon a square stone that couered the Tombe, was, engrauen M. TVL. CICERO LAVE ET TV IEPTIA ANTONIA, 〈◊〉〈◊〉 vnder * 1.469 the Vrne which contayneth the ashes, AVE MAR. TVL. It being supposed that Cicero was there buried: peremptorily affirmed by a Traueller then present; reporting withall, that he saw this Epitaph:

Of Orators the Prince, of Speech the Pride: Tullie, with his Wife in this Urne abide: [ 10] Tullie, that of himselfe thus writ; O Rome Blest, in that I thy Consul, am become.

Ille oratorum princeps, & gloria linguae Romanae, iacet hac, cum coniuge Tullius vrna▪ Tullius ille,inquam, de se qui scripserat olim, O fortunatam natam, me consule, Romam. Adamus Tefellenius in suo Itin.

The Iewes haue here a Synagogue, (of whom there are not many) one hauing married an Eng∣lish woman, and conuerted her to his Religion. They weare a blue riband about their hats for a distinction. The forraine Merchants here resident, are for the most part English, who by their frequent deaths doe disproue the aire to be so salubrious as is reported: who haue their purchased interments in gardens: neither suffered by Greekes nor Latines to be buried in Churches. If a Stranger here take a fraught of a Venetian, and a Venetian ship be in ••ort, the Master thereof vp∣on [ 20] a protestation, will enforce the Stranger to vnlode, and serue his owne turne therewith, if it be for his benefit. In this Iland there are fortie Villages.

On the fourteenth of September I embarqued in another English ship, called the Great Ex∣change; first bound for Chios, and then for Tripolis. With a prosperous wind wee compassed a part of Morea: more famous by the name of Peloponnesus: shaped like a Plantan leafe, and em∣braced * 1.470 almost by the Corinthian and Saronian armes of the Mediterraneum: on the North ad∣ioyning by a narrow Isthmos to the rest of Greece; where stood that renowmed Citie of Corinth. * 1.471 But I rather thinke, for their wholsome aduice, and expedite execution, in freeing the State of those monsters, called the Dogs of Iupiter, that is, internall Furies, and ministers of his ven∣geance. Alphonsus King of Naples, was wont to say merrily, that the Harpyes had left the [ 30] Strophades to inhabite at Rome: intimating thereby the auarice of that Clergie. Wee left on * 1.472 the left hand two Rockes, at this day called the Striualy: where onely liue a few Greeke Co∣loieros, that receiue their sustenance of almes from the neighbouring Ilands. There is in one a Spring of fresh water, supposed to haue his originall in Peloponnesus, and so to passe vnder the Sea, in regard of a certaine tree ouer-shadowing a little Lake, the leaues thereof (or like vnto those) being often found in this Fountaine, there growing none of that kind in the Iland. Wee thrust betweene Cape Malio and Cerigo, about fiue miles distant; once Porphyris, of his excel∣lent Porphyr; but better knowne by the name of Cythera. An Iland consecrated vnto Venus. In the Towne rising two furlongs vp from the Hauen, stood her celebrated Temple (the most ancient that the Grecians had of that Goddesse,) and therein her Statue in complete armour. [ 40] Out of this it is said, that Paris made a rape of Helena, or rather here first enioyed her in his re∣turne from Sparta. The ruines are now to be seene, together with that of Uranias. The Iland is sixtie miles in compasse; it hath diuers Harbours, but those small and vnsafe. A delightfull soyle, inhabited by Grecians, and subiect to the Venetians.

This is the first of the Aegean Sea: the largest arme of the Mediterraneum, extending to * 1.473 the Hellespont, and diuiding Greece from the lesser Asia. A Sea dangerous and troublesome to sayle through, in regard of the multitude of Rockes, and Ilands, euery where dispersed. Inso∣much, that a man is prouerbially said to sayle in the Aegean Sea, that is, encumbred with diffi∣culties. The Ilands of this Sea were anciently diuided into the Sporades, and Cyclades. The Sporades are those that lie scattered before Crete, and along the coast of Asia: The Cyclades, so called in that they lie in a circle. [ 50]

Amongst the rest of the last named wee sayled by Delos, (now Diles) hemd with sharpe * 1.474 Rockes. The ruines of Apollos Temple are here yet to be seene, affoording faire Pillars of mar∣ble to such as will fetch them, and other stones of price, both in their nature, and for their work∣manship; the whole Iland being now vninhabited.

Three dayes after our embarkment (as quicke a passage as euer was heard of) we arriued at Sio, * 1.475 a famous Iland, called formerly Chios. Sixscore and fiue miles it contayneth in circuit, exten∣ding from South vnto North: the North and West quarters extraordinarie hilly. In the mid∣dest of the Iland is the Mountaine Aruis (now Amista) producing the best Greeke Wines. But the Lenticke tree, which is well-nigh onely proper to Sio, doth giue it the greatest renowne [ 60] and endowment. These grow at the South end of the Iland, and on the leasurely ascending hills that neighbour the shoare. In heighth not much exceeding a man, leaued like a Seruice, and bearing a red berrie, but changing into blacke as it ripeneth.

In the beginning of August lanch they the rine, from whence the Masticke distilleth vntill * 1.476

the end of September, at which time they gather it. None suffered to come amongst them during the interim, it being death to haue but a pound of new Masticke found in their houses. The wood thereof is excellent for tooth-picks. By reason of these trees they haue the best Honie of the world, which intermingled with water, is not much inferiour in relish to the costly Shur∣bets of Constantenople. The Iland produceth Corne and Oyle indifferent plentie. Some Silke they make, and some Cottons here grow, but short in worth vnto those of Smyrna. It hath also quarries of excellent Marble, and a certaine greene earth, like the rust of Brasse, which the Turkes call, Terra Chia: but not that so reputed of by the ancient Physicians. The coast, espe∣cially towards the South, is set with small Watch-towers, which with smoake by day, and fire by night, doe giue knowledge vnto one another (and so to the vp-land) of suspected enemies. [ 10] The enuironing Sea being free from concealed Rockes, and consequently from perill. On the East side of the Iland, foure leagues distant from the Maine of Asia, from that part which was formerly called Ionia, stands the Citie of Sio, hauing a secure Hauen (though daily decaying, yet with a something dangerous entrance, streightned on the North side by the sea-ruined wall of the Mould, incroching neerer the Diamond, which stands on the other side of the Mouth, so called of the shape, rising out of the Sea, and supporting a Lanterne, erected by the Genoeses,) insomuch that ships of the greatest size doe anchor in the channell: but ours thrust in, when going ashoare, I was friendly entertayned of the English Consull. The Towne stretcheth along * 1.477 the bottome of the Hauen, backt on the West with a rockie Mountaine, the building meane, the Streets no larger then Allies. Vpon the Castle hill there is a Bannia, which little declines [ 20] from the state of a Temple; paued with faire tables of marble, and supported with Columnes, contayning seuerall roomes, one hotter then another, with Conduits of hot water, and naturall Fountaines. On the North side of the Citie stands the Castle, ample, double walled, and enui∣roned with a deepe ditch: manned and inhabited by Turkes, and well stored with munition. This not many yeeres since was sodainely scaled in a night by the Florentines, who choaking the Artillerie, and driuing the Turkes into a corner, were now almost masters thereof: when a violent storme of wind, or rather of feare, enforced their companions to Sea, and them to a composition; which was, to depart with ensignes displayed. But the Gouernour hauing gotten them into his power, caused their heads to be strucke off, and to be piled in morter on the Castle wall; where as they yet remayne, but not vnreuenged. For the Captaine Bassa vpon his com∣ming, [ 30] strangled the presidious Gouernour, either for dishonouring the Turke in his breach of promise, or for his negligence in being so surprised. Since when, a watch-word euery minute of the night goeth about the walls, to testifie their vigilancie. Their Orchards are here enriched with excellent fruits; amongst the rest, with Oranges, Limons, Citrons, Pomgranats, and Figs. Vpon these Fig-trees they hang a kind of vnsauoury Figge: out of whose corruption certaine small wormes are ingendred, which by biting the other (as they say) procure them to ripen. Partridges here are an ordinarie food; whereof they haue an incredible number, greater then ours, and differing in hue, the beake and feete red, the plume ash-colour. Many of them are kept tame; these feeding abroad all day, at night vpon a call returne to their seuerall owners.

Solyman the Magnificent, picking a quarrell with the Gouernour for the Genoas, for a suspe∣cted [ 40] correspondencie with the great Master of Malta, during those warres, and discouery of his designes; hauing besides neglected accustomed presents, with the payment of two yeeres tribute, sent Pial the Captaine Bassa to seize on the Iland; who on Easter day in the yeere 1566. presenting himselfe before Sio, with fourescore Gallies, so terrified the Inhabitants, that before they were summoned, they quietly surrendred both it and themselues to his dispo∣sure. The Gouernour, together with the principall families, intending to depart for Italie, hee sent vnto Constantinople; and suffered the common people to stay or remoue at their liking: So that the whole Iland is now gouerned by Turkes, and defiled with their superstitions: yet haue the Christians their Churches, and vnreproued exercise of Religion. Besides impositions vpon [ 50] the land, and vpon commodities arising from thence, the Great Turke receiues yeerely for euery Christian aboue the age of sixteene, two hundred Aspers: but the husbandmen are exempted vntill marriage. The Inhabitants for the most part, are Turkes and Grecians; those liuing in * 1.478 command, and loosely: the other husbanding the earth, and exceeding them infinitely in number. They are in a manner releast of their thraldome, in that vnsensible of it: well meri∣ting the name of Merrie Greekes, when their leasure will tolerate. Neuer Sunday or holiday passes ouer without some publike meeting or other: where intermixed with women, they dance out the day, and with full crownd Cups enlengthen their iollitie. Frequented by for∣raine Merchants, Natolia affoording great store of Chamolets and Grogerams, made about An∣gra; and a part brought hither, before such time as the Goats (whose haire they pull, white, long, [ 60] and soft) were destroyed by the late Rebels, consisting for the most part of the expulsed Inha∣bitants * 1.479 of burned Townes; who hauing lost all that they had, knew not better how to recouer their losses, then by preying vpon others; and so ioyned with their vndoers, led by Calender Ogly and Zid Arab: and growne to so fearefull a head, that the Great Turke (some say) had once a thought to haue forsaken the Imperiall Citie, they being fiftie thousand, but destitute of

Artillerie. After foyled by Morat Bassa the great Vizer, who for that seruice (but chiefly for the ouer-throw of Ianballa•• the Bassa of Aleppo, and naturall Lord of the rich Valley of Achil∣li••) was called by him his Father and Deliuerer. They besieged this Citie, and were by certayne * 1.480 English ships that lay in the Roade, vnfriendly saluted. In the end, burnt a part thereof, and cooke a ransome for sparing the rest. But their principall commoditie is Cotton wooll, which * 1.481 here groweth in great quantitie. With the seeds thereof they doe sow their Fields, as wee ours with Corne. The stalke no bigger than that of Wheate, but tough as a Beanes: the head round and bearded, in size and shape of a Medler: hard as a stone; which ripening breaks, and is deliuered of a white soft Bombast intermixed with seeds, which they separate with an instru∣ment. You would thinke it strange, that so small a shell should contayne such a quantitie, but [ 10] admire if you saw them stiue it in their ships: enforcing a Sacke as bigge as a Wooll-packe into a roome, at the first too narrow for your arme, when extended by their instruments: so that oft they make the very deeks to stretch therewith.

Taking with me a Greeke that could speake a little broken English, for my Interpreter: on the twentieth of Nouember, I did put my selfe into a Barke, Armado of Simo, a little Iland hard by the Rhodes (the Patron a Greeke, as the rest) being laden with Spunges. That night we came to an anchor, vnder the South-west side of Mitylen. This Iland, not past seuen miles di∣stant * 1.482 from the Continent of Phrygia, contayneth eight score and eight miles in circuit. The South and West parts Mountaynous and barren, the rest Ieuell and fruitfull, producing excel∣lent Corne. [ 20]

On the one and twentieth of September, the Windes grew contrarie: and the Seas (though not rough) too rough to be brooked by so small a vessell, no bigger, and like in proportion to a Graues-end Tilt-boate, yet rowing vnder the shelter of the Land, we entred the Gulfe of Ca∣lonus, they hoping to haue found some purchase about a ship cast there away but a little before; diuers of them leapt into the Sea, and diuing vnto the bottome, stayed there so long as if it had * 1.483 beene their habitable element. And without question, they exceed all others in that facultie, trayned thereunto from their child-hood, and hee the excellentest amongst them that can best performe it. Insomuch, that although worth nothing, he shall be proffered in marriage the best endowed, and most beautifull Virgin of their Iland. For they generally get their liuing by these Spunges, gathered from the sides of Rocks about the bottome of the Streights; sometimes fif∣teene [ 30] * 1.484 fathome vnder water. A happie people, that liue according to nature; and want not much, in that they couet but little. Their apparell no other then linnen breeches, ouer that a smocke closegirt vnto them with a Towell; putting on sometimes when they goe ashoare, long sleeue∣lesse Coates of home-spun Cotton. Yet their Backs need not enuie their Bellies: Biscot, Oliues, Garlicke and Onions being their principall sustenance.

Vpon the two and twentieth of September, the winds continuing contrarie, we but a little shortned our iourney. Descrying a small Saile that made towards vs, and thinking them to bee Pirats, we rowed backe by the shoare with all possible speed. In the euening we returned to the place that we fled from. When going ashoare, one attyred like a woman, lay groueling on the * 1.485 Sand, whilest the rest skipt about him in a ring, muttering certayne words, which they would [ 40] make me beleeue were preualent Charmes to alter the weather to their purpose. On the three and twentieth wee continued weather-bound, remoouing after it grew darke vnto another an∣chorage; a custome they held, lest obserued by day from Sea or Shoare, they might by night be surprised. We lay in a little Bay, and vnder a Cliffe, where not one of vs but had his sleepe in∣terrupted by fearfull dreames, he that watched affirming, that he had seene the Deuill, so that in a great dismay we put from shoare about mid-night. But whether it proceeded from the na∣ture of the vaporous place, or that infested by some spirit, I leaue to decide. It is reported of a little Rockie Iland hard by, named formerly Aex, and sacred vnto Neptune (whereof we haue spoken something alreadie) that none could sleepe vpon it for being disturbed with apparitions.

On the foure and twentieth the Sea grew calme, and wee proceeded on our voyage. To∣wards euening we went ashoare on the firme of Asia for fresh water, and came that night vnto [ 50] Tenedos. With the morning they renewed their labour, rowing along the chalkie shoare of the * 1.486 lesser Phrygia. Now against Cape Ianizari (desirous to see those celebrated fields, where once stood Ilium the glorie of Asia, that hath affoorded to rarest wits so plentifull an argument) with much importunitie and promise of reward (it being a matter of danger) I got them to set mee a∣shoare. When accompanied with two or three of them, we ascended the not high Promonto∣rie, leuell aboue, and crowned with a ruined Citie, whose imperfect walls doe shew to the Sea their antiquitie. Wherein are many spacious Vaults and ample Cisternes for the receit of wa∣ter. The foundation hereof should seeme to haue beene laid by Constantine the Great, who in∣tending to remoue the seate of his Empire, began here to build; which vpon a new resolution [ 60] he erected at Byzantium. This is that famous Promontorie of Sige〈…〉〈…〉, honoured with the Se∣pulchre * 1.487 of Achilles, which Alexander (visiting it in his Asian expedition) couered with flowers, and ranne naked about it, as then the custome was in Funerals▪ sacrificing to the ghost of his Kinsman; whom he reputed most happy, that had such a Trumpet as Homer, to refound his ver∣tues.

In the Playne beyond vs (for wee durst not straggle farther from the shoare) wee beheld where once stood Ilium by him founded, called Troy promiscuously of Tros. Afterward ••eigned to haue beene walled about by Neptune and Ph••bus, in the dayes of L••omedon. Who hath not heard of this glorious Citie, the former taking, the ten yeeres warre: and later, finall subuersi∣on? which befell according to Eusebius, in the yeere of the World ••784. and second of Abd••••s gouernment of Israel. The ruines at this day not more then coniecturally extant.

These Riuers, though now poore in Streames, are not yet so contemptable, as made by Bello∣nius, who perhaps mistaketh others for them, (there being sundrie Riuolets that descend from the Mountaynes) as by all likelihood he hath done the site of the ancient Troy. For the ruines that are now so perspicuous, and by him related, doe stand foure miles South-west from the a∣foresaid * 1.488 [ 10] place, described by the Poets, and determined of by Geographers: seated on a hanging Hill, and too neere the nauall station to affoord a Field for such dispersed Encounters, such long Pursuites, interception of Scouts, (then when the Troians had pitched neerer the Nauie) and executed stratagems, as is declared to haue hapned betweene the Sea and the Citie. These re∣liques doe sufficiently declare the greatnesse of the later, and not a little the excellencie. The walls (as Bellonius, but more largely, describeth it) consisting of great square stone, hard, blacke, and spongie, in diuers places yet standing supported on the inside with Pillars, about two yards distant one from another, and garnished once with many now ruined Turrets, contayning a con∣fusion of throwne-downe buildings, with ample Cisternes for the receit of Raine, it being sea∣ted on a sandie soile, and altogether destitute of Fountaynes. Foundations here are of a Christian [ 20] Temple, and two Towers of Marble, that haue better resisted the furie of Time; the one on the top of the Hill, and the other neerer the Sea in the Valley. From the wall of the Citie, another extendeth (supported with Buttresses, partly standing, and partly throwne downe) well-nigh vnto Ida, and then turning, is said to reach to the Gulfes of Satelia, about twentie miles distant. Halfe a mile off, and West off these Ruines, opposing Tenedos, are the hot water Baths, hereto∣fore adorned, and neighboured with magnificent buildings; the way thither inclosed, as it were, with Sepulchres of Marble (many of the like being about the Citie, both of Greeks and Latins, as appeareth by the seuerall Characters. Two Baths there be; the one choked with rubbidge, the other yet in vse, though vnder a simple couerture. But now the ruines beare not altogether that forme, lessened daily by the Turkes, who carried the Pillars and stones vnto Constantinople, to [ 30] adorne the buildings of the Great Bassas, as they now doe from Cyzicus. This notable remain∣der of so noble a Citie was once a small Village of the Ilians. For the Ilians, after the destructi∣on of that famous Ilium, often shifting the seate of the new, here fixt it at last, as is said, by the aduice of an Oracle, contayning one onely contemptible Temple, dedicated to Minerua, at such time as Alexander came thither, who then offered vp his shield, and tooke downe another (that which he after vsed in his fights) enriching the Temple with gifts, and honouring the Towne with his Name, exempting it from tribute, and determining vpon his returne to erect in it a sumptuous Temple, to institute sacred Games, and to make it a great Citie. But Alexander dy∣ing, Lysimachus tooke vpon him that care, who immured it with a wall, contayning fortie fur∣longs in circuit, yet suffered it to retayne the name of Alexandria. After it became a Colonie, [ 40] and an Vniuersitie of the Romanes, of no meane reputation. Fimbria the Questor, hauing in a se∣dition slaine the Consul Valerius Flaccus in Bithynia, and making himselfe Captaine of the Ro∣man Armie, the Citizens refusing to receiue him, as a Robber and a Rebell, besieged this Citie, and in eleuen dayes tooke it; who boasted, that he in eleuen dayes had done that, which Aga∣memnon with fiue hundred saile of ships and the whole Greeke Nation, could hardly accomplish in ten yeeres. To whom an Ilian answered, That they wanted a Hector to defend them. Pieces of ruines, throughout these Playnes, lye euery where scattered.

Returning againe to our Barke, hard by on the left hand left we Imbrius, now called Lembro, once sacred to Mercurie; and not farre beyond Lemnos, famous for the fabulous fall of Vulcan. Whereupon, and no maruell, he euer after halted. The Grecians there now inhabiting, doe re∣late, * 1.489 [ 50] that he brake his Thigh with a fall from a Horse on the side of a Hill, which at this day bea∣reth his name: the Earth in that place thereupon receiuing those excellent vertues of curing of wounds, stopping of fluxes, expulsing poysons, &c. now called Terra Sigillata, in that sealed, * 1.490 and there onely gathered. This Hill lyeth South of the ruines of that ancient Hephastia, which gaue a name vnto Uulcan, and about three flight-shots remoued. Betweene which standeth So∣tira, a little Chappell, frequented by the Greeke Coloieros vpon the sixt of August; where they begin their Orisons, and from thence ascend the Mountayne to open the veine from whence they produce it: which they doe with great preparations and solemnities, accompanied with the principall Turkes of the Iland. That which couereth it, being remooued by the labour of well∣nigh fiftie Pioners, the Priests take out as much as the Cadee doth thinke for that yeere sufficient [ 60] (lest the price should abate by reason of the abundance) to whom they deliuer it; and then close it vp in suth sort, as the place where they digged it, is not to bee discerned; the veine discoue∣red, this precious Earth, as they say, doth arise like the casting vp of Wormes, and that only du∣ring a part of that day: so that it is to be supposed, that they gather as much as the same will af∣foord

them. Certayne bags thereof are sent to the Great Turke, the rest they sell (of which I haue seene many Cups at Constantinople:) but that which is sold to the Merchants, is made in∣to little Pellets, and sealed with the Turkish Character: the ceremonies in the gathering hereof were first inducted by the Venetians.

And now we entred the Hellespont, so called of Helle, the Daughter of Athamas King of The∣bes, and Sister of Phryxus; who, flying the stratagems of their step-mother Ino, was drowned therein. Bounded on the left hand with the Thracian Chersonesus (vulgarly called Saint Geor∣ges Arme) a Peninsula pointing to the South-west, whereon stood the Sepulchre of Hecuba, cal∣led Cynossema, slaine by them, and buried in the aforesaid Promontorie. On the right hand, the Hellespont is confined with the lesser Phrygia, diuiding Europe from Asia, in sundrie places not * 1.491 aboue a mile broad, and in length about fortie, (now called the Channell of Constantinople) and [ 10] hauing a Current that setteth into the Aegeum: a trade-wind blowing either vp or downe, which when contrarie to the streame, doth exceedingly incense it. The Mountaynes on each side are clothed with Pines, from whence much Pitch is extracted. Three leagues aboue the en∣trance, and at the narrowest of this Streight, stand Sestos and Abydos; opposite to each other, * 1.492 formerly famous for the vnfortunate loues of Hero and Leander, drowned in the vncompassio∣nate Surges, and sung by Musaeus. Here Xerxes, whose populous Armie drunke Riuers drie, and made Mountaynes circumnauigable, is said to haue past ouer into Greece, vpon a Bridge of Boats; which when broken by Tempests, he caused the Sea to be beaten (as if sensible) with three hun∣dred stripes, and Fetters to be throwne therein; forbidding any to sacrifice vnto Neptune.

Abydos stands in Asia, which the Milesians first founded, by the permission of Gyges King of [ 20] Lydia, vnto whom all the Countrey was subiect. Taken by the Turke in the reigne of Orchanes. Sestos stands in Europe, though neuer great, yet strongly built, and once the principall Citie of Chersonesus: afterward defaced, a Castle was built in the roome thereof. Abydos is seated vpon a low leuell; and Sestos on the side of a Mountayne, yet descending to the Sea: both bordering the same with their Castles; whereof the former is foure square, the other triangular. These at this day are vulgarly called the Castles. All ships are suffered to enter, that by their multitude and appointment doe threaten no inuasion; but not to returne without search and permission, of which we shall speake in the processe of our Iournall. A little beyond wee past by the ruines of a Castle, which the Turkish Carmasals and Gallies still sayling by, salute with their Ordnance, it being the first Fort by them taken in Europe, who call it Zembenic. That night wee came to [ 30] Callipoly, some twentie miles distant, and thrust into a little Hauen North of the Towne, but on∣ly capable of small Vessels.

Callipoly is a Citie of Chersonesus, seated at the bottome of a Bay; so shallow, that ships doe * 1.493 there vsually anchor, as throughout the whole Hellespont. Callipolis maketh a faire shew a-farre off; but entred, is nothing lesse then it promised: a part thereof possessing the shoare, and the rest the rising of the Mountayne: vnwalled, and without either Citadell or Fortresse. Along the shoare, there are diuers drie stations for Gallies. On the South side of the Citie in a little Playne, are sundrie round Hills; the Sepulchres, as they say, of certayne Thracian Kings: for such was the ancient custome of buriall. The Countrey aboue is Champan, and not barren, but rarely inhabited. Here is a Ferrie for transportation into Asia. Greekes and Iewes, together with [ 40] the Turkes, doe inhabit the Towne, and are admitted their Churches and Synagogues. Here also is a Monasterie of Romish Friars, of the Order of Saint Augustine; one of them being at this time (but not dwelling in the Couent) the Franke Consul; whose office is to dispatch, and dis∣charge the dues of all Christians ships, not subiect to the Grand Signior, and admitted free tra∣ding below at the Castles. To his house I repayred, with hope of some refreshment after my wearisome voyage: but hee then from home, I was forced to returne to my water-bed; there being no Innes for entertainment throughout inhospitall Turkie: yet is this Towne well fur∣nished * 1.494 with all sorts of prouision. What is here sold by the Greeks, you may agree for on a price: but the Turks will receiue your money, and giue you a quantitie for it, according to their owne arbitrement; but truly enough, and rather exceeding, then short of your expectation. For [ 50] two or three Aspers (whereof twentie are neere vpon a shilling) a Butcher will cut off as much Mutton (for they diuide it not into ioynts) as will well satisfie three, though hungrie; which they carrie to the Cookes, who make no more adoe, but slicing it into little Gobbets, pricke it on a Prog of Iron, and hang it in a Fornace. Devided and flurted at by diuers of the baser people, at night we returned to our Barke. And departing the next morning, were forthwith met with a contrarie winde, which droue vs to the shelter of a Rocke not farre from the Towne: where we abode all that day, and the night ensuing: they opening and washing part of their Sponges, which laid on the shoare, by the bulke you would haue thought to haue beene a fraught for a Pin∣nace; which stiued into Sackes, when wet, were bestowed vnder the side Benches and crosse [ 60] Bankes of this little Vessell.

On the seuen and twentieth of September, before day wee left the shoare, and after a while entred the Proponticke Sea: confined with Thrace on the one side, and with Bithynia on the o∣ther. Hauing climbed the Mountayne steepe towards the Sea, wee got to the Towne, and

bought vs some victuals, at night we returned to our Boate, which lay in an obscure Bay, where they spent the next day in washing the residue of their Sponges, whilest I and my Interpreter spent our times on the top of the Mountayne in the Vineyards, not well pleased with this their delay, now more affecting their ease then when without the Hellespont: being rid of that feare (for no Pirat dare venter to come within the Castles) which had quickned their expedition. In the euening we descended, where we found the Patron lying on his backe vpon a Rocke, all dropping wet: speechlesse, and strugling with death to our seeming. The Greekes together by the eares, euery one with his fellow; some in the Boate, and some vpon the Shoare. Amongst * 1.495 the rest there was a blinde man, who had married a yong wife, that would not let him lie with her; and thereupon had vnder-taken this iourney to complaine vnto the Patriarch: hee hearing [ 10] his brother crie out at the receit of a blow; guided to the place by the noise, and thinking with his staffe to haue strucke the striker; laid it on with such a force, that meeting with nothing but Ayre, and not able to recouer himselfe, he fell into the Sea: and with much difficultie was preserued from drowning. The clamour increased with their contentions, and anon the Patrone starting vp, as if of a sodaine restored to life; like a mad man skips into the Boate, and drawing a Turkish Cymiter, beginneth to lay about him (thinking that his Vessell had beene surprized by Pirats,) when they all leapt into the Sea; and diuing vnder water like so many Diue-dappers, ascended without the reach of his furie. Leaping ashoare, hee pursues my Greeke, whom feare had made too nimble for him; mounting a steepe Cliffe, which at another time hee could haue hardly ascended. Then turning vpon me onely armed with stones, as God would haue it, hee [ 20] stumbled by the way, and there laid like a stone for two houres together; that which had made them so quarrelsome being now the Peace-maker, hauing cast the fetters of sleepe vpon their distemperatures. For it beeing proclaimed death to bring Wine vnto Constantinople, and they loth to powre such good Liquor into the Sea, had made their bellies the ouer-charged Vessels. When the Patron awaked, and was informed by my Greeke how he had vsed me, and withall of my resolution (which was rather to retyre vnto the Towne, and there expect a passage, than to commit my safetie vnto such people) he came vnto me, and kissed me, as did the rest of his com∣panions, (a testimonie amongst them of good-will and fidelitie) and so enforced mee aboord. The winds the next day blew fresh and fauourable. That night wee came to anchor a little be∣low the seuen Towers: and betimes in the morning arriued at the Custome-house. Then cros∣sing [ 30] the Hauen I landed at Galata, and so ascended the Vines of Pena; where by Sir Thomas * 1.496 Glouer, Lord Embassador for the King, I was freely entertayned: abiding in his house almost for the space of foure monethes. Of whom without Ingratitude and Detraction I cannot but make an honourable mention.

§. II.

Constantinople described, the Turkes Seraglio, Pera; the Turkish [ 40] Empire and Gouernment: Some Obseruations of the Turkish Religion.

THis Citie by destinie appointed, and by nature seated for Soueraigntie, was first the seat of the Romane Emperors, then of the Greeke, as now it is of the Turkish: built by Con∣stantine the Sonne of Helena, and lost by Constantine the Sonne of another Helena (a Gregorie then Bishop, whose first Bishop was a Gregorie) to Mahomet the second, in the yeare 1453. with the slaughter of her people, and destruction of her magnificent structures. The like may bee obserued of the Romane Emperours, whose first was Augustus, and whose last was Augustulus.

It stands on a Cape of Land neere the entrance of the Bosphorus. In forme triangular, on [ 50] the East-side washed with the same, and on the North-side with the Hauen, adioyning on the West to the Continent. Walled with bricke and stone, intermixed orderly, hauing foure and twentie gates and posternes; whereof fiue doe regard the Land, and nineteene the water; being about thirteene miles in circumference. Than this there is hardly in nature a more delicate Ob∣iect, if beheld from the Sea or adioyning Mountaines; the loftie and beautifull Cypresse Trees so intermixed with the buildings, that it seemeth to present a Citie in a Wood to the pleased beholders. Whose seuen aspiring heads (for on so many hils and no more, they say it is seated) are most of them crowned with magnificent Mosques, all of white Marble, round in forme, and coupled aboue; being finished on the top with gilded Spires, that reflect the beames they re∣ceiue [ 60] with a maruellous splendor; some hauing two, some foure, some sixe adioyning Turrets, ex∣ceeding high, and exceeding slender; Tarrast aloft on the out-side like the mayne top of a ship, and that in seuerall places equally distant, from whence the Tasilmanni with elated voices (for they vse no Bels) doe congregate the people, pronouncing this Arabicke Sentence, La Illah Il∣lella

Muhemet re sul Allah: viz. There is but one God, and Mahomet his Prophet. No Mosque can haue more then one of these Turrets, if not built by an Emperor. But that of Sancta Sophia, once * 1.497 a Christian Temple, (twise burnt, and happily, in that so sumptuously re-edified by the Empe∣rour Iustinian) exceedeth not onely the rest, by whose patterne they were framed, but all other Fabrickes whatsoeuer throughout the whole Vniuerse. A long labour it were to describe it ex∣actly, and hauing done, my eies haue seene it, would but condemne my defectiue Relation. The principall part thereof riseth in an Ouall, surrounded with Pillars, admirable for their propor∣tion, matter and workmanship. Ouer those others, through which ample Galleries, curiously. paued, and arched aboue, haue their prospect into the Temple, dignified with the presence of Christian Emperous at the time of Diuine Seruice, ascended by them on Horse-backe. The roofe compact, and adorned with Mosaike Painting: an Antique kind of worke, composed of * 1.498 [ 10] little square pieces of Marble; gilded and coloured according to the place that they are to as∣sume in the figure or ground, which set together, as if embossed, present an vnexprestable state∣linesse, and are of a maruellous durance: numbred by Pancirollus amongst things that are lost, but diuers in Italie at this day excell in that kind, yet make the particles of Clay, gilt, and coloured before they be neiled by the fire. The rest of the Church, though of another proportion, doth ioyne to this with a certaine harmonie. The sides and floore all flagged with excellent Marble, vaulted vnderneath, and contayning large Cisternes, replenished with water from an Aquaeduct. Before the entrance, there is a goodly Portico; where the Christians that visit it vpon curiositie, as well as the Turkes, doe leaue their shooes before they doe enter. Within on the left hand, [ 20] there is a Pillar couered with Copper, euer sweating, (I know not why, vnlesse in beeing past * 1.499 through by some Conduit) which the Turkes wipe off with their Handkerchers, through a vaine Superstition perswaded, that it is of sacred and soueraigne vertue. The doores are curiously cut through, and plated; the wood of one of them fained to be of the Arke of Noe, and therefore left bare in some places to be kissed by the deuouter people. Euagrius that liued a thousand yeares since, affirmeth this Temple to haue beene from East vnto West, two hundred and threescore feet long, and in height one hundred and fourescore: and Antonius Menauinus, that in the dayes * 1.500 of Baiazet, it contayned at once sixe and thirtie thousand Turkes. Perhaps the ancient Fabricke then standing entire, whereof this now remayning, was little more then the Chancell. Better to be beleeued then Bellonius a moderne eye-witnesse, who reports that the doores thereof are in number equall to the dayes of the yeare: whereas if it hath fiue, it hath more by one, then by [ 30] me was discerned. Mahomet the Great, vpon the taking of the Citie, threw downe the Altars, defaced the Images, (of admirable workemanship, and infinite in number) conuerting it into a Mosque. To euery one of these principal Mosques belong publike Bagnios, Hospitals, with lodgings for Santons, and Ecclesiasticall persons, beeing endowed with competent Reuenues. The infe∣riour are built for the most part square, many penthousd with open Galleries where they accu∣stome to pray at times extraordinarie: there being in all (comprehending Pera, Scutari, and the Buildings that border the Bosphorus) about the number of eight thousand.

But of this Sophia, is almost euery other Friday frequented by the Sultan, beeing neere vnto the fore-front of his Serraglio, which possesseth the extremest point of the North-east Angle, where formerly stood the ancient Byzantium; diuided from the rest of the Citie by a loftie [ 40] wall, contayning three miles in circuit; and comprehending goodly Groues of Cypresses inter∣mixed with Plaines, delicate Gardens, artificiall Fountaines, all varietie of fruit-trees, and what not rare? Luxurie being the Steward, and the Treasure vnexhaustable. The proud Palace of the Tyrant doth open to the South, hauing a loftie Gate-house without lights on the out-side, and * 1.501 ingrauen with Arabicke Characters, set forth with Gold and Azure all of white Marble. This leadeth into a spacious Court three hundred yards long, and about halfe as wide, on the left side whereof stands the round of an ancient Chappell, contayning the Armes that were taken from the Grecians, in the subuersion of this Citie; and at the far end of this Court a second Gate, hung with Shields and Cymiters, doth leade into another full of tall Cypresse Trees, lesse large yet not by much then the former. The Cloysters about it, leaded aboue, and paued with stone, [ 50] the Roofe supported with Columnes of Marble hauing Copper Chapters, and Bases. On the left hand the Diuano is kept; where the Bassas of the Port doe administer Iustice, on that side confined with humble buildings, beyond which Court on the right hand there is a street of Kit∣chens: and on the left is the Stable, large enough for fiue hundred Horse; where there is now to be seene a Mule so admirably streakt, and dapled with white and blacke, and in such due pro∣portion, * 1.502 as if a Painter had done it, not to imitate Nature, but to please the Eye, and expresse 〈◊〉〈◊〉 Curiositie. Out of this second Court there is a passage into a third, not by Christians ordinarily to be entred, surrounded with the Royall Buildings, which though perhaps they come short of the Italian, for contriuement and finenesse of workmanship; yet not in costly curiousnesse, mat∣ter, [ 60] and amplitude. Betweene the East wall (which also serueth for a Wall to the Citie) and the water, a sort of terrible Ordnance are planted, which threat destruction to such as by Sea shall attempt a violent entrie or prohibited passage: and without on the North-side stands the Sultans Cabinet, in for me of a sumptuous Sommer House, hauing a priuate passage made for the

time, of waxed Linnen, from his Serraglio: where he often solaceth himselfe, with the various Obiects of the Hauen, and from thence takes Barge to passe vnto the delightfull places of the adioyning Asia. This Palace howsoeuer enlarged by the Ottomans, was first erected by Iustinus, who named it Sophia of the Empresse. * 1.503

Now next to these the Ottoman Mausoleas doe require their regard, built all of white Mar∣ble round in forme, and coupled on the top; hauing stately Porches, within each is the Tombe of a seuerall Sultan, with the Tombes of his Children, that either haue dyed before him, or haue after beene strangled by their tyrannicall Brethren, according to the Turkish pietie. The Tombes nor longer, nor larger then fitting the included bodies, each of one stone; higher at the head then feet, and compast aboue: without other ornament then couers of Greene, and Tur∣bants [ 10] laid vpon the vpper ends, at the foure corners of those of the Sultans, there stand foure Tapers of Waxe as bigge as a thigh, but not lighted. The floores of the Monuments are spread with Carpets: and some there are that doe continually liue therein, performing such duties of Prayers and Lamentations, as agreeth to their customes; at certaine times besprinkled also with the teares of their Off-spring.

The South-east Angle of this Citie is taken vp by the seuen Towers, called anciently Iani∣cula: employed, as the Tower of London, for a Store-house of the Sultans Treasure, and Muni∣tion, being also a Prison for capitall Offenders. We omit to speake of the great mens Serraglios; * 1.504 that of the women belonging to the deceassed Emperours; and that of the Virgins: the Alber∣ges of Ianizaries; the seuerall Seminaries of Spachies and Giamoglans: the Besestans (where fi∣ner [ 20] sorts of Commodities are sold,) Hospitals; Markets of men and women, &c. since hereafter we are to treate of most of their Orders; the buildings them selues not meriting a particular de∣scription: conuerting our Discourse to those few remainders of many Antiquities, whereof the Aquaeduct made by the Emperour Valentinian, and retayning his name, doth principally chal∣lenge remembrance. This hath his heads neere to the Blacke Sea, not farre from a Village cal∣led Domuz-dere, of the abundance of wilde Hogges thereabout, the place being woodie and mountaynous, where many Springs are gathered together, and at sundry places doe ioyntly fall into great round Cisternes, from thence conueyed to conioyne with others (amongst which, as supposed, is the Brooke Cydarius) led sometimes vnder the Earth, now along the leuell, then vpon mightie Arches ouer profound Valleyes, from Hill to Hill, for the space wel-nigh of thir∣tie [ 30] miles, vntill arriuing at the Citie, and surmounting the same, it falleth at length as from a head-long Cataract into an ample Cisterne, supported with neere two hundred Pillars of Mar∣ble; and is from thence by Conduits conducted vnto their publike vses. This was repayred by Solyman the Great, great-grand-father of this now reigning Achmet: whose wishes and endea∣uours are said to haue aymed at three things; which were, the re-edifying of Ponte Piccolo, and Ponte Grande, (which crosse two armes of the Sea, and the restoring of this Aquaeduct; these he accomplished: but the third, which was the expugnation of Vienna, he could neuer accomplish Not farre from the Temple of Sancta Sophia, there is a spacious place surrounded with buildings, like to that of Smith-field; and anciently called the Hippodro••••, for that there they exhibited their Horse-races, as now Atmidan by the Turkes, a word of like signification, where the Spachies [ 40] of the Court play euery Friday at Giocho di Canni; which is no other then Prison Bace vpon Horse-backe, hitting one another with Darts, as the other doe with their hands; which they neuer throw Counter but at the backe of the Flyer. Nor is it the least contentment to the Chri∣stian to behold the terrible falls that they often get (not rarely costing them their liues) whilst by the wreathing of their bodies, or a too hastie turne, they seeke to auoide the Pursuer; and * 1.505 sometimes the Darts not lighting in iest on their naked neckes, and reuersed faces. In this place there standeth a stately Hieroglyphicall Obeliske of Theban Marble.

And in Aurathasar (that is, the Market of Women) there is an Historicall Columne to bee ascended within, farre surpassing both Tartars, and that of Antoninus, which I haue seene in Rome, the Workman hauing so proportioned the Figures, that the highest and lowest appeare of [ 50] owne bignesse.

And right against the Mansion of the Germane Emperours Embassador (who onely is suffered to lodge within the Citie) stands the Columne of Constantine, about the top whereof, you may reade this Distichon, 〈 in non-Latin alphabet 〉〈 in non-Latin alphabet 〉. These are all the Remaines that are left (or all that are by the Christians to be seene, besides the Relikes of the Palace of Constantine, now made a Stable for wilde beasts) of so many goodly buildings, and from all parts congested Antiquities, where with this Souereigne Citie was in times past so adorned: and with them are their memo∣ries perished. For not a Greeke can satisfie the Inquirer in the History of their owne Calamities. So [ 60] supine negligent are they, or perhaps so wise as of passed euils to endeauour a forgetfulnesse. But to say something of Constantinople in generall: I thinke there is not in the World an Ob∣iect that promiseth so much afarre off to the beholders, and entred, so deceiueth the expectation. The best of their priuate buildings, inferiour to the more contemptible sort of ours. For the * 1.506 Turkes are nothing curious of their houses, not onely for that their Possessions are not hereditary;

[illustration]

[illustration]

THE HISTORICALL COLVMNE IN AURAT BASAR

but esteeming it an egregious folly to erect such sumptuous Habitations, as if hee were to liue for euer. None being aboue two stories high, some of rough stone, some of timber, some of Sunne-dryed bricke: their Roofes but rising a little, couered with such Tiles as are layd on the Ridges of ours, one contrary to another; yet some part of some of them flat, (those belonging to men of principall degree) planted with flowers and trees of the rarest colours, and producti∣ons. [ 60] Many vacant places there are in the Citie, and many rowes of buildings, consisting of shops onely, all belonging to the Grand Signior, who lets them out vnto Tradesmen; into which their wiues come not: prohibited by Mahomet that women should buy or sell (though now not seldome they doe) or shew themselues publikely. The streets for the most part are exceeding

narrow; some raised on the sides for more cleanlinesse: many hauing steep ascents, in many places bounded with long dead walls, belonging to great mens Serraglios; so negligent are they of ex∣terior garnishings. All the suburbs that this Citie hath, lie without the gate of Adrinople, adioy∣ning * 1.507 to the North-west angle thereof, and stretching along the vppermost of the Hauen; where within a stately Monument, there standeth a Tombe of principall repute in the Mahometan de∣uotion: the Sepulchre of Iupe Sultan a Santon of theirs, called vulgarly and ridiculously, the Se∣pulchre * 1.508 of Iob. To which the Captaine Bassa doth repaire before he set forth, and at his returne, there performing appointed orations and ceremonies: and vpon a victorie obtayned, is obliged to visite the same euery morning and euening for the space of three weekes. Before this, in a Cypresse groue, there standeth a Scaffold, where the new Sultans are girt with a sword, by the [ 10] hands of the Mufti their principall Prelate, with diuers solemnities.

Now speake wee of the Hauen, rather deuouring then encreased by a little Riuer, called for∣merly * 1.509 Barbyses, now by the Greekes, Chartari••••n, and Chay by the Turkes: much frequented by fowle, and rigorously preserued for the Grand Signiors pleasure, who ordinarily hawkes thereon; insomuch that a seruant of my Lord Embassadors was so beaten, for presuming to shoote there, that shortly after he died (as it is thought) of the blowes. This falleth into the West extent of * 1.510 the Hauen; throughout the world the fairest, the safest, the most profitable. So conueniently profound, that the greatest ships may lay their sides to the sides thereof, for the more easie re∣ceit, or discharge of their burthen. The mouth of it is land-lockt by the opposite Asia, ope∣ning Eastward into the Thracian Bosphorus, which by a long narrow channell stretching North [ 20] and South, ioynes the blacke and white Seas: so call they the Seas North and South of the Bosphorus. So that no wind bloweth, which brings not in some shipping or other, to the furni∣shing of this Citie; hauing (as hath beene said before) on the left hand the Euxine Sea, with the Lake of Meotis, inhabited about 〈◊〉〈◊〉 multitudes of Nations, and entred into by many naui∣gable Riuers; whereby whatsoeuer groweth, or is nourished in those farre distant Countries, is easily transported vnto it: on the right hand Propontis, and the Mid-land Sea, (bordered with Natolia, Syria, Aegypt, Africa, Spaine, France, Italic, Greece, and Dalmatia, with their fruitfull Ilands) and without, the great Ocean. Insomuch as it seemeth by the opportunitie of nauiga∣tion to participate with their seuerall commodities, daily brought hither by forrainers; seated of it selfe in a Countrey, though not altogether barren, yet not sufficient to sustaine the Inhabi∣tants. [ 30] Moldauia and Valachia doe serue them with Beeues and Muttons; and as for Fish, the adioyning Seas yeeld store and variety, as the concaues of the Rockes doe salt, white, pure, and solid, made onely by the labour of the surges. Subiect it hath beene to sundrie horrible combu∣stions: * 1.511 vnto that which befell in the dayes of Leo, and not long after in the reigne of Basilic〈…〉〈…〉, (when amongst other infinite losses that famous Librarie perished, contayning an hundred and twentie thousand volumes; wherein the inward skin of a Dragon the Odysses and Iliads of Homer were written:) and to diuers others, this last, though lesse, may be added, which hapned on the fourteenth of October, in the yeere 1607. in which three thousand houses were burnt to their foundations. Nor is it to be maruelled at: the Citizens themselues not daring to quench the fire that burneth their owne houses, or by pulling some downe to preserue the remaynder: [ 40] an office that belongeth to the Aga, and his Ianizaries; who nothing quicke in their assistance, * 1.512 doe often for spite or pillage, beate downe such buildings as are farthest remoound from danger. So that the mischiefe is not onely wished for the bootie, but prolonged; and not seldome they themselues set the Iewes houses on fire; who made warie by the example, are now furnished of arched vaults, for the safeguard of their goods, which are not to bee violated by the flame. The fall of houses heretofore by terrible and long-lasting earthquakes, now by negligence in repay∣ring, tempests, and the matter that they consist of, is heere also most frequent, many (as hath * 1.513 beene said) being built of Sun-dried bricke. And although it enioyes a delicate aire, and serene skies, euen during the Winter, when the East, the West, or South wind bloweth; yet the boy∣sterous Tramontana, that from the blacke Sea doth sweepe his blacke substance, heere most vio∣lently [ 50] rages, bringing often with it such stormes of snow, that in September I haue seene the then flourishing trees so ouercharged therewith, that their branches haue broken, accompanied with bitter frosts, which dissoluing, resolue therewith the vnfirme matter that sustaynes them. Lastly, the plague (either hapning through the vice of the Clime, or of those misbeleeuers, or * 1.514 hither brought by the many frequenting Nations) for the most part miserably infesteth this Ci∣tie, encreased by the superstition of the Mahometans.

On the other side of the Hauen (continually crossed by multitudes of little Boats, called Per∣magies, and rowed for the most part by Aegyptians) stands the Citie of Galata, so called, as some * 1.515 write of the Gaules, once the masters thereof, or as others will haue it, of Galac, which signifi∣eth Milke, for that there the Greekes kept their cattell; as Pera (another name thereof,) which [ 60] signifieth Beyond, in that on the other side of the Hauen; but more anciently Corn•• Byzantium. Infirmely walled, yet great, if you comprehend the suburbs therewith, extending from along the shoare to the vpper tops of the Mountaines, surpassing Constantinople in her loftie buildings built by the Genoas; who bought it of the Greeke Emperours (in their declining estate, possest of

little more then the regall Citie, and title; for the most part sustayned by forraine contributions) and by them surrendred vnto Mahomet the Great, the day after the sacking of Constantinople. At the West end thereof the Grand Signiors Gallies haue a drie station: and at the East end right against the point of his Serraglio, called Tophana and Fundacle, lies a number of great Ord∣nance vnplanted; most of them the spoyle of Christian Cities and Fortresses, as may appeare by their inscriptions, and Impreses; and many of them of an incredible greatnesse.

Now, right against the mouth of the Hauen, on the other side of the Bosphorus, stands Scu∣tari, * 1.516 a Towne of Bythinia. Scutari sometimes belonged to Chalcedon, once a free Citie, and sea∣ted a little below it: so called of a Brooke, now without a name, that runs into Propontis; cal∣led also, The Citie of the Blind; because of the foolish Megarians that built it. Famous for [ 10] the fourth generall Councell there holden; and now onely shewing a part of her ruines.

The blacke Sea is distant some fifteene miles from Constantinople, so named of his blacke ef∣fects, * 1.517 or for the thicke mists that vsually hang ouer it.

Here the Turke prohibiteth forrainers to trafficke, there being no other passage there into but by Riuers: neither this passage of Bosphorus, as some coniecture, hath beene alwayes: but for∣ced by the violence of streames that fell into the ouer-charged Euxine. Where it rusheth into the Bosphorus there are two Rockes, that formerly bare the names of Cyaneae and Sympligades: which for that so neere, as many times appearing but as one, they were fayned by the Poets vnstable, and at sundry times to iustle each other. Here vpon the top of a Rocke, supposed by some to be one of these, yet too farre remoued from a fellow to be so, stands a Pillar of white [ 20] marble, called vulgarly, The Pillar of Pompey. Vpon the shoare there is an high Lanterne, large enough at the top, to contayne aboue threescore persons, which by night directeth the Sayler into the entrance of the Bosphorus.

The Bosphorus setteth with a strong current into Propontis, and is in length, about twentie * 1.518 miles; where broadest, a mile; and in two places, but halfe a mile ouer. So called, for that Oxen accustomed to swim from the one side to the other. One of those two fore-mentioned Streights lies before Constantinople; the other, fiue miles aboue and a halfe, where on Europe side there stan∣deth a Castle, called formerly Damalis, and now, The Blacke Tower.

The Turkish Empire is the greatest that is, or perhaps that euer was from the beginning. For first, the European part thereof extendeth westward vnto the Archdukes of Austrias Dominions, [ 30] stretching to the Adriatick Sea by the confines of Ragusa, bounded on the South with the Medi∣terraneum; on the East, with Aegeum, Propontis, and Pontus, euen to Theodosia, a Citie of the Scy∣thian Chersonesus; and on the North almost to Russia and Polonia; contayning Romania, Bulgaria; Seruia, Rascia, the tributarie principalities of Valachia and Moldauia; the greater part of Hungary, Bosna, Albania, Macedon, Epirus, all Grecia and Peleponnesus; all the fruitfull Ilands of the Ae∣gean Sea: Ragusa payes for her libertie; nor is Candie, Zant, or Cephalania held without Pre∣sents. But what is this, compared to her Asian Territories? within which, all Natolia is com∣prised; on three sides embraced with the Aegean, Euxine, and Cilician Seas; contayning the Prouinces of Pontus, Galatia, Bythinia, Phrygia, Lycia, Pamphilia, Cilicia, Cappadocia, and the les∣ser Armenia; beyond which, Colchis stretching Northward to Cataie, and bounded on the East [ 40] with the Countrey of the Georgians, whereof the Turkes possesse not a little. A great part it also contayneth of the greater Armenia: all Syria (in which Coelosyria, Phoenicia, and Pale∣stine;) Babylonia and Mesopotamia: Arabia felix, which stretcheth out into the South Sea, in∣terposing the Persian and Arabian Gulfes, doe bow to that Soueraigntie: so doe the Inhabitants of Petrea, and Deserta; such I meane, as haue knowne habitations. In Africa it extendeth all along the coasts of the Mediterraneum, euen from the red Sea to Acrath, a Citie of Maurita∣nia (except some few places possest by the Spaniard) wherein is the Countrey of the Troglodites, the miraculously fertile Kingdome of Aegypt, Tripoly in Barbarie, the Kingdome of Tunis, and Citie of the Argers with her Territories, with the tributarie Kingdomes of Fesse and Morocco. To this adde Cyprus, Rhodes, and all the fertile Ilands of the mid-land Sea, that ••e East of Can∣die. Thus great at this day is the Ottoman Empire: but too great for it are their assumed Titles: [ 50] as God on earth, Shadow of God, Sole Monarch of the World, King of Kings, Commander of all that can be commanded, Soueraigne of the most noble Families of Persia and Armenia, Pos∣sessor of the holy Cities of Mecha and Ierusalem, Lord of the blacke and white Seas, Sultan of Babylon, and so proceeding with a repetition of their seuerall Kingdomes. Like swelling attri∣butes gaue this now reigning Sultan to our Soueraigne, in a Letter writ lately, which I will in∣sert for the strangenesse: Vnto the most glorious and most mightie King Iames, one of the great Lords of the creation of Iesus, and most laudable amongst all the Princes of the Nation of Messia, a Iudge of all debates and differences of the people of Nazarets, Possessor of great Maiestie, riches, and of glorie, a Iudge of the most great Kings of England, &c. farcing his Letter with like fustian, calling his [ 60] owne Court, Our most happie and shining Port, a Port of refuge for the World: and subscribing, From our Imperiall residence of Constantinople, most strongly and mightily guarded: Yet in his owne stile more modest, contayning no more then Sultan Achmet Chan, Sonne to Mahomet Chan most inuincible.

[illustration] map of the Turkish empire

HONDIVS his Map of the Turkish Empire.

TURCICUM IMPERIUM

But the barbarous policie whereby this tyrannie is sustayned, doth differ from all other: gui∣ded [ 40] by the heads, and strengthned by the hands of his slaues, who thinke it as great an honour to be so, as they doe with vs that serue in the Courts of Princes: the Naturall Turke (to be so called a reproach) being rarely employed in command or seruice: amongst whom there is no Nobilitie of bloud, no knowne parentage, kindred, nor hereditary possessions, but are as it were of the Sultans creation, depending vpon him onely for their sustenance and preferments. Who disposeth, as well of their liues as their fortunes, by no other rule then that of his will; al∣though sometime for forme he vseth the assent of the neuer gain-saying Mufti. These are the sonnes of Christians (and those the most compleatly furnished by nature) taken in their child∣hood * 1.519 from their miserable Parents, by a leuie made euery fiue yeeres (or oftner, or seldomer, as occasion requireth) throughout the whole Empire, (excepting certaine priuiledged places, a∣mongst [ 50] which are Sio and Constantinople,) who are bestowed in seuerall Seminaries, instructed in the Mahometan Religion (changing their names vpon their circumcision) taught the vse of their seuerall weapons, and made patient of hunger and labour, with inured abstinence, and con∣tinuall exercise. These they call Iemoglans, who haue their faces shauen (the token of serui∣tude,) wearing long Coats and copped Caps, not vnlike to our Idiots. The choicest of them for spirit and feature, are after a while receiued into the Grand Signiors Serraglio, distinguished by chambers like to those in Hospitals, according to their seniorities; where all are brought vp in the discipline of warre; and not a few, acquainted with the secrets of State: such as by the excellency of their gifts doe assure the expectation of a future eminency. Those of the first chamber, are the first preferred: yet not in order, but according to the worth of the place, and [ 60] worthinesse of the person. Of these come the Beglerbegs, (the name signifying, a Lord of Lords) of whom there be onely two, the one of Greece, and the other of Natolia: who command all the horse-men in those Countries vnder the Generall) the Great Bassas, (whereof some are Gene∣rals of Armies, some Vizers of the Port, the rest Vice-royes of Prouinces) the Sanziaks Gouer∣nours

of Cities, for so the name signifieth, with their Territories and Forces, and other Offi∣cers both of Warre and Peace; with those of the Court, of principall place and attendance. Of the other Iemoglans some come to bee Chauses, who goe of Embassies, execute Com∣mandements, and are Pursiuants, and vnder-Sheriffs; attending the imployment of the Em∣perour, who mounted on horse-backe, carrie Dabuzes (a weapon like a Mace) before him, and on the Courts of Iustice: soliciting also the causes of their Clients. But the Spachies and Ianiza∣ries * 1.520 which are made of these Iemoglans (the principall cause of their institution) are the netues and supporters of the Turkish Monarchy. The Spachies are Horse-men, weaponed for the most part at once, with Bow, Mase, Lance, Harquebusse, & Cymiter: whereof they haue the seuerall vses, agreeing with their fights, their flights or pursuments. For defence, some weare Bucklers, [ 10] and snarts of Male. The skins of their coats, when they ride, are gathered within long Stam∣mell broges, that reach to their anckles, and there doe ioyne to their Bas••aing, 〈…〉〈…〉d With Iron, and supplying the want of Spurres, with their large and sharpe Stirrops. Their S〈…〉〈…〉les are pla∣ted behind & before, the seate deep and hard: and for Caparison, vse for the most p••rt the skins of Leopards, Lions, Tygres, Panthers, and the like. In Cities when on foot, they we are 〈…〉〈…〉nes of Stammell with long hanging sleeues, and are distinguished from others by the folding 〈◊〉〈◊〉 of their Shashes. Of these there be two sorts; the Vteffigi, which into 〈…〉〈…〉y, 〈◊〉〈◊〉; who are al∣most altogether made of these Iemoglans; and the Timariots, who consist of all sorts of 〈…〉〈…〉ple: * 1.521 The first as yet vnpreferred, vnder the command of seuerall Captaines, do 〈◊〉〈◊〉 end vpon the im∣mediate imployment of the Emperor: who alloweth vnto each the daily pension of ten Aspers, [ 20] paid them euery quarter. Of these there be 32000. the one halfe of them are called Spaheioglans, * 1.522 who weare red Pendants on their speares, & when in the field, march on the right hand the Sul∣tan: as the other on the left, who are called Silihtarspaheis, bearing yellow & white Pendants. The other dispersed throughout the whole Empire, do liue vpon their particular Tenements for terme of life assigned them, and thereupon so called. In being the policy of this State, to erect in the con∣quered Countries a number of Timariots, answerable to the greatnesse thereof: whereby the principall part of the souldiery is prouided for, and the Empire strengthned, both against for∣raine inuasions, and reuolts of the subdued. Of these, as they say, there are vpward of seauen hundred thousand: euery one being to find as many Horse, as his Farme doth double the yearely value of sixtie Sultanies, ready to be commanded by their seuerall Sanziacks, as they by their [ 30] Bassas: these beare on their Lances white and red Pendants. But the Ianizaries (a name that signifieth New Souldiery) are those that beare such great sway in Constantinople: insomuch, that the Sultans themselues haue beene sometimes subiect to their insolencies. They are diuided into seuerall Companies vnder seuerall Captaines, but all commanded by their Aga, a place of high trust; and the third in repute through the Empire: howbeit, their too much loue is to him an assured destruction. These are the Flower of the Turkish Infantry, by whom such wonderfull victories haue beene atchieued. They call the Emperour Father, (for none other is there for them to depend on) to whose valour and faith in the time of warre hee committeth his person, they hauing their stations about the Royall Pauillion. They serue with Harquebusses, armed besides with Cymiter, and Hatchets. They weare on their heads a Bonnet of white Felt, with [ 40] a flap hanging downe behind to their shoulders; adorned about the browes with a wreathe of Metall gilt, and set with stones of small value, hauing a kind of sheathe or socket of the same erected before, wherein such are suffered to sticke Plumes of Feathers as haue behaued them∣selues extraordinary brauely. They tucke vp the skirts of their coats when they fight or march, and carry certaine daies prouision of victuals about with them, nor is it a cumber, it being no more then a small portion of Rice, and a little Sugar and Hony. When the Emperour is not in the field, the most of them reside with him in the Citie: euer at hand vpon any occasion to se∣cure his person, and are as it were the Pretorian cohorts with the Romanes. They are in number about fortie thousand, whereof the greater part (I meane of those that attend on the Court) haue their being in three large Serraglios, where the Iuniors doe reuerence their Seniors, and all [ 50] obey their seuerall Commanders (as they their Aga) with much silence and humilitie. Many of them that are married (a breach of their first institution) haue their priuate dwellings: and those that are busied in forraine imployments, are for the most part placed in such Garrison Townes as doe greatly concerne the safetie of the Empire; some are appointed to attend on Em∣bassadours; others, to guard such particular Christians as will be at the charge, both about the Citie, and in their Trauels, from inciuilities and violences, to whom they are in themselues most faithfull: wary and cruell, in preuenting and reuenging their dangers and iniuries, and so patient in bearing abuses, that one of them of late being strucken by an English-man, (whose humorous swaggering would permit him neuer to reuiew his Countrey) as they trauelled along through Morea, did not onely not reuenge it, nor abandon him to the pillage and outrages of o∣thers, [ 60] in so vnknowne and sauage a Countrey; but conducting him vnto Zant in safetie, say∣ing, God forbid that the villany of another should make him betray the charge that was committed to his trust. They are of one Trade or other: The pay that they haue from the Grand Signior, is but fiue Aspers a day; yet their eldest Sons as soone as borne, are inrolled, and receiued into pension,

but his bountie extendeth no further vnto his Progeny, (the rest reputed as naturall Turkes) nor is a Ianizarie capable of other preferments then the command, of ten, of twentie, or of an hundred. They haue yearely giuen them two Gownes apeece; the one of Violet cloath, and the other of Stammell, which they weare in the Citie, carrying in their hands a great tough Reede, some seuen foote long, tipped with Siluer, the weight whereof is not seldome felt by such as displease them. Who are indeed so awfull, that Iustice dare not proceed publikely against them (they being onely to be iudged by their Aga) but being priuatly attached, are as priuatly throwne into the Sea in the night time. But then are they most tumultuous (whereto they doe giue the name of affection) vpon the dangerous sicknesses of their Emperours, and vpon their deaths commit many out-rages. Which is the cause that the great Bassas as well as they can, do [ 10] conceale it from them, vntill all things be prouided for the presentment of the next for them to salute. Whereupon (besides the present larges) they haue an Asper a day increase of pension: so that the longer they liue, and the more Emperours they out-liue, the greater is their al∣lowance.

But it is to be considered, that all these before named, are not onely of that tribute of chil∣dren. For not a few of them are captiues taken in their child-hood, with diuers Renegados, that haue most wickedly quitted their Religion and Countrey, to fight against both, who are to the Christians the most terrible Aduersaries. And withall they haue of late infringed their ancient customes, by the admitting of those into these orders that are neither the Sonnes nor Grand∣sonnes of Christians; a naturall Turke borne in Constantinople, before neuer knowne, being now [ 20] a Bassa of the Port.

Ouer and aboue these, and besides the auxiliary Tartars, whereof there are lightly threescore thousand (who liue on spoile, and serue without pay) that are euer assistant; the Grand Signior * 1.523 hath other Forces, whom they call Achingi, who haue nothing but what they can get by fora∣ging, * 1.524 being Hindes of the Countrey, and tyed to serue on Horse-backe, for certaine priuiledges that they hold, in number about thirtie or fortie thousand: but small in value, as are the Azapi, * 1.525 who serue on foote (yet properly belonging to the Gallies) better acquainted with the Spade then Sword: thrust forward with purpose rather to weary, then to vanquish the enemy, whose dead bodies doe serue the Ianizaries to fill vp ditches, and to mount the walls of assaulted For∣tresses; besides many voluntaries, who follow the Army in hope to succeede the slaine Spaheis [ 30] and Ianizaries, now nothing curious at such a time to receiue those that bee not the Sonnes of Christians into the Order. Such are the Turkish Forces, both in qualitie and proportion, and hee that shall see three hundred thousand of these in an Armie (as he might haue done this last Som∣mer in Bithynia) so disciplined, so appointed, and so daringly resolute: whose onely repute con∣sists in their valours; and whose defeats are punished in their Commanders as offences, furnished with such abundance of great Ordnance (much whereof they cast according to their occasions, carrying with them the Metall vpon the backes of Camels) will not onely not wonder at their victories, but rather how the rest of the yet vnvanquished world hath withstood them. I haue heard a Prince (and he of no small experience) impute the sundry ouerthrowes giuen them, by a small number of Christians, to the paucitie of Commanders, and their want of experience, [ 40] some one Sanziack hauing vnder his conduct fiue thousand Timariots; and he perhaps but newly crept out of the Sultans Serraglio, exercised onely in speculatiue conflicts. So that their num∣bers proue often but cumbers, and the aduantage losse, encountred by the many expert Directors of few, who are also farre better defensiuely armed. But he that hath bounded the Sea, hath al∣so limited their furies. And surely it is to bee hoped, that their greatnesse is not onely at the height, but neere an extreame precipitation: the body being growne too monstrous for the head, the Sultans vnwarlike, and neuer accompanying their Armies in person; the Souldier cor∣rupted with ease and libertie, drowned in prohibited Wine, enfeebled with the continuall con∣uerse of Women, and generally lapsed from their former austeritie of life, and simplicitie of manners. Their valours now meeting on all sides with opposition, hauing of late giuen no in∣crease [ 50] to their Dominions, and Empire so got, when it ceasseth to increase, doth begin to dimi∣nish. Lastly, in that it hath exceeded the obserued period of a Tyrannie, for such is their Em∣pire. Now when they march, the Tartars doe scoure the Countrey two daies iourney before, then follow the Achingi, after them the Timariots, next those few Iemoglans that be, next them the Ianizaries, the Chauses follow on horse-backe, (who carrie Bowes and Arrowes, besides their Mases and Cymiters) then comes the Sultan with the Officers of his Court, and Archers of his Guard, who are foot-men: the stipendarie Spaheis marching on either side of him. An hun∣dred Coaches couered with red, with foure Horses apeece, are drawne after, which carrie the Hichoglans (his Pages) and Eunuchs; about these the Iemoglans, called Baltagies, are placed. The carriages of the Army ensue, followed by voluntaries, who goe in hope (as before said) to bee [ 60] entertained in the roomes of the slaine, with the Seruants of the Spaheis of the Court, and cer∣taine Ianizaries Att-oglans Lepzlers and Deuigilers. The Ianizaries haue the models of Ele∣phants, Boots, Swords of Wood, and the like, borne before them for their Ensignes; and the * 1.526 Royall Standard is no other then a Horse taile tied to the end of a staffe.

As for their forces at Sea, they are but small in comparison of what they haue beene, and com∣pared * 1.527 to those of particular Christian Princes, but contemptible. Approued by the Florentine, who with sixe ships onely hath kept the bottome of the Streights for these three yeeres past in despite of them: insomuch as they haue not dared to hazard the reuenue of Aegypt by Sea, but haue sent it ouer Land with a Guard of Souldiers, to their no small trouble and expences: the whole Armado comming often in view, yet not so hardie as to aduenture the onset. The Ad∣mirall hauing thought it a safer course to employ the Pirats of Tunis and Algers in that seruice, who haue many tall ships (the spoile of Christian Merchants) and warlikely appointed: now growne expert in Nauigation, and all kind of Sea-fights, by the wicked instruction of our fugi∣tiue Pirats, and other Renegados. But those Pirats haue no heart to such an enterprise, where [ 10] the victorie would proue so bloudie, and the bootie so worthlesse. The Nauie that is yeerly set forth in the beginning of May, to annoy the Enemie, suppresse Pirats, collect Tribute, and re∣forme disorders in the Maritime Townes that belong to the Admiraltie, consists of not aboue threescore Gallies, which are all that can be spared from their other places of imployment. Du∣ring the Winter the Armado is dispersed, and the Gallies are drawne into their drie stations. In which time the Pirats, both Christian and Mahometan, doe rob on the Aegean and Mediterra∣nean Seas vncontrolled, but by the defensiue strength of the Assailed. So much the continuance of honors in Families are auoided, that when a Bassa is giuen (for so I may terme it) to the Si∣ster or Daughter of a Sultan for an husband, the children begotten on them, doe most rarely rise aboue the degree of a priuate Captaine. But more seuere are these Tyrants to their owne, who lop all the Branches from the Bole; the vnnaturall Brother solemnizing his Fathers funerals, [ 20] with the slaughter of his Brothers. So fearfull are they of riualitie, and so damnably politike; making all things lawfull that may secure the perpetuitie of their Empire. Yet they mourne for those being dead, whom they murdered; honoring them with all dues of buriall, and customa∣rie lamentations. Now if the Ottoman Line should faile, the Crim Tartar is to succeed (both be∣ing of one Familie, and of one Religion) as the Turke the Tartar; who hath at this day the ele∣ction of the Tartarian Emperours: but with this limitation, that hee is to bee one of the sonnes of the deceassed.

They are commanded seuen times a day to resort vnto publike Prayers: the first assembling is called Timgil-namas, which is two houres before day: the second Sabah-namas, at day breake: the third Vyle-namas, at noone: the fourth Kyndy-namas, at three of the clocke: the fift Ak∣sham-namas, [ 30] after Sunne-set: the sixth Ghogic-namas, two houres within night: and the seuenth Giuma-namas, at ten of the clocke in the morning: the last also on Fridayes obserued by all, at other times but by the more religious. Congregated (as aforesaid) by the chanting of the Priests from the tops of steeples: at which times lightly, though they be in the fields, they will spread their vpper garments on the earth, and fall to their deuotions. Moreouer, I haue seene them con∣ioyntly pray in the corners of the streets, before the opening of their shops in the morning. Fri∣day is their Sabbath; and yet they spend but a part thereof in deuotion, and the rest in recrea∣tions: * 1.528 but for that time they obserue it so rigorously, that a Turke here lately had his eares nay∣led to his shop-boord for opening it too timely. Before they pray, they wash all the Organs of their senses; their legs to their knees, and their armes to their elbowes: their priuities after the [ 40] purgings of nature; and sometimes all ouer from top to toe: for which there are houses of office with conduits belonging to euery principall Mosque. Where water is wanting, they doe it with dust. At the doore of the Mosque they put off their shooes; and entring, sit crosse legged vpon rewes of Mats, one behind another, the poore and the rich promiscuously. The Priest in a Pul∣pit before them, not otherwise distinguished in habite but by the folding vp of his Turbant. When they pray, they turne their faces towards Mecha: first standing vpright, without any * 1.529 motion of their bodies, holding the palmes of their hands vpward; sometimes they stop their eyes and eares, and oft pull the haire on the sides of their faces: then thrice they bow, as in their salutations; and as often prostrating themselues on the earth, doe kisse it. Doing this sundrie times, they will looke backe vpon no occasion, vntill they come vnto the salutation of Maho∣met: [ 50] at which time they reuerse their faces, first ouer the right shoulder, and then ouer the left; beleeuing that his comming will be behind them when they are at their deuotions. The Priest doth somtimes reade vnto them some part of the Alcoran (holding it, in reuerence to the booke, as high as his chin) sometimes some of their fabulous Legend, intermixing Expositions and In∣structions, which they hearken vnto with heedie attention, and such steadie positures of body, as if they were intranced. Their Seruice is mixed with Songs and Responses: and when all is * 1.530 done, they stroke downe their faces and beards with lookes of deuout grauitie. If they finde a Paper in the streets, they will thrust it in some Creuice of the adioyning wall; imagining that the name of God may be contayned therein, and then prophane to be trod vnder foot, or other∣wise defiled. They number their often repetition of the Names of God and his Attributes [ 60] (with other short ejaculations of Prayer and Praise) vpon Beades: some shaking their heads in∣cessantly, vntill they turne giddie: perhaps in imitation of the supposed trances (but naturally infirmitie) of their Prophet. And they haue an Order of Monkes, who are called Dervises, * 1.531

whom I haue often seene to dance in their Mosques, on Tuesdayes and Fridayes, many together, to the sound of barbarous musicke; dances that consist of continuall turnings, vntill at a cer∣tayne stroke they fall vpon the earth, and lying along like beasts, are thought to be rapt in spirit vnto celestiall conuersations. Now the Women are not permitted to come into their Temples (yet haue they secret places to looke in through Grates) partly for troubling their deuotions, but especially for that they are not circumcised, as are the women of Persia and Aethiopia. Nor circumcise they the Males vntill they be able to answere the Priest, and promise for themselues, which is for the most part at the age of eight. They are circumcised in the houses of their Pa∣rents, at a festiuall meeting, and in the midst of the Assembly, the Child holding vp his fore-fin∣ger, in token that he is a Mahometan. As soone as cut, the Priest washeth the wound in water [ 10] and salt, and bindeth it in linnen. Who changeth not his name, but is from thenceforth called a Musselman, which is, a true Beleeuer. This done, he is carryed vnto the Bannia, where his haire (before that time worne at full length) is shauen, and so kept euer after, all sauing a locke on the top of his crowne; by which they dreame that they shall be assumed by Mahomet into Para∣dise: then put they on him a white Turbant; and so returning with Drums and Hoboys, is with great solemnitie conducted to the Mosque, and presented with gifts according to his qualitie.

The Turkes doe fast one moneth in the yeere, which they call Ramazan: which changeth yeerly (so that in thirteene yeeres they fast one) wherein, they say, that the Alcoran was deli∣uered * 1.532 vnto Mahomet by the Angell. Obserued by all but the Infirme and Trauellers: who are [ 20] to fast for as long a time, when so they recouer, or come to the end of their iourney. But they fast but during the day, in the night they feast, and then are all their steeples stucke round with Lamps, which burne till the morning, affording an obiect of great solemnitie. Such as in stead of abstayning from meates, doe abstayne at that time from their Mosques, they carrie about in scorne, and seuerely chastise; but such as then drinke wine, they punish with death. Vpon the discouerie of the new Moone (which they superstitiously gratulate, esteeming him happy that discouereth it first, and by the course thereof doe reckon their yeere) falling out this yeere on the seuenth of December, the feast of the great Byram did begin, which doth continue for three dayes together, obserued by them as Easter is with vs. On the first day the Grand Signior riding to Sancta Sophia, in all the pompe and glorie of Empire (of which we shall speake hereafter) vp∣on [ 30] his returne we saw a sort of Christians, some of them halfe earth alreadie, crooked with age, * 1.533 and trembling with palsies; who by the throwing away of their Bonnets, and lifting vp of their fore-fingers, did proffer themselues to become Mahometans. A sight full of horror and trouble, to see those desperate wretches that had professed Christ all their life, and had suffered no doubt for his sake much contumely and oppression; now almost dying, to forsake their Re∣deemer, euen then when they were to receiue the reward of their patience. To these the Tyrant a little inclined his body, who before not so much as cast his eye aside, but sate like the adored statue of an Idoll. For they hold it a great grace, and an act of singular pietie, to draw many to their Religion, presenting them with money, change of rayments, and freeing them from all Tribute and Taxes. Insomuch, that if a Christian haue deserued death by their Law, if hee will [ 40] * 1.534 conuert, they will many times remit his punishment. But they compell no man. During this festiuall they exercise themselues with various pastimes, but none more in vse, and more barba∣rous, then their swinging vp and downe, as Boyes doe in Bell ropes: for which there bee Gal∣lowses (for they beare that forme) of an exceeding height, erected in sundrie places of the Citie; when by two ioyning Ropes that are fastned aboue, they will swing themselues as high as the transome: perhaps affected in that it stupifies the senses for a season: the cause that Opium is so much in request, and of their fore said shaking of their heads, and continued turnings. In regard whereof, they haue such as haue lost their wits, and naturall Idiots, in high veneration, as men * 1.535 rauished in spirit, and taken from themselues, as it were to the fellowship of Angels. These they honour with the Title of Saints, lodge them in their Temples, some of them going almost starke [ 50] naked; others clothed in shreds of seuerall colours, whose necessities are supplyed by the peoples deuotions, who kisse their Garments as they passe through the streets, and bow to their bene∣dictions; yea, many by counterfeiting the Idiot haue auoided punishment for offences which they haue vnwittingly fallen into. Whilst the Byram lasteth, you cannot stirre abroad but you shall be presented by the Deruises and Ianizaries, with tulips and trifles, besprinkling you with sweet water; nor ceasse so to doe, till they haue drawne Rewards from you.

The Turkes are incouraged to almes by their Alcoran, as acceptable to God, and meritorious in it selfe, if giuen without vaine-glorie, and of goods well gotten, alledging it to be a tempta∣tion of the Deuils, to abstayne from Almes, for feare of impouerishment. Their more publike Almes consist in sacrifices (if not so wrongfully termed) vpon their festiuals, or performance of [ 60] vowes: when Sheepe and Oxen are slaine by the Priest, and diuided amongst the Poore, the Owner not so much as retayning a part thereof. They say, they giue much in priuate: and in truth, I haue seene but few Beggers amongst them. Yet sometimes shall you meet in the streets with couples chained together by the necke, who beg to satisfie their Creditors in part, and are

at the yeeres end released of their Bonds, prouided that they make satisfaction if they proue af∣terward able. At their deaths they vsually giue Legacies for the release of Prisoners, the freeing of Bond-slaues, repayring of Bridges, building of Canes for the reliefe of Passengers: and the great men, to the erecting of Mosques and Hospitals, which they build not seldome in their life time. But Mahomet the Great, and Solyman the Magnificent, haue in that kind exceeded all others: whose stately and sumptuous structures doe giue a principall ornament to the Citie; where the sicke and impotent are prouided for, and the stranger entertayned (for here bee no Innes) the reuenue of that of Mahomets, amounting to an hundred and fiftie thousand Sultanies. To these therebelong Physicians, Chyrurgions, Apothecaries, the charge thereof committed vnto their Priests, who bring vp a certayne number of youths in the Mahometan Law, and frequently pray for the departed soules of the Founders in the Chappels of their Sepulchres. [ 10] They extend their charitie to Christians and Iewes, as well as to them of their owne Religion; nay, Birds and Beasts haue a taste thereof. For many onely to let them loose, will buy Birds in Cages, and bread to giue vnto Dogges; for most haue in this Citie no particular owners, being reputed an vncleane Creature, and therefore not suffered to come into their houses, thinking it neuerthelesse a deed of pietie, to feede and prouide them kennels to litter in, most of them re∣pairing to the Sea side nightly, where they keep such a howling, that if the wind sit South-ward; they may be easily heard to the vpper side of the Citie of Pera.

With the Stoicks they attribute all accidents to destinie, and constellations at birth. Since death can be neither hastned nor auoided, being withall perswaded, that they die brauely that [ 20] die fighting: and that they shall be rewarded with Paradise that doe spend their bloud vpon the enemies of their Religion, called Shahids, which is Martyrs, by them. For although they re∣pute murder to be an execrable crime, that cries to Heauen for vengeance, and is neuer forgiuen: yet are they commanded by their law, to extend their profession by violence, and without com∣passion to slaughter their Opposers. But they liue with themselues in such exemplary concord, that during the time that I remained amongst them (it being aboue three quarters of a yeare) I neuer saw Mahometan offer violence to a Mahometan, nor breake into ill language; but if they * 1.536 so chance to do, a third will reproue him, with, Fie, Mussel-men, fall out! and all is appeased. He that giues a blow hath many gashes made in his flesh, and is led about for a terror, but the man-slayer is deliuered to the kindred or friends of the slaine, to bee by them put to death with [ 30] all exquisite torture.

§. III.

The Muftie, Cadileschiers, Diuans: Manners and attire of the Turkes. The Sultan described, and his Customes and Court. The Customes of the Greekes. Sir THO: GLOVER.

THE dignitie of the Chaliph amongst the Turkes, with much abatement, doth now re∣maine [ 40] * 1.537 in the Mufties (which name doth signifie An Oracle, or Answerer of doubts) as Successors to Ebbubecher, Omar and Ozman; the other being both High-Priests and Princes; these Patriarchs, as it were, and Soueraignes of their Religion. Through∣out the whole Turkish Territories, there is but one, who euer resideth in the Royall Citie, or fol∣lowes the person of the Emperour. He is equall to the ancient Popes, or rather greater both in repute and authoritie. The Grand Signior doth rise at his approach to salute him, and sets him by him, and giues him much reuerence. His life is onely free from the Sword, and his fortunes most rarely subiect to subuersion. The Emperour vndertaketh no high designe without his ap∣prouement. He hath power to reuerse both his sentence, and the sentence of the Divan, if they be not adiudged by him conformable to the Alcoran, but his owne is irreuocable. In matters of [ 50] difficultie they repaire to him, and his exposition standeth for a Law. To conclude, he is the su∣preme Iudge, and rectifier of all actions, as well Ciuill as Ecclesiasticall, and an approuer of the Iustice of the Militarie. The place is giuen by the Grand Signiors, to men profoundly learned in their Law, and of knowne integritie. He seldome stirres abroad, and neuer admits of imperti∣nent conuersation. Graue is his looke, graue is his behauiour; Highly affecting silence, and most spare of speech. For when any come to him for iudgement, they deliuer him in writing the state of the question, who in writing briefly returnes his oraculous answer. He commonly weareth a vest of greene, and the greatest Turbant in the Empire: I should not speake much out of com∣passe, should I say as large in compasse as a bushell. I oft haue beene in this mans Serraglio, which [ 60] is neither great in receit nor beautie, yet answerable to his small dependancie, and infrequencie of Sutors. He keepeth in his house a Seminarie of Boyes, who are instructed in the mysteries of their Law. He is not restrained, nor restaineth himselfe from pluralitie of Women. His in∣comes are great, his disbursings little, and consequently his wealth infinite; yet he is a bad pay∣master

of his debts, though they be but trifles. He much delighteth in Clockes and Watches, whereof, as some say, he hath not so few as a thousand.

Next in place to the Muftie, are the Cadileschiers, that are Iudges of the Armies, (but not to meddle with the Ianisarie) and accompany the Beglerbegs when they goe into the field. Of * 1.538 these there are onely two; one of the European part of the Empire, and another of the Asian. These are also elected by the Grand Signior, as the Cadies by them, (yet to bee allowed by the other, and to kisse his Vest:) of whom there is one in euery Towne, who besides their spirituall Functions, doe adminster Iustice betweene partie and partie, and punish offenders. Of inferior Priests, there be some particularly appointed to sing at the tops of their steeples, and to congre∣gate the people; some to looke to the Ceremonies, and some to reade and interpret the Alcoran. [ 10] There are also other religious Orders, which I omit to speak of, being of their owne taking vp, neither commanded nor commended, and rather to be esteemed Vagabonds then religious per∣sons, consider we either their life or their habits.

Among the Turkish Commandements, one is that drawne originally from our Sauiours, Thou * 1.539 shalt not doe what thou wouldst not haue done to thee: whereupon for the most part their Ciuill Iu∣stice is grounded, not disagreeing greatly from the Lawes of Moses. All euictions there, as else∣where depend vpon Witnesses: yet will not the oath of a Christian or a Iew be receiued against a Turke, as will a Turkes against them, and theirs one against another. But the kindred of Ma∣homet haue their single testimonies in equall value with the testimonies of two others: notwith∣standing the oath of a Mahometan will not be taken, if impeached for a drinker of Wine, or ea∣ter [ 20] of Swines flesh. Euery Bassa keepes a Divan (so they call the Court of Iustice) within his Prouince: but the highest of all, and to which they may appeale from all other, is that, which * 1.540 is kept foure daies of the weeke in the Grand Signiors Serraglio, from whence no appeale is admitted but to the person of the Muftie. Here the Vizier Bassas of the Port, who are nine in number (or as many as then are not otherwise employed) doe sit in Iustice (where also they * 1.541 consult of matters of State, and that publikely, not excepting against Embassadours Droger∣men, lightly alwaies present: so presume they of strong hand) assisted by the * 1.542 Admirall, and * 1.543 Chancellor, (the * 1.544 Treasurer in the same roome keeping his Court) where all causes whatsoe∣ter that are heard, within the space of three daies are determined, the Great Viziers Bassa being President of the rest. But Briberie, not knowne vntill lately amongst them, hath so corrupted [ 30] their integritie, that whose causes (if they beare but a colour of right) doe seldome miscarrie where gifts are the Aduocates: yet this is the best of the worst, that they quickly know their successes. But many times when the oppressed subiects can haue no Iustice, they will in troupes attend the comming forth of the Emperor, and by burning Straw on their heads, or holding vp Torches, prouoke his regard: who brought vnto him by his Mutes, doth receiue their petition, which oftentimes turnes to the ruine of some of those great ones. For assurances of Purcha∣ses, they haue no Indentures, no fines and recoueries. The omitting of a word cannot frustrate * 1.545 their estates; nor Quirks of Law preuaile against Conscience. All that they haue to shew, is a little Scedule, called a Hodget or Sigil, onely manifesting the possession of the Seller, as his of whom he bought it, or from whom it descended vnto him, which vnder-written by the Cadie [ 40] of the place, doth frustrate all after-claimes whatsoeuer.

Now the punishments for offenders, be either Pecuniarie or Corporall. To impose the for∣mer, they will forge all the slanders that they can, to eate vpon the lesse circumspect Christi∣ans, * 1.546 but the other are seldome vniustly inflicted. Their formes of putting to death, (besides such as are common else-where) are impaling vpon stakes, ganching (which is to be let fall from on high vpon hookes, and there to hang vntill they die by the anguish of their wounds, or more miserable famine,) and another inuented (but now not here vsed) to the terror of man∣kind, by some deuillish Perillus, who deserued to haue first tasted of his owne inuention, viz: they twitch the offender about the waste with a Towell, enforcing him to draw vp his breath [ 50] by often pricking him in the body, vntill they haue drawne him within the compasse of a spanne; then tying it hard, they cut him off in the middle, and setting the body on a hot plate of Copper, which seareth the veines, they so vp-propping him during their cruell pleasure: who not onely retaineth his sense, but the faculties of Discourse, vntill hee be taken downe, and then departeth in an instant. But little faults are chastised by blowes, receiued on the soles of the feet with a bastinado, by hundred at a time, according to the qualitie of the misde∣meanor. A terrible paine that extendeth to all the part of the body, yet haue I seene them ta∣ken for money. The Master also in this sort doth correct his Slaue; but Parents their Children with stripes on the belly. The Subashie is as the Constable of a Citie, both to search out, and pu∣nish offences. [ 60]

It remayneth now that we speake of the persons of the Turkes, their dispositions, manners * 1.547 and fashions. They be generally well complexioned, of good statures, and full bodies, propor∣tionably compacted. They nourish no haire about them, but a Locke on the crowne, and on their faces onely; esteeming it more cleanly, and to bee the better prepared for their superstiti∣ous washings. But their Beards they weare at full length, the marke of their affected grauitie,

and token of freedome, (for slaues haue theirs shauen) insomuch that they will scoffe at such Christians as cut, or naturally want them, as if suffering themselues to be abused against nature. All of them weare on their heads white Shashes and Turbants, the badge of their Religion, as is * 1.548 the folding of the one, and size of the other, of their vocations and qualitie. Shashes are long Towels of Callico woond about their heads: Turbants are made like great Globes of Callico too, and thwarted with Rols of the same; hauing little copped Caps on the top, of Greene or Red Veluet, being onely worne by persons of ranke, and he the greatest that weareth the grea∣test, the Mufties excepted, which ouer-sizes the Emperours. And though many Orders haue particular Ornaments appointed for their heads, yet weare they these promiscuously. It is an especiall fauour in the Turke to suffer the Christian Tributarie Princes and their chiefest Nobles [ 10] to weare white heads in the Citie: but in them, what better then an Apostaticall Insinuation? But to beginne from the skinne, the next that they weare is a Smock of Callico, with ample * 1.549 sleeues, much longer then their Armes: vnder this a paire of Calsouns of the same, which reach to their ancles, the rest naked; and going in Yellow or Red Slip-shooes, picked at the toe, and plated on the sole: ouer all they weare a halfe-sleeued Coate girt vnto them with a Towell: their necke all bare, and this within doores is their Sommer accoutrement. Ouer all when they goe abroad they weare Gownes, some with wide halfe sleeues, (which more particularly belong * 1.550 to the Grecians,) others with long hanging sleeues, and the Gownes buttened before, and a third sort worne by the meaner sort, reaching but a little below the knee, with hanging sleeues not much longer then the arme, and open before; but all of them vngathered in the shoulders. In the Winter they adde to the former, Calsouns of Cloth, which about the small of the legge are [ 20] sewed to short smooth Buskins of Leather without soles, fit for the foote as a Gloue for the hand, lining their Gownes with Furre, as they doe their Coats; hauing then the sleeues (or quil∣ted Waist-coats vnder them) reaching close to their wrists. They weare no Gloues. At their Girdles they weare long Handkerchers, some of them admirable for value and workmanship. They neuer alter their fashions, not greatly differing in the great and vulgar, more then in the richnesse. Cloth of Tissue, of Gold and Siluer, Veluet, Scarlet, Sattin, Damaske, Chamolets, lined with Sables, and other costly Furres, and with Martins, Squerrils, Foxes and Cony-skins; worne according to their seuerall qualities. But the common weare is Violet Cloth. They re∣tayne the old Worlds custome in giuing change of Garments, which they may aptly doe, when one Vest fitteth all men, and is of euery mans fashion. [ 30]

The Clergie goe much in Greene, it being Mahomets colour; and his Kinsmen in greene Sha∣shes, * 1.551 who are called Emers, which is Lords: the women also weare something of Greene on their heads, to be knowne. There liues not a Race of ill-fauoureder people; branded perhaps by God for the sinne of their seducing Ancestor, and their owne wicked assuming of hereditary holinesse. But if a Christian out of ignorance weare Greene, hee shall haue his clothes torne off from his backe, and perhaps be well beaten. They carrie no Weapons about them in the Citie; * 1.552 onely they thrust vnder their Girdles great crooked Kniues of a Dagger-like size, in sheathes * 1.553 of Metall; the Hafts and Sheathes of many beeing set with stones, and some of them worth fiue hundred Sultanies. They beare their bodies vpright, of a stately gate, and elated [ 40] countenance. In their familiar salutations they lay their hands on their bosomes, and a little de∣cline their bodies: but when they salute a person of great ranke, they bow almost to the ground, and kisse the hemme of his Garment. The ornaments of their heads they neuer put off vpon any occasion. Some of them perfume their Beards with Amber, and the in-sides of their Tur∣bants: and all of them affect cleanlinesse so religiously, that besides their customarie Lotions, and daily frequenting of the Bannias, they neuer so much as make water, but they wash both * 1.554 their hands and priuities: at which businesse they sequester themselues, and couch to the Earth; reuiling the Christian whom they see pissing against a wall, and sometimes striking him. This they doe to preuent that any part of either excrement should touch their Garments, esteeming * 1.555 it a pollution, and hindering the acceptation of Prayer, who then are to bee most pure in heart and habite. [ 50]

So slouthfull they be, that they neuer walke vp and downe for recreation, nor vse any other * 1.556 exercise but shooting, wherein they take as little paines as may bee, sitting on Carpets in the shadow, and sending their Slaues for their Arrowes. They also shoote against Earthen wals, euer * 1.557 kept moyst in shops and priuate houses for that purpose, standing not aboue sixe paces from the marke, and that with such violence, that the Arrow passes not seldome through: nay, I haue seene their Arrowes shot by our Embassadour through Targets of Steele, pieces of Brasse two inches thicke; and through wood, with an Arrow headed with wood, of eight inches. Their Bowes are for forme and length, not vnlike the Lath of a large Crosse bow, made of the hornes * 1.558 of Buffoloes, intermixed with sinewes, of admirable workmanship, and some of them exquisitely gilded. Although there bee Wrastlers amongst them, yet they bee such as doe it to delight the [ 60] people, and do make it their profession; as do those that walke vpon Ropes, wherein the Turkes * 1.559 are most expert; going about when they haue done, to euery particular Spectator for his volun∣tary beneuolence. Of Cards and Dice they are happily ignorant; but at Chesse they will play all * 1.560

the day long: a sport that agreeth well with their sedentarie vacancie; wherein notwithstan∣ding they auoyde the dishonest hazard of money.

The better sort take great delight in their Horses, which are beautifull to the eye, and well ridden for seruice, but quickly iaded if held to a good round trot (for amble they doe not) in an * 1.561 indifferent Iourney. But the Turkes doe not lightly ride so fast as to put them vnto eyther. Their Saddles be hard and deepe, though not great, plated behind and before; and some of them with Siluer, as are their massie Stirrops, and the Reines of their Bridles, suted vnto their costly Caparisons. When they stand in the Stable they feed them for the most part, if not altogether, with Barley; being heere of small value, and onely seruing for that purpose. They litter them in their owne dung, first dryed in the Sunne and puluerated, which keepes their skinnes cleane, [ 10] smoth, and shining.

The Turkes doe greatly reuerence their Parents, (so commanded to doe by their Law) as the * 1.562 Inferiour his Superiour, and the young aged, readily giuing the prioritie to whom it belongeth, (the left hand as they goe in the streets preferd before the right, in that made Masters thereby of the Sword of the other, and the chiefest place the farthest from the wall) liuing together as if all of a Brother-hood. Yet giue they no entertaynment vnto one another, nor come there any into their houses but vpon speciall occasion, and those but into the publike parts thereof; their wo∣men being neuer seene but by the Nurses and Eunuches which attend on them. Yea, so iealous * 1.563 they are, that their Sonnes when they come to growth are separated from them. As their houses are meane, so are their furnitures: hauing nothing on the in-side but bare white walls, vnlesse it [ 20] be some especiall roome, in the house of some of high qualitie. But the Roofes of many of them are curiously seeled with in-laid wood, adorned with Gold and Azure of an excessiue cost∣linesse; the greater part of the floore, and that a little aduanced, beeing couered with Turkie Carpets, whereon when they tread they doe put off their slip-shooes. Many of their roomes haue great out windowes, where they sit on Cushions in the heate of the day. They lye vpon Mattresses, some of Silke, some of stayned Linnen, with Bolsters of the same, and Quilts that are sutable, but much in their clothes, the cause perhaps that they are so lousie. Nor shame they thereat, many shall you see sit publikely a lousing themselues in the Sunne; and those no meane persons.

They haue neither Tables nor stooles in their houses, but sit crosse-leg'd on the floore at their [ 30] * 1.564 victuals, all in a Ring. In stead of a cloth, they haue a Skinne spread before them; but the better sort sit about a round boord, standing on a foot not past halfe a foot high, and brimd like a Char∣ger. Their Dishes haue feet like standing Bolls, and are so set one vpon another, that you may eat of each without the remoouing of any. Their most ordinarie food is Pillaw, that is, Rice which hath beene sod with the fat of Mutton. Pottage they vse of sundry kinds, Egges fryed in Ho∣ney, * 1.565 Tansies, (or something like them) Pasties of sundry Ingredients: the little flesh which they eate is cut into gobbets, and either sod, or tosted in a Furnace. But I thinke there is more in London spent in one day then is in this Citie in twentie. Fish they haue in indifferent quan∣titie. But the Commons doe commonly feed on Herbes, Fruits, Rootes, Onions, Garlicke, a beastly kind of vnpressed Cheese that lyeth in a lumpe; hodge-podges made of Flower, Milke, [ 40] and Honey, &c. so that they liue for little or nothing, considering their fare, and the plentie of all things. They are wayted vpon by their slaues giuen them, or purchased with their Swords, or Money: of these to haue many it is accounted for great Riches. When one hath fed suffici∣ently * 1.566 he riseth, and another taketh his roome, and so continue to doe vntill all be satisfied. They eate three times a day, but when they feast they sit all the day long, vnlesse they rise to exone∣rate Nature, and forth with returne againe. They abstaine from Hogs-flesh, from bloud, and * 1.567 from what hath dyed of it selfe, vnlesse in cases of necessitie. Their vsuall drinke is pure water, yet haue they sundry Sherbets, (so call they the Confections which they infuse into it) some made of Sugar and Limons, some of Violets, and the like, (whereof some are mixed with Am∣ber) which the Richer sort dissolue thereinto. The Honey of Sio is excellent for that purpose, [ 50] and they make another of the iuyce of Raisins, of little cost, and most vsually drunke of. Wine is prohibited them by their Alcoran, they plant none, they buy none: but now to that libertie they are growne (the naturall Turke excepted) that they will quaffe freely when they come to the house of a Christian: insomuch, as I haue seene but few goe away vnled from the Embassa∣dors Table. Yet the feared disorders that might ensue thereof, haue beene an occasion that di∣uers times all the Wine in the Citie hath beene staued (except in Embassadors houses) and death hath beene made the penaltie vnto such as presumed to bring any in. They preferre our Beere aboue all other drinkes. And considering that Wine is forbidden, that water is with the rawest (especially in this Clime) the dearenesse of Sherbets, and plentie of Barley (being here sold not for aboue nine pence a bushell) no doubt but it would proue infinitely profitable to such as should [ 60] bring in the vse thereof amongst them.

Although they be destitute of Tauernes, yet haue they their Coffa-houses, which something resemble them. There sit they chatting most of the day, and sippe of a drinke called Coffa (of * 1.568 the Berrie that it is made of) in little China dishes, as hot as they can suffer it: blacke as soote,

and tasting not much vnlike it (why not that blacke broth which was in vse amongst the Lace∣demonians?) which helpeth, as they say, digestion, and procureth alacritie: many of the Cof∣famen keeping beautifull boyes, who serue as stales to procure them customers. The Turkes are also incredible takers of Opium, whereof the lesser Asia affoordeth them plentie: carrying it a∣bout * 1.569 them both in peace and in warre; which they say expelleth all feare, and makes them cou∣ragious: but I rather thinke giddy headed, and turbulent dreamers; by them, as should seeme by what hath beene said, religiously affected. And perhaps for the selfe-same cause they * 1.570 also delight in Tobacco; they take it through reeds that haue ioyned vnto them great heads of wood to contayne it, I doubt not but lately taught them, as brought them by the English: and were it not sometimes lookt into (for Morat Bassa not long since commanded a Pipe to bee thrust through the nose of a Turke, and so to be led in derision through the Citie,) no question [ 10] but it would proue a principall commoditie. Neuerthelesse, they will take it in corners, and are so ignorant therein, that that which in England is not saleable, doth passe here amongst them for most excellent.

They are by their law in generall exhorted to marrie, for the propagation of their Religion: * 1.571 and hee ill reputed of, that forbeareth so to doe vntill the age of fiue and twentie. Euery man is allowed foure wiues, who are to be of his owne Religion, and as many Concubine slaues as hee is able to keepe, of what Religion soeuer. For God (sayth the Alcoran) that is good and gracious, exacteth not of vs what is harsh and burdensome; but permits vs the nightly com∣panie of women, well knowing that abstinency in that kind is both grieuous, and impossible. [ 20] Yet are they to meddle with none but their owne peculiars: the offending woman they * 1.572 drowne, and the man they gansh. They buy their wiues of their parents, and record the con∣tract before the Cadi, which they after solemnize in this manner. Many women are inuited by the mother of the Bride, to accompanie her the night before the marriage day, whereof they spend a great part in feasting; then leade they her into a Bath, where they anoint and bathe her: so breaking companie they depart vnto their seuerall rests, and in the morning returne to her chamber, where they tricke her in her richest ornaments, tying on her silken Buskins with knots easily not vnknit. The Bridegroom hauing feasted a number in like manner, in the morning they also repaire to his house, in their best apparell, and gallantly mounted, from whence they set forward by two and by two, to fetch home the Bride, accompanied with Musike, and con∣ducted [ 30] by Sagdich, who is the neerest of his kindred; vnto whom the Bride is deliuered, with her face close couered. Who set astride on horse-backe, hath a Canopie carried ouer her, in such sort as no part of her is to bee discerned. So the troope returning in order as they came, after them are carried in Serpets (a kind of baskets) their presents and apparell; then followeth she, and lastly her slaues, if any haue beene giuen her. The Bride-groome standeth at his doore to receiue her, who is honoured by his guests (yet goe they not in) with sundrie presents before their departure. If shee be of qualitie, shee is led to the Bride chamber by an Eunuch, where women stand prepared to vndresse her. But the Bride-groome himselfe must vntye her Bus∣kins (as amongst the Romanes they did their Girdles) to which hee is fayne to applie his teeth. Now, he is to entertaine his wiues with an equall respect, alike is their diet, alike is [ 40] their apparell, alike his beneuolence (for such sweet stuffe is contayned in the precepts of their Doctors) vnlesse they consent to giue or change turnes; or else they may complaine to the Cadi, * 1.573 and procure a diuorcement. But the husband may put away his wife at his pleasure: who may marrie vnto another within foure moneths after, prouided shee proue not with child, and then not vntill so long after her deliuery. But if he will haue her againe, hee must buy her: and if after the third diuorce, another is first to lie with her, as a punishment inflicted for his leuitie: They giue him the reuerence of a master; they are at no time to denie him their embracements, whom he toucheth not againe vntill they haue beene at the Bannias. They receiue chastisement from him, and that they hold to be an argument of his affection. They feed apart, and inter∣meddle not with houshold affaires. All that is required at their hands, is, to content their hus∣bands, to nurse their owne children, and to liue peaceably together: which they doe (and which * 1.574 [ 50] is strange) with no great iealousie, or enuie. No male accompanies them aboue twelue yeeres old, except they be Eunuchs: and so strictly are they guarded, as seldome seene to looke out at their doores. They be women of elegant beauties, for the most part ruddie, cleere, and smooth as the polished Iuorie; being neuer ruffled by the weather, and daily frequenting the Bannias, but withall by the selfe-same meanes they sodainly wither. Great eyes they haue in principall repute: affected both by the Turks and the Grecians, as it should seeme, from the beginning. For Mahomet doth promise women with such, (nay as big as Egges) in his imaginarie Paradise. And of those the blacker they be, the more amiable: insomuch that they put betweene the eye-lids and the eye a certaine blacke powder with a fine long pensill, made of a minerall brought from [ 60] the Kingdome of Fez, and called Alcohole; which by the not disgracefully stayning of the lids doth better set forth the whitenesse of the eye; and though it trouble for a time, yet it comfor∣teth the sight, and repelleth ill humours. Into the same hue (but likely they naturally are so) doe they die their eye-breies, and eye-browes (the later by Arte made high, halfe circular, and

to meet, if naturally they doe not) so doe they the haire of their heads, as a foyle that maketh the white seeme whiter, and more becomming their other perfections. They part it before the midst, and plaite it behind, yet sometimes wearing it disheueled. They paint their nayles with a yellowish red. They weare on the top of their heads a Cap not vnlike a Sugar-loafe, yet a little flat, of paist-boord, and couered with Cloth of siluer or Tissue. Their vnder-garments (which within doores are their vppermost) doe little differ from those that bee worne by the men, which wee will present to the eye to auoide repetition.

[illustration]

The better sort about the vpper part of their armes, and smalls of their legs weare bracelets, and are elsewhere adorned with Iewels. When they goe abroad they weare ouer all long Gowns of violet cloth, or scarlet, tyed close before, the large sleeues hanging ouer their hands, hauing Buskins on their legs, and their heads and faces so mabbled in fine linnen, that no more is to be seene of them then their eyes: nor that of some, who looke as through the sight of a Beuer. For they are forbidden by the Alcoran to disclose their beauties vnto any, but vnto their fathers * 1.575 and husbands. They neuer stirre forth, but (and then alwayes in troupes) to pray at the graues, [ 50] and to the publike Bannias: which for excellency of buildings are next to their Mosques. But hauing in part alreadie described some of their formes, I will a little treate of their vse; which * 1.576 haue beene in times past, and are at this present, in such request with these Nations (as once with the Romanes, as may appeare by their regardable ruines) that few but frequent them twice in the weeke, as well for their health, as for delight and cleanlinesse. For the stomackes crudi∣ties, proceeding from their vsuall eating of fruits, and drinking of water, is thereby concocted: which also after exercise and trauell restoreth to the wearied bodie a wonderfull alacritie. The men take them vp in the morning, and in the afternoone the women. But both amongst the Ro∣manes did ordinarily frequent them together: a custome, as they say, continutd in Switserland at this day, and that amongst the most modest. The men are attended vpon by men, and the [ 60] women by women; in the outermost roome they put off their clothes, and hauing Aporns of stayned linnen tyed about their wastes, then entring the Baths to what degree of heate that they please, (for seuerall roomes, and seuerall parts of them are of seuerall temperatures, as is the water let in by cocks to wash the sweat and filth of the bodie) the seruitors wash them, rub

them, stretch out their ioynts, and cleanse their skins with a piece of rough Grogeram; which done, they shaue the heads and bodies of men, or take away the haire with a composition of Rusma (a minerall of Cyprus) and vnsleakt Lime; who returning to the place where they left their clothes, are dryed with fresh linnen; and for all this they pay not aboue three or foure As∣pers: so little, in that endued with reuenues by their Founders. But the women, doe anoint their bodies with an oyntment made of the earth of Chios, which maketh the skin soft, white, and shining; extending that on the face, and freeing it from wrinkles. Much vnnaturall and * 1.577 filthie lust is said to bee committed daily in the remote closets of the darkesome Bannias: yea, women with women; a thing vncredible, if former times had not giuen thereunto both dete∣ction and punishment. They haue generally the sweetest children that euer I saw; partly pro∣ceeding [ 10] * 1.578 from their frequent hathings, and affected cleanlinesse. As wee beare ours in our armes, so they doe theirs astride on their shoulders.

Now, next to their wiues wee may speake of their slaues: for little difference is there made * 1.579 betweene them: who are Christians taken in the Warres, or purchased with their Money. Of these there are weekly Markets in the Citie, where they are to be sold as Horses in Faires: the * 1.580 men being rated according to their faculties, or personall abilities, as the Women for their youths and beauties, who are set out in best becomming attires, and with their aspects of pitie and affection, endeuour to allure the Christians to buy them, as expecting from them a more easie seruitude, and continuance of Religion: when being thrall to the Turke, they are often inforced to renounce it for their better entertainment. Of them there bee many of excellent [ 20] outward perfection; and when the buyer hath agreed of the price (but yet conditionally) they are carryed aside into a roome, euen to the search of her mouth, and assurance (if so she be said to be) of her virginitie. Their Masters may lye with them, chastise them, exchange, and sell * 1.581 them at their pleasure. But a Christian will not lightly sell her whom he hath layne with, but giue her her libertie. If any of their Slaues will become Mahometans, they are discharged of their bondage: but if a Slaue to a Turke, he onely is the better intreated. The Turkes do vse their Bond-women with little lesse respect then their Wiues, and make no difference betweene the Children begotten both of the one and the other: who liue together without ielousie, it be∣ing allowed by their irresigious Religion. Notwithstanding, their Wiues doe onely receiue, as proper vnto them, their Sabbaths beneuolence. The old and most deformed, are put to most [ 30] drudgerie.

The Men-slaues may compell their Masters before the Cadie, to limit the time of their bon∣dage, or set a price of their redemption, or else to sell them vnto another: but whether of the two, they lightly referre to the Slaues election. If they bee onely fit for labour, they will ac∣cept of the time; but if skilfull in any craft, of the price: which expired or payed, they may returne into their Countries. But Gally-slaues are seldome released, in regard of their small number, and much employment which they haue for them; nor those that are Slaues vnto great ones, to whom the Cadies authoritie extends not. Many of the Children that the Turkes * 1.582 doe buy (for these Markets doe affoord of all Ages) they castrate, making all smooth as the backe of the hand, (whereof diuers doe dye in the cutting) who supply the vses of Nature with [ 40] a Siluer Quill, which they weare in their Turbants. In times past, they did but onely geld them, but being admitted to the free conuerse of their women, it was obserued by some, that they more then befittingly delighted in their societies.

But others say, that Selymus the second, hauing seene a Gelding couer a Mare, brought in a∣mongst them that inhumane custome. The first that euer made Eunuch, was Semiramis. They are heere in great repute with their Masters, trusted with their States, the Gouernment of their Women and Houses in their absence; hauing for the most part beene approoued faith∣full, wise, and couragious; insomuch as not a few of them haue come to sit at the sterne of State, (the second Vizer of the Port being now an Eunuch,) and others to the Gouern∣ment of Armies.

But now speake we of their Funerals. After their death, the Men by the Men, and the Wo∣men [ 50] * 1.583 by the Women, are laid out in the midst of the roome. When diuers of their Priests do as∣semble, and hauing performed certaine idle ceremonies, as in wrapping their beades about it, and in the often turning it, inuoking God to haue mercy on the departed; which done, they wash it, shaue it, and shroud it in Linnen, which they leaue vntied both at the head and feet. Then lay they the Corse on a Beere, placing a Turbant at the vpper end, and carrying it to the Graue with the head forward: some of the Deruises going before with Tapers, the Priests after singing, and lastly, his friends and acquaintance. But persons of principall qualitie haue their Horses led be∣fore them, with Ensignes trailed on the earth, and other rites of that nature; diuers of the San∣tons going before, naming of God, and shaking of their heads, and turning about vntill they fall [ 60] downe giddy. The sides and bottome of the graue are boorded, and a boord laid ouer the Corse, to keepe the earth from it, leauing a sufficient compasse to kneele in. For they are of opinion, that two terrible Angels, called Mongir and Gua••equir, doe presently repaire vnto the graue, and

put the soule againe into the body, as if (saith the Alcoran) a man should put on a shirt, and raising him on his knees, with his head vncouered, (the win••••ng-••••ieete being left vnknit for that purpose) demand of him in particular, how he hath behaued himselfe in this life: which if not well, the one strikes him on the head with a hammer nine fathoms into the earth, the other tearing him with an Iron hooke; and so continue to torment him vntill the day of Iudgement. A Purgatory so feared, that in their Mattins they petition God to deliuer them from the exami∣nations of the blacke Angels, the tortures of the Graue, and their euill iourney. But if he haue satisfied them in his reply, they vanish away, and two white Angels come in their places; the onelaying his arme vnder his head; the other sitting at his feet, and so protect him vntill doomes day. The Emperors, and some of the great Bassas (whereof we haue spoken sufficiently before [ 10] haue their particular Mausoleums. Those of a second condition are buried in their Gardens, in Se∣pulchers without couers, filled within with earth, and set with varietie of Flowers: But the common sort are buried by the high-way sides, and fields of most frequency, adioyning to the Citie, hauing a stone of white Marble more then a foote broad, and foure foote high, ingrauen with Turkish Characters, erected at the head, and another at the feete, the grant betweene lying low like a trough. To these the women flocke euery. Thursday in multitudes, weeping ouer their Children, Husbands, Kinsfolkes, and dead Progenitors, often killing the stones, and praying for their deliuery from the aforesaid blacke Torturers: many times leauing bread and meate on their graues, (a custome also of the Pagans) for Dogges and Birds to deuoure, as well as to relieue the poore, being held an auailable almes for the deceassed. The better sort doe mourne [ 20] in white (as for blacke, I neuer saw it worne by a Turke) and but for a little season. And the Women are not to marry by their law, vntill foure moneths and ten daies after the death * 1.584 of their Husbands.

To speake a word or two of their Sciences and Trades: some of them haue some little knowledge in Philosophie. Necessitie hath taught them Physicke, rather had from experi∣ence then the grounds of Art. In Astronomy they haue some in-sight; and many there are that * 1.585 vndertake to tell fortunes. These frequently sit in the streetes of the Citie, resorted vnto by such as are to take a iourney, or goe about any businesse of importance. They haue a good gift in Poetry, wherein they chant their Armours in the Persian tongue to vile Musicke; yet are they forbidden so to doe by their Law: Citternes, Harpes and Recorders, being their principall In∣struments. * 1.586 [ 30] But their lowd Instruments doe rather affright, then delight the hearing. On a time * 1.587 the Grand Signior was perswaded to heare some choise Italian Musicke: but the foolish Musicians (whose wit lay onely in the ends of their fingers) spent so much time in vnseasonable tuning, that he commanded them to auoid, belike esteeming the the rest to be answerable. They studie not Rhetorick, as sufficiently therein instructed by Nature; nor Logick, since it serues as well to * 1.588 delude as informe, and that wisedome (according to the opinion of the Epicures) may be com∣prehended in plaine and direct expressions. Some there be amongst them that write Histories, but few reade them, thinking that none can write of times past truly, since none dare write the truth of the present. Printing they reiect, perhaps for feare lest the vniuersalitie of learning, * 1.589 should subuert their false grounded religion and policie, which is better preserued by an ignorant obedience: Moreouer, a number that liue by writing would bee vndone, who are for the most [ 40] part of the Priest-hood. The Turkish tongue is loftie in sound, but poore of it selfe in substance. For being originally the Tartarian, who were needie ignorant Pastors, they were constray∣ned * 1.590 to borrow their Termes of State and Office from the Persians, (vpon whose ruines they erected their Greatnesse) of Religion (being formerly Pagans) from the Arabians; as they did of Maritime Names (together with the skill) from the Greekes and Italians. In Natolia it is most generally spoken. They vse (as the Persians) the Arabique Character. In * 1.591 writing they leaue out the vowels, vnlesse it be in the end of a word, so that much is contriued in a little roome. They curiously sleeke their Paper, which is thicke, much of it being coloured and dapled like Chamolets, done by a tricke they haue in dipping it in the water. They haue Painters amongst them, exquisite in their kind, (for they are not to draw by their Law, nor to [ 50] * 1.592 haue the figure of any thing liuing) yet now many priuatly begin to infringe that precept, and the Grand Signior himselfe hath a fanne, whereon the battels of Hungarie are painted. Colours also they haue, nor lesse faire then durable.

Euery one hath some Trade or other, not so much as the Grand Signior excepted. Their Trades * 1.593 are lightly such as serue for their owne vses, neither much supplying forraine Marts, nor fre∣quenting them. A lazy people, that worke but by fits, and more esteeme of their ease then their profit, yet are they excessiue couetous. And although they haue not the wit to deceiue (for they be grosse-headed) yet haue they the will, breaking all compacts with the Christians that they find discommodious, so that they seldome will deale with them. But with one another they [ 60] buy and sell onely for ready Money, wherein the most of their substance consisteth: the occasion that few suites doe happen amongst them. I haue spoken sufficiently, at least what I can of this Nation in generall, now conuert we to the Person and Court of this Sultan.

He is, in this yeare 1610. about the age of three and twentie, strongly limmed, and of a iust * 1.594 stature, yet greatly inclining to be fat: insomuch as sometimes he is ready to choake as he feeds, and some doe purposely attend to free him from that danger. His face is full and duly proporti∣oned, onely his eyes are extraordinary great, by them esteemed (as is said before) an excellency in beauty. Fleame hath the predominancy in his complexion. He hath a little haire on his vp∣per lip, but lesse on his chin, of a darksome colour. His aspect is as haughty as his Empire is large, he beginneth already to abstaine from exercise, yet are there pillars with inscriptions in his Serraglio, betweene which he threw a great Iron Mace, that memorize both his strength and ac∣tiuitie. Being on a time rebuked by his Father Mahomet, that he neglected so much his exer∣cises * 1.595 and studies, he made his reply: That now he was too old to beginne to learne, intimating [ 10] thereby, that his life was to determine with his Fathers, whereat the Sultan wept bitterly. For he then had two elder Brothers, of whom the eldest was strangled in the presence of his Father vpon a false suspition of treason, and the other by a naturall death did open his way to the Em∣pire. Perhaps the consideration thereof hath made him keepe his younger Brother aliue, con∣trary to their cruell custome; yet strongly guarded, and kept within his Serraglio. For hee is of no bloudy disposition, nor otherwise notoriously vicious, considering the austeritie of that go∣uernment, and immunities of their Religion. Yet is he an vnrelenting punisher of offences, euen * 1.596 in his owne Houshold: hauing caused eight of his Pages, at my being there, to be throwne into the Sea for Sodomy (an ordinary crime, if esteemed a crime in that Nation) in the night time, being let to know by the report of a Canon, that his will was fulfilled. Amongst whom, it was [ 20] giuen out that the Vice-royes naturall Sonne of Sicilia was one, (a youth lately taken Prisoner, and presented vnto him) yet but so said to be, to dishearten such as should practise his escape. His valour rests yet vntried, hauing made no war but by disputation, nor is it thought that he greatly affects it, despairing of long life in regard of his corpulency. Whereupon he is now building a magnificent Mosque, for the health of his soule, all of white Marble; at the East end, and South∣side of the Hippodrom, where he first broke the Earth, and wrought three houres in person. The like did the Bassas, bringing with them presents of Money, and Slaues to further the building. His occupation (for they are all tyed to haue one) is the making of Iuory Rings, which they * 1.597 weare on their Thumbs when they shoote, whereupon he workes daily. His Turbant is like in shape to a Pumpion, but thrice as great. His vnder and vpper garments, are lightly of white [ 30] Sattin, or cloath of Siluer Tissued with an eye of Greene, and wrought in great branches. Hee hath not so few as foure thousand persons that feede and liue within his Serraglio, besides Capa∣gies, * 1.598 of whom there are fiue hundred attired like Ianizaries, but onely that they want the soc∣ket in the front of their Bonnets, who waite by fifties at euery gate. The chiefe Officers of his Court are the Master (as we may terme him) of the Requests, the Treasurer, and Steward of his Houshold, his Cup-bearer, the Aga of the Women, the Controller of the Iemoglans: who also stee∣reth his Barge, and is the principall Gardiner. Diuers of these Iemoglans marching before the Grand Signior at solemne shewes, in a vaine ostentation of what they would vndergoe for their Lord, gathering vp the skinne of their Temples to thrust Quils through, and sticke therein Fea∣thers for a greater brauery, so wearing them to their no small trouble, vntill the place putrifie; [ 40] some when the old breakes out, cutting new holes close to the broken. Yea the Standard-bearers of this Crue, thrust the staues sometimes of their Sandards through the skinne and fat of their bellies, resting the lower end on a stirrop of Leather, and so beare them through the Citie. Fiftly, Mutes he hath borne deafe and dumbe, whereof some few be his daily companions; the rest are his Pages. It is a wonderfull thing to see how readily they can apprehend, and relate by signes, euen matters of great difficultie. Not to speake of the multitude of Eunuchs, the Foot-men of his Guard, Cookes, Sherbet-men, (who make the foresaid beurage) Gardiners and Horse∣keepers. * 1.599 Relate we now of his Women, wherein we will include those as well without as within his Serraglio.

And first begin we with his Virgins, of whom there seldome are so few as fiue hundred, kept in a Serraglio by themselues, and attended on onely by Women, and Eunuches. They all of them [ 50] are his Slaues, either taken in the warres, or from their Christian Parents, and are indeed the choisest beauties of the Empire. They are not to be presented to the Emperour, vntill certaine moneths be expired after their entrance, in which time they are purged and dieted, according to the custome of the ancient Persians. When it is his pleasure to haue one, they stand ranckt in a Gallery, and she prepareth for his bed to whom he giueth his Handkerchiefe, who is deliue∣red to the aforesaid Aga of the Women, (a Negro Eunuch) and conducted by him into the Sultans Serraglio. She that beareth him the first Sonne, is honoured with the Title of Sultana. * 1.600 But for all his multitude of Women, he hath yet begotten but two Sonnes and three Daughters, though he be that way vnsatiably giuen, (perhaps the cause that he hath so few) and vseth all [ 60] sorts of foods that may inable performance. He cannot make a free Woman his Concubine, nor haue to doe with her whom he hath freed, vnlesse hee doe marry her, it being well knowne to the wickedly witty Roxolana: who pretending deuotion, and desirous for the health, forsooth, * 1.601 of her soule to erect a Temple, with an Hospitall, imparting her mind to the Mufti, was told

by him that it would not be acceptable to God, if built by a Bond-woman. Whereupon she put on a habite of a counterfeit sorrow, which possessest the doting Solyman with such a compassion, that he forth-with gaue her her freedome, that she might pursue her intention. But hauing after a while sent for her by an Eunuch, shee cunningly excused her not comming, as touched in Conscience with the vnlawfulnesse of the fact; now being free, and therefore not to consent vnto his pleasure. So he whose soule did abide in her, and not able to liue without her, was constrained to marrie her. The onely marke that shee aymed at, and whereon she grounded her succeeding Tragedies. This also hath married his Concubine, the mother of his younger Sonne, (she being dead by whom hee had the eldest) who with all the practises of a politicke Stepdame, endeuours to settle the succession on her owne, adding, as it is thought, the power of [ 10] Witch-craft to that of her beautie, she being passionately beloued of the Sultan. Yet is she cal∣led Casek Cadoun, which is, the Lady without haire: by Nature her selfe, both graced and sha∣med. Now when one Sultan dieth, all his women are carried into another Serraglio, where those remaine that were his predecessors, being there both strictly lookt vnto, and liberally prouided for. The Grand Signior not seldome bestowing some of them (as of his Virgins, and the women of his owne Serraglio) vpon his great Bassas and others, which is accounted a principall honour. But for his Daughters, Sisters, and Aunts, they haue the Bassas giuen them for their Husbands: the Sultan saying thus, Here Sister, I giue thee this man to thy Slaue, together with this dagger, that if he please thee not, thou maist kill him. Their husbands come not vnto them vntill they be called: if but for speech onely, their shooes which they put off at the doore, are there suffered to remaine: [ 20] * 1.602 but if to lye with them, they are laid ouer the bed by an Eunuch, a signe for them to approach, who creep in vnto them at the beds feete. Mustapha and Hadir, (two of the Uizers of the Port) haue married this Sultans Sister, and Neece; and Mahomet Bassa of Cairo, his daughter, a child of sixe yeares old, and he about fiftie, hauing had presents sent according to the Turkish solemnities, who giueth two hundred thousand Sultanies in dowry. Not much in habite doe the Women of the Serraglio differ from other, but that the Fauourite weares the ornament of her head more high, and of a particular fashion, of beaten Gold, and inchaced with Gems; from the top where∣of there hangeth a veile that reacheth to her anckles, the rest haue their Bonets more depressed, yet rich; with their haire disheueled.

When the Sultan entertayneth Embassadours, hee sitteth in a roome of white Marble, gli∣string * 1.603 [ 30] with Gold and Stones, vpon a low Throne, spred with curious Carpets, and accommoda∣ted with Cushions of admirable workmanship; the Bassas of the Bench being by, who stand like so many Statues without speech or motion. It is now a custome that none doe come into his presence without presents, first fastned vpon his Bassas, as they say, by a Persian Embassa∣dour; who thereupon sent word to the Sophy his master that hee had conquered Turkie. The stranger that approacheth him is led betweene two: a custome obserued euer since the first A∣murath was slaine by the Seruian Cobelitz, a common Souldier, who in the ouerthrow of Cossoua, rising from among the dead bodies, and reeling with his wounds, made towards the Sultan then taking a view of the slaine, as if hee had something to say; by whom admitted to speech, hee forthwith stabd him with a Dagger, hid vnder his Cassocke for that purpose. They goe back∣ward [ 40] from him, and neuer put off their Hats; the shewing of the head being held by the Turke to bee an opprobrious indecency. Now, when hee goeth abroad, which is lightly euery other Friday (besides at other times vpon other occasions) vnto the Mosque: and when in state, there * 1.604 is not in the world to be seene a greater spectacle of humane glorie, and (if so I may speake) of sublimated manhood. For although (as hath beene said) the Temple of Sancta Sophia, which he most vsually frenquenteth, is not aboue a stones cast from the out most gate of the Serraglio, yet hath he not so few as a thousand Horse (besides the Archers of his Guard, and other Foot-men) in that short procession; the way on each side inclosed, as well within as without, Capa∣gies and Ianizaries, in their scarlet Gownes, and particular head-ornaments. The Chauses ride formost with their gilded Maces; then the Captaines of the Ianizaries with their Aga, next [ 50] the Chieftaines of the Spachies, after them their Sanziaks; those of the soulderie wearing in the fronts of their Bonnets the Feathers of the Birds of Paradise, brought out of Arabia, and by, some esteemed the Phoenix. Then follow the Bassas and Beglerbegs: after them the Pretorian foot-men, called the Solacchi, whereof there be in number three hundred; these are attired in Calsouns and Smockes of Callico, wearing no more ouer them then halfe-sleeued Coates of Crimson Damaske, the skirts tuckt vnder their girdles: hauing Plumes of Feathers in the top of their copped Bonnets; bearing Quiuers at their backes, with Bowes ready bent in their left hands, and Arrowes in their right, gliding along with a maruellous celeritie. After them seuen or nine goodly Horses are led, hauing Caparisons and Trappings of inestimable value, followed by the idolized Sultan gallantly mounted. About whom there runne fortie Peichi (so called in [ 60] that they are naturally Persians) in high-crowned brimlesse Caps of beaten Gold, with Coats of Cloath of Gold girt to them, with a girdle called Chochiach: the Pages following in the reare, and other Officers of the Houshold. But what most deserueth admiration amongst so great a concourse of people, is their generall silence: insomuch, as had you but onely eares, you might * 1.605

suppose (except when they salute him with a soft and short murmur) that men were then fol∣ded in sleepe, and the World in mid-night. He that brings him good newes (as vnto others of inferiour condition) receiueth his reward, which they call Mustolooke. But this Sultan to auoid abuses in that kind, doth forth-with commit them to Prison, vntill their reports bee found true or false; and then rewards or punisheth accordingly. Although he spends most of his time with his women, yet sometimes he recreates himselfe in hawking, who for that purpose hath (I * 1.606 dare not name) how many thousand Faulkners in pension, dispersed throughout his Dominions: and many of them euer attendant. Their long-winged Hawkes they whistle not off as wee doe, but putting a bridle about their neckes, they make them couch to their fists, and so galloping to the Brooke, fling them off at the fowle, being reared sodainly by the noyse of a Drumme that hangs at their Pummels, by vse made cunning in that kind of preying. They carrie them on [ 10] the right hand. A hardie Hawke is highly esteemed; and they haue a kind of them called Sha∣hans, much lesse then a Falcon: yet so strangely couragious, that nothing flyeth in the Ayre that they will not bind with. They also hawke at the field, for I haue seene them carrie Spaniels with them: yet those in beautie not like vnto ours, but of a bastard Generation. They feed their Hawkes with hard Egges when flesh is wanting, and seldome bestow of them the mewing. Although he affects not hunting, yet entertaynes he a number of Huntsmen. Their Dogs they * 1.607 let goe out of slips in pursuit of the Wolfe, the Stagge, the Bore, the Leopard, &c. Those that serue for that purpose are stickle haired, and not vnlike to the Irish Grey-hounds.

Now the yearely Reuenue which he hath to defray his excessiue disbursements, such a World of people depending vpon him, amounts not aboue fifteene Millions of Sultanies, (besides the [ 20] entertaynment for his Timariots) which is no great matter, considering the amplitude of his Dominions: being possessed of two Empires, aboue twentie Kingdomes, beside diuers rich and populous Cities; together with the Red, most of the Mid-land, the Aegean Euxine, and Propon∣ticke Seas. But it may be imputed to the barbarous wastes of the Turkish Conquests, who de∣populate whole Countries, and neuer re-edifie what they ruine. So that a great part of his Em∣pire is but thinly inhabited, (I except the Cities) and that for the most part by Christians, whose pouertie is their onely safetie and protectresse. But his casuall in-comes doe giue a mayne ac∣cession to his Treasurie: as Taxes, Customes, Spoiles, and Extortions. For as in the Sea the greater fishes doe feed on the lesse, so doe the Great ones here on their Inferiours, and hee on them all: being, as afore-said, the Commander of their liues, and generall Heire of their sub∣stances. [ 30] He hath diuers Mines of Gold and Siluer within his Dominion, that of Siderocapsa in Macedon, hauing beene as beneficiall vnto him as the largest Citie of his Empire, called anci∣ently Chrysites: and not vnknowne to Philip the Father of Alexander; who had the Gold from thence wherewith he coyned his Philips, as also from those of Cranider, from whence he yeare∣ly extracted a thousand Talents. He hath onely two sorts of Coine, the Sultanie and the Asper. The Sultanie is equall in value to the Venice Zecceene, and sixe score Aspers amount to a Sultanie, called rather Aspro, of the whitenesse thereof, in that consisting of siluer.

Constantinople is said to contayne seuen hundred thousand persons: halfe of them Turkes, and the other halfe Iewes and Christians, and those for the generall Grecians. But Pera hath three * 1.608 Christians for one Mahometan: for no Iew dwels in Pera, though they haue their shops there. [ 40] We omit to speake of the Iewes vntill we come into Iewrie; and now will bend our discourse to the Grecians: a Nation no lesse scattered then they, but infinitely more populous. For not onely three parts of the Inhabitants of all Greece and Romania are Grecians, but almost all that dwell in the Ilands of the Mid-land Sea, Propontis and Aegeum. Infinite numbers there are of them both in the Lesse, and the Greater Asia, and in Africa not a few. For (besides diuers Colonies by them formerly planted) when Antipater, Perdiccas, Seleucus, Lysimacus, Antigonus, Ptolomie, and the rest of the Successors of Alexander had shared his Empire among them, they endeuoured as much as they could to plant their new-got Kingdomes with their Countrey men: whose Posteritie in part remayneth to this day, though vassalled to the often changes of forraine Go∣uernours: supplyed by the extension of the latter Greeke Empire, who yet retayne wheresoeuer [ 50] they liue, their Name, their Religion, and particular Language. A Nation once so excellent, that their Precepts and Examples doe still remayne as approued Canons to direct the mind that en∣deauoureth vertue. Admirable in Arts, and glorious in Armes; famous for gouernment, affectors of freedome, euery way noble: and to whom the rest of the World were reputed Barbarians. But now their knowledge is conuerted, as I may say, into affected ignorance, (for they haue no Schooles of Learning amongst them) their libertie into contented slauery, hauing lost their minds with their Empire. Now they delight in ease, in shades, in dancing and drinking: and no further for the most part endeauour their profit, then their bellies compell them. They are generally axed by the stranger Christians of perfidiousnesse, insomuch, as it is growne into a Pro∣uerbe, [ 60] Chi side in Grego, sara intrigo, in them more anciently noted. There be diuers rich men of them in Pera, but those I thinke were descended of the Genoes; who were as hath beene said, the owners of that Citie. Many of them exercise Merchandize in Vessels called Carmafals, and haue of late gotten the vse of the Compasse, yet dare they not aduenture into the Ocean. They

are of diuers Trades in Cities, and in the Countrey doe till the Earth (for the European Turkes doe little meddle with Husbandry) and dresse their Vines, by them onely planted. They haue a Ceremonie of baptizing of their Wines, which is the reason that the Iewes will not drinke thereof: performed in the memorie, and on that day wherein Christ conuerted water into wine: the Priest in the midst of his Oraisons powring thereinto a small quantitie of water.

And although the Greekes doe now for the most part imitate the Turkes, (I meane heere in Turkie) in sitting at their meate, yet retaine they still that vice of immoderate drinking. They * 1.609 pledge one another in order; and he that cals for wine out of his turne, is reputed vnciuill. Their Glasses are little, but at euery draught emptied; and when they haue once drunke hard, they obserue no Rule, but prouoke one another to excesse. Neuer silent; and euer and anon kis∣sing [ 10] those that sit next them on the cheeke and fore-head: and so likewise they doe in their sa∣lutations after a long absence, and to those to whom they would giue an assurance of their good will. Vsed of long, as appeareth by the Scriptures, amongst these Easterne Nations. But to kisse their women is an vnsufferable wrong; vnlesse it be betweene the Resurrection and As∣cention; vsing also this greeting, that, Our Sauiour is risen. The women for the most part are browne of complexion, but exceedingly wel-fauoured, and excessiuely amorous. Their Gar∣ments differ little from theirs amongst whom they liue. They couer not their faces (the Vir∣gins * 1.610 excepted) vnlesse it bee with Painting; vsing all the suppliment of a sophisticate beautie. And not without cause, for when they grow old, they most grow contemptible, beeing put to doe the drudgeries of the house, and many times to waite on their children. They are costly in [ 20] their attyre, and will complaine to the Patriarke, if their Husbands maintayne them not ac∣cording to their substances. The Greekes, as the Turkes doe vse little houshold stuffe; and lye vpon Mattresses.

Now the Grecians themselues, (except some few) are ignorant in the ancient Greeke, it be∣ing called the Latine Greeke, and is a Language peculiar to the Learned. Yet the vulgar Greeke * 1.611 doth not differ so farre from the same, as the Italian from the Latine, corrupted not so much by the mixture of other Tongues, as through a supine wretchlesnesse. In some places they speake it more purely than in others. For the Boyes of Pera will laugh, when they heare the more barbarous Dialect of other maritime Grecians. And there be yet of the Laconians that speake so good Greeke, (though not Grammatically) that they vnderstand the Learned; and vnderstand [ 30] not the vulgar. Their Liturgie is read in the ancient Greeke, with not much more profit per∣haps to the rude people, then the Latine Seruice of the Romish Church to the illiterate Papists.

They haue foure Patriarchs: One of Constantinople, another of Alexandria, the third of Ie∣rusalem, * 1.612 and the fourth of Antioch. He of Constantinople hath vnder his Iurisdiction all Pe∣loponnesus, Grecia, Thracia, Dacia, Moesia, Macedonia, Epirus, Albania, Dalmatia, Illyria, a great part of Polonia, Russia, the Ilands of the Adriaticke Sea, and of the Archipelagus, with Candie, Rhodes, Coos, almost all the lesser Asia, Colchis, not a few that inhabit about the Fennes of M••∣tis, and Northerne shoare of Euxinus: as Sicilia and Calabria were, vntill they returned vnto the Sea of Rome. Vnder the Patriarch of Alexandria, are those of Egypt and Arabia. The Greekes of Palestine, and of the Countries thereabout, doe obey the Patriarch of Ierusalem. [ 40] And he of Antioch, who hath his seate in Damascus, (for Antiochia is now desolate) hath subiect vnto him the Grecians of the lesser Armenia, Celicia, Beritus, Tripoly, Aleppo, and other places of the greater Asia. In all these parts they haue the free exercise of their Religion: with publike Temples, and numbers of strong Monasteries. If a Patriarch dye, another is elected by a Synod of Bishops. But the Patriarch of Constantinople hath the Supremacie of the rest assigned him by the Councell of Chalcedon, as Metropolitan of the Imperiall Citie: whose Diocesse excee∣deth the other so much, in that most of those Northerne Nations were wonne to Christianitie by the Industry of his Predecessors, and reduced to their Gouernment. So if we doe consider it, the Grecian Religion both in extent and number exceedeth the Romane. And as the Papists at∣tribute [ 50] an extraordinarie holinesse to Rome, so doe the Grockes vnto Athos, a Mountaine of Ma∣cedona; so named of Athon the Sonne of Neptune, deckt with still-flourishing Trees, and aboun∣ding with Fountaines: called also the Holy Mountayne by the Christians. A place from the beginning dedicated to Religion; lying directly West from Lemnos: and so high, that though it be seuen hundred furlongs distant; yet is it said a little before the setting of the Sunne, to cast a shadow on that Iland.

This stretcheth out into the Sea, and ioynes vnto the Continent by an Isthmos, about a mile and halfe broad: which was cut through by Xerxes, (as hath beene intimated before) and made circumnauigable. But time hath left now no impressions of his barbarous labour. It is well nigh three dayes iourney in length, considering the difficultie of the way; and halfe a dayes ouer. The [ 60] top thereof resembleth the forme of a man, stretched on his backe from West vnto East; and formed (according to Strabo) to the similitude of Alexander. This Mountayne is onely inhabi∣ted by Grecian Monkes, whom they call Caloieros, vn-intermixed with the Laitie: of whom * 1.613 there are there residing not so few as sixe thousand, that liue in Monasteries strongly munited against the Incursious of Robbers and Pirats. Of these there be in number twentie foure. The

Caloieros weare Gownes of blacke, of a homely stuffe, with Hoods of the same; and their haire at full length. They neuer marrie, abstaine from flesh, and often (especially during their Lents) from fish that hath bloud in it. They liue hardly, feeding on Biscot, Onions, Oliues, Herbs, and such fish as they take in the adioyning Seas. For they all of them labour for their sustenance, leauing their Monasteries betimes in the mornings; and imploying the day, some in tillage, some in the Vineyards, some in making of Boats, some in fishing, others at home spinne, weaue, few, and doe all the Offices that belong vnto women: so that none but are busied about one thing or another, to the behoofe of their particular Couents: and men they bee that are onely meete for such Drudgeries. For amongst so many, not past three or foure can write or reade, throughout a whole Monasterie: insomuch, that at their Lyturgies, that is read to them first, which they are [ 10] to sing after. In these Monasteries many excellent Manu-scripts haue beene preserued, but those that now are, be onely of Diuinitie, all other Learning (as amongst the Turkes) at this day de∣tested by the Religious. The Coloieros of this place haue a repute aboue all others: and for their strictnesse of life, and obseruance of Ceremonies, are in their seuerall Monasteries relieued from seuerall Nations. The Patriarch of Constantinople is said to pay yearely for the Priests and Coloieros, that are vnder his Iurisdiction within the Turkish Dominions, twelue thousand Sultanies.

The Patriarchs of Constantinople were heretofore men of singular grauitie and learning; but now nothing lesse: rather chosen for temporall respects, then either for their knowledge or de∣uotion; admitted not seldome to the place at the age of fortie, though prohibited, if vnder three∣score, [ 20] by an ancient Canon. Although elected by their owne Bishops; yet often appointed, and euer to be allowed by the Grand Signior: frequently displanted, and banished vnto the Rhodes, by the briberie of their Successors. Some few of their Priests are learned. For them it is lawful to marrie, but Bigamie is forbidden them, and Trigamie detested in the Laitie. There are no o∣ther Orders amongst them besides the foresaid Coloieros, and certaine Nunnes whom they call Coloieras. Yet of the last but a few, who are for the most part poore old Widdowes, that exercise themselues in sweeping of the Churches, attending on the sicke, and actions of like nature. Their Churches are many of them well set forth and painted with the represents of Saints, but they haue no carued nor imbossed Images. Lampes they haue continually burning. Their ordinarie Lyturgie is Saint Chrysostomes; but on Festiuall Dayes they doe reade Saint Basils, and then atti∣red [ 30] in their Pontificals. Their behauiour therein expresseth there, to my vnderstanding, no great either decencie or deuotion. They administer the Eucharist in both kinds: if the bread bee not leauened, they thinke it not auaileable; and they drinke of the cup very liberally. One Article they hold against the Catholicke Creed; which is, that the Holy Ghost proceedeth onely from the Father.

Foure Lents they haue in the yeare, and then a damnable sinne it is to eate flesh, or fish that hath bloud in it (except in the Lent before Easter, when all sorts of fish may bee eaten by the Laitie:) but shel-fish they eate, and the Cuttle: whose bloud, if I may so tearme it, is like Inke; a delicate food, and in great request. They fast on Wednesdayes, Fridayes, and on holy Eeues: but on Saturdayes they feast, in regard that it was the old Sabbath. They compute the yeare as [ 40] we doe. They yeeld no Supremacie to the Romane Papacie, but hold that Church for Schisma∣ticall. And although many times out of the necessitie of their Affaires, and to purchase reliefe, they haue treated of a Conciliation; and sometimes it hath beene by their Agents concluded: yet what they haue done hath beene generally reiected vpon their returne, both by the Greekes and those other Nations that professe their Religion. Of their Marriages I haue else-where spoken, and now conclude wee will with their Funerals: wherein they retayne not a few of their ancient and Heathen Ceremonies. Their lamentaions are the same that they were, and beyond all ciuilitie.

The women betimes in the morning doe meete at appointed places, and then cry out maine∣ly; beating of their breasts, tearing their haire, their faces and garments. And that the clamour [ 50] may be the greater, they hire certaine Iewish women, that haue lowdest voyces, ioyning there∣with the prayses of the dead, from the houre of his Natiuitie vnto the houre of his dissolution: and keeping time with the melancholicke Musicke. Nor want they store of Spectators, partly drawne thither to delight their eyes, and partly by iealousie. For then the choice, and prime women of the Citie (if the deceassed were of note) doe ass••st their Obsequies; with bosomes dis∣plaid, and their haire dis-sheueled: glad that they haue the occasion to manifest their beauties, which at other times is secluded from Admirers.

The reason why the Grecians did burne their dead, was, because that part which was diuine in them, should as it were in a fierie Chariot againe re-ascend to the Celestiall Habitations, as vnto Earth the Earthly returned. They vsed to quench the fire with Red Wine, and gathering [ 60] the bones together to include them in Vrnes as the Vrnes in Sepulchres, (which had no title, vn∣lesse they were slaine in fighting for their Countrey) exhibiting games, and prizes for the Vi∣ctors in honour of the deceassed. Notwithstanding all were not burnt, but some buried in their apparell, as now being Christians they are: who vse Extreme-vnction, as inducted by S. Iames;

yet not onely denie the Romane opinion of Purgatorie, but furthermore erroniously maintayne, that neither the soules of the blessed nor damned doe suffer either ioy or torment, or shall till the generall Iudgement. But enough of the Grecians.

The Germane Emperour, the Kings of England and of France, haue heere their Liedger Em∣bassadours: as the Venetians their Baily, and diuers tributarie Princes their Agents. Some meer∣ly * 1.614 employed about State Affaires; others together therewith, about the trafficke of their Nati∣ons. But the English onely negotiates for the Merchants, hauing two in the hundred vpon eue∣rie ship, besides a large Pension: with the name of a great proportion of prouision from the Grand Signior. The English Consulship of Chios is in his disposing, and accountable to him; and out of that of Alexandria hee hath no small share, though serued by a French man. There hath [ 10] bin some contention between him and the French, about the protection of the Dutch Merchants: but now they doe diuide the profits. The English Consul of Aleppo is absolute of himselfe, yet hath from hence his redresses of iniuries: whose chiefe employment is to protect the persons and goods of our Nation, to labour a reuenge of wrongs, and a restitution of losses. And to giue * 1.615 this no more then his due, for this place none can be more sufficient; expert in their Language, and by a long experience in their natures and practises: being moreouer of such a spirit, as not to be danted. And surely, his chiefest fault hath beene his misfortune; in the too violent, charge∣able, and successelesse solliciting of the restitution of the Prince of Moldauia, (whom aduersitie hath rather made crafty then honest:) whose house doth harbour both him and his dependents; beeing open also to all of our Nation: a Sanctuary for poore Christian slaues that secretly flye hither, whom hee causeth to bee conueyed into their Countries, and redeemeth not a few with [ 20] his money.

§. IIII.

The Holy Land described, the Countrie, Cities, Inhabitants, holy Places, and memorable Rarities of Ierusalem.

NOw are we in the Holy * 1.616 Land, confined on the North with the Mountaynes of Ly∣banus, [ 30] and a part of Phoenicia: on the East it hath Coelosyria and Arabia Petrea: on the South the same together with Idumea, the West is bounded, a part with Phoenicia, and the rest with the Mid-land Sea. Distant from the Line one and thirtie degrees, ex∣tending vnto thirtie three, and something vpward. So that in length from Dan (the same with Caesarea Philippi,) vnto Bersheba, (now Gebelin) it contayneth not more then an hundred and fortie miles; where broadest not fifty. A Land that flowed with Milke and Honey: in the mid∣dest as it were of the habitable World, and vnder a temperate Clime. Adorned with beautifull Mountaynes, and luxurious Valleyes; the Rockes producing excellent Waters: and no part emp∣tie of delight or profit. [ 40]

It is for the most part now inhabited by Moores and Arabians: those possessing the Valleyes, and these the Mountaynes. Turkes there be few, but many Greekes, with other Christians, of all Sects and Nations, such as impute to the place an adherent holinesse. Here be also some Iewes, yet inherit they no part of the Land, but in their owne Countrey doe liue as Aliens; a people scattered throughout the whole World, and hated by those amongst whom they liue; yet suf∣fered as a necessary mischiefe: subiect to all wrongs and contumelies, which they support with an inuincible patience. Many of them haue I seene abused; some of them beaten: yet neuer saw I Iew with an angry countenance. They can subiect themselues vnto times, and to whatsoeuer may aduance their profit. In generall they are worldly wise, and thriue wheresoeuer they set * 1.617 footing. The Turke employes them in Receit of Customes, which they by their policies haue [ 50] inhaunced, and in buying and selling with the Christian: beeing himselfe in that kind a Foole * 1.618 and easily coozened. They are men of indifferent statures, and the best complexions. Through∣out the Turkes Dominions they are allowed their Synagogues: so are they at Rome, and else∣where in Italie; whose Receit they iustifie as a retayned testimonie of the verity of Scriptures; * 1.619 and as being a meanes of their more speedie conuer••ions: whereas the offence that they receiue from Images, and the losse of goods vpon their conuersions, oppugne all perswasions whatsoe∣uer. Their Synagogues (for as many as I haue seene) are neither faire without, nor adorned within more then with a Curtayne at the vpper end, and certaine Lampes (so farre as I could perceiue) not lightned by day-light. In the midst stands a Scaffold, like those belonging to Que∣resters, in some of our Cathedrall Churches: wherein he stands that reades their Law and sings [ 60] their Lyturgie: an Office not belonging vnto any in particular, but vnto him (so hee bee free from deformities) that shall at that time purchase it with most money; which redounds to their publike Treasurie. They reade in sauage Tones, and sing in Tunes that haue no affinitie with Musicke: ioyning voyces at the seuerall closes. But their fantasticall gestures exceed all Barba∣risme,

continually weauing with their bodies, and often iumping vp-right (as is the manner in Dances) by them esteemed an action of zeale, and figure of spirituall eleuation. They pray silently, with ridiculous and continuall noddings of their heads, not to bee seene and not laught at. During the time of Seruice their heads are veyled in linnen, fringed with knots; in number answerable to the number of their Lawes: which they carrie about with them in pro∣cession; and rather boast of then obserue. They haue it stucke in the iambs of their doores, * 1.620 and couered with glasse: written by their Cacams, and signed with the names of God, which they kisse next their hearts in their goings forth, and in their returnes. They may not print it, but it is to bee written on Parchment, prepared of purpose (the Inke of a prescribed compo∣sition) not with a Quill, but a Cane. They doe great reuerence to all the names of God, but especially to Iehoua; insomuch that they neuer vse it in their speech. And whereas they han∣dle [ 10] with great respect the other Bookes of the old Testament, the Booke of Hester (that part that is Canonicall, for the other they allow not of) writ in a long Scroll they let fall on the ground as they reade it, because the name of God is not once mentioned therein; which they attribute to the wisdome of the Writer, in that to be perused by the Heathen. Their other books are in the Spanish Tongue and Hebrew Character. Although they agree with the Turke in Cir∣cumcision, detestation of Images, abstinency from Swines-flesh, and diuers other Ceremonies: neuerthelesse, the Turkes will not suffer a Iew to turne Mahometan, vnlesse hee first turne a kind * 1.621 of Christian. As in Religion they differ from others, so doe they in Habite, in Christendome enforcedly, here in Turkie voluntarily. Their vnder-garments differing little from the Turkes in fashion, are of purple cloth; ouer that they weare Gownes of the same colour, with large [ 20] wide sleeues, and clasped beneath the chin, without band or collar: on their heads high brim∣lesse Caps of purple, which they moue at no time in their salutations. They shaue their heads all ouer; not in imitation of the Turke: it being their ancient fashion. Their familiar Speech is Spanish: yet few of them are ignorant in the Hebrew, Turkish, Morisco, vulgar Greeke, and Italian Languages. Their onely studies are Diuinitie and Physicke: their occupations Brocage and Vsurie; yet take they no interest of one another, nor lend but vpon pawnes; which once forfeited, are vnredeemable.

They marrie their daughters at the age of twelue, not affecting the single life, as repug∣nant to societie, and the law of creation. The Sabbath (their deuotions ended) they chiefly employ in nuptiall beneuolencies, as an act of charitie, befitting well the sanctitie of that day. [ 30] Although no Citie is without them throughout the Grand Signiors Dominions, yet liue they with the greatest libertie in Salonica, which is almost altogether inhabited by them. Euery * 1.622 male aboue a certaine age, doth pay for his head an annuall tribute. Although they be gouerned by the Turkish Iustice; neuerthelesse, if a Iew deserue to die by their law, they will either pri∣uately * 1.623 make away or falsly accuse him of a crime that is answerable to the other in qualitie, and deseruing like punishment. It is no ill turne for the Franks that they will not feed at their Ta∣bles. For they eate no flesh, but of their owne killing; in regard of the intrals, which being * 1.624 dislocated or corrupted, is an abomination vnto them. When so it falls out, though exceeding good (for they kill of the best) they will sell it for a trifle. And as for their Wines, being for the most part planted and gathered by Grecians, they dare not drinke of them, for feare they be [ 40] baptized: a ceremonie whereof we haue spoken alreadie. They sit at their meate, as the Turks doe. They burie in the fields by themselues, hauing onely a stone set vpright on their Graues, * 1.625 which once a yeere they frequent, burning of incense, and tearing of their garments. For cer∣taine dayes they fast and mourne for the dead, yea euen for such as haue beene executed for of∣fences. As did the whole Nation at our being at Constantinople for two of good account that were impaled vpon stakes; being taken with a Turkish woman, and that on their Sabbath. It was credibly reported, that a Iew, not long before, did poyson his sonne, whom he knew to be vnrestrainably lasciuious, to preuent the ignominie of a publike punishment, or losse by a charge∣able redemption. The flesh consumed, they dig vp the bones of those that are of their families; whereof whole bark-fuls not seldome doe arriue at Ioppa, to be conueyed, and againe interred at [ 50] Ierusalem: imagining that it doth adde delight vnto the soules that did owe them, and that they shall haue a quicker dispatch in the generall iudgement. To speake a word or two of their * 1.626 women. The elder mabble their heads in linnen, with the knots hanging downe behind. O∣thers doe weare high Caps of plate, whereof some I haue seene of beaten Gold. They weare long quilted Wastcoats, with Breeches vnderneath; in Winter of cloth, in Summer of linnen; and ouer all when they stirre abroad, loose Gownes of purple flowing from the shoulders. They are generally fat, and ranke of the sauours which attend vpon sluttish corpulency. For the most part, they are goggle-eyed. They neither shun conuersation, nor are too watchfully guar∣ded by their husbands. They are good work-women, and can and will doe any thing for pro∣fit, [ 60] that is to be done by the Art of a woman, and which sutes with the fashion of these Coun∣tries. Vpon iniuries receiued, or violence done to any of their Nation, they will crie out main∣ly at their windowes, beating their cheekes, and tearing of their garments. Of late they haue beene blest with another Hester, who by her fauour with the Sultan, preuented their intended

massacre, and turned his furie vpon their accusers. They are so well skilled in lamentations, that the Greekes doe hire them to crie at their funerals.

But now returne we vnto Gaza. It stands vpon a hill surrounded with valleyes; and those againe wel-nigh enuironed with hills, most of them planted with all sorts of delicate fruits: * 1.627 The building meane, both for forme and matter: the best but low, of rough stone, arched within, and flat on the top including a quadrangle: the walls surmounting their roofes, wrought through with pot-sheards to catch and strike downe the refreshing winds, hauing spouts of the same, in colour, shape and sight, resembling great Ordnance. Others couered with mats and hurdles; some built of mud; amongst all, not any comely or conuenient. Yet there are some reliques left, and some impressions, that testifie a better condition: for diuers simple roofes are supported [ 10] with goodly Pillars of Parian marble, some plaine, some curiously carued. A number broken in pieces doe serue for thresholds, iambs of doores, and sides of windowes, almost vnto euery beg∣garly Cottage. On the North-east corner, and summitie of the hill, are the ruines of huge arches sunke low in the earth, and other foundations of a stately building. From whence the last Sanziack conueyed marble Pillars of an incredible bignesse; enforced to saw them asunder ere they could be remoued: which hee employed in adorning a certaine Mosque below in the valley. The Castle now being, not worthie that name, is of no importance: wherein lieth the Sanziack (by some termed, a Bassa) a sickly young man, and of no experience, who go∣uernes his Prouince by the aduice of a Moore. His Territories begin at Arissa. On the West side of the Citie, out of sight, and yet within hearing, is the Sea, seuen furlongs off; where they [ 20] haue a decayed and vnsafe Port, of small auaile at this day to the inhabitants. In the valley on the East side of the Citie, are many stragling buildings; beyond which, a hill more eminent then the rest, on the North side of the way that leadeth to Babylon; said to be that (and no que∣stion the same described in Scriptures) to which Samson carried the gates of the Citie; vpon whose top there standeth a Mosque, enuironed with the Graues and Sepulchres of Mahometans. In the Plaine betweene that and the Towne, there stand two high Pillars of marble, their tops much worne by the weather: the cause of their erecting vnknowne, but of great antiquitie. South of this, and by the way of Aegypt, there is a mightie Cisterne, filled onely by the fall of raine, and descended into by large staires of stone: where they wash their clothes, and water their Cattell. [ 30]

The same day that wee came, wee left the Carauan, and lodged in the Citie, vnder an Arch * 1.628 in a little Court, together with our Asses. The doore exceeding low as are all that belong vnto Christians, to withstand the sodaine entrance of the insolent Turkes. For they heere doe liue in a subiection to be pitied; not so much as daring to haue handsome houses, or to employ their grounds to the most benefit: so dangerous is it to be esteemed wealthy. During our abode * 1.629 here, there came a Captaine with two hundred Spaheis, sent by Morat Bassa to raise thirtie thou∣sand Dollars of the poore and few Inhabitants of this Citie. The Grecians haue certaine small Vineyards: but that they haue Wine, they dare not be acknowne, which they secretly presse in their houses. They burie their Corne vnder ground, and keepe what they are to spend in long vessels of clay; in that it is subiect to bee eaten with wormes (as throughout Aegypt) and [ 40] will not last if not so preserued. In the principall part of the Citie they haue an ancient Church, frequented also by the Copties. The Greekish women (a thing elsewhere vnseene) here couer their faces, dying their hands blacke; and are apparelled like the Moores of Cairo. Euery Saturday * 1.630 in this Church-yard vpon the Graues of the dead, they keepe a miserable howling; crying of custome, without teares or sorrow. The Subassee would haue extorted from vs wel-nigh as much money as wee were masters of: which wee had hardly auoyded, had not the sicke Sanziack (in that administred vnto by our Physician) quitted vs of all payments. So that there is no tra∣uelling this way for a Franke, without speciall fauour.

Thrust out of our lodging (as we were about to leaue it) by the vnciuill Spaheis, who seized on diuers of our necessaries: on the eighteenth of March wee returned to the Carauan. Wee [ 50] payed halfe a Dollar apiece to the place for our Camels: and for their hire from Cairo, for those of burthen, sixe Sultanies; for such as carried passengers, eight. Wee gaue them more, two Sul∣tanies apiece to proceed vnto Ierusalem. Here the Carauan diuided: not a small part thereof taking the way that leadeth vnto Babylon. The next day wee also dislodged: leauing the Iewes behind vs, who were there to celebrate their festiuall. The Captaine of the Carauan departed the night before, taking his way through the mountainous Countrey by Hebron: out of his de∣uotion * 1.631 to visite the graues of the Patriarchs; a place of high esteeme amongst them, and much frequented in their pilgrimages. The ancient Citie (the seat of Dauid before he tooke Sion from the Iebusites) is vtterly ruinated. Hard by there is a little Village, seated in the field of Mech∣pelah, where standeth a goodly Temple, erected ouer the Caue of their buriall, by Helena the [ 60] mother of Constantine; conuerted now into a Mosque. Wee past this day through the most preg∣nant and pleasant valley that euer eye beheld. On the right hand a ridge of high Mountaines, (whereon stands Hebron:) on the left hand the Mediterranean Sea, bordered with continued hills, beset with varietie of fruits: as they are for the most part of this dayes iourney. The

Champaine betweene about twentie miles ouer full of flowry hils ascending leasurely, and not much surmounting their ranker valleys, with groues of Oliues, and other fruits dispersedly a∣dorned. * 1.632 Yet is this wealthy bottome (as are all the rest) for the most part vninhabited, but on∣ly for a few small and contemptible Villages, possessed by barbarous Moores; who till no more then will serue to feed them: the Grasse waite-high, vnmowed, vneaten, and vselesly withe∣ring. Perhaps so desolate in that infested by the often recourse of Armies, or masterfull Spaheis: who before they goe into the field (which is seldome vntill the latter end of haruest, lest they should starue themselues by destroying of the Corne) are billited in these rich pastures, for the benefit of their Horses, lying in Tents besides them; committing many outrages on the adioy∣ning Townes and distressed passengers. [ 10]

Ten miles from Gaza, and neere vnto the Sea, stands Ascalon, now a place of no note; more * 1.633 then that the Turke doth keepe there a Garrison. Ten miles North of Ascalon along the shoare stands Azotus: and eight miles beyond that Acharon, now places of no reckoning. About two of the Clocke wee pitched by Cane Sedoe; a ruinous thing, hard by a small Village, and not a * 1.634 quarter of a mile from the Sea: the Carauan lying in deepe pastures without controlment of the Villagers. The next day we departed two houres before Sun-rise: descending into an ample valley, and from that into another; hauing diuers Orchards towards the Sea. The Countrey such (but that without trees) as wee past through before. No part so barren, but would proue most profitable, if planted with Vines, and fruits; made more then probable, by those that grow about Gaza. Passing through a spacious field of Oliues, about noone wee pitched on a little hill, lying East, and within a furlong of Rama, called Ramula by the Moores; which signifieth * 1.635 [ 20] sandy. It is seated in a plaine, on a little rising of the earth, stretching North and South, built of free-stone, the streets narrow, the houses contemptible. Yet are there many goodly ruines, which testifie farre better building, especially those of the Christian Churches. Here is a Monasterie, much of it standing; founded by Philip the good Duke of Burgundie, in that place where some∣times stood the house of Nicodemus: built for the reliefe and safety of Pilgrims in their passage to Ierusalem: and although quitted by the Friers, yet at this day seruing to that purpose, called Sion-house, and belonging to the Monasterie of Mount Sion. * 1.636

Ioppe was called the Port of Iury; the only one that it had. Then more conuenient then now: much of it choked with sand, and much of it worne with the continual assaults of the waters. Of the City there is no part standing, more then two litle Towers, wherein are certain harquebuses [ 30] acrosse, for the safe-guard of the harbour. Vnder the cliffe, and opening to the Hauen are certaine spacious Caues, hewen into the rock: some vsed for Ware-houses, and others for shelter. The mer∣chandizes here embarqued for Christendome are only Cottens, gathered by certaine Frenchmen, who reside at Rama in the house of Ston. The Westerne Pilgrims doe for the most part arriue * 1.637 at this place, and are from hence conducted to Ierusalem by Attala, a Greeke of Rama; and Dru∣gaman to the Pater-guardian, paying seuen Sultanies a piece for his Mules, his labour, and dis∣charge of Caphar. The like rate he hath for bringing them backe againe: a great expence to to poore P••lgrims for so small a iourney; which must be payed although they accept not of his conduct. Yet by this meanes they doe passe securely: hee being in fee with the Arabians that possesse the Mountaines. Now the Carauan did againe diuide, the Moores keeping on the way [ 40] that leadeth to Damascus. Here wee should haue payed two Dollars a piece for our heads to a Sheck of the Arabs. But the Sanziack of Gaza had sent vnto him that it should be remitted. He came vnto our Tent, and greedily fed on such viands as we had set before him. A man of a * 1.638 tall stature, clothed he was in a Gambalocke of scarlet, buttoned vnder the chin with a bosse of gold. He had not the patience to expect a present, but demanded one; wee gaue him a piece of Sugar, and a paire of Shooes, which he earnestly enquired for, and cheerfully accepted. On the twentieth of March with the rising Sunne wee departed. A small remainder of that great Carauan; the Nostraines (so name they the Christians of the East * 1.639) that rode vpon Mules and Asses, being gone before. Amongst whom were two Armenian Bishops: who footed it most of the way, but when (alighting themselues) they were mounted by some of their Nation. Be∣fore [ 50] wee had gone farre we were stayed by the Arabs, vntill they had taken Caphar of the rest. The Subassee of Rama besides had two Med••nes vpon euery Camell. The day thus wasted did make vs misdoubt that we should not get that night vnto Ierusalem: but the missing of our way (for the Arabs had left vs contrarie to their custome) turned our feare to despaire. Some sixe miles beyond Rama the hills grew bigger and bigger, mixed with fruitfull valleyes. About two miles further wee ascended the higher Mountaines: paying by the way two Medines a head; but at seuerall places. The passage exceeding difficult; streightned with wood, and as it were paued with broken rockes: which by reason of the raine then falling, became no lesse dangerous to our Camels. At length wee came to a small Village, where we first discouered our erring. Some counselled to stay, others to proceed; both dangerous alike, the way vnknowne, [ 60] vnsafe, the inhabitants theeues, as are all the Arabians. Whilest we thus debated, the night stole vpon vs, and bereft vs of the election. The much raine enforced vs to flee for shelter vnto a rui∣nous Chappell, where distrust set the watch, which we carefully kept till the morning. Betimes

wee forsooke the Village, descending the way wee had ascended, guided by the chiefe of the Towne, who for a summe of money had vndertaken our conduct to the top of the Mountaines, hauing hired Asses for our more expedition: yet others crossing vs as wee returned along the Valley, with shewes of violence, would haue extorted more money. Our passage for fiue houres together lay through a narrow streight of the Mountaines; much of our way no other then such as seemed to haue beene worne by the winters torrent. We past by a ruinous Fort, seated neere a Fountaine, sufficient when it stood, to haue made good that passage. In the way wee sprang a number of Partridges; others on each side running on the Rocks; like in colour vnto those of Chios. Ascending by little and little, at length wee attained to the top, which ouer∣topt * 1.640 and surueyed all the Mountaynes that wee had left behinde vs. From hence to Ierusalem [ 10] the way is indifferent euen. On each side round Hils, with ruines on their tops, and Valleyes, such as are figured in the most beautifull Land-skips. The soyle, though stonie, not altogether barren, producing both Corne and Oliues about inhabited places. Approaching the North Gate of the Citie, called in times past the Gate of Ephraim, and now of Damascus; we onely of all the rest were not permitted to enter. When compassing the wall vnto that of the West, com∣manded by the Castle, we were met by two Franciscan Friers, who saluted and conueyed vs to their Couent. Wee entred, as afore-said, at the west Gate, called the Gate of Ioppa. On the right hand, and adioyning to the Wall, there standeth a small ill-fortified Castle: yet the onely * 1.641 Fort that belongeth to the Citie; weakely guarded, and not ouer-well stored with Munition; built by the Pisans at such time as the Christians inhabited this Citie. Turning on the left hand, [ 20] and ascending a part of Mount Gihon, we came to the Monasterie of the Franciscans (being now * 1.642 in number betweene thirtie and fortie) who in the yeere 156••. thrust out of that which they had on Mount Sion, had this place assigned them. But of the Founders name I am ignorant: nor is hee much wronged by being forgotten: since so meane a building can giue no fame to the builder.

The Pater-guardian with due complement entertained vs: a reuerent old man, of a voluble tongue, and winning behauiour. His name Gaudentius: his Nation, Italy. Euery third yeere they are remoued; and a Successor elected by the Pope, from whom they haue a part of their exhibition: the rest from the Spaniard and Florentine. Nor is it a little that they get by the re∣sort of the Pilgrims of Christendome. For all that come must repaire to their Couent; other∣wise [ 30] they shall be accused for Spies, and suffer much trouble: the Romane Catholikes rewarding them out of deuotion, and the rest out of curtesie: which, if short of their expectations, they will repine at as losers. Wee foure, for eight dayes entertainment bestowed little lesse amongst them then an hundred Dollers; and yet they told vs wee had hardly payed for what wee had eaten. A costly rate for a monasticall diet. But the Turke is much more fierce vpon them: a∣wayting all aduantages that may giue a colour to extortion. A little before our comming, a Turke being denyed by a Friar of some trifle that hee requested, gaue himselfe such a blow vpon the Nose that the bloud gushed forth: and presently exclayming as if beaten by the other, complay∣ned * 1.643 to the Sanziacke; for which Auania they were compelled to part with eight hundred Dol∣lers. Brought much behind hand, as they alledge, with such losses, they vse oft to rehearse [ 40] them as motiues vnto charitie.

The Couent hath also another in-come by the Knights of the Sepulchre; who pay thirtie Sultanies apiece to the Pater-guardian: who by vertue of his Patent doth giue them that dig∣nitie. The Kings of France were Soueraignes of that Order, by whom it was instituted in the yeere 1099. who granted them diuers Immunities. They bare fiue Crosses Gules, in forme of that which is at this day called the Ierusalem Crosse; representing thereby the fiue wounds that violated the Bodie of our Sauiour. None were to bee admitted if of a defamed life, or not of the Catholike Religion. They are to bee Gentlemen of Bloud, and of sufficient meanes to maintayne a port agreeable to that calling, without the exercise of Mechanicall Sciences. But now they will except against none that bring money, insomuch that at our [ 50] being there they admitted of a Romane, by Trade an Apothecarie, late dwelling in Alep∣po. They take the Sacrament to heare euery day a Masse, if they may conueniently. If warres bee commenced against the Infidels, to serue here in person, or to send other in their steads no lesse seruiceable: To oppugne the Persecutors of the Church, to shunne vniust Warres, dishonest Gaine, and priuate Duells: Lastly, to bee Reconcilers of dissentions, to aduance the common good, to defend the Widdow and Orphane, to refrayne from Swearing, Per∣iurie, Blasphemie, Rapine, Vsurie, Sacriledge, Murder, and Drunkennesse: to auoide suspected Places, the companie of infamous Persons; to liue chastly, irreproueably, and in Word and Deed to shew themselues worthy of such a Dignitie. This Oath taken, the Pater-guardian layeth his hand vpon his head, as hee kneeleth before the entrance of the [ 60] Tombe: bidding him to bee Loyall, Valiant, Vertuous, and an vndaunted Souldier of Christ and that holy Sepulchre. Then giues hee him the Spurs, which hee puts on his heeles; and after that a Sword (the same, as they say, which was Godfreyes of Rullein) and bids him vse it in defence of the Church, and himselfe; and to the confusion of Infidels: sheathing it

againe, he girts himselfe therewith. Who then arising, and forth-with kneeling close to the Se∣pulcher, enclining his head vpon the same; he is created by receiuing three strokes on the shoul∣der, and by saying thrice, I ordaine thee a Knight of the holy Sepulcher of our Lord Iesus Christ, in the Name of the Father, the Sonne, and the Holy Ghost; then kisses he him, and puts about his necke a chaine of Gold, whereat hangeth a Ierusalem Crosse: who arising, kisses the Sepulcher, and re∣storing the aforesaid Ornaments, departeth.

From the top of this Monasterie, surney you may the most part of this Citie: whereof much lies waste; the old buildings (except some few) all ruined, the new contemptible. None exceed two stories: the vnder no better then Vaults; the vpper arched aboue, and standing vpon Ar∣ches, being well confirmed against fire, as hauing through out no combustible matter: the Roofes flat, and couered with Plaister. Inhabited it is by Christians out of their deuotion; and by Turks, [ 10] for the benefite receiued by Christians, otherwise perhaps it would be generally abandoned.

After a little refreshment, the same day we came (which was vpon Maundie-Thursday) we went vnto the Temple of the Sepulcher, euery one carrying with him his Pillow and Carpet. The way from the Monasterie continues in a long descent, (the East side of Gihon) and then a little ascendeth to Mount Caluary. Mount Caluarie a rocky hill, neither high nor ample, was once a place of publicke execution: then without, but now wel-nigh within the heart of the Citie, whereupon the Emperour Adrian erected a Fane vnto Venus; but the vertuous Helena (of whom our Countrey may iustly glorie) ouerthrew that receptacle of Paganisme, and built in the * 1.644 roome thereof this magnificent Temple, which not onely possesseth the Mount, but the Gar∣den below, together with a part of the Valley of Carcasses, (so called, in that they threw there∣into [ 20] the bodies of the executed) which lay betweene Mount Caluary, and the Wall of the old Citie. The Frontispice opposing the South, of an excellent structure; hauing two ioyning doores; the one now walled vp, supported with Columnes of Marble, ouer which a transome ingrauen with Historicall figures; the Walls and Arches crefted, and garnished with Floritry. On the left hand there standeth a Tower, now something ruined, (once, as some say, a Steeple, and depriued by Saladine, of Bels vnsufferable to the Mahometans:) on the right hand, by cer∣taine steps a little Chappell is ascended, coupled aboue, and sustained at the corners with pillars of Marble: below through a Wall, which bounds the East side of the Court, a paire of staires doe mount to the top of the Rocke, (yet no Rocke euident) where is a little Chappell built (as they say) in the place where Abraham would haue sacrificed Isaac; of much deuotion, and kept by [ 30] the Priest of the Abissines. This ioyneth to the top of the Temple, Ieuell, and (if I forgot not) floored with plaister. Out of the Temple there arise two ample coupulos: that next the East (couering the East end and Iles of the Chancell) to bee ascended by steps on the out-side: the other, ouer the Church of the Sepulcher, being open in the middle. O * 1.645 who can without sor∣row, without indignation behold the enemies of Christ to be the Lords of his Sepulcher! Who at feastiuall times ••it mounted vnder a Canopie, to gather Money of such as doe enter: the pro∣fits arising thereof, being farmed at eight thousand Sultanies. Each Franke payes foureteene, (except he be of some religious Order, who then of what Sect soeuer, is exempted from pay∣ments) wherein is included the Impost due at the gate of the Citie; but the Christians that be [ 40] subiect to the Turke, doe pay but a trifle in respect thereof. At other times the doore is sealed with the Seale of the Sanziacke, and not opened without his direction: whereat there hangs seuen Cords, which by the Bels that they ring, giue notice to the seuen seuerall Sects of Chri∣stians (who liue within the Temple continually) of such as would speake with them, which they doe through a little Wicket, and thereat receiue the prouision that is brought them. Now to make the foundation euen in a place so vneuen, much of the Rocke hath beene he wne away, and parts too low, supplyed with mightie Arches: so that those naturall formes are vtterly de∣formed, which would haue better satisfied the beholder, and too much regard hath made them lesse regardable.

The roofe of the Temple is of a high pitch, curiously arched, and supported with great pil∣lars of Marble: the out Iles gallered aboue; the vniuersall Fabricke stately and sumptuous. After [ 50] we had disposed of our luggage in a part of the North-gallery, belonging to the Latines, the Confessor offered to shew vs the holy and obseruable places of the Temple: which wee gladly accepted of; he demaunding first if deuotion or curiositie had possest vs with that desire. So that for omitting Pater Nosters, and Auc Maries, wee lost many yeeres Indulgences, which euery place doth plentifully affoord to such as affect them, and contented our selues with an Histori∣call Relation. Which I will not declare in order as shewne, but take them as they lye from the first entrance of the Temple. Right against the doore, in the midst of the South Ile, and Ieuell

with the pauement, there lyetha white Marble in forme of a Graues-stone, enuironed with a * 1.646 raile of Brasse, about a foote high: the place (as they say) where Ioseph of Aramathia, and Nico∣demus, anointed the body of our Sauiour with sweete ointments. This they kisse, and kneele to, rubbing thereupon their Crucifixes, Beades, and Handkerchiefes; yea, whole webs of Linnen, which they carrie into farre Countries, and preserue the same for their shrouding sheetes. Ouer this there hang seuen Lamps, which burne continually. Against the East end of the stone, there is a little Chappell. Neere the entrance on the right hand, stands the Sepulcher of Godfrey of Bullein: with a Latine Epitaph, thus Englished.

Hic iacet inclitus Godefridus de Buglion qui totam istam terram acquisiuit culmi Christiano, cuius anima requiescat in pace, Amen.

Here lieth the renowned Godfrey of Bullein, who won all this Land to [ 10] the worship of Christ. Rest may his soule in peace, Amen.

On the left hand stands his Brother Baldwins, with this inscription.

Rex Balwinus, Iudas altar Machabeus, Spes Patriae, vigor Ecclesiae, virtus vtriusque: Quein formidabant, cui dona tributa ferebant, Cedar, Aegypti Dan, ac homicid a Damascus: Proh dolori in modico clauditur hoc tumulo.

Baldwine the King, another Macabie, The Churches, Countries, strength, hope, both their glory; Whom Cedar, Aegypts Dan, Damascus fraught With Homicides, both fear'd, and tribute brought; O griefe! Within this little Tombe doth lie.

The first and second Kings of Ierusalem. The farre end of this Chappell, called the Chap∣pell [ 20] of Saint Iohn, (and of the Anointing, by reason of the stone which it neighboureth) is confined with the foote of Caluarie, where on the left side of the Altar there is a cleft in the Rocke: in which, they say, that the head of Adam was found, as they will haue it, there bu∣ried, * 1.647 (others say in Hebron) that his bones might bee sprinkled with the reall and precious bloud of our Sauiour Iesus Christ; which he knew should bee shed in that holy place, by a propheticall fore-knowledge. Ouer this are the Chappels of Mount Caluarie: A scended on the North side thereof by twentie steppes; the highest hewne out of the Rocke, as is a part of the passage, obscure, and extraordinarily narrow. The floore of the first Chappell, is checkered with diuers coloured Marbles, not to bee trod vpon by feete that are shod. At the [ 30] * 1.648 East end vnder a large arched concaue of the Wall, is the place whereon our Sauiour did suffer, and may assuredly be thought the same: and if one place bee more holy then another reputed of, in the world the most venerable. Hee is void of sence that sees, beleeues, and is not then con∣founded with his Passions. The Rocke there ariseth halfe a yard higher then the pauement, Ieuell * 1.649 aboue in forme of an Altar, ten foote long, and sixe foote broad, flagged with white Marble, as is the Arch and Wall that adioyneth. In the midst is the place wherein the Crosse did stand, li∣ned with Siluer, Gilt, and Imbossed. This they creepe to, prostrate themselues thereon, kisse, sa∣lute, and such as vse them, sanctifie therein their Beades and Crucifixes. On either side there stan∣deth a Crosse; that on the right side, in the place where the good Theefe was crucified; and that * 1.650 on the left, where the bad, diuided from Christ by the rent of the Rocke, (a figure of his spiri∣tuall [ 40] separation) which cloue asunder in the houre of the Passion. The in-sides doe testifie that Art had no hand therein: each side to other being answerably rugged, and there where vnac∣cessable to the Worke-man. That before spoken of, in the Chappell below is a part of this, which reacheth (as they say) to the Centre. This place belongeth to the Georgians, whose Priests are poore, and accept of Almes. No other Nation say Masse on that Altar: ouer which there * 1.651 hang fortie sixe Lamps, which burne continually. On the selfe-same floore, of the selfe-same forme is that other Chappell, belonging to the Latines, diuided onely by a Curtaine, and en∣tred through the former. In the midst of the pauement is a square, inchaced with stones of dif∣ferent colours, where Christ, as they say, was nailed vpon the Crosse. This place is too holy to * 1.652 be trod vpon. They weare the hard stones with their soft knees, and heate them with their [ 50] feruent kisses: prostrating themselues, and tumbling vp and downe with such an ouer-actiue zeale, that a faire Greeke Virgine, ere aware, one morning shewed more then intended, whom the Frier that helpt the Priest to say Masse so tooke at the bound, that it ecchoed againe, and di∣sturbed the mournefull sacrifice with a mirthfull clamor; the poore Maid departed with great indignation. Ouer the Altar which is finely set forth, three and thirtie Lampes are maintined. These two Chappels looking into the Temple, are all that possesse the summit of the Rocke, ex∣cepting that of the Immolation of Isaac without, and spoken of before, and where they keepe the Altar of Melchisedech. Opposite to the doore of the Temple, adioyning to the side of the Channell, are certaine Marble Sepulchers, without Titles or Epitaphs. Some twentie paces directly West from Mount Caluarie, and on that side that adioyneth to the Tower, a round white [ 60] Marble, Ieuell with the pauement, retaineth the memorie (as they say) of that place, where the blessed Virgine stood, and the Disciple whom Christ loued, when from the Crosse hee commen∣ded each to other, ouer which there burneth a Lampe. A little on the right hand of this, and to∣wards the West, you passe betweene certaine pillars into that part of the Church, which is called,

the Temple of the Resurrection, and of the holy Sepulcher. A stately round, cloystered below, * 1.653 and aboue: and supported with great square pillars, flagged heretofore with white Marble; but now in many places depriued thereof by the sacrilegious Infidels. Much of the neather Cloyster is diuided into sundry Chappels belonging vnto seuerall Nations and Sects, where they exercise the rites of their seuerall Religions. The first, on the left hand to the Abissines; the next to the * 1.654 Iacobites; the third, to the Copties, (close to which, on the left side of another, there is a Caue hewne out of the Rocke, with a narrow entrance, the Sepulcher of Ioseph of Aramathia;) the fourth, to the Georgians; and the fifth, to the Maronites. The Chappell of the Armenians pos∣sesseth a great part of the Gallery aboue, and the rest lying towards the North, belongeth to the Latines, though not employed to religious vses. Now betweene the top of the vpper Gallerie, [ 10] and extreme of the vpright Wall, in seuerall concaues, are Pictures of diuers of the Saints in Mosaique work, full faced, and vnheightned with shaddowes according to the Grecian painting, but much defaced by malice, or continuance. In the midst on the South side, is the Emperour Constantines, opposite to his Mothers, the memorable Foundresse. This Round is couered with a Cupolo, sustained with Rafters of Cedar, all of one piece, open in the midst like the Pantheon at Rome, whereat it receiueth the light that it hath, and that as much as sufficeth. Iust in the midst, and in the view of heauen, stands the glorified Sepulcher, a hundred and eight feet distant from Mount Caluarie; the naturall Rocke surmounting the sole of the Temple, abated by Art, and hewne into the forme of a Chappell, more long then broad, and ending in a Semi-circle, all flagged ouer with white Marble. The hinder part being something more eminent then the o∣ther, [ 20] is surrounded with ten small pillars adioyning to the Wall, and sustaining the Cornish. On the top (which is flat) and in the midst thereof a little Cupolo couered with Lead, is erected vpon sixe double, but small Corintbian Columnes of polished Porphyre. The other part being lower then this by the height of the Cornish, smooth aboue, and not so garnished on the sides, seruing as a Lobby or Portico to the former, is entred at the East end, (hauing before the doore a long pauement, erected something aboue the floore of the Church included betweene two white Marble walls, not past two foot high) consisting of the selfe-same Rocke, doth containe with∣in a Concaue about three yards square, the roofe hewne compasse, all flagged throughout with white Marble. In the midst of the floore there is a stone about a foot high, and a foot and a halfe square; whereon, they say, that the Angell sate, who told the two Maries that our Sauior was ri∣sen. [ 30] But Saint Matthew saith, he sate vpon the great stone, which he had rolled from the mouth of the Sepulcher; and which, it is said, the Empresse caused to bee conueyed to the Church of Saint Sauiour, standing where once stood the Palace of Caiphas. Out of this a passage through the midst of the Rocke, exceeding not three feet in height, and two in breadth, hauing a doore of gray stone, with hinges of the same, vndiuided from the naturall, affoordeth a way to creepe through into a second Concaue, about eight foote square, and as much in height, with a compast roofe of the solid Rocke, but lined for the most part with white Marble. On the North-side a Tombe of the same, which possesseth one halfe of the roome, a yard in height, and made in the forme of an Altar: insomuch, as not aboue three can abide there at once; the place no larger then affoordeth a libertie for kneeling. It is said, that long after the Resurrection, the Tombe remai∣ned [ 40] in that forme, wherein it was when our Sauiour lay there; when at length, by reason of the deuouter Pilgrimes, who continually bore away little peeces thereof, (Relikes whereunto they attributed miraculous effects) it was inclosed within a Grate of Iron. But a second inconueniency * 1.655 which proceeded from the tapers, haire, & other offerings throwne in by Votaries, which defiled the Monument, procured the pious Helena to inclose the same within this Marble Altar, which now belongeth to the Latines: whereon they onely say Masse, yet free for other Christians to exercise their priuate deuotions; being well set forth, and hauing on the farre side an Anticke and excellent Picture, demonstrating the Resurrection. Ouer it, perpetually burneth a number of Lamps, which haue sulled the roofe like the in-side of a Chimney, and yeelds vnto the roome an immoderate feruour. Thousands of Christians performe their vowes, and offer their teares here yearly, with all the expressions of sorrow, humilitie, affection, and penitence. It is afrozen zeale [ 50] that will not bee warmed with the sight thereof. And, o that I could retaine the effects that it wrought with an vnfainting perseuerance! who then did dictate this Hymne to my Redeemer:

Sauiour of Mankind, Man, Emmanuel: Who sin-lesse dyed for sinne, who vanquisht Hell, The first fruits of the graue. Whose life did giue Light to our darknesse: in whose death we liue. O strengthen thou my Faith; correct my will, That mine may thine obey: protect me still. So that the latter Death may not deuoure My Soule seal'd with thy Seale, So in the houre When thou whose Bodie sanctifide this Tombe, Uniustly iudg'd, a glorious Iudge shalt come To iudge the World with Iustice; by that signe I may be knowne, and entertaind for thine.

Without, and to the West end of this Chappell, another very small one adioyneth, vsed in com∣mon [ 60] by the Aegyptians and Aethiopians. Now on the left hand as you passe vnto the Chappell of * 1.656 the Apparition, there are two round stones of white Marble in the floore: that next the Sepul∣cher couering the place where our Sauiour, and the other where Mary Magdalen stood (as they

say) when he appeared vnto her. On the North-side, and without the limits of the Temple, stands the Chappell of the Apparition: so called (as they say) for that Christ in that place did shew himselfe to his sorrowfull Mother, and comforted her, pierced with anguish for his cruell death, and ignominious sufferings. This belongeth to the Latines, which serueth them also for a Vesterie; from whence they proceed vnto their pompous Processions. On the East-side there stands three Altars, that in the midst in a Closet by it selfe, dedicated to God and our Lady. That on the right hand is called the Altar of the holy Crosse, whereof a great part was there (as they say) reserued.

But when Sultan Solyman imprisoned the Friers of Mount Sion, (whom hee kept in durance * 1.657 for the space of foure yeares) the Armenians stole it from thence, and carryed it to Sabastia, [ 10] their principall Citie. That on the left hand in the corner, and neere vnto the entrance, is cal∣led the Altar of the Scourging; behind which there is a piece of a Pillar, of that (as they say) whereunto our Sauiour was bound when they scourged him. This stood on Mount Sion, and there supported the Portico to a Church in the dayes of Saint Ierome; when broken by the Sa∣racens, the pieces were recollected, and this part here placed by the Christians. The rest was di∣stributed by Paul the Fourth, vnto the Emperour Ferdinand, Philip King of Spaine, and the Sig∣norie of Venice; in honour whereof they celebrate the sixt of Aprill. It is (as I remember) about three foot high, of a duskie black-veind Marble, spotted here and there with Red; which they affirme to be the markes of his bloud wherewith it was besprinkled. Before it there is a grate of Iron, insomuch as not to be toucht but by the mediation of a sticke prepared for the purpose; be∣ing [ 20] buttened at the end with Leather, in manner of a Foyle, by which they conuey their kisses, and blesse their lips with the touch of that which hath touched the Relike. Through the aforesaid Vestery, a passage leades into certaine Roomes, heretofore a part of the Colledge of the Knight-Templers: by a generall Councell held in Vienna, in the yeare 1312. this Order was extinguisht, and their Lands for the most part conferred vpon the Knight-Hos∣pitallers of Saint Iohns of Ierusalem, of whom wee shall speake when wee come vnto Malta. The Temples in London belonged vnto them, wherein the Church (built round in imitation of * 1.658 this) diuers of their Statues are to be seene, and the positure vsed in their Burials. Here the Fran∣ciscans entertayned vs during our abode in the Temple. Returning againe through the Chappel of the Apparition, a little on the left hand there is a concaue in the wall, no bigger then to con∣tayne [ 03] two persons besides the Altar; which is called the Chappell of the Angels: belonging also * 1.659 to the Latines, but lent by them to the despised Nestorians, during the celebration of Easter. Winding with the wall along the outward North-alley of the Chancell, at the farre end there∣of there is a Grot hewne out of the Rocke, where they say, that the Iewes imprisoned our Sa∣uiour, during the time that they were a prouiding things necessary for his crucifying. This is kept by the Georgians; without other ornament then an vngarnished Altar: ouer which hang∣eth one onely Lampe, which rendreth a dimme light to the Prison. Vntreading a good part of the fore-said Alley, we entred the Ile (there but distinguished by Pillars) which bordes on the North of the Chancell: and turning on the left hand, where it beginnes to compasse with the East end thereof, wee passed by a Chappell contayning an Altar, but of no regard: wherein they [ 40] say, the Title was preserued, which was hung ouer the head of our Sauiour: now shewne at Rome in the Church of the holy Crosse of Ierusalem. Next to this in the same wall, and midst of the Semi-circle, there is another, the place where they say, the Souldiers cast lots for his garments, of which the Armenians haue the custodie. A little beyond you are to descend a paire of large staires of thirtie steps, part of the passage hewne out of the Rocke of Caluary, which leadeth into a Lobby, the roofe supported with foure massie pillars of white Marble, which are euer moist through the darknesse of the place (being vnder ground) and sometimes dropping, are said to weepe for the sorrowfull passion and death of Christ. At the farre end, containing more then * 1.660 halfe of the roome, is the Chappell of Saint Helena: hauing two great Altars erected by Chri∣stian Princes in her honour. On the South thereof standeth a seate of stone, ouer-looking a [ 50] paire of staires which descend into the place of the Inuention of the Crosse: where, they say, that she sate whilst the Souldiers remoued the rubbidge that had couered it. These staires (ele∣uen in number) conduct into an obscure vault, a part of the Valley of Carcasses. There threw they our Sauiours Crosse, and couered it with the filth of the Citie, when after three hundred yeares, the Empresse Helena trauelling vnto Ierusalem, in the extremitie of her age, to behold those places which Christ had sanctified with his corporall presence, threatned torture and death to certaine of the principall Iewes, if they would not reueale where their Ancestours had hid it. At last, forsooth, they wrested the truth from an old old Iew, one Iudas, first almost fa∣mished, who brought them to this place. Where after he had petitioned Heauen for the disco∣uery; the earth trembled, and breathed from her Cranies Aromaticke odours. By which mira∣cle [ 60] confirmed, the Empresse caused the rubbidge to be remoued, where they found three crosses, and hard by, the superscription. But when not able to distinguish the right from the other, they say that Macarius, then Bishop of Ierusalem, repairing together with the Empresse vnto the house of a noble woman of this Citie, vncurably diseased, did with the touch of the true

Crosse restore her to health. At sight whereof the Iew became a Christian, and was called there∣vpon Quiriacus. Being after Bishop of Ierusalem, in the Reigne of Iulian the Apostata, hee was crowned with Martyrdome. At which times it was decreed, that no Malefactor should thence∣forth suffer on the Crosse; and that the third of May, should be for euer celebrated in memoriall of that Inuention. In this Vault are two Altars, the one where the Crosse of Christ was found, * 1.661 and the other where the other. Ascending againe by the aforesaid staire into the Temple, on the left hand betweene the entrance, and Mount Caluarie, there is a little Roome which is cal∣led the Chappell of the Derision. Where vnder the Altar is reserued a part (as they say) of that Pillar to which Christ was bound, when Pilates Seruants crowned him with Thornes, clothed in an old Purple Robe, placing a Reed in his hand, in stead of a Scepter, and crying, Haile King of the Iewes: with other opprobrious Taunts, and Reuilings. This is kept by Abissens. Now nothing [ 10] remayneth to speak of but the Quire, not differing from those in our Cathedrall Churches. The West end openeth vpon the Sepulcher: the East ending in a semicircle, together with the Iles, is couered with a high Cupolo: on each side stand opposite doores which open into the North & South Alleyes; all ioyntly called the Temple of Golgotha. A partition at the vpper end excludeth the halfe round (behind which their high Altar) which riseth in the manner of a loftie Screene, all richly gilded (as most of the sides of the Chancel) and adorned with the Pictures of the Saints in Antike habits: flat and full faced, according to the manner of the Grecians, to whom this place is assigned. Towards the West end from each side equally distant there is a little Pit in the Paue∣ment, which (they say) is the Nauell of the World, and endeauour to confirme it with that saying * 1.662 of the Scripture, God wrought his Saluation in the midst of the Earth: which they fill with holy Wa∣ter. [ 20] The vniuersall Fabricke, maintayned by the Greeke Emperors during their Soueraigntie, and then by the Christian Kings of Ierusalem, hath since beene repayred in the seuerall parts by their particular Owners. The whole of so strong a constitution, as rather decayed in beautie then substance.

Hauing visited these places (which bestow their seuerall Indulgences, and are honoured with particular Oraisons) after Eeuen-song, and Procession, the Pater-guardian putting off his Pon∣tificall Habit, clothed in a long Vest of Linnen girt close vnto him, first washed the feet of his * 1.663 fellow Friers, and then of the Pilgrimes: which dryed by others hee kissed, with all outward shew of humilitie. The next day, being Good-friday, amongst other Solemnities, they carried * 1.664 the Image of Christ on a sheete supported by the foure corners, in Procession, with Banners of [ 30] the Passion: first, to the place where he was imprisoned, then in order to the other, performing at each, their appointed Deuotions. Laying it where they say he was fixed on the Crosse, the Frier Preacher made ouer it a short and passionate Oration: who acted his part so well, that hee begot teares in others with his owne; and taught them how to be sorrowfull. At length they brought it to the to place where they say, he was imbalmed: where the Pater-guardian anoin∣ted the Image with sweet Oyles, and strewed it with Aromaticke Powders, and from thence conueyed it to the Sepulcher. At night the Lights put out, and company remoued, they whip∣ped themselues in their Chappell of Mount Caluarie. On Saturday their other Solemnities per∣formed, they carryed the Crosse in Procession, with the Banners of the Buriall, to the afore-said Chappell: creeping to it, kissing, and lying groueling ouer it. On Easter day they said solemne [ 40] seruice before the doore of the Sepulcher. The whole Chappel couered on the out side with cloth of Tissue, the gift (as appeareth by the Armes embroydered thereon) of the Florentine. In this they shewed the varietie of their Wardrobe, and concluded with a Triumphant Procession, bearing about the Banners of the Resurrection. Those Ceremonies that are not locall, I willing∣ly omit. At noone wee departed to the Monasterie, hauing laine on the hard stones for three nights together, and fared as hardly.

The other Christians (excepting such as inhahit within, of each sort a few, and that of the * 1.665 Clergie) entred not vntill Good-friday. Viz. Grecians, Armenians, Copties, Abissines, Iaco∣bites, Georgians, Maronites, and Nestorians.

The Abissens on the Passion Weeke forbeare to say Masse, putting on mournfull Garments, [ 50] and countenances sutable. They vse no Extreme vnction, but carrie the dead to the Graue, with the Crosse, the Censer, and holy Water, and say Seruice ouer them. To conclude, they ioyne with the Copties for the most part in substance of Religion, and in Ceremony; one Priest here seruing both: an Aethiopian, poore, and accompanyed with few of his Nation; who fan∣tastically clad, doth dance in their Processions with a skipping motion, and distortion of his bo∣die, not vnlike to our Antickes. To which their Musicke is answerable; the Instruments no o∣ther then Snappers, Gingles, and round-bottomd Drummes, borne vpon the backe of one, and beaten vpon by the followers.

The Iacobites had two Patriarkes; one resident in the Mountaine Tur, the other in the Mo∣nasterie [ 60] of Gifran, neere vnto the Citie of Mordin, seated (they say) on so high a Mountayne that no Bird flyeth ouer it. But now they haue but one Patriarke, and that hee of Gifran; al∣wayes a Monke of the Order of Saint Anthonie, and named Ignatius; stiling himselfe the Pa∣triarke of Antioch; who for the more conueniencie is remooued to Carmit. They haue a Bishop still residing in Ierusalem, of which the Patriarke is also a Iacobite.

The Georgians differ not much from the Grecians in their opinions: not called (as some write) of Saint George their selected Patrone, but of their Countrey, so named long before the time wherein hee is supposed to haue liued; lying betweene Colchos, Caucasus, the Caspian Sea, and Armedia; heretofore Iberia, and Albania. A warlike people, infested on both sides with the Turkish and Persian Insolencies. They haue a Metropolitan of their owne; some say, the same that is resident in Mount Sina. They say, that they marrie within prohibited degrees, they are diuided into eighteene Bishoprickes; and are not here to be distinguished from the Sorians, nor they from them, being almost of one Religion: and called Melchites, heretofore of their Ad∣uersaries, which signifieth a King in the Syrian Tongue; for that they would not embrace the Heresies of Eutyches and Dioscorus, but obeyed the Edict of the Emperour, and Councell of [ 10] Chalcedon. Their Patriarke is the true Patriarke of Antioch, who abides in Damasco, for that Antioch lyes now wel-nigh desolate. Their Bishop is here poore, so are his ornaments; in their Processions, for State, or in regard of his age, supported on both sides. Their Musicklesse In∣struments are Fannes of Brasse, hung about with Rings, which they gingle in stops according to their marchings.

The Maronites are Christians inhabiting Mount Lybanus, so called of Marona, a Village ad∣ioyning, or of Maro their Abbot. They vse the Chaldean Tongue, and Syrian Character in ho∣ly matters. A limme they weare of the Iacobites, and once subiect to the Patriarke of Antioch: but wonne to the Papacie * 1.666 by Ioh. Baptista a Iesuite, in the dayes of Gregorie the Thirteenth, who sent them a Catechisme printed at Rome in the Arabian Language: so that now they doe ioyne with the Latines. An ignorant people, easily drawne to any Religion, that could not giue [ 20] a reason for their owne: poore in substance, and few in number.

But the Greekes doe here surpasse all the rest in multitude; and the Armenians in brauerie, who in stead of Musicall Instruments, haue Sawcers of Brasse (which they strike against one another) set about with gingles. All differ in habit, and most in Rites; yet all conioyne (the Latines ex∣cepted) in celebration of that Impostury of fetching fire from the Sepulcher vpon Easter Eeue. The Turkes deride, yet throng to behold it: the Galleries of the round Temple beeing pestered * 1.667 with Spectators. All the Lampes within the Church are at that time extinguished; when they often compassing the Sepulcher in a ioynt Procession, are fore-runne and followed by the people with Sauage clamours (the women whistling) and franticke behauiours, befitting better the so∣lemnities [ 30] of Bacchus; extending their bare armes with vnlighted Tapers. At length the chiefe Bishops approach the doore of the Sepulcher; but the Aethiopian Priest first enters (without whom, they say, the Miracle will not fadge) who after a long stay (meane-while the people hurrying about like mad-men) returnes with the sacred flame, supposed at his Prayers to burst out of the Sepulcher; whereat confusedly they fire their Lights: and snatching them one from another, striue who should first conuey it to their particular Chappels; thrusting the flame a∣mongst their clothes, and into their bosomes, (but swiftly with-drawing it) perswading stran∣gers that it will not burne them: kindling therewith all their Lampes, vnlighted with other fire vntill that day twelue-moneth.

But I had almost forgot the Nestorians, so called of Nestorius, by birth a Germane, who liued [ 40] in the dayes of Theodosius, and by him made Bishop of Constantinople. These hated of the rest, in an obscure corner, without Ceremonies or Pontificall habit, full of seeming Zeale and Humi∣lity, doe reade the Scriptures, and in both kinds administer the Sacrament, denying the Reall Presence: the Priest (not distinguished from the rest in habit) breaking the bread, and laying it * 1.668 in the palme of the Communicants hand; they sipping of the Cup, which is held betweene his. They kisse the Crosse, but pray not before it, nor reuerence they Images. They will not haue Marie to be called the Mother of God. Their chiefest Heresie is, that they diuide the Diuinitie of Christ from his Humanitie. Their Doctrine dispersed throughout all the East, by meanes of Cosro the Persian King, who enforced all the Christians within his Dominion (out of a mortall hatred that he bare to the Emperour Heraclius) eyther to forsake his Empire, or to become Ne∣storians; as through a great part of Cataia. It is now embraced, but by few; most of that Sect [ 50] inhabiting about Babylon. Their Patriarkall seate is Muzal in Mesopotamia, seated on the bankes of Tygris: their Patriarke not elected, but the dignitie descending from the Father to the Sonne. For Marriage is generally allowed in their Clergie; and when Widdowers, to marry againe at their pleasure. They haue the Scriptures, and execute the Ministerie in the Chaldean Tongue. They allow not of the Councell of Ephesus, nor any that succeeded it. All this while there were no lesse then a thousand Christians, men, women and children, who fed and lodged vpon the pauement of the Temple. On Easter day about one of the clocke in the morning, the Nations and Sects aboue mentioned, with ioyfull clamours, according to their seuerall customes, * 1.669 circled the Church, and visited the holy places in a solemne Procession; and so for that time con∣cluding [ 60] their Ceremonies, departed.

§. V.

Visiting of Emaus and Bethlehem, and other places: Also other obseruations of the Ierosolymitan Holies.

VPon Easter Munday wee hired certaine Asses to ride to Emaus, accompanied with a Guard, and certaine of the Friers. About the mid-way, at the foot of a hill, there are the ruines of a Monasterie, built by Saint Helena: they say, in that place where Iesus appeared to the two Disciples. Here the Latines performed certaine deuotions, and tooke of the stones (as generally they did from all such like places) preserued as precious. [ 10] Emaus stands seuen miles off, and West of Ierusalem. The way thither mountainous, and in ma∣ny * 1.670 places as if paued with a continuall rocke; yet where there is earth, sufficiently fruitfull. It was seated (for now it is not) vpon the South side of a hill, ouer-looking a little valley, fruitfull in Fountaines. Honoured with the presence of our Sauiour, who there was knowne by the breaking of bread in the house of Cleophas his Coosin-german, and afterward the second Bishop of Ierusalem. In the selfe-same place a Temple was erected by Paula (a Roman Ladie, of whom we shall speake hereafter) whose ruines are yet extant, neere the top of the Mountaine; vnto which the Arabians would not suffer vs to ascend, who inhabite below in a few poore Cotta∣ges, vntill we had payed Caphar they demanded. This Citie was burnt in the Iewish warres, [ 20] by the commandement of Varus; and vpon the destruction of Ierusalem, re-edified by the Ro∣manes; who in regard of their victorie, called it Nicopolis. In the yeere 131. throwne downe * 1.671 by an earth-quake, it was fourescore and twelue yeeres after restored by the Emperour Marcus Aurelius; and afterward dignified during the gouernment of the Christians with an Episcopall Sea, being vnder the Metropolitan of Caesarea. Nicephorus, and the Tripartite historie report of a miraculous Fountaine by the high-way side, where Christ would haue departed from the two Disciples: who when he was conuersant vpon earth, and wearied with a longer iourney, there washed his feet; from thenceforth retayning a curable vertue against all diseases. But relations of that kind, haue credite onely in places farre distant. In our returne, wee inclined a little to the left hand, and after a while ascended the top of a Mountaine, (whose Westerne valley [ 30] was the field, they say, of that battell, when the Sunne and Moone stood still at the comman∣dement of Iosua.) Out of the ruines of an ancient building, a small Mosque is aduanced; where they hold that the Prophet Samuel was buried, who had his Sepulchre in Rama on Mount E∣phraim; though diuers other Townes so seated, are so called, which signifieth High in their Lan∣guage. But our guides were well practised in that precept:

Of Streames, Kings, Fashions, Kingdomes askt, there showne; Answer to all: th'vnknowne relate as knowne.

Atque aliqua ex illis dum regum nomina quaerunt Quae loca, qui mores, quaeue feruntur aquae: Omnia responde; nec tantum si qua rogabit, Et quae nesciris, vt bene nota refer. Ouid.

who endeauour to bring all remarkable places within the compasse of their processions. The [ 40] Mahometans either deceiued with this tradition, or maintayning the report of their profite, would not suffer vs to enter but at an excessiue rate; which wee refused to part with. The next Mountaine vnto this, doth weare on his Crowne, the ruines of a Castle that belonged to the Machabees. Another more humble, and neerer the Citie, presenteth a pile of stones, square, flat, and solid: the Sepulchre, they say, of the seuen brethren who were tortured to death by Antiochus, whom I rather iudge to haue beene buried at Moden, the ancient seat of that Fami∣lie; * 1.672 which stands on the vttermost confines of the Mountaines of Iudea, where were to be seene seuen Sepulchres of white marble, each bearing a Pyramis on his square; said by Iosephus to haue serued in his time for Sea-markes. From hence we approached the North-west side of the Citie, where in the Vineyards are sundry places of buriall hewen out of the maine rocke; a∣mongst [ 50] the rest, one called the Sepulchre of the Prophets. The first entrance large, and like the mantle-tree of a chimney, cut curiously on the out-side: through which we crept into a little square roome, (euery one carrying a light in his hand) the sides cut full of holes (in manner of a Doue-house:) two yards deepe, and three quarters square. Out of that roome wee descended by two streight passages into two other roomes, likewise vnder ground: yet more spacious, and of better workmanship, but so rounded with the Sepulchres as the former; neighboured with a Vault, which serues for a Cisterne, and filled with a liuing Fountaine. A little beyond, vpon the West side of a large square Court, hewen into the rocke some three fathoms deepe, and en∣tred vnder an arch of the same, there is another mansion for the dead, hauing a porch like to that of the Prophets: and garnisht without (amongst other figures) with two great clusters of [ 60] Grapes, in memoriall of those, as they say, which were brought by the spies into the host of the Hebrewes. On the left hand you creepe through a difficult descent, which leadeth into faire roomes vnder the ground, and one within another, benched about with coffins of stone bereaft of their couers, there being some bones yet remayning in some of them. This is famed to bee

the houshold Monument of certaine of the Kings of Iuda. In which there is nothing more ad∣mirable, then is the artificiall contriuing of the doores, the hinges and all, of the selfe-same stone, vnseperated from the rocke without other suppliment. Hitherto (if not further) by all likelihood the old Citie extended. From hence we returned to the Couent.

The day following wee rode towards Bethlehem, which stands about sixe miles South from Ierusalem. Going out from the gate of Ioppa, and turning on the left hand by the foot of Mount Sion. Aloft on whose vttermost angle stood the Tower of Dauid, (whose ruines are yet extant) of a wonderfull strength, and admirable beautie, adorned with shields, and the armes of the mightie. Below on the right hand of the way in our passage, they shewed vs a Fountaine at the Southside of a square Serraglio; deliuered to be that wherein Bersheba bathed. North of [ 10] which, the valley is crossed with a ruinous Aquaduct, which conueyed water vnto the Temple * 1.673 of Salomon. Ascending the opposite Mountaine, we passed through a Countrey, hilly and stony: yet not vtterly forsaken of the Vine, though onely planted by Christians, in many places pro∣ducing Corne, here shadowed with the fig-tree, and there with the Oliue. Sundry small Tur∣rets dispersed about, which serue for solace as well as for safe-guard. Some two miles from the Citie, on the left hand, and by the high-way side, there groweth a Turpentine-tree yet flouri∣shing, which is said to haue affoorded a shelter to the Virgin Marie, as shee passed betweene Beth∣lehem * 1.674 and Ierusalem. This tradition how euer absurd, is generally beleeued by those Christians: a place of high repute in their deuotions. Towards the West about two miles off, on a little hill stands an ancient Tower: which is said, to haue beene the habitation of Simeon. A mile [ 20] * 1.675 beyond the foresaid Tree, in the midst of the way there is a Cisterne, vast within, and square at the mouth; which is called the Cisterne of the Starre. For that (as they say) the wise-men of the East, there first againe did see that conducting Starre, which went before them to the place * 1.676 of our Sauiours natiuitie. A little on the right hand there are the small remaynes of an ancient Monasterie, built, they affirme, in that place where the Angell tooke vp Abacuck by the haire of the head, and conueyed him to Babylon. Halfe a mile further, on the left side of the way, there is another Religious house, but in good repaire, in forme of a Fortresse, and enuironed with high walls, to withstand the insolencies of the Infidels; possessed by the Greeke Coloieros, and dedicated to Elias. Hard by there is a flat rocke, whereon they told vs that the Prophet accu∣stomed * 1.677 to sleepe; and that it beares as yet the impression of his bodie. Indeed there are certaine [ 30] hollowes in the same, but not by my eyes apprehended to retayne any manly proportion. As farre beyond are the decayes of a Church, which stood (as they say) in the place where the Patriarch Iacob inhabited. About a mile further West of the way, and a little off, stands the * 1.678 Sepulchre of Rachel, (by the Scripture affirmed to haue beene buried here about) if the entire∣nesse * 1.679 thereof doe not confute the imputed antiquitie: yet kept perhaps in repaire by her off∣spring, as a Monument of venerable memorie. The Tombe it selfe resembleth a great Trunke, couered with a Cupolo mounted on a square, which hath on each side an ample arch sustayned onely by ••he corners. This is enuironed with a foure-square wall; within which stand two o∣ther, little, but of the same proportion; kept, and vsed for a place of prayer by the Ma∣hometans. Below it on the side of a Mountaine stands the ruines of that Rama, whereof the [ 40] Prophet: A voyce was heard in Rama, Rachel weeping for her children, &c. From this ridge of the hills, the Dead Sea doth appeare as if neere at hand: but not so found by the traueller, for that those high declining Mountaines are not to be directly descended. Within halfe a mile * 1.680 of Bethlehem, separated from the same by a valley, and a little on the left hand of the way, are the Cisternes of Dauid, whereof he so much desired to drinke, and when they brought him of * 1.681 the water, refused it: a large deepe Vault, now out of vse, hauing onely two small tunnels at the top, by which they draw vp the water.

And now wee are come to Bethlehem, where in a Grot at the East side of the Citie, employed * 1.682 for a Stable (the Inne being pestred with strangers) the Virgin fell in trauell, and produced vn∣to the world a Sauiour. In this Caue from the time of Adrian, vnto the raigne of Constantine, [ 50] they celebrated the impious lamentation of Adonis (much honoured by the Syrians) who aboue * 1.683 had his Statue shadowed with a groue of Myrtles: which the vertuous Helena subuerted, and erected thereupon this goodly Temple yet entire, and possest by the Franciscans of Ierusalem, of whomsome few are here continually resident; called Saint Maries of Bethlehem: in forme * 1.684 representing a Crosse the stalke whereof compriseth the bodie; entred at the lower end through a Portico sustayned with sixteene Pillars. The roofe, in the midst, is lofty, flat, and (if I for∣get not) of Cedar: the Sides, of the same fabricke, but much more humble, are vpheld with foure rankes of Pillars (ten in a row) each of one entire marble, white, and in many places beautifully speckled; the largest, and fairest that euer I saw, whose vpper ends doe declare that they haue in part beene exquisitely gilded: The walls are flagged with large tables of white [ 60] marble, wel-nigh to the top; the rest adorned with Mosaique painting, although now greatly defaced. It is both here reported, and recorded by historie, that a Sultan of Egypt allured with their beautie, set certaine Masons aworke, to take downe those Tables, with intent to haue transported them vnto his Castle of Cairo; when a dreadfull serpent issued out of the wall, and

brake in pieces such as were remoued: so that terried therewith, he desisted from his enterprise. The three vpper ends of the Crosse, doe end in three Semi-circles, hauing in each an Altar. In the midst ••he Chancell, roofed with a stately Cupolo, couered without with Lead, and garnished within with Mosaique figures.

This Church is left for the most part desolate, the Altars naked, no Lamps maintained, no * 1.685 Seruice celebrated, except at times extraordinary: yet are there a few poore Greekes and Arme∣nians, who inhabite within on the right hand of the entrance, and in the opposite corners. Ad∣ioyning on the left hand, stands the Monastery of the Franciscans, entred through the Church, sufficiently spacious, but of no commendable building; accommodated with diuers Gardens, and enuironed with defencible walls; at whose North-west corner a tottered Tower doth challenge regard for the waste receiued in that places protection. They brought vs into their [ 10] Chappell, not slightly set forth, and dedicated to Saint Katherine, hauing Indulgences conferred thereupon from Mount Sina. From which wee descended with Lights in our hands, and then were led by a narrow long entry into a little square Caue, supported in the midst with a Pillar of the Rocke. On the left hand, an Altar, and vnder that a passage into a Vault; wherein, they say, that the Infants slaine, by the bloudy Edict of Herod, were buried. Out of this Caue or * 1.686 Chappell, there are two other entries: in that on the right hand, stands the Sepulcher of Euse∣bius the Confessor, and Disciple vnto Saint Ierome: this directeth into another Grot, wherein are two Tombes, in forme not vnlike vnto Altars: the farther contained the body of Paula a * 1.687 Romane Ladie, descended of the ancient families of the Gracchi and Cornelij. She built foure Monasteries neare adioyning to this Temple, (whose ruines do yet giue testimony of her pietie,) [ 20] one she planted with men; the three other with Virgins, who neuer past the bounds of their Couents but on Sundayes onely, (and then attending on their seuerall Gouernesses) to performe the Orasons in the Church, and Caue of the Natiuitie: her selfe the Abbesse of one of them, and so for the space of twentie yeares did continue. She likewise built an adioyning Hospitall for Pilgrims, whose ruines declare it to haue beene no meane Fabricke. The other Tombe did couer the body of Saint Ierome, who liued in her time, and in the Monasterie which shee had founded: his bones, together with the bones of Eusebius, were translated to Rome, and shrined in the Church of Santa Maria Maggiore; ouer which, Pope Sixtus Quintus hath erected a sump∣tuous Chappell. Out of this we past into another Grot, which they call his Cell; wherein hee lay (as they say) full fiftie yeares and sixe moneths, and there twice translated the Bible. Re∣turning [ 30] into the aforeseid Chappell of the Innocents, by the other entry we passed into a Vault or Chappell, twelue foote wide, fortie long, and fifteene in height: the sides and floore all lined with faire white Marble: the compassed roofe adorned with Mosse-worke, and Mosaique Gil∣ding, though now much perished. At the vpper end, in an arched Concaue, stands an Altar gar∣nished with a Table of the Natiuitie. Vnder this a Semi-circle; the sole set forth with stones of seuerall colours, in the forme of a Starre: and in the midst a Serpentine, there set to vp∣hold the memory of that place where our Sauiour was borne: the credite whereof I will nei∣ther impeach, nor inforce. In this Citie it was, and in a stable; nor is the report by the site re∣futed, though vnder ground, hewne out of the liuing Rocke, as is the rest before spoken of. For he that trauels through these Countries, will not wonder to see such Caues imployed to like v∣ses. [ 40] Neither is it likely, that they that succeeded those times so neerely, should erre in the place so celebrated in their deuotions, and beautified with such cost. On either side of this Altar in the Corners, there are two equall ascents, which Land on the opposite out-sides of the Chan∣cell, closed with doores of Brasse cut through, through which they passe in their solemne Pro∣cession. Now on the South side, and neere vnto the foote of the staires, you descend by three steps into a lesser Grot: separated onely from the former, by three fine Columnes of discoloured Marble, which seeme to support the ouer-hanging Rocke. On the West side there is a Manger hewne out in a Concaue, about two foote high from the floore, and a little way hallowed with∣in: wherein, they say, that our New-borne Sauiour was laid by the Virgine; now flagged a∣bout with white Marble, as the Rocke that roofes it; at the left end sustained with a short Ser∣pentine. [ 50] In the bottome of this Manger, and iust in the middle, a round Serpentine is set, to denote the place where he lay, which retaineth, as they would make vs beleeue, the effigies of Saint Ierome, miraculous framed by the naturall veines of the stone, in reward of his often and * 1.688 affectionate kisses. But surely, they bee the eyes of Faith that must apprehend it: yet present they it in Picture. On the opposite side of this Grot, there is a Bench in the Rocke, not vnlike to an Altar: where the Magi of the East, that were conducted hither by the Starre, disposed, (as they say) of their Presents.

These places be in the keeping of the Franciscans, and not lesse reuerenced then Caluarie, or the Sepulcher, visited also by the Mahometan Pilgrimes. Where Lamps still burning do expell [ 60] the naturall darknesse; and giue a greater State thereunto, then the light of the day could af∣foord it. Baldwine the second did honor this place with an Episcopall Sea (being before but a Priorie) adioyning thereunto, together with the Church of Ascalon, many Townes and Villa∣ges. In the place where this Citie stood, there are now but a few poore Cottages standing. Most

of the few Inhabitants Greekes and Armenians, who get a beggerly liuing by selling vnto stran∣gers the Models of the Sepulcher, and of the Grot of the Natiuitie; cut in wood, or cast in stone, with Crosses, and such like Merchandizes, and in being seruiceable vnto Pilgrims.

After dinner we descended a foote into the Valley which lyeth East of the Citie, fruitfull in pasturage, where Iacob fed his flocke (at this day called his field) neere the Tower of Adar; * 1.689 but more famous for the Apparition of the Angels, who there brought to the Shepheards the * 1.690 glad-tidings of our Saluation. In the midst of the field, on the selfe-same place, as is supposed, and two miles distant from Bethlehem, Saint Helena erected a Church, and dedicated it to the Angels; now nothing but ruines. Returning from thence, and turning a little on the left hand, we came to the Village where those Shepheards dwelt, as yet so called: in the midsts whereof there [ 10] standeth a Well; the same, as the rumor goeth, that the blessed Virgine desired to drinke of, * 1.691 when the churlish Villagers refusing to draw her vp water, it forth-with miraculously flowed to the brim; greedy to passe through her blessed lips, and satisfie her longing. Of this the Arabs would not suffer vs to drinke before we had giuen them Money. Neerer to Bethlehem, and at the foote of the hill, are the ruines of a Chappell, where Ioseph (as they say) had his dwelling, at such time as the Angell commanded him to flie into Aegypt. Neere the top, and not farre from the backe of the Monasterie, there is a Caue containing two roomes, one within, another de∣scended into by a narrow entrance, and in some places supported by Pillars. In this it is said, that Ioseph hid our Sauiour and his Mother, whilst he prepared things necessarie for his iourney. The stone thereof puluerated, and often washed, of much a little will remaine, and not vnlike to refined Chalke; which taken in drinke, is said to haue a Soueraigne vertue, in restoring Milke [ 20] both to Women and Cattell, much vsed by the Moores themselues for that purpose. Ouer which stood one of the Nunneries built by Paula, now onely shewing the foundation, and where∣in she dyed. These places seene, we re-entred the Monasterie, and there reposed our selues the night following.

Each of vs bestowing a piece of Gold on the Vicar, betimes in the morning we departed, ben∣ding our course to the Mountaines of Iudaea, lying West from Bethlehem: neere to which, on the side of the opposite hill, we past by a little Village, called (as I take it) Bezec; inhabited onely by Christians: mortall (as they say) to the Mahometans, that attempted to dwell therein. About * 1.692 two miles further we passed by Bethsur, seated in a bottome betweene two rocky Mountaines, [ 30] * 1.693 once a strong Fort: first built by Rhoboam, and after repaired by the Machabies: famous for sun∣dry sieges; being in the vpper way betweene Ierusalem and Gaza, where wee saw the ruines of an ample Church; below that, a Fountaine not vnbeholding by Art, whose pleasant Waters are forth-with drunke vp by the earth that produced them. Heere, they say, that Philip baptized the Eunuch; whereupon it retaineth the name of the Aethiopian Fountaine. And no question, * 1.694 but the adioyning Temple was erected out of deuotion to the honour of the place, and memo∣rie of the fact. Yet seemeth it strange vnto me, that a Chariot should be able to passe those roc∣ky and declining Mountaines, where almost a Horse can hardly keepe footing. Hauing trauelled about a mile and a halfe further, we came to the Caue where Iohn the Baptist is said to haue liued * 1.695 from the age of seuen, vntill such time as hee went vnto the Wildernesse by Iordan, sequestred [ 40] from the abode of men, and feeding on such wilde nourishment as these vninhabited places af∣foorded. This Caue is seated on the Northerne side of a desart Mountaine (onely beholding to the Locust tree) hewne out of the precipitating Rocke, so as difficultie to be ascended or descen∣ded to: entred at the East corner, and receiuing light from a window in the side. At the vpper end there is a Bench of the selfe-same Rocke, whereon (as they say) he accustomed to sleepe; of which, who so breakes a piece off, stands forth-with excommunicate. Ouer this, on a little flat, stands the ruines of a Monasterie, on the South side naturally walled with the steepe of the Mountaine: from whence there gusheth a liuing Spring, which entreth the Rocke, and againe bursteth forth beneath the mouth of the Caue; A place that would make solitarinesse delight∣full, and stand in comparison with the turbulent pompe of Cities. This ouer-looketh a profound Valley, on the far side he〈…〉〈…〉'd with aspiring Mountaines; whereof some are cut (or naturally so) [ 50] in degrees like Allies, which would bee else vnaccessably fruitfulesse, whose leuels yet beare the stumps of decayed Vines, shadowed not rarely with Oliues and Locusts. And surely I thinke, that all, or most of those Mountaines haue beene so husbanded, else could this little Countrey haue neuer sustained such a multitude of people. After wee had fed of such prouision as was brought vs from the Citie, by other of the Fraternitie that there met vs, wee returned towards Ierusalem, leauing the way of Bethlehem on the right hand, and that of Emaus on the left. The first place of note that wee met with, was there where once stood the dwelling of Zacharie, seated on the side of a fruitfull hill, well stored with Oliues and Vineyards. Hither came the * 1.696 blessed Virgine to visite her Cousin Elizabeth. Here died Elizabeth, and here in a Grot on the side [ 60] of a Vault or Chappell, lies buried: ouer which a goodly Church was erected, together with a * 1.697 Monasterie; whereof now little standeth but a part of the Wals, which offer to the view some fragments of painting, which shew that the rest haue beene exquisite. Beyond, and lower is our Ladies Fountaine, (so called of the Inhabitants) which maintaineth a little current through

the neighbouring valley. Neere this, in the bottome, and vttermost extent thereof, there stan∣deth a Temple, once sumptuous, now desolate; built by Helena, and dedicated to Saint Iohn Baptist, in the place where Zacharie had another house where the Prophet was borne, in a roome he wen out of the rocke; of principall deuotion with those Christians: possest, as the rest, by the beastly Arabians, who defile it with their Cattell, and employ it to the basert of vses. Transcending the lesse steepe hills, and passing through valleys of their Roses voluntarily plenti∣full; * 1.698 after a while wee came to a Monasterie seated in a streight betweene two rockie Moun∣taines, enuironed with high walls, and entred by a doore of Iron; where a Bishop of the Geor∣gians hath his residence, who curteously entertayned vs. Within they haue a handsome Chap∣pell, at the vpper end an Altar, and vnder that a pit, in which they say that the Palme did [ 10] grow (but rather, if any, the Oliue, whereof that place hath store) of which a part of the Crosse) was made: for it was framed (as they report) of foure seuerall woods; the foot of Ce∣dar, the bole of Cypresse, the transome of Palme, and the title of Oliue. This is called there∣vpon * 1.699 the Monasterie of the holy Crosse. Where in stead of Bells they strike on a hollow beame (as the Grecians doe in the Temple of Golgotha) to summon their assemblies. Betweene this and Ierusalem, we saw nothing worth noting, that hath not beene spoken of already.

The day following, wee went to reuiew the remarkable places about the Citie. Passing by the Castle of the Pisans, on the left hand entring at a little square passage, wee were shewed a small Chappell, the doore and windowes rammed vp; for that (as they say) the Mahometans * 1.700 became mortally sicke, that, though but by chance did come into it, standing where stoo•• the [ 20] Temple of Saint Thomas. From hence wee were brought to the Palace of Annas, destroyed by the Seditious in the time of the siege, where now standeth a Church dedicated to the blessed Angels, and belonging to the Armenians, who haue their dwellings about it. Within the Court there is an old Oliue tree, enuironed with a low wall; vnto which, it is said, that they bound our Sauiour: Turning on the right hand, wee went out at a Port of Sion. South and not farre from thence, on the midst of the mount is the place, as they say, where Christ did eate his last * 1.701 Supper; where also after his resurrection, the doores being shut, hee appeared to his Apostl••••; where they receiued the holy Ghost; where Peter conuerted three thousand; and where, as they say also, they held the first Councel, in which the Apostles Creed was decreed. Here Helena built a most sumptuous Temple including therein a Coenaculum, where that marble Pillar was [ 30] preserued that stood before in the Palace of Pilate, to which they tyed our Sauiour when they whipped him. This Church subuerted by the Saracons, in the selfe-same place the Franciscans had a Monasterie erected, who in the yeere 1561. were remoued by the Turkes: they building here a Mosque of their owne, into which no Christian is permitted to enter. Yet not in the respects aforesaid, so reuerenced by the Infidels, but in that it is deliuered by tradition (and not vnlikely) that Dauid had there his Sepulchre. Betweene this, and the walls of the Citie, the * 1.702 Franckes haue their buriall, where lie sixe English-men, sent (as may bee suspected) vnto their long-homes not many yeeres since, though coloured by the Franciscans, in whose Monasterie they lay, with pretence of Diuiue vengeance for the supposed murder of their Drogaman. Se∣uen they were in all, all aliue and well in one day, sixe dead in the other; the out-liuer becom∣ming [ 40] a conuert to their Religion. Turning a little on the left hand, we came to a small Church, inclosed within a square wall, arched within, with a walke on the top in manner of a Caue; the habitation of the Armenians, who haue of this Church the custodie. Heere flourished the proud Palace of Caiphas, in which our Sauiour was buffetted, spit vpon, and so spitefully reuiled. * 1.703 Here Helena built a faire Church to Saint Peter; but that destroyed, in the roome thereof this lesse was erected, and dedicated to Saint Sauiour. On the right hand in the Court, they vn∣dertake to shew where the fire was made, by which Peter stood when he denied his Master: * 1.704 and at the side of the Church doore, the chapter of a Pillar, whereon the Cooke crowing did moue him to contrition. At the vpper end of the Church, vpon a large Altar lieth a Stone, that * 1.705 (as they say) which was rolled against the mouth of the Sepulchre. [ 50]

From hence we descended into the valley of Gehinnon, which diuideth Mount Sion from the * 1.706 Mountaine of Offence, so called for that Salomon by the perswasion of his wiues there sacrificed to Chamoch and Molech; but now by these Christians called the Mountaine of Ill counsell, where they say, the Pharises tooke counsell against Iesus; whose heighth yet shewe•• the reliques of no meane buildings. This valley is but streight, now seruing for little vse; heretofore most delight∣full, planted with Groues and watered with Fountaines; wherein the Hebrews sacrificed their children to Molech. On the South side of this valley, neere where it meeteth with the valley of Iehosaphat, mounted a good heighth, on the side of the Mountaine is Aceldama, or the field of * 1.707 bloud; purchased with the restored reward of Treason, for a buriall place for strangers. In the midst whereof a large square roome was made by the mother of Constantine: the South side wai∣led [ 60] with the naturall rocke; flat at the top, and equall with the vpper leuell. Out of which ari∣seth certaine small Cupolos open in the midst to let downe the dead bodies. Through which we might see the bottome all couered with bones; and certaine Corses but newly let downe: it being now the Sepulchre of the Armenians. A greedy Graue; and great enough to deuoure

the dead of a whole Nation. For they say, (and I beleeue it) that the Earth thereof within the space of eight and fortie houres, will consume the flesh that is laid thereon. The like is said of * 1.708 Saint Innocents Church-yard in Paris: and he that sees the multitude of bones, that are there piled about it, the daily burials (it being a generall Receptacle for strangers) and smalnesse of the circuit, may be easily induced to credit. And why might not the Earth be transported from hence, as well as that at Rome in Campo Sancto, brought thither in two hundred and seuentie ships by the commandement of the aforesaid Empresse? which though changing soyles retay∣neth her vertue: it being also a place of buriall for Forreiners. In the Rocke about there are diuers Sepulchers, and some in vse at this day: hauing great stones rolled against their mouthes according to the ancient custome. Beyond on the point of the Hill, a Caue hewne out of the [ 10] Rocke, consisting of seuerall Roomes, is said to haue hidden sixe of the Apostles in the time of * 1.709 Christs Passion: first made without doubt for a Sepulcher; and after seruing for an Hermitage: the Roofe of the larger Roome retayning some shew of gilding. Below, where the Valley of Gehinnon and Iehosaphat, like two conioyning streames doe trent to the South, there is a dry Pit; where the Priests are said to haue hid the sacred fire when the Iewes were carried captiue into Ba∣bylon: and seeking it after their returne did find it conuerted into water. But Nehemiah caused * 1.710 it to be sprinkled on the Altar: when forth-with with the beames of the Sunne it miraculously flamed. This Valley of Iehosaphat (so called of that good King) from hence extendeth full North, and then enclineth a little to the West, first presenting (though naturall) no other then a large dry Ditch to the East of the Citie contracted betweene it, and the ouer-pearing Hils of [ 20] the opposite Oliuet. It is said to be about two miles long, and if it be so, but short ones: where broadest fruitfull; watered by the Torrent Cedron, which runneth no longer then fedde with * 1.711 showres: losing his intermitted streames in the Lake of Asphaltis. It was also called the Valley of Cedron, and of the King: where the generall Iudgement shall be, if the Iewes or Latines may be beleeued; who ground their opinions vpon the Prophesie of Ioel: which I will not gain-say, since some of our Diuines haue of late so laboured to approue it. Of the same opinion are the Mahometans. In the wall aboue it, there is a window not farre from the Golden Gate: where they say, that Mahomet shal sit whilst Christ doth execute Iustice. Passing to the Citie side of the * 1.712 Valley, at the foot of the Hill, and East of the South-east corner, is the place where the Pro∣phet Esay was sawne in sunder by the Commandement of Manasses his Grand-father by the [ 30] Mother: and there buried, where there is a little Pauement vsed for a place of Prayer by the Mahometans. Close below this stood the Oke Rognel, where now a white Mulbery is cherished. North of it, in a gut of the Hill (aboue which in the wall stood the Tower) was the fish-poole of Siloe: contayning not aboue halfe an Acre of ground, now dry in the bottome: and beyond * 1.713 the Fountayne that fed it: now no other then a little Trench walled in on the sides, full of fil∣thy water: whose vpper part is obscured by a Building (as I take it a Mosque) where once flou∣rished a Christian Church built by Saint Helena. Depriued of those her salubrious streames; yet held in honour for their former vertues. Passing along wee came to our Ladies Fountayne (vpon what occasion they so call it, is not worth the relating) in a deepe Caue of the Rocke, des∣cended into by a large paire of staires, and replenisht with pleasant waters. Here the Valley [ 40] streightning, and a little beyond no broader then serues for a Channell to the Torrent, on the o∣ther side stands the Sepulcher of Zacharie, who was slaine betweene the Temple and the Altar: * 1.714 all of the naturall Rocke, eighteene foot high, foure square, and beautified with Doricke Co∣lumnes of the same vnseparated stone, sustayning the Cornish, and topt like a pointed Diamond. Close to this there is another in the vpright Rocke; the Front like the side of an open Gallerie, supported with Marble Pillars, now betweene rammed vp with stones. Within a Grot, whi∣ther Iames retyred (as they say) after the Passion of our Sauiour, with purpose neuer to haue re∣ceiued sustenance vntill he had seene him: who in that place appeared vnto him after his Resur∣rection. In memoriall whereof the Christians erected a Church hard by; whose Ruines are now ruined. A little farther there is a stone Bridge of one Arch, which passes the Torrent. In a Rocke [ 50] at the foot thereof, there are certayne Impressions: made (as they say) by our Sauiours feet when they led him through the water. At the East end of this Bridge, and a little on the North, * 1.715 stands the Pillar of Absolon; which he here erected in his life time, to retayne the memorie of his name, in that his Issue Male fayled, (but he was not buried therein) being yet entyre and of a goodly Fabricke: rising in a loftie square; below adorned with halfe Columnes, wrought out of the sides and corners of the Doricke forme: and then changing into a round, a good height * 1.716 higher doth grow to a point in fashon of a Bell: all framed of the growing stone. Against this there lyeth a great heape of stones which increaseth daily. For both Iewes and Mahometans passing by, doe throw stones against it: yet execrating Absolon for his Rebellion aganist Dauid. Adioyning there is a large square, but lower by far, which hath an entrance like the Frontispice [ 60] of a Porch cut curiously without: the earth almost reaching to the top of the entrance: hauing a Grot within hewne out of the Rocke: some say, a Kingly Sepulcher; perhaps appertayning to the former. A little more North and vp the Torrent, at the foot of Oliuet, once stood the Vil∣lage Gethsemani; the place yet fruitfull in Oliues: and hard by the delightfull Garden wherein * 1.717 our Sauiour was betrayed.

They point out the place where he left two of his Disciples, and a little higher the third when he went to pray, and with all the place where he was taken. In this Garden there is also a stone, whereon they say that our Lady sate, and beheld the Martyrdome of Saint Steuen, who suffe∣red on the side of the opposite Hill. Without the said Garden, in the ioyning of two wayes, they shewed vs the place, as they will haue it, where Saint Thomas stood, when incredulous forsooth of our Ladies Assumption, she let fall her Girdle to informe his beliefe.

And now we are come to the Sepulcher of the blessed Virgin, made thus, as it is, by the Mo∣ther of Constantine. Before it a Court; the building aboue ground, a square pile onely, flat at the * 1.718 top, and neatly wrought, like the largest Portico to a Temple. You enter at the South-side, and forth-with descend by a goodly paire of staires of fiftie steps: about the midst of the descent, [ 10] are two small opposite Chappels; in that on the right hand are the Sepulchers of Ioachim and Anna; in that on the left of Ioseph: the Parents and Spouse of the Mother of Iesus. These staires doe leade you into a spacious Church, stretching East and West, walled on each side, and arched aboue with the naturall Rocke. Vpon the right hand in the midst there is a little square Chappell, framed of the eminent Rocke, but flagged both within and without with white Mar∣ble, entred at two doores. At the far side her Tombe, which taketh vp more then the third part of the Room, now in forme of an Altar: vnder which, they say, that she was decently buryed by the Apostles; and the third day after assumed into Heauen by the Angels. In this there burneth eighteen Lamps continually; partly maintained by the Christians, & partly by the Mahometans, who haue this place in an especiall veneration. Neere the East Semicircle of the Church, there standeth a great Altar (ouer which the little light that this darke place hath, doth descend by a [ 20] Cupolo,) neere the West another, but both vnfurnished, and by the former a Well of excellent Water. In a Canton of the Wall, right against the North end of the Sepulcher, there is a Clift in the Rock, where the Turkes do affirme, that our Lady did hide her selfe, when persecuted by the Iewes; into which I haue seene their women to creepe, and giue the cold Rocke affectionate kisses. The opposite Canton is also vsed for an Oratory by the Mahometans, who haue the kee∣ping of the whole, and will not suffer vs to enter of freecost. Remounting the same staires, not farre off on the left hand, towards the East, and not aboue a stone cast from the Garden of Gethsamani, a straite passage descendeth into a vast round Caue, all of the naturall Rocke, the * 1.719 Roofe confirmed with Arches of the same, receiuing a dimme light from a little hole in the top, in times past all ouer curiously painted. The place, they say, where Christ did pray, when in [ 30] that bloudie agonie he was comforted by the Angels. From hence wee bent our course to the Citie. High on the Hill, where three wayes meete, and vpon the flat of a Rocke, is the place where Saint Steuen (who bore the first Palme of Martyrdome) was stoned to death. The stones thereabout haue a red rust on them; which, they say, giue testimonie of his bloud-shed. A little aboue, we entred the Citie at the gate of Saint Steuen, (where on each side a Lion Retrograde doth stand) called in times past the Port of the Valley, and of the flocke; for that the Cattell came in at this gate, which were to be sacrificed in the Temple, and were sold in the Market place adioyning. On the left hand there is a stone bridge, which passeth at the East end of the North wall into the Court of the Temple of Salomon: the head to the Poole Bethesda, vnder∣neath * 1.720 which it hath a conueyance, called also Probaticum, for that the Sacrifices were therein [ 40] washed ere deliuered to the Priests. It had fiue Portsbuilt thereto by Salomon; in which conti∣nually lay number of diseased persons. For an Angell at certaine seasons troubled the water; and he that could next descend thereinto was perfectly cured. Now a great square profunditie, Greene, and vneuen at the bottome, into which a barren Spring doth drill from betweene the stones of the North-ward Wall, and stealeth away almost vndiscerned. The place is for a good depth hewne out of the Rocke, confined aboue on the North-side with a steepe Wall, on the West with high Buildings (perhaps a part of the Castle of Antonia) where are two doores to descend by, now all that are, halfe choked with Rubbidge; and on the South with the Wall of the Court of the Temple: whereof it is fit that something bee spoken; although not suffered to enter without the forfeiture of our liues, or renouncing of our Religion. [ 50]

I will not speake of the former forme, and magnificencie thereof, by sacred Pens so exactly * 1.721 described. First built by Salomon, destroyed by Nebuchadnezzar, re-edified by Zerubabel, (yet so far short of the first in glory, that those wept to behold it, who had beheld the former) new built or rather sumptuously repayred by Herod the Great; and lastly, vtterly subuerted by Titus. The Iewes assayed to re-edifie it in the Reigne of Adrian, of whom he slue an infinite number, leuelled it with the floore, and threw the Rubbidge into the Valley of Iebosaphat, to make it lesse steepe, and the place lesse defenceable, planting in the Roome thereof a Groue, which hee conse∣crated vnto Iupiter. Afterward Iulian the Apostata, to disprooue the Prophesie of our Sauiour, did licence the Iewes to re-build it, furnishing them with mony out of his Treasurie: when loe, a terrible Earth-quake shooke downe what they had begun; and a flame bursting forth, deuou∣red [ 60] the Workmen, reported by Amianus Marcellinus a Pagan, and liuing in those times. But who built this that now standeth, is doubtfull. Some doe attribute it to the Christians; others to a Prince of the Arabians, (which is confirmed by the Christians of these Countries) and hee

the Saracen Omer, next Successor vnto Mahomet. Seated it is vpon Mount Moria, in the South∣east corner of the Citie; without doubt in the very place where Salomons stood: the more emi∣nent * 1.722 building consisting of an eight sq••are round of a blewish stone, adorned with adioyning Pillars, and Tarrast aboue. In the midst of the sheluing Roofe, another vpright aspireth, though lesse by far, yet the same in forme and substance with the former, being couered ouer with a Cu∣polo of Lead. To the West of this a long building adioyneth, like the bodie of a Church, com∣past aboue, and no higher then the vnder Tarras of the other, but like it in colour. Now the Court (the same with that of the old Temple) is iust fouresquare euery way, about a flights shoot ouer. In the East Wall, which is also a Wall to the Citie, stands the Golden Gate, (so called in * 1.723 that it was gilded) which belonged onely to the Temple, through which Christ passed twice; [ 10] first in triumph, and after a Captiue. It is said that the Emperour Heraclius returning from his Persian Victory, attempted to haue entred thereat in all his glory; but was miraculously prohibi∣ted, vntill he had put off all his Princely Ornaments; in a simple habite bearing that part of the Crosse of Christ on his shoulders, which he had recouered from the Persians. This Gate is now * 1.724 rammed vp by the Turkes, to preuent as some say, a Prophesie: which is, that the Citie should there be entred by the Christians. A part of the South-side, is also melosed with the wall of the Citie. The rest not inferiour in strength, surrounded with a deepe Trench hewne into the Rocke: though now much choaked, heretofore inhabited in the bottome like a street. In the midst of this out-court, there is another; wherein the aforesaid Mosque doth stand, raised some two yards aboue it, and garnished on the sides with little Turrets, through which ascended; all paued [ 20] with white Marble (the spoile of Christian Churches) where the Mahometans, as well as with∣in, doe performe their particular Oraysons. Sundry low buildings there are adioyning to the wall: as I suppose, the Habitation of their Santons. In the midst of that, on the South-side, there is a handsome Temple couered with Lead; by the Christians called the Church of the Puri∣fication of the Virgine: now also a Mosque. Godfrey of Bullein, with the rest of the Citie tooke this place by assault, and slue within the circuit thereof tenne thousand Saracens. By him then made a Cathedrall Church: erecting Lodgings about it for the Patriarch and his Canons. Into which there are now but two entrances: that on the West; and this Gate ouer the head of the Poole Bethesda (called of old the Horse-gate, for that here they left their Horses, it beeing not lawfull to ride any further) resembling the Gate of a Citie. One thing by the way may bee no∣ted: [ 30] that whereas our Churches turne to the East. The Temple of Salomon regarded the West, perhaps in respect of Mount Caluarie.

Repassing the aforesaid Bridge, (seeing we might proceed no farther) on the North-side of the street that stretcheth to the West, now in a remote corner, stood the House of Iaachim, where a goodly Church was built to the honour of Saint Anna, with a Monasterie adioyning: of which some part yet remayneth, but polluted with the Mahometan Superstition. Turning backe, we * 1.725 tooke vp the said street to the West: not far onward, at the left hand stood the Palace of Pilate, without all question the Castle of Antonia, neere adioyning to the wall of the Temple, where now the Sanziacke hath his Residence; depriued of those lofty Towers, and scarce appearing a∣boue the wals that confine it. On the right hand, at the far end of a street that pointeth to the [ 40] North, stood the stately Mansion of Herod: of which some signe there are left, that witnesse a perished excellency. Now at the West corner of that of Pilates, where the wall for a space doth turne to the East, there are a paire of high staires which leade to the place of Iustice, and Throne of the Romane President, where the Sauiour of the World, was by the World condemned. The staires that they say then, were called Scala Sancta, I haue seene at Rome neere Saint Iohns in the * 1.726 Lateran; translated thither by Constantine. Three paire there are in one Front, diuided but by wals: the middlemost those: being of white Marble, and eighteene in number; ascended and worne by the knees of the Suppliants, who descend by the other. At the top there is a little Chappell called Sanctum Sanctorum, where they neuer say Masse: and vpon this occasion. A holy Father in the Roome adioyning, hauing consumed most part of the night in his Deuotions, [ 50] * 1.727 is said, an houre before the dawning, to haue seene a procession of Angels passe by him, some singing, and others perhaps that had worse voyces, bearing Torches: amongst whom Saint Pe∣ter with the Eucharist; who executed there his Pontificall Function: and that done returned. This rumored the day following about the Citie, numbers of people flockt thither; who found the Roome all to be dropt with Torches in confirmation of this Relation. Whereupon decreed it was, that not any (as not worthy) should say Masse on that Altar. Now the way betweene the place of those staires and Mount Caluarie, is called the Dolorous way: alongst which our Sa∣uiour was led to his Passion: in which they say, (and shew where) that hee thrice fell vnder the * 1.728 weight of his Crosse. And a little beyond there is an ancient Arch that crosseth the street, and supporteth a ruined Gallerie: in the East-side a two arched window, where Pilate presented [ 60] Christ to the people. An hundred paces farther, and on the left hand there are the Relikes of a Church, where they say that the blessed Virgin stood when her Sonne passed by, and fell into a trance at the sight of that killing Spectacle. Sixtie sixe paces beyond (where this street doth meete with that other which leadeth to Port Ephraim, now called the Gate of Damascus) they

say, that they met with Simon of Cyrene, and compelled him to assist our Sauiour in the bearing * 1.729 of his burthen. Turning a little on the left hand, they shewed vs where the women wept, and he replyed; Weepe not for me you Daughters of Ierusalem, &c. Then turning againe on the right, we passed vnder a little arch, neere which a house ascended by certain steps; the place where Veronica dwelt, who gaue our Sauiour, as they say, a Napkin as he passed by the doore, to cleanse his face * 1.730 from the bloud which trickled from his Thorne-pierst browes; and spittle wherewith they had despitefully defiled him: who returned it againe enriched with his liuely counterfeit, now to be seene at Rome vpon Festiuall dayes, in Saint Peters Church in the Uatican. Fronting the far end of this street, an ancient Gate which stood in the West wall of the old Citie, yet resists the sub∣uersions of time, called by Nehemia, the old Gate; by the Iebusites the Port of Iebus, and the [ 10] Gate of Iudgement; for that the Elders there sate in Iustice: through which the condemned were led to execution vnto Mount Caluarie: then two hundred twentie paces without, and a little on the left hand; though now almost in the heart of the Citie. From hence we ascended the East-side of Mount Caluarie (eight hundred paces from the Palace of Pilate) and so descen∣ded into the Court of the Temple of the Sepulcher. Right against it are the ruines of loftie buildings, heretofore the Alberges of the Knight Hospitallers of Saint Iohns. Turning to the South we were shewed, where once stood the dwelling of Zebedeus, in which Iames and Iohn * 1.731 were borne heretofore a Collegiat Church, but now a Mosque. A little higher wee came to the Iron Gate, a passage in times past betweene the vpper Citie, and the neather (which gaue way vnto Peter conducted by the Angell) built by Alexander the Great: who hauing taken Tyrus, [ 20] and the Sea-bordering Cities of Phoenicia and Palestine, begirt Ierusalem with his Armie: when on a sudden the Gates were set open, Iaddus the High Priest issuing forth, clothed in his Pontifi∣call Habit, and followed with a long trayne in white Rayments: whom Alexander espying, aduanced before the rest of the company; and when he drew neere fell prostrate before him. For it came vnto his remembrance, how once in Dio a Citie of Macedon, consulting with him∣selfe about his Asian Enterprize, he had seene in a Vision one so apparelled, who bid him boldly proceed, and told him that the God whom he serued would protect his Armie, and make him Lord of the Persian Monarchie. Then hand in hand they entred the Citie, the High Priest con∣ducting him vnto the Temple, where hee sacrificed vnto God according to the manner of the Hebrewes: Iaddus expounding vnto him the Prophesies of Daniel, which foretold of his victo∣ries. [ 30] From thence we proceeded vnto the House of Saint Marke, of which an obscure Church in the custodie of the Sorians doth retayne the memory. And beyond, we came to the Church of Saint Iames, standing in the place where he was beheaded; erected by the Spaniards, together * 1.732 with an Hospitall, and now possest by the Armenians. This seene, we returned to the Couent.

The day following, wee went out (as before) at the Port of Sion. Turning on the left hand * 1.733 along the wall, wee were shewed the place where Peter wept, when hee had denyed our Saui∣our; dignified once with a Church, and whereof there now remayneth some part of the founda∣tion. Right against it there is a Posterne in the wall, formerly called Port Esqueline; at which they bore forth the filth of the Citie. The foundation of this part of the wall is much more ancient, and much more strong then the rest, consisting of blacke stones of a mightie size. Not [ 40] farre beyond, we crossed the Valley of Iehosaphat, and mounted the South end of Mount Oliuet, by the way of Bethania. Hauing ascended a good height, on the right hand they shewed vs where Iudas hanged himselfe (the stumpe of the Sycamore, as they say, not long since extant) * 1.734 being buried in a Grot that adioyneth. Neerer the top where Christ cursed the fig-tree, many there growing at this present. Descending the East-side of the Mountaine, a little on the left hand, we came to a desolate Chappell, about which diuers ruines; the Houses heretofore of Simon the Leper. From thence we descended vnto the Castle of Lazarus, (whereof yet there is some∣thing extant) the Brother to Marie and Martha: close vnder which lyes Bethania, (••wo * 1.735 miles from Ierusalem) now a tottered Village, inhabited by Arabians. In it the Vault where Christ raysed Lazarus from death; square and deepe, descended into by certaine steps. Aboue * 1.736 [ 50] are two little Chappels, which haue in either of them an Altar: where stood a stately Church erected by Saint Helena: and after that an Abbey, Queene Milisend the Foundresse. A little North of Bethania, we came to the ruines of a Monasterie, now leuell with the floore, seated in the place vnto which the penitent Marie retyred from the corrupting vanities of the Citie. South-ward of this, and not far off, flood the House of Martha, honoured likewise with a * 1.737 Temple, and ruinated alike. Equally distant from both, there is a stone, whereon, they say, that our Sauiour sate, when the two Sisters intreated him to restore life to their Brother now foure dayes buryed: the Pilgrime that breakes off a piece thereof, stands excommunicated. A little aboue, there is a Fountayne of excellent water, deepe sunke into the Rocke, (by which we re∣freshed our selues with prouision brought with vs) called the Fountayne of the Apostles. Now [ 60] we ascended Mount Oliuet againe, by another way more inclining to the North. Vpon the right hand, and not far from the top, stood Bethfage, whose very foundations are now confounded; * 1.738 from whence Christ past vnto Ierusalem in triumph vpon an Asses Colt: euery Palme-sunday by the Pater-guardian superstitiously imitated.

Here looke we backe, and for a while suruey the high mountaine Quarantania, the low Plains of Iericho, Iordan, and the Dead Sea; which we could not goe to, by reason of our tardy arriuall, * 1.739 the Pilgrims returning on the selfe-same day that wee came vnto Ierusalem. Vndertaken but once a yeere in regard of the charges, then guarded by a Sheck of the Arabians, to resist the wild Arabs, who almost famished on those barren Mountaines (which they dare not husband for feare of surprisall) rob all that passe, if inferiour in strength: yet payed wee towards that conduct, two Dollars apiece to the Sanziack. Iordan runneth wel-nigh thirtie miles from Ierusalem; the * 1.740 way thither by Bethania; made long and troublesome by the steepe descents and labyrinthian windings; being to the iudgement of the eye, not the fourth of that distance. In this the Pil∣grims wash themselues, and bring from thence of the water, soueraigne (as they say) for sun∣dry [ 10] diseases. A great way on this side the Riuer, there stands a ruined Temple, vpon the win∣ding of a crooked channell, forsaken by the streame, (or then not filled but by inundations) where Christ (as they say) was baptized by Iohn. On the right hand stood Ierico, a Citie of fame (and * 1.741 in the time of the Christians an Episcopall Sea) beautifull in her Palmes, but chiefly proud of her Balsamum, a Plant then onely thought particular vnto Iurie, which grew most plentifully * 1.742 in this valley, and on the sides of the Westerne Mountaines which confine it, being about two cubits high, growing vpright, and yeerely pruned of her superfluous branches. In the Summer they lanced the rine with a stone, (not to be touched with steele) but not deeper then the in∣ward filme; for otherwise it forth with perished: from whence those fragrant and precious teares did distill, which now are onely brought vs from India; but they farre worse, and gene∣rally [ 20] sophisticated. The bole of this shrub is of least esteeme, the rine of greater, the seed ex∣ceeding that, but the liquor of greatest, knowne to be right in the curdling of Milke, and not stayning of garments. Here remayned two Orchards thereof in the dayes of Vespasian; in de∣fence of which, a battell was fought with the Iewes that endeauoured to destroy them. Of such repute with the Romanes, that Pompey first, and afterwards Titus did present it in their tri∣umphs as an especiall glorie: now vtterly lost through the barbarous waste and neglect of the Mahometans. Where Ierico stood, there standeth a few poore Cottages inhabited by the Ara∣bians. The valley about ten miles ouer, now producing but a spiny grasse; bordered on the East with the high Arabian Mountaines, on the West with those of Iurie; amongst which, Quaran∣tania the most eminent, in that wildernesse where Christ for fortie dayes was tempted by the [ 30] Deuill, so high, that few dare attempt to ascend to the top; from whence the Tempter shew∣ed him the Kingdomes of the earth; now crowned with a Chappell, which is yet vnruined. There is besides in the side an Hermitage, with a Cisterne to receiue raine-water; and another Grot, wherein the Hermites-were buried. Here Saint Ierome (as they say) fulfilled his foure yeeres penance.

But now returne wee to the summit of Mount Oliuet, which ouer-toppeth the neighbouring * 1.743 Mountaines, whose West side doth giue you a full suruey of each particular part of the Citie, bedect with Oliues, Almonds, and Fig-trees; heretofore with Palmes: pleasantly rich when husbanded, and now vpbraiding the barbarous with his neglected pregnancy. So famous in sa∣cred histories, and so often blest with the presence of Christ, and apparition of Angels. It is [ 40] not much lesse then a mile in heighth, stretching from North to South, and hauing three heads. On the middlemost (and that the highest) there standeth a little Chappell, of an eight square * 1.744 round, at euery corner a Pillar, mounted on three degrees, being all of white marble, and of an elegant structure: within it is not aboue twelue foot ouer, paued with the naturall rocke, which beareth the impression of a foot-step, they say, of our Sauiours; the last that he set vpon earth, * 1.745 when from thence he ascended into Heauen: A place in honour inferiour vnto none, frequen∣ted by Christians, possest by Mahometans, yet free to both their deuotions. Built it was by the mother of Constantine, and couered like the Sepulchre, with a sumptuous Temple (whose ruines yet looke aloft) together with a Monasterie. On the South-side of which, they shewed vs the Cell of Palagia; a famous, rich, and beautifull Curtizan of Antioch, who conuerted by [ 50] * 1.746 the Bishop of Dimiata, retired hither vnknowne, and here long liued in the habite and penurie of an Hermite, being not till dead, discouered for a woman. Descending, wee were shewed by the way, where our Sauiour taught them the Pater noster, where hee fore-told of the destru∣ction of Ierusalem, where the Apostles made the Creede, where hee wept ouer the Citie, (a paued square, now a Mahometan Oratorie) and such like traditions, not much worthy the mentioning. So crossing the valley by the Sepulchre of the blessed Virgin, we entred the Citie at the gate of Saint Steuen; returning the same way (as the day before) to the Monasterie.

Much of the day, and all the night following we spent in the Church of the Sepulchre: they then concluding the ceremonies and solemnities of that Festiuall. The next day wee prepared for our departure. Wee agreed with certaine Muccermen (so call they their Muliters) of Alep∣po [ 60] (who had brought a Portugall hither with his Ianizarie, and interpreter then newly come from India) to carrie vs vnto Tripoly, and to defray all charges (our diet excepted) for sixe and twentie Dollars a man, and for halfe so much as if we went but to Acre, greatly to the displea∣sure of Atala the Drogaman; that would not vndertake our conuey vnder a greater summe:

who found a time to effect his malice; yet his little paines wee rewarded with foure Dollars. Caphar and Asse hire about the Countrey had cost vs sixe Sultanies. We gaue money to the Frier∣seruants, and that not niggardly, considering our light purses and long iourney; whereof the Pater-guardian particularly enquired, lest their vow of pouertie they should couetously infringe (or rather perhaps defraud his desire) by retayning what was giuen, to their priuate vses: A crime with excommunication punished: yet that lesse feared, I suppose, then detection. They vse to marke the armes of Pilgrims with the names of Iesus, Maria, Ierusalem, Bethlehem, the Ierusalem Crosse, and sundry other Characters, done in such manner as hath beene declared be∣fore. The Pater-guardian would needs thrust vpon vs seuerall Certificates, which returned him as many Zecchines: he desired that we would make their pouertie knowne, with the dignitie [ 10] of those sanctified places: as a motiue to reliefe, and more frequent Pilgrimages.

§. VI.

His returne. Obseruations of memorable places by the way. Of Mount Carmel, Acon, Sidon, Tyrus of Facardin, Emer of Sidon his Greatnesse.

LEauing behind those friendly Italians that accompanied vs from Cairo (being now also vpon their returne) on the first of Aprill we departed from Ierusalem, in the companie [ 20] of that Apothecarie (now Knight of the Sepulchre) and the Portugall before men∣tioned; together with an Alman and a French-man; all bound for Tripoly. Wee re∣turned by the way which we strayed from in our comming; lesse difficult to passe; the Moun∣taines more pleasant and fruitfull, neere the Citie there are many Sepulchres and places of ruines, here and there dispersed. On the right hand, and in sight, is Silo, of a long time a station for the * 1.747 Arke of the Couenant, the highest Mountaine of Iury, bearing on the top some fragments of a Citie. North of it on another, the remaynes of that Rama Sophim (with more likelihood of the truth then the other) which was the habitation of Samuel: whose bones are said to haue beene translated vnto Constantinople, by the Emperour Arcadius. After foure miles riding wee descended into the valley of Terebinth, famous, though little, for the slaughter of Golias. A * 1.748 [ 30] Bridge here crosseth the Torrent, neere which the ruines of an ancient Monasterie, more wor∣thie the obseruing for the greatnesse of the stones, then finenesse of the workmanship. Hauing rid foure miles further, they shewed vs Moden, the ancient seate of the Macchabees, toward * 1.749 the North, and seated on the top of an aspiring hill, which yet supporteth the reliques of a Ci∣tie: whereof there something hath beene spoken already. Beyond, by the high-way side there is another Monasterie, not altogether subuerted: of late inhabited by some of the Franciscans, who beset one night by the Arabs, and not able to master their terrour, quitted it the day fol∣lowing. About a stones cast off, there standeth a Church, now desolate, yet retayning the name of the Prophet Ieremie. But whether here stood that Anathoth or no that challengeth his birth, * 1.750 [ 40] I am ignorant. About three miles further, wee passed by a place, called Sereth, where by cer∣taine ruines there standeth a pile like a broken Tower, engrauen with Turkish Characters, vpon that side which regardeth the way; erected as they say, by an Ottoman Emperour. Now hauing for a while descended those Mountaines that neighbour the Champaine, we came to the ruines of an ancient building, ouer-looking the leuell: yet no lesse excelling in commodious situation, then delicacie of prospect. They call it, The house of the Good Thiefe. Perhaps some Abbey * 1.751 erected in that place; or Castle here built to defend this passage. Vpon the right hand there standeth a handsome Mosque, euery way open, and supported with Pillars, the roofe flat, and charged on the East end with a Cupolo, heretofore a Christian Chappell. This is ten miles from Rama, whither we came that night; and wet as we were, tooke vp our lodgings on the ground in the House of Sion: nothing that day befalling, saue the violence done vs by certaine Spaheis, [ 50] who tooke our Wine from vs; and payments of head-money in sundry places, vnto which we were neither chargeable nor troublesome.

Not vntill noone next day departed we from Rama: trauelling through a most fruitfull Val∣ley. * 1.752 The first place we passed by was Lydda, made famous by Saint Peter, called after Diospolis, * 1.753 that is, the Citie of Iupiter, destroyed by Cestius; here yet standeth a Christian Temple, built, as they say, by a King of England to the honour of Saint George, a Cappadocian by birth, aduan∣ced * 1.754 in the Warres to the dignitie of a Tribune, who after became a Souldier of Christ; and here is said to haue suffered Martyrdome vnder Diocletian. Others say, that there neuer was such a man, and that the storie is no other then an allegorie. The Greeks haue the custodie of this Church, [ 60] who shew a Scull, which they affirme to be Saint Georges. In the time of the Christians it was the seate of a Suffragan, now hardly a Village. Eight miles from Rama stands the Castle of Au∣gia, built like a Caine, and kept by a small Garrison. A little beyond, the Muccermen would haue staid (which wee would not suffer, being then the best time of the day for trauell) that

they might by night haue auoided the next Village, with the payments there due: where wee were hardly intreated by the procurement of Attala, who holds correspondencie with the Moores of those quarters. They would not take lesse then foure Dollars a man (when perhaps * 1.755 as many Medeins were but due) and that with much iangling. They sought occasion how to trouble vs, beating vs off our Mules, because forsooth, wee did not light to doe homage to a sort of halfe-clad Rascals; pulling the white Shash from the head of the Portugal (whereby he wel hoped to haue past for a Turke) his Ianizarie looking on. Here detayned they vs vntill two of the clocke the next morning, without meate, without sleepe, couched on the wet earth, and washed with raine; yet expecting worse, and then suffered vs to depart. After a while wee entred a goodly Forrest, full of tall and delightfull Trees, intermixed with fruitfull and flowrie [ 10] Launes. Perhaps the earth affoordeth not the like; it cannot a more pleasant. Hauing passed * 1.756 this part of the Wood (the rest inclining to the West, and then againe extending to the North) we might discouer a number of stragling Tents, some iust in our way, and neere to the skirts of the Forrest. These were Spaheis belonging to the Host of Morat Bassa, then in the Confines of Persia. They will take (especially from a Christian) whatsoeuer they like, and kindly they vse him if he passe without blowes: nor are their Commanders at all times free from their in∣solencies. To auoid them, we strucke out of the way, and crossed the pregnant champaine to the foote of the Mountaynes, where for that day we reposed our selues: when it grew darke, wee arose, inclining on the left hand, mingling after a while with a small Carauan of Moores; en∣ioyned to silence, and to ride without our Hats, lest discouered for Christians. The clouds fell [ 20] * 1.757 downe in streames, and the pitchie night had bereft vs of the conduct of our eyes, had not the Lightning affoorded a terrible light. And when the raine intermitted, the Aire appeared as if full of sparkles of fire, borne too and fro with the wind, by reason of the infinite swarmes of Flies that doe shine like Glow-wormes, to a stranger a strange spectacle. In the next Wood we * 1.758 out-stript that Carauan, where the theeuish Arabs had made sundrie fires; to which our foot∣men drew neere to listen, that we might passe more securely. An houre after mid-night the skie began to cleere, when on the other side of the Wood we fell amongst certaine Tents of Spaheis; by whom we past with as little noise as we could, secured by their sounder sleepings. Not farre beyond, through a large Glade betweene two Hils, we leisurely descended for the space of two houres (a Torrent rushing downe on the left hand of vs) when not able longer to keepe the [ 30] backs of our Mules, we laid vs downe in the bottome vnder a plump of Trees on the farre side of a Torrent. With the Sunne we arose, and found our selues at the East end, and North side of Mount Carmel.

Mount Carmel stretcheth from East to West, and hath his vttermost Basis washt with the * 1.759 Sea, steepest towards the North, and of an indifferent altitude: rich in Oliues and Vines when husbanded; and abounding with seuerall sorts of Fruits and Herbs, both medicinable and fra∣grant: now much ouer-growne with Woods and Shrubs of sweet sauour: celebrated for the habitation of Elias, whose house was after his death conuerted into a Synagogue; where O∣racles, * 1.760 it is said, were giuen by God; called by Suetonius the God Carmelus, whose words are these, intreating of Uespasian: In Iudea consulting with the Oracle of the God Carmelus, the Oracle [ 40] assured him, that whatsoeuer he vnder-tooke should be successefull. Where then was nothing more to be seene then an Altar. From hence proceeded the Order of the Friar Carmelites, as succes∣sors to the children of the Prophets there left by Elias; who had their beginning in the Desarts * 1.761 of Syria, in the yeere 1180. instituted by Almericus Bishop of Antioch, and said to haue receiued their white habite from our Ladie, whom Albertus the Patriarke of Ierusalem transported first into Europe. There is yet to be seene the remaynes of their Monasterie, with a Temple dedica∣ted to the blessed Virgin; vnder which a little Chappell or Caue, the ancient dwelling of E∣lias. This is inherited by an Emer of the Arabians, who after the ancient custome of that Na∣tion doth liue in Tents, euen during the Winter, although possest of sundrie conuenient houses; whose Signiorie stretcheth to the South, and along the Shoare. Within his Precinct stands the [ 50] Castle of the Perigrines, vpon a cape, almost surrounded with the Sea, now called Tortora, built by Raimond Earle of Tolosa for their better securitie, and after fortified by the Templers. Ten * 1.762 miles South of this, stood that famous Caesarea (more anciently called the Tower of Strato, of a King of Aradus the Builder so named, who liued in the dayes of Alexander) in such sort re-e∣dified * 1.763 by Herod, that it little declined in magnificencie from the principall Cities of Asia; now leuell with the Floore, the Hauen lost, and situation abandoned.

We passed the Torrent Chison, which floweth from the Mountaynes of Tabor and Hermon; * 1.764 and gliding by the North skirts of Carmel, dischargeth it selfe into the Sea. Carmel is the South bound to the ample valley of Acre; bounded on the North by those of Saron, on the West it hath the Sea, and it is inclosed on the East with the Mountaines of Galile. In length about [ 60] fourteene miles, in bredth about halfe as much; the neerer the Sea the more barren. In it there arise two riuolets of liuing, but pestilent waters, drilling from seuerall marishes; the first is the Riuer of Belus, called by Plinie Pagida and Palus, and Badas by Simonides; whose sand affoor∣deth matter for Glasse, becomming fusable with the heate of the Fornace. Strabo reports the * 1.765

like of diuers places thereabout. And Iosephus speaking of this, declareth, that adioyning there∣unto, there is a pit an hundred cubits in circuite, couered with Sand like Grasse; and when borne * 1.766 away (for there-with they accustomed to Ballace their ships) it forth-with filled againe, borne thitherby winds from places adiacent: And moreouer, whatsoeuer Minerall was contained therein, conuerted into Glasse; and Glasse there laid, againe into Sand. Neere to this pit stood the Sepulcher of Memnon, the Sonne of Tythonus. * 1.767

Hauing rid seuen or eight miles along the skirts of the hils, we crossed the Valley, and anon that other Riuolet a little aboue, where it falleth into the Road of Acre; where to our comfort, we espyed the Ship that brought vs to Alexandria, with another of London, called the Eliza∣beth * 1.768 Consort: when entring the Towne, we were kindly entertained by our Country-men. Here stayed we, the rest of our company proceeded vnto Tripoly; this being the mid-way betweene [ 10] it and Ierusalem. But our Muccerman would not rest satisfied with halfe of his hire, according * 1.769 to our compact, whom we were glad to be rid of for twentie Dollers a man: our Oaths being bootlesse against a True Beleeuer, for so do they tearme themselues.

This Citie was called Ace at the first, a refuge for the Persians in their Aegyptian warres: Then Ptolomais of Ptolomy King of Aegypt: Colonia Claudij, of Claudius Caesar, who heere planted a Colony: Afterward Acon, and now Acre. Seated on a leuell, in for me of a Triangular Shield: on two sides washt with the Sea; the third regarding the Champaine. The carkasse shewes that * 1.770 the body hath beene strong, double immured, fortified with Bulwarkes and Towers; to each wall a ditch, lined with stone, and vnder those diuers secret Posternes. You would thinke by the ruines, that the Citie rather consisted wholly of diuers conioyning Castles, then any way mixed [ 20] with priuate dwellings; which witnesse a notable defence, and an vnequall assault, or that the rage of the Conquerors extended beyond Conquest: the huge Wals and Arches turned topsie∣turuey, and lying like Rockes vpon the foundation. On the South side lyes the Hauen, no better then a Bay; open to the West, North-west, and South-west winds, the bottome stony, and ill for their Cables. There are the ruines of a Palace, which yet doth acknowledge King Richard for the founder, confirmed likewise by the Passant Lion. An hundred yeares after, it remained with the Christians, and was the last receptacle in the Holy Land, for the Knights Hospitalers of Saint Iohns of Ierusalem, called thereupon Saint Iohn de Acre; to whom a goodly Temple neere the South side of the Citie was consecrated, which now ouer-toppeth the rest of the ruines. In a Vault thereof a great masse of Treasure was hid by the Knights of the Order, which [ 30] made knowne from time to time vnto their Successors, was fetcht from hence about forty yeares since by the Callies of Malta, the Inhabitants abandoning the Towne vpon their landing. In the yeare 1291. besieged by an hundred and fiftie thousand Mahometans, Acre receiued an vtter subuersion, which the Mamalucks after in some sort repaired, and lost it at last with their name and Empire, vnto the Turkish Selimus. It is now vnder the Sanzack of Saphet, and vsurped with the rest of that Prouince, by the Emer of Sidan. In the Towne there are not aboue two or three hundred Inhabitants, who dwell heere and there in the patcht-vp ruines; onely a new Mosque they haue, and a strong square Cane (built, where once was the Arsenall for Gallies) in which the Francke Merchants securely dispose of themselues and their Commodities: who for the most part bring hither ready Monies, (Dutch Dollers being, as generally throughout Iury [ 40] and Phoenicia, equiualent with Royals of eight, else-where lesse by ten Aspers) fraughting their ships with Cottons that grow abundantly in the Countrey adioyning. Here haue they a Cadee, * 1.771 the principall Officer. The English are much respected by the principall Moores: insomuch, as I haue seene the striker stricken by his fellow, a rare example amongst the Mahometans, which I rather attribut to their policie then humanitie, lest by their quitting of the place they should be depriued of their profit, they being the onely men that doe maintaine that trading. Here wra∣stle * 1.772 they in Breeches of oyled Leather, close to their thighs, their bodies naked and anointed according to the ancient vse, who rather fall by consent, then by slight or violence. The Inha∣bitants doe nightly house their Goats and Sheepe for feare of Iaccals (in my opinion no other * 1.773 then Foxes) whereof an infinite number doe lurke in the obscure Vaults, and reedy Marishes ad∣ioyning [ 50] to the Brooke; the Brooke it selfe abounding with Tortesses.

Foure daies we stayed at Acre; in which time we vainely expected the leisure of the Mer∣chants to haue accompanied vs to Nazareth, distant from hence about fifteene miles: who goe by one way and returne by another, for feare of the Arabs. Now a small Village of Galily, sea∣ted in a little Vale betweene two hils, where are the remaines of a goodly Temple (once the Chaire of an Arch-bishop) erected ouer the house of the blessed Virgine: whereof there is yet * 1.774 one roome to be seene, partly hewne out of the liuing Rocke; amongst those Christians of great veneration. But the Romanists relate, that the roome wherein she was borne, was borne by the Angels (at such time as the Countrey was vniuersally possessed by the Infidels) ouer Seas and [ 60] shores to a Citie of Illyria. But when those people grew niggardly in their Offerings, it was rapt from thence, and set in the Woods of Picenum; within the possessions of a Noble Lady, named * 1.775 Lauretta, frequented by infinite numbers of Pilgrimes. When many miscarrying by the am∣bushment of Theeues, who lurking in the Woods adioyning, the blessed Virgine commanded

the Angels to remooue it vnto a certaine Mountaine belonging vnto two Brethren, where shee got much riches, and sumptuous apparell, by the beneuolence of her Votaries, and her charita∣ble miracles. By which meanes the two Brethren grew also rich, and withall, dissentions a∣bout the deuision of their purchases. Whereupon it was once more transported by those win∣ged Porters, and set in the place where as now it standeth, neere to the Adriaticke Sea, and not farre from Ancona, yet retaining the name of Lauretta. In which is her Image (made as they say, by Saint Luke) of the hue (though a Iew) of a Blackamore * 1.776. This Conclaue hath a couer of Marble, yet not touched by the same, included within a magnificent Temple, adorned with Armors and Trophies; and beset with Statues and Tables, representing her miraculous cures and protections: And well hath she beene paid for her labour: her Territories large, her Iewels ine∣stimable; [ 10] her apparell much more then Princely, both in cost and varietie; her Coffers full: of whom, though the Pope be a yearely borrower, yet are they doubly replenished by the first, and latter Spring-tides of deuotion. Now at Nazareth, no Christian is suffered to dwell by the Moores that inhabit it. Most of the old Citie seemeth to haue stood vpon the hill that adioy∣neth, which beares the decayes of diuers other Churches. Nazareth gaue the name of Nazare∣tans vnto Christians, called here corruptly Nostranes at this present.

Vpon the eight of Aprill we went aboord the Trinitie, and hoised Sailes for Sidon: the winds fauourable, and the Seas composed; but anon they began to wrangle, and wee to suffer. Spouts * 1.777 of water were seene to fall against the Promontorie of Carmel, the tempest increased with the night; and did what it could to make a night of the day that ensued. But the distemperature and horror is more then the danger, where Mariners be English, who are the absolutest vnder hea∣uen [ 20] in their profession; and are by forreiners compared vnto Fishes. About foure of the clocke we came before Sidon, the Ship not able to attaine to the Harborage of the Rocke, which is en∣uironed * 1.778 by the Sea, and the onely protection of that rode for ships of good burthen: but some of vs were so sicke, that we desired to be set a shoare in the Skiffe, (a long mile distant) which was performed, but not without perill.

Phoenicia is a Prouince of Syria, interposing the Sea and Galily, stretching North and South from the Riuer of Valanus, to the Castle of the Peregrines, which is on the farre side of Mount Carmel. The chiefe Sea-bordering Cities of Phoenicia, are Tripolis, Biblis, Beritus, Sidon, Tyrus, * 1.779 and Ptolomais, now called Acre. Tripolis is so called, because it was ioyntly built by Tyras, Sidon [ 30] and Aradus. It is seated vnder Libanus, and commanded by a well-furnished Cittadell, manned with two hundred Ianizaries. Before it, there is an ill-neighbouring banke of Sand, which groweth daily both in greatnesse and neerenesse; by which they haue a Prophesie, that it shall in processe of time be deuoured. The Towne and Territories are gouerned by a Bassa. Two miles off, and West from it, is the heauen, made by a round piece of Land adioyning to the maine by an Isthmos; the mouth thereof regarding the North. On each side a Bulwarke kept by an hun∣dred Ianizaries, and planted with Ordnance to defend the entrance. Hither of late the Grand Signior hath remoued the Scale, which was before at Alexandretta, a Towne in the furthest ex∣tents of the Streights, beyond the Riuer Orontes, most contagiously seated by reason of the Ma∣rishes * 1.780 and loftie bordering Mountaines (towards the North, being part of Taurus) which de∣priue [ 40] it of the rarifying Sunne, for no small part of the day; insomuch, that not many forrei∣ners escape that there linger any season, who goe not a shoare before the Sunne bee high moun∣ted, and returne againe ere too low declining: Notwithstanding, the Merchants doe offer great summes of Money to haue it restored vnto that place, as more conuenient for their Traffick with Aleppo, (the principall Mart of that part of Asia for Silkes, and sundry other Commodities) from thence but three daies iourney, being eight from Tripoly: which the Turke will not as yet assent to, for that diuers ships haue beene taken out of that Rode by Pirats, there being no Forts for protection, nor no fit place to erect them on. A thing vsuall it is betweene Tripoly and Alep∣po, as betweene Aleppo and Babylon, to make tame Doues the speedy transporters of their Let∣ters; which they wrap about their Legges like Iesses, trained thereunto at such time as they [ 50] haue young ones, by bearing them from them in open Cages. A Fowle of a notable memory. Sidon is at this day contracted within narrow limits, and onely shewes the foundations of her greatnesse; lying Eastward of this that standeth, and ouer-shadowed with Oliues. There is nothing left of Antiquitie, but the supposed Sepulcher of the Patriarke Zebulon, included with∣in * 1.781 a little Chappell amongst these ruines, and held (especially by the Iewes) in great veneration. The Towne now being, is not worth our Description; the Walls neither faire nor of force; the Hauen decayed, when at best but seruing for Gallies. At the end of the Peir, stands a paltry Blocke-house, furnished with sutable Artillery. The Mosque, the Bannia, and Cane for Mer∣chants, the onely buildings of note.

The Inhabitants are of sundry Nations and Religions, gouerned by a succession of Princes, [ 60] whom they call Emers: descended, as they say, from the Druses, the remainder of those French men which were brought into these parts by Godfrey of Bullen, who driuen into the Mountaines * 1.782 aboue, and defending themselues by the aduantage of the place, could neuer be vtterly destroy∣ed by the Saracens. At length they affoorded them peace, and libertie of Religion; conditio∣nally

that they wrote the white Turbant, and paid such duties as the naturall subiect. But in tract of time they fell from the knowledge of Christ: nor throughly embracing the other, are in∣deede of neither. As for this Emer, he was neuer knowne to pray, nor euer seene in a Mosque. His name is Faccardine, small of stature, but great in courage and atchieuements: about the age of forty, subtile as a Foxe, and not a little inclining to the Tyrant. He neuer commenceth battell, nor executeth any notable designe, without the consent of his * 1.783 mother. To his Towne hee hath added a kingly Segnioury, what by his sword, and what by his Stratagems. When Morat Bassa (now principall Vizier) came first to his gouernement of Damasco, he made him his, by his free entertainment and bounty: which hath conuerted to his no small aduantage, of whom he made vse in his contention with Frecke the Emer of Balbec; by his authority strangled. After that he [ 10] pickt a quarrel with Ioseph Emer of Tripoly, and dispossest him of * 1.784 Barut, with the territories be∣longing thereunto, together with Gazer, about twelue miles beyond it; a place by situation in∣uincible: This Ioseph hated of his people for his excessiue tyranny, got to bee made Seidar of Damasco (which is Generall of the Souldiery) and by that power intended a reuenge. But in the meane season Faccardine sackt Tripoly it selfe, and forced the Emer to flie in a Venecian shippe vnto Cyprus: where againe he imbarqued in a French-man, and landed at the Castle of the Pare∣grines; and there by Achmet the Arabian (formerly mentioned) entertained, hee repayred to Damasco, entred on his charge, conuerting his whole strength vpon the Sidonian, now in the field; and ioyned with Ali Bassa his confederate. In a plaine some eight miles short of Damasco, the armies met; the Damascens are foiled, and pursued to the gates of the City: The Conquerors [ 20] lodge in the suburbs, who are remoued by the force of an hundred and fifty thousand Sultanie. This battel was fought about the midst of Nouember in the yere of our Lord 1606. Three months after a Peace is concluded amongst them. But the sommer following, Morat the Great Vizier hauing ouerthrowne Alt Bassa of Aleppo, that valiant rebell (who in three maine battels with∣stood his whole forces; hauing set vp an order of Sedgmen in opposition of the Ianiz aries) they sought by manifold complaints to incense him against the Emer of Sidon, as confederate with the traytor; which they vrged with gifts, receiued and lost: for the old Bassa mindfull of the friendly offices done him by the Emer (corrupted also, as is thought, with great summes of mo∣ney) not only not molesteth, but declareth him a good subiect. Hauing till of late held good correspondency with the City and Garrison of Damasco, they had made him Sanziacke of Sa∣phet. [ 30] Now, when according to the gouernement of Turkie, which once in 2 or 3 yeeres doth vse to remoue the Gouernours of Cities and Prouinces; and that another was sent by the Damas∣cens to succeede him, he refused to resigne it; notwithstanding tendring to the Te••tadar or Trea∣surer the reuenue of that Sanziackry; this was the first occasion of their quarrell. Hee got from the improuident Peasants the Castle of Elkiffe, which he hath strongly fortified, and made the receptacle of Treasure: And the Castle of Banies from the Shecke that ought it, by a wile (which standeth on a hill by it selfe, and is indeede by nature inuincible.) For the Emer in peace∣able manner, pitching his tents not farre from the wall, was kindely visited and entertained by the Sheck: when desirous to see it, he conducted him vp, hauing not aboue twenty or thirty in his company, but those priuately armed; leauing order that the rest should ascend by twoes and [ 40] by threes, and so surprised it without bloud-shed, planting the inhabitants in other places with∣in his Dominions, and strengthning this with a Garrison. Out of the Rock whereon it is moun∣ted ariseth one of thē two heads of Iordan. His Signiory stretcheth from the Riuer of Canie (which they call Celp) to the foote of mount Carmel. In which the places of principall note, are Gazir, Barut, Sidon, Tyrus, Acre, Saffet (which was Tyberias) Diar, Camer, Elkiffe, Banias, the two heads of Iordan, the lake Semochonthis (now called Houle) and sea of Tyberias, with the hot bath adioyning; Nazareth, Cana, and mount Tabor. Saffet is his principall City, in which there a∣bide a number of Iewes, who affect the place, in that Iacob had his being thereabout before his go∣ing downe into Aegypt.

The Grand Signior doth often threaten his subuersion, which he puts off with a iest, that hee * 1.785 [ 50] knowes he will not this yeare trouble him, whose displeasure is not so much prouoked by his incroching, as by the reuealed intelligence which he holds with the Florentine; whom he suffers to harbour within his Hauen of Tyrus, (yet excusing it as a place lying waste, and not to be de∣fended) to come ashoare for fresh-water, buyes of him vnderhand his prizes, and furnisheth him with necessaries. But designes of a higher nature haue been treated of betweene them, as is well knowne to certaine Merchants imployed in that businesse. And I am verily perswaded, that if the occasion were laid hold of, and freely pursued by the Christians, it would terribly shake, if not vtterly confound the Ottoman Empire. It is said for a certainty that the Turke will turne his whole forces vpon him the next Sommer: And therefore more willingly condescends to a Peace with the Persian. But the Emer is not much terrified with the rumor (although he seekes [ 60] to diuert the tempest by continuance of gifts, the fauour of his friends, and professed integritie:) * 1.786 for he not a little presumeth of inuincible forts, well stored for a long warre; and aduantage of the mountaines: hauing besides forty thousand expert souldiers in continuall pay; part of them Moores, and part of them Christians: and if the worst should fall out, hath the sea to friend, and

the Florentine. And in such an exigent intendeth, as is thought, to make for Christendome, and there to purchase some Signorie; for the opinion is that he hath a masse of Treasure, gathered by wiles and extortions, as well from the Subiect, as from the Forreiner. Hee hath coyned of late a number of counterfeit Dutch Dollers, which he thrusteth away in payments, and offers in exchange to the Merchant: so that no new Dutch Dollers, though neuer so good, will now * 1.787 goe currant in Sidon. He hath the fift part of the increase of all things. The Christians and Iewes doe pay for their heads two Dollers apiece yearely, and head money he hath for all the Cattell * 1.788 within his Dominions. A seuere Iusticer, re-edifies ruinous, and replants depopulated places; too strong for his Neighbours, and able to maintayne a defensiue warre with the Turke: but that it is to be suspected that his people would fall from him in regard of his tyrannie. Now as for [ 10] the Merchants, (who are for the most part English) they are entertayned with all courtesie and freedome; they may trauell without danger with their Purses in their hands, paying for custome by three in the hundred. Yet these are but Traines to allure them, and disguise his voracitie; for if a Factor dye, as if the Owner, and hee his Heire, hee will seize on the goods belonging to his * 1.789 Principals, and seeme to doe them a fauour in admitting of a Redemption vnder the value, so that they doe but labour for his Haruest, and reape for his Garners. For such, and such-like eatings they generally intend to forsake his Countrey. The Merchandizes appropriate to this place are Cottons, and Silkes, which here are made in the Mulbery Groues, in indifferent quantitie. O∣ther Commodities (which are many, and not course) they fetch from Damasco: two dayes iour∣ney from hence; interposed with the Snow-topt Mountaynes of Antilibanus, so exceeding [ 20] cold, that a Moore at our being here, returning from thence in the company of an English Mer∣chant, * 1.790 perished by the way: the heate then excessiue great in the Valleyes on both sides.

Damascus is seated in a Plaine enuironed with Hils, and watered with the Riuer Chrysoras: * 1.791 descending with a great murmure from the Mountaynes; but after awhile hauing entred the plaine becommeth more gentle; seruing the Citie so abundantly, that few houses are without their Fountaines, and by little Riuolets let into their Orchards: then which the habitable earth affoordeth not more delicate for excellencie of fruits, and their varieties: yet subiect to both the extreames of weather; rich in Trades, and celebrated for excellent Artizans. We were de∣sirous to haue seene it, but were aduised not aduenture, because of the lawlesse Spaheis there then residing in great numbers. The people about Sidon are greatly giuen to the nourishing of Cattel, [ 30] (hauing notwithstanding not many) insomuch as Beefe and Veale are seldome here to bee had, but when by chance they doe breake their legges or otherwise miscarrie. They fother them in the Winter (for they cut no grasse) with straw, and the leaues of Trees, whereof many doe flou∣rish continually.

Our ship returning to Alexandria, and currying with her two of our fellow Pilgrimes; on the fiue and twentieth of Aprill we returned also towards Acre by Land in the company of diuers English Merchants: the Champaine betweene the Sea and the Mountaynes fruitfull though nar∣row; and crossed with many little Riuolets. After fiue miles riding wee came to a small solitarie Mosque not far from the Sea; erected, as they say, ouer the Widdowes house that entertayned Elias; close by it are the foundations of Sarepta. It was the Seate of a Bishop, and subiect vnto [ 40] * 1.792 Tyrus. Right against it, and high mounted on the Mountayne, there is a handsome new Towne now called Sarapanta. Beyond on the left hand of the way are a number of Caues cut out of the * 1.793 Rocke, the Habitations, as I suppose, of men in the Golden Age, and before the foundation of Cities. These are mentioned in the Booke of Iosua, and called Mearah, (which is the Caues of the Sidonians, and afterward called the Caues of Tyrus, a place then inexpugnable, and main∣tayned by the Christians, vntill in the yeare 1167. it was by the corrupted Souldiers deliuered to the Saracens.

Wee crossed a little Valley deuided by the Riuer Elutherus (now called Casmeir) which de∣riues his originall from Lybanus, and glideth along with a speedie course through a strangely intricate Channell: guiltie of the death of the Emperour Fredericke Barbarossa, who falling from [ 50] his Horse as hee pursued the Infidels, and oppressed with the weight of his Armour was drow∣ned therein, and buried at Tyrus. On the other-side of the Valley stands an ancient Cane, whose Port doth beare the pourtrayture of a Chalice. Fiue miles beyond wee came to a Village seated on a little Hill in the midst of a Plaine, the same by all likelihood that was formerly called Pala∣tyrus, * 1.794 or old Tyrus. Forget I must not the custome obserued by the Inhabitants hereabout, who retayne the old Worlds Hospitalitie. Be the Passenger Christian or whatsoeuer, they will house him, prepare him extraordinary fare, and looke to his Mule, without taking of one Asper. But * 1.795 the precise Mahometans will neither eate nor drinke with a Christian: onely minister to his wants; and when he hath done, breake the earthen Dishes wherein he hath fed, as defiled. Now through this Towne there passes a ruinous Aquadust, extending a great way towards the South, [ 60] and through the Champaine, seeming often to climbe aboue his beginning, and from hence pro∣ceedeth directly West vnto Tyrus, which standeth about two miles and a halfe below it.

Tyrus was said to be built by Tyras, the seuenth Sonne of Iaphet: re-edified by Phoenix, made a Colony of the Sidonians, and after the Metropolis of Phoenicia. The Citie was consecrated to * 1.796

Hercules, whose Priest was Sicheus. The Citizens famous for sundry excellencies, and forreine Plantations.

But in the yeare 1289. it was subdued by the Aegyptian Mahometans, and from them by the Ottoman Selymus. But this once famous Tyrus, is now no other then an heape of Ruines; yet haue they a reuerent respect, and doe instruct the pensiue beholder with their exemplarie frailtie. It hath two Harbours, that on the North-side the fairest, and best throughout all the Leuant, (which the Cursours enter at their pleasure) the other choaked with the decayes of the Citie. The Emer of Sidon hath giuen it with the adiacent Territories, to his Brother for a possession, comprehending sixe miles of the Continent in length; two in breadth, and in some places three. A leuell naturally fertill, but now neglected: watered with pleasant Springs; heretofore aboun∣ding [ 10] with Sugar-canes, and all varietie of fruit Trees.

We passed by certaine Cisternes, some mile and better distant from the Citie: which are cal∣led Salomons by the Christians of this Countrey. I know not why, vnlesse these were they * 1.797 which he mentions in the Canticles. Square they are and large; replenished with liuing waters, in times past conueyed by the Aquaduct into the aforesaid Orchards: but now vselesse and rui∣ned, they shed their waters into the Valley below, making it plashie in sundry places: where the Aire doth suffer with the continuall croking of Frogs. Within night, wee came vnto cer∣tayne Tents that were pitched in those Marishes, belonging to the Emers Brothers Seruants, who there pastured their Horses. Where by a Moletto the Master of his Horse (whose Sister he had marryed) we were courteously entertayned. The next morning after two or three houres [ 20] riding, we ascended the Mountaynes of Saron, high and woodie; which stretch with intermitted * 1.798 Vallies, vnto the Sea of Galilie, and here haue their white Cliffes washt with the surges; called Capo Bianco by the Mariner: frequented (though forsaken by men) with Leopards, Bores, Iaccals, and such like sauage Inhabitants. This passage is both dangerous and difficult, neighboured by the precipitating Cliffe, and made by the labour of man: yet recompensing the trouble with fra∣grant Sauours, Bayes, Rosemary, Marioram, Hysope, and the like there growing in abundance. They say, that of late a Thiefe pursued on all sides; and desperate of his safetie, (for rarely are offences here pardoned) leapt from the top into the Sea, and swum vnto Tyrus, which is seuen miles distant; who for the strangenesse of the fact was forgiuen by the Emer. A little beyond we passed by a ruinous Fort, called Scandarone, of Alexander the builder; heere built to defend * 1.799 this passage: much of the foundation ouer-growne with Oziers and Weeds, being nourished by [ 30] a Spring that falleth from thence into the Sea. A Moore not long since was heere assailed by a * 1.800 Leopard, that sculkt in the aforesaid Thicket; and iumping vpon him, ouerthrew him from his Asse: but the beast hauing wet his feet, and mist of his hold, retyred as ashamed without fur∣ther violence: within a day or two after he drew company together to haue hunted him, but found him dead of a wound receiued of a Bore. The higher Mountaynes now comming short of the Sea, doe leaue a narrow leuell betweene. Vpon the left hand on a high round Hill, wee saw two solitarie Pillars, to which some of vs rid, in hope to haue seene something of Antiquitie; where we found diuers others laid along, with the halfe buried foundation of an ample building. A mile beyond we came to a Fort maintayned by a small Garrison of Moores, to prohibit that passage if need should require, and to secure the Traueller from Theeues; a place heretofore vnpas∣sable [ 40] by reason of their out-rages. The Souldiers acquainted with our Merchants, freely enter∣tayned vs, and made vs good cheere according to their manner of Diet: requited with a Pre∣sent of a little Tobacco, by them greedily affected. They also remitted our Caphar, vsing to take * 1.801 foure Dollers apiece of the stranger Christians. From hence ascending the more eminent part of the Rockie and naked Mountaynes, which heere againe thrust into the Sea, (called in times past, the Tyrian Ladder) by a long and steepe descent we descended into the Valley of A∣cre. Diuers little hils being here and there dispersed, crowned with Ruines (the Couerts for Theeues) and many Villages on the skirts of the bordering Mountaynes. Ere yet night, we re∣entred Acre. [ 50]

Now is our Author shaping his course for England; and we haue a further Asian Discouerie to make. Thankfull to him for his paines (which haue eased vs of further search in the many ma∣ny Holy Land Pilgrimes, which I haue in diuers Languages) wee will seeke a new Pilgrime to be our Guide, both in Syria, and in the parts adioyning. And loe, Ierusalem so pleaseth vs, that once againe we will trauell thither with Master Biddulph, following him from Constantinople to Aleppo, and thence by Land to Ierusalem, the Nauill and Centre of many our Pilgrimes and Pil∣grimages. [ 60]

CHAP. IX.

Part of a Letter of Master WILLIAM BIDDVLPH from Aleppo.

THe * 1.802 dolefull and lamentable beginning of your last Letter made mee exceeding sorrowfull; for therein you acquainted me with the death of blessed Queene E∣lizabeth, of late and famous memory; at the hearing whereof, not onely I and our English Nation mourned, but many other Christians who were neuer [ 10] in Christendome, but borne and brought vp in Heathen Countries, wept to heare of her death, and said, she was the most famous Queene that euer they heard or read of since the World beganne. But the ending of your Letter comforted vs againe, and miti∣gated our mourning. And (as my dutie was) I appointed one day to bee kept holy, which wee spent in Prayer, and Preaching, and Thanksgiuing vnto God for the happie aduancement of so Noble, Wise, Learned, and Religious a King ouer vs. And in signe of ioy, we feasted and trium∣phed in such sort, that the very Heathen people were partakers with vs of our ioy. After my departure from Constantinople, the first place wee touched at, was the two Castles at the Helles∣pont, about two hundred and twentie miles distant from Constantinople, where the order is, for all ships to stay three dayes, to the end that if any slaues be run away from their Masters, or Theeues haue stolne away any thing, they may thither be pursued in three dayes, before the ships passe: [ 20] And then at three dayes end, the ship must be searched for goods, contra bando, and the Grand * 1.803 Signiors Passe shewed for all the Passengers in the ship; and then (their vsuall duties payed) they may set saile and away. Yet if the Master of the ship pay extraordinarily, they may more spee∣dily bee dispatched: and many giue very liberally (when they haue a good winde) rather than they will be stayed many houres. From thence we came to Chios, where we stayed a few dayes. From Chios wee set sayle with a very good wind, which brought vs amongst the fiftie three Iles in the Arches, called Cyclades, or Sporades: And then, by a contrary wind, wee were driuen to Samos, which is an Ile before Ionia, ouer against Ephesus, where we anchored vntill wee had a good wind, and then sayled by Andros, an Ile, one of the Cyclades, and had a very good wind [ 30] vntill we came to Rhodos, commonly called Rhodes, which is an Ile in the Carpathian Sea, neere Caria, where we were becalmed. It is called the Carpathian Sea of Carpathus, an Ile in the mid∣dest betwixt Rhodes and Creet. From Rhodes we came to Cyprus, a famous and fruitfull Iland in the Sea Carpathium, betweene Cilicia and Syria, which was once conquered by Richard the First, * 1.804 King of England. In this Ile, Venus was greatly honoured. There is still a Citie therein called Paphia, built by Paphus, who dedicated it to Venus. But the chiefest Cities in Cyprus are Fam••∣gusta * 1.805 and Nicosia. There is great store of Cotton-wooll growing in this Iland, and exceeding good Wine made here, and the best Dimetey, with other good Commodities. From hence a French Gentleman (who came in our ship from Constantinople,) imbarked himselfe for Ioppa, with a purpose to goe to Ierusalem. Ioppa is not two dayes sayling from Cyprus with a good [ 40] wind: and Ioppa is but thirtie miles from Ierusalem by Land. Cyprus was vnder the gouernment * 1.806 of the Signiorie of Venice, but now it is inhabited by Greekes, and gouerned by Turkes.

But our ship from Cyprus went to Tripoly in Syria, a Citie on the mayne Land of Syria, neere vnto Mount Lybanus, which is a Mountayne of three dayes iourney in length, reaching from * 1.807 Tripoly neere to Damascus. Whilest our ship stayed in the Roade at Tripoly, I and some others road vp to Mount Lybanus, to see the Cedar Trees there, and lodged the first night at the Bishops house of Eden, who vsed vs very kindly. It is but a little Village, and called by the Turkes, An∣chora, * 1.808 but most vsually by the Christians there dwelling, it is called Eden, not the Garden of E∣den, * 1.809 (which place is vnknowne vnto this day) but because it is a pleasant place, resembling in some sort the Garden of Eden, (as the simple Inhabitants thereof suppose) therefore it is called [ 50] Eden. This Bishop was borne in the same Parish, but brought vp at Rome: his name was Fran∣ciscus Amyra, by whom I vnderstood, that the Pope of Rome many yeeres since, sent vnto the Christians inhabiting Mount Lybanus, to perswade them to embrace the Romish Religion, and yeeld themselues to the Church of Rome, making large promises vnto them if they would so doe: whereof they deliberated long, but in the end yeelded, vpon condition they might haue li∣bertie to vse their owne Lyturgie, and Ceremonies, and Lents (for they strictly obserue foure Lents in the yeere) and other Customes. Euer since which time, the Pope hath and doth main∣tayne some of their Children at Rome. These Christians which dwell vpon Mount Lybanus, are called Maronites, they are very simple and ignorant people, yet ciuill, kinde, and courteous to Strangers. There are also many Turkes dwelling on the same Mountayne, and an Emeer or great [ 60] Lord, called Emeer Vseph, who gouerneth all the rest, both Christians and Turkes, beeing him∣selfe a Mahometan, yet one who holdeth the gouernment of Mount Lybanus, in despight of the Great Turke, and hath done a long time.

From Eden we rode ten miles further vp the Mountayne, to see certayne Cedar Trees, where * 1.810 we saw foure and twentie tall Cedar Trees growing together, as bigge as the greatest Oakes, with diuers rowes of branches one ouer another, stretching straight out, as though they were kept by Art. Although we read of great store of Cedars which haue growne on Mount Lyba∣nus, yet now there are very few, for we saw none but these foure and twentie, neither heard of any other but in one place more. At these Cedars many Nostranes met vs, and led vs to their Villages. From these Cedars wee returned toward Tripoly, another way, descen∣ding by the side of the Mount towards a Village of the Maroniticall Christians, called Hat∣cheeth, where (as we were descending downe the side of the Mountaine) all the men, women and children, came out of their Houses to behold vs: And when we were yet farre off riding to∣wards [ 10] them, they gaue a ioyfull shout altogether ioyntly, to expresse their ioy for our comming. And when we came neere, their women with Chaffing-dishes of coles burnt Incense in our way, and their Casseeses, that is, their Church-men (with blue Shashes about their heads) made cros∣ses with their fingers towards vs (as their manner is in signe of welcome) and blessed vs, giuing God thankes that he had brought Christian Frankes, * 1.811 of such far Countries as they vnderstood we were of, to come to visit them.

So soone as we were dismounted from our Horses, the chiefe Sheh, with all the rest of their an∣cientest men, came and brought vs to the chiefe house of the Parish, called the Towne-house or Church-house, and there spread Carpets and Table-clothes on the ground (as their manner is) and made vs all sit downe; and euery one that was able, brought Flaskets of such good cheere as [ 20] they had, to welcome vs, which was many Bottles or Ingesters of exceeding good Wine, with Oliues, Sallets, Egges, and such like things, as on the sudden they had readie, and set them be∣fore vs; and both by the cheerefulnesse of their countenances, gestures of their bodies, and pre∣sents of such present things as they had, expressed their gladnesse for our comming; and would also haue prepared Hens, Kids, and other good cheere, but we would not suffer them. This was about eleuen or twelue of the clocke. They would haue had vs continue with them all night, and with great importunitie craued it; but we vnderstanding that the Patriarch was but three miles off, at a Village called Sharry, we went to salute him, who hearing of our comming (al∣beit he were at a Feast amongst all his Neighbours) came to meete vs, and saluted vs, and brought vs all in amongst his Neighbours into a Roome foure square, and round about beset with Carpets [ 30] and Table-clothes on the ground, and such cheere as the season of the yeere did affoord, set there∣on, and made vs all sit down, and conferred with vs of our Country, and many other matters, sa∣uing matters of Religion, for the poore man had no Latine, and little Learning in any other Lan∣guage; only he had the Syracke, (which was his naturall Language) with the Turkish and Ara∣bian Tongue. After wee had spent one houre with him, we left him with his Neighbours at Sharry, where we found him, for he could not conueniently come from them: for their manner is, when they feast, to sit from mid-day vntill mid-night, and sometimes all night, neuer altoge∣ther rising from their good cheere, but now and then one by Inter-courses, as occasion requireth, returning againe speedily. Yet hee sent with vs three men to bring vs to his owne house, neere vnto a Village (foure miles distant from Sharry) called Boloza, but vulgarly Blouza, from whence [ 40] we descended downe the side of another part of the Mountayne, and in the middle of the des∣cending of this Mountayne was the Patriarkes house, called Kanobeen Kadischa Mir-iam, in the Syriacke Tongue, but in Latine, Coenobium Sanctae Mariae; that is, The Monasterie of Saint Ma∣rie. Ouer against the Patriarkes house is an high steepie Mountayne, from whence the water runneth downe into a deepe Valley betwixt the Patriarkes House and the Hill, and in the fall, the water maketh an exceeding great noyse, like vnto that Catadupa in Aethiopia, where the fall of Nilus maketh such a noyse, that the people are made deafe therewith that dwell neere it. This place is some-what like vnto it in fall, but not in effect: for this water beeing not so great as Nilus, maketh not the like noyse, neither worketh the like effect. There is also an extraor∣dinarie Eccho thereabout.

One side of the Patriarkes house is a naturall Rocke, the other of hewen stones and squared [ 50] Timber: a very strong House, but not very large, nor specious to behold. So are also many of their Houses, in most of their Villages, built against a Rocke, as a Wall vnto one side of it, espe∣cially Emeer Useph his House, the greatest part thereof being hewed out of the liuely Rocke, and * 1.812 the passage or descending vnto it so narrow and dangerous, that it is counted inuincible, which maketh him to hold out against the Turke, and to domineere in this Mountayne, will he, nill he.

It is a most intricate Mountayne with Hils and Valleyes, Woods and Riuers, and fruitfull Pastures, Oliues, Vines, and Fig-trees, Goates, Sheepe, and other Cattle. It is also exceeding hauing Snow on the top all the yeere long.

At this Monastery of Saint Marie (which is the Patriarkes House) wee lodged all night, and [ 60] both on Saturday at Euening Prayer, and on Sunday at Morning Prayer, we both heard and saw the manner of their Seruice in the Syriaeke Tongue, both read and sung very reuerently, with Confessions, Prayers, Thankesgiuings, the Psalmes of Dauid sung, and Chapters both out of the Old Testament, and the new distinctly read. It reioyced me greatly to see their Order: and I

〈…〉〈…〉e ancient Christians called Nazarites, the Antiquitie of vsing 〈…〉〈…〉 of Prayers in Churches, and also the necessitie thereof, that the people might haue something to say * 1.813 Amen vnto, beeing read in their Mother Tongue, that they may learne to pray priuately, by those Prayers which they daily heare read publikely. This is too much neglected in England, God grant reformation thereof.

There is no place in all the World, but foure Parishes or Villages on this Mountaine, where * 1.814 they speake the Syriacke Tongue naturally at this day. And these are these foure Villages, which I named before; at all which places wee had kind entertainment, viz. First, Eden, called by the Turkes, An••hora. Secondly, Hatcheeth. Thirdly, Sharry. Fourthly, Boloza, called vul∣garly Blouza. And these people are called Nostranes, quasi Nazaritans, as it were Nazarites, [ 10] and none but they. But more generally they are called Maronites, but this name is common to them with others.

There are dwelling on one side of Mount Lybanus, towards the foot of the Mountayne (and in some other places in that Countrey) a kind of Christians, called Drusies, who came into the * 1.815 Countrey with King Baldwine, and Godfrey of Bullen, when they conquered that Countrey, (whose Predecessors or Ancestors are thought to haue beene Frenchmen) and afterwards when the Saracens recoured it againe, these men (whom they now call Drusies) fled into the Moun∣taynes * 1.816 to saue themselues; and there dwelling long, in the end their Posteritie forgat all Christi∣anitie, yet vsed still Baptisme, & retained still the names of Christians, whom the Turcomen call Rafties, that is, Infidels, because they eate Swines flesh, which is forbidden by the Turkes Law. [ 20]

These Turcomanny are kind, and simple people, dwelling alwayes in the fields, following their * 1.817 flockes, borne and brought vp, liuing and dying in Tents, and when their flockes and heards re∣mooue, then all their men, women and children remoue with their houshold-stuffe, and houses too, which are but Tents made to remooue, after the manner of the ancient Israelites: & where they find good pasture, there they pitch their Tents; the men following their flocks of sheepe and heards of Cattle, the women keepe their Tents, and spend their time in spinning, or carding, or knitting, or some houshold huswiferie, not spending their time in gossipping and gadding abroad from place to place, and from house to house, from Ale-house to Wine-tauerne, as many idle Hus∣wiues in England doe. Yet sometimes are these simple soules abused by Ianizaries, who in trauel∣ling * 1.818 by them, take from them perforce victuals for themselues and for their horses, and giue them [ 30] nothing but sore stripes, if they but murmure against them. But when Christian Merchants passe by them, they will (of their owne accord) kindly present them.

We returned from Mount Lybanus to Tripoly, by such an intricate way, that if we had not had a Guide with vs, wee should haue lost our selues. Neere vnto Tripoly there is a Plaine at least one mile in length, full of Oliue-trees and Fig-trees. At the foot of this Mountayne, neere vnto Tripoly, there is a sandie Mount which hath arisen (in the memorie of some olde men there yet * 1.819 liuing) where there was none before; and it groweth still bigger and bigger, and there is a Pro∣phesie of it, that in time it shall ouer-whelme the Towne. Tripoly hath the Etimologie (as some say) of two Greeke words, viz. 〈 in non-Latin alphabet 〉〈 in non-Latin alphabet 〉 and 〈 in non-Latin alphabet 〉〈 in non-Latin alphabet 〉, because the Citie hath bin thrice built. First, on a Rockie Iland, where it was ouer-whelmed with water. Secondly, on the Marine neere vnto the [ 40] Sea, where it was often sacked by Cursares. And now thirdly, a mile from the Sea, where it is annoyed with sand. Our ship being not readie to set saile at our returne from the Mount, but staying partly to dispatch their businesse, and partly for a good wind; we trauelled by Land two dayes iourney, to see Tyrus and Sidon, hard by the Sea. And at Sidon we saw the Tombe of Za∣bulon, the Sonne of Iacob, held in great estimation and reuerent account at this present day. * 1.820

Tyrus is now called (by the Turkes) Sur, because there beginneth the Land of Syria, which they call Sur; Tyrus is destroyed, and no such Citie now standing, onely the name of the place * 1.821 remayneth, and the place is still knowne where it stood. Eight miles from Tyrus towards the East, is the Citie Sarepta, of the Sidonians, where the Prophet Elias raised the Widdowes Sonne from death to life. We saw also Baruta, where sometimes was a great Trade for Merchants, but [ 50] from thence they remoued it to Damascus, and from Damascus to Tripoly, and of late, from Tri∣poly to Sidon. Ioppa is not far from these parts, oftentimes Barkes come from the one to the o∣ther. At our returne we went abroad, and presently set saile for Scanderone, (as it is now called by Turkes:) otherwise called Alexandretta by the Christians, which is the very bottome and * 1.822 vtmost border of all the Streights. The Aire is very corrupt, and infecteth the bodies, and cor∣rupteth the bloud of such as continue there many dayes, partly by reason of the dregs of the Sea, which are driuen thither: and partly by reason of two high Mountaynes which keepe away the Sunne from it a great part of the day. And it is very dangerous for strangers to come on shoare, before the Sunne be two houres high, and haue dryed vp the vapours of the ground, or to stay on shoare after Sun-setting. The water also neere vnto the Towne are very vnholsome, comming [ 60] from a Moorish ground; but at the Fountayne, a mile off, there is exceeding good water to drink. It is far more healthfull to sleepe aboard then on the shoare. Scanderone is in Cilicia, and Cilicia is the Countrey Caramonia, (as it is now called) in the lesser Asia, and is diuided into two parts, viz. Torcher and Campestris. It hath on the East, the Hill Amanus: on the North, Taurus: on the West, Pamphilia: on the South, the Cicilian Sea.

Scanderone is the Port for Aleppo, where all our Merchants land their goods, and send them vp to Aleppo vpon Camels. The Carauans vsually make three dayes iourney betwixt Scande∣rone and Aleppo. Whiles our Camels were preparing, wee tooke boat and went to an ancient Towne by the Sea side, called at this day Byas, but of old, Tarsus, a Citie in Cilicia, where Saint * 1.823 Paul was borne, mentioned Act. 22. 3. which Towne is arched about (as many of their Ci∣ties are) to keepe away the heat of the Sunne, which Arches they call Bazars. At the Gardens neere Tarsus (and likewise at other Gardens within three miles of Scanderone) wee saw great store of Silke-wormes, which at the first bee but little graines like vnto Mustard seed: but by the bearing of them in womens bosomes, they doe gather an heat, whereby they come vnto * 1.824 life, and so proue wormes; they keepe them in Tents made of reeds with one loft ouer another [ 10] full of them, and feed them with leaues of Mulberie trees; these wormes (by naturall instinct) doe fast often, (as some report) euery third day.

Here we stayed certaine dayes to auoyd the infection of Scanderone. The Mountaines which obscure Scanderone, and make it more vnhealthfull, I take to be a part of Taurus, which is a great and famous Mountaine, beginning at the Indian Sea, and rising into the North, passeth by Asia vnto Moeotis, bordering vpon many Countries, and is called by many names. Sometimes it is called Caucasus, which is the highest Hill in all Asia, which parteth India from Scythia, and is part of the Hill Taurus. Sometimes it is called Amanus, which Hill parteth Syria from Cilicia. And sometimes it is called by other names, according vnto the Sea coasts along which it ex∣tendeth. About Scanderone there are many rauenous beasts, about the bignesse of a Foxe, com∣monly called there Iackalles, engendred (as they say) of a Fox and a Wolfe, which in the night [ 20] make a great crying, and come to the graues, and if there haue beene any Corse buried the day before, (if the graue be not well filled, with many great stones vpon it) many of them toge∣ther, with their feet, doe scrape vp the earth, and pull vp the corps and eate it.

At our returne from Tharsus, Edward Rose our Factor marine, prouided vs horses to ride to * 1.825 Aleppo, and a Ianizarie, called Parauan Bashaw with two Iimmoglans to guard vs, with neces∣sarie victuals for our selues to spend by the way, for there are no Innes nor Victualing-houses in that Countrey, but trauellers take victuals for themselues, and prouender for their Horses with them. Our Merchants and Passengers making haste to be gone from this contagious and pestife∣rous place Scanderone (which one very well called, The b••ne of Francks) left their goods with the Factor marine to be sent after them, because the Malims and Muckremen (as they call the * 1.826 [ 30] Carriers) were not yet come downe with their Camels to carrie them vp: but we met them at the Fountaine of fishes neere vnto Scanderone. About eight miles from Scanderone, we came to a Towne called Bylan, where there lieth buried an English Gentleman, named Henrie Morison, who died there comming downe from Aleppo, in companie with his brother Master Phines Morison, who left his Armes in that Countrey with these Verses vnder written.

To thee deere Henry Morison Thy Brother Phines here left alone: Hath left this fading memorie, For Monuments, and all must die.

From Bylan wee came to the Plaine of Antioch, and went ouer the Riuer Orontes by Boate, which Riuer parteth Antiochia and Syria. Antioch Plaine is very long and large, at least ten [ 40] miles in length. We lodged the first night at Antiochia in Pisidia, an ancient Towne about fiue and twentie miles from Scanderone, mentioned Act. 11. 26. where the Disciples were first cal∣led Christians. Here we lodged in an house, but on the bare ground, hauing nothing to sleepe on, or to couer vs, but what wee brought with vs, viz. a Pillow, and a Quilt at the most, and that was lodging for a Lord.

This Antioch hath beene, as a famous, so an exceeding strong Towne, situated by the Sea, and almost compassed (at the least on both sides) with exceeding high and strong Rockes. The Inhabitants at this day are Greekes, but vnder the gouernement of the Turke, but for matters of Religion, ordered and ruled by their Patriarchs, for the Greekes haue foure Patriarchs to this present day, viz. The Patriarch of Antioch, the Patriarch of Ierusalem, the Patriarch of Alexan∣dria, [ 50] the Patriarch of Constantinople, who ruleth all the rest. Yet as the Iewes, so also the Greeks to this day are without a King, and both they, and their Patriarchs are but slaues to the great Turke.

And although their Patriarch of Constantinople be counted their chiefe Patriarch: yet I haue knowen one Milesius (a learned man indeed) who was first Patriarch of Constantinople, prefer∣red to the place by Master Edward Barton, an English Gentleman, and Lord Ambassadour for * 1.827 Queene Elizabeth of famous memorie, who for his wisedome, good gouernement, policie, and Christian carriage, hath left an immortall fame behind him in those Countries, to this present day, and lieth buried at an Iland of the Greekes, within twelue miles of Constantinople, called Bartons Iland to this day. After whose death, this good man Milesius was by the Greekes dis∣placed from being Patriarch of Constantinople: (which they durst not doe whiles Master Barton [ 60] was liuing) because, being a man of knowledge, he laboured to reforme the Greekes from many of their superstitious customes. Whereupon (presently after the death of Master Barton) they said, their Patriarch was an English-man, and no Greeke, and therefore manzulled him, that is,

displaced him. Yet bearing some reuerence towards him for his learning, they made him Patri∣arch of Alexandria. And being there Patriarch, hee excommunicated the Patriarch of Antio∣chia, because he accepted of reliefe at the Popes hand, and made him come to Alexandria, to humble himselfe vnto him, and acknowledge his fault before he would suffer him to execute his Patriarchs office.

Master Henry Lello (a learned, wise, and religious English Gentleman, sometime Student in * 1.828 Oxford, and afterwards at the Innes of the Court) succeeded Master Barton in his place, and in many things exceeded him, especially in his religious carriage and vnspotted life: and had not * 1.829 the times beene more troublesome in his Regiment, then in the time of his Predecessor Master Barton; he would euery way haue gone beyond him. Hee first of all reformed his familie, and [ 10] afterwards so ordered himselfe in his whole carriage, that he credited our Countrey: and after ten yeeres gouernement of the English Nation there, hee returned into his Countrey with the teares of many, and with generall good report of all Nations there dwelling or soiour∣ning; and is worthily by his excellent Maiestie rewarded with Knighthood for his good ser∣uice. If Milesius had liued, this good Gentleman would haue restored him to Constantinople, as he placed many other Arch-bishops both at Salonica, (of old called Thessalonica) and elsewhere.

In the Mountaines betwixt Scanderone and Aleppo, there are dwelling a certaine kind of peo∣ple, called at this day Coords, comming of the race of the ancient Parthians, who worship the Deuill, and alledge for their reason in so doing, that God is a good man, and will doe no man harme, but that the Deuill is bad, and must bee pleased, lest hee hurt them. There was one of [ 20] our Carriers a Muccreman and Malim, named Abdel Phat, who was said to be of that Race and Religion. There is also, although not in the direct way, (yet for safety and pleasantnesse of the way, it is sometimes taken in the way to Aleppo) an ancient Citie called Achilles, where one Asan Bashaw ruleth like a King (paying duties to the Turkes) successiuely from his Predecessors, * 1.830 comming of the house of Sanballat, who hindred the building of the Temple of Ierusalem, who * 1.831 is called to this day, Eben Sumbolac, that is, The sonne of Sanballat: and all his kinred call one another, Ammiogli, that is, Brother Ammonite; for they account themselues of the race of the Ammonites. This Ashan Bashaw is now old, and (for the most part) referreth all matters of go∣uernement to his Kinsman Vseph Bege, that is, Lord Ioseph.

The second night, in our trauell from Scanderone, we lodged at a place called, The Gardens, in [ 30] the open fields, hauing the ground to our Bed, a stone to our Pillow (as Iacob in his trauell had) and the Skie to our couering. And many poore Trauellers in these parts (who come vnproui∣ded) haue nothing but the aire for their supper, except they can meet with the fruits of Trees, or Herbs of the fields. Wee met in some places with Villages of Tents, where our Ianizarie Pa∣rauan Bashaw (being partly feared and partly loued amongst them) brought vnto vs from them, Bread and Water often times. Their Bread is made all in Cakes, after the ancient manner, as Abraham entertayned Angels with hearth Cakes. At one place we had also presented to vs ve∣ry good sweet Goats milke, and also good sowre milke, turned by Art, which is the most com∣mon * 1.832 dish in those hot Countries.

The day following, we came about noone to a Village, called Hanadan, eight miles on this [ 40] * 1.833 side Aleppo, ouer against which Village, on the right hand, on the top of the hill, there is (as the Iewes report) the Sepulchre of the Prophet Ieremie. At this Village Hanadan there are many * 1.834 Pigeon houses, whereof the poore people make much profit, bringing them to Aleppo to sell. At this Village we dined with Musmelons, Sambouses, and a Mucclebite. And after dinner, we * 1.835 slept an houre or two (as the custome of the Countrey is) and then rode forwards towards A∣leppo, whither we came by fiue of the Clocke, and were kindly entertayned at Cane Burgol by the worshipfull Richard Colthurst Esquire, Consull for the English Nation there.

Aram Sobah, some thinke to haue beene that Citie which is now called Aleppo. And of this Aram Sobah I find mention made, 2. Sam. 8. 3, 4, 5. And also in the title of the sixtie Psalme, where mention is made of the salt Valley which is but halfe a dayes iourney from Aleppo, which [ 50] is a very great Plaine, without grasse growing on it, the very sand whereof is good Salt natu∣rally: after raine, being dried againe by the Sunne, they gather it. There is also a little Iland or Mountaine in the midst thereof, plaine on the top, which yeeldeth the best Salt. Some Iewes there dwelling, doe also say, that Aleppo was the Citie Sepheruaim: but I thinke it to be a better Citie, which some say, was called Apollonius: but I know no reason for it, except it were built by one of that name. Howsoeuer, it should seeme this Citie Aleppo hath often changed her name, and that, if it were not Aram Sobah, yet to be built not farre from the place where Aram So∣bah stood. But the Turkes (changing the names of all places where they come) call Aleppo at this day, Halep, which signifieth Milke, because it yeeldeth great store of Milke.

Aleppo is inhabited by Turkes, Moores, Arabians, Iewes, Greekes, Armenians, Chelfalines, No∣stranes, [ 60] and people of sundry other Nations. The Turkes come of Magog the sonne of Iapheth.

The Moores are more ancient dwellers in Aleppo then Turkes, and more forward and zealous in Mahometisme then Turkes: yea all the Church-men amongst the Turkes are Moores (whom the Turkes count a base people in regard of themselues, and call them T••ts.) Yet their Church∣men

they haue in great reuerence; and not onely theirs, but they reuerence Church-men of all * 1.836 Nations, and call them holy Men, Saints, and men of God. I my selfe haue had great experi∣ence hereof, both in the place of my abode at Aleppo, and in my iourney towards Ierusalem, and in other places. In Aleppo, as I haue walked in the streetes, both Turkes and Moores, and other Nations, would very reuerently salute me after the manner of their Countrey: yea, their very Souldiers, as I haue walked in the Fields, with many other of our Nation, without a Ianesarie to guard vs, though they haue beene many hundreds together, yet haue they not offered either me or any of my companie wrong, for my sake, but haue said one to another, Hadah Cassies; that is, This is a Church-man, and therefore take heede what you doe vnto him, for he is a good man, &c. At Ierusalem many strangers of sundry Nations vnderstanding that I was an English Prea∣cher, [ 10] came and kissed my hand, and called me the English Patriarke. Yea, in all my ten yeeres Trauels, I neuer receiued, neither was offered wrong by any Nation but mine owne Countrey∣men, and by them chiefly whom it chiefly concerned to protect me from wrongs: yet haue I found them most forward to offer me wrong, onely for doing my dutie, and following the or∣der of our Church of England: knowing that I had none of the Reuerend Fathers of our Church to defend me. So would it be in England, if we had not the Reuerend Fathers in God the Lord Bishops of our Church to protect vs. All other Nations, both Heathen and Christian, goe before vs herein, in reuerencing and prouiding for their Church-men. The Turkes honour * 1.837 their Muftie (which is their chiefe Ruler in Ecclesiasticall matters, next vnder the Grand Signi∣or) as an Angelli: The Nostranes, Greekes, Armenians, Chelfalines, and Christians of all other [ 20] Nations, performe double honour vnto them: onely in England, where there is a more learned Ministerie (I speake by experience) then in any Nation in the world, they are least of all regar∣ded: Which maketh our Aduersaries, the Papists, say, (as I haue heard some of them speake in my hearing, many thousand miles from England) that if wee our selues were perswaded of the truth of our Religion, wee would reuerence our Church-men as they doe, and not scorne them and contemne them as we doe.

They also account fooles, dumbe men, and mad men, Santones, that is, Saints. And what∣soeuer such mad men say or doe, though they take any thing out of their house, or strike them, and wound them, yet they take it in good part, and say, that they shall haue good lucke after it. And when such mad men die, they Canonize them for Saints, and erect stately Monuments [ 30] ouer their graues, as wee haue here many examples, especially of one (who being mad) went alwayes naked, whose name was Sheh Boubac, at whose death they bestowed great cost on his funerall, and erected an house ouer his graue, where (to this day) there are Lampes burning night and day, and many idle fellowes (whom they call Daruises) there maintained to looke vnto his Sepulchre, and to receiue the offerings of such as come to offer to Sheh Boubac, which they take to themselues, and there is no weeke but many come out of the Citie of Aleppo and other places, to offer. For this Sepulchre is built on an Hill, three miles from Aleppo, betweene the Kings Garden and the Fountaine of Fishes. If any be sicke, or in danger, they vow that if they recouer or escape, they will offer so much money, or this or that good thing to Sheh Bou∣bac. There is also such another Bedlam Saint in Aleppo yet liuing, whom they call Sheh Ma∣hammet [ 40] a Santone, who goeth alwaies naked, with a Spit on his shoulders; and as hee goeth thorow the streetes, the Shop-keepers will offer him their Rings; and if hee thrust his Spit thorow their Rings, they take it for a fauour and signe of good successe: The like account they make, if hee take any thing from their Shop-boards, or box them or any of their house: yea, they are yet more mad vpon this mad man then so, for both men and women will come vnto him, and kisse his hand, * 1.838 or any other part, sometimes his thighs, and aske him counsell, for they hold that mad mens soules are in Heauen talking with God, and that hee reuealeth secrets vnto them. In regard whereof, the Bashawes themselues oftentimes, and chiefe Captaines will come vnto him with some present, and kisse some part of his naked body, and aske him whe∣ther they shall goe to battell or not, and what successe they shall haue in warre: And looke [ 50] whatsoeuer he saith, they hold it for an Oracle. Not long since, the Turkes had a victorie against the Christians; and at their returne, they reported that this naked Santone, Sheh Mahammet of Aleppo, was seene naked in the field, fighting against their enemies, and that by his helpe they ouer-came them, although hee were not neere them by many thousand miles. Whereby you may see how the Deuill doth delude them still, as hee did their Fore-fathers at the first by Ma∣homets Machiaueilian deuices.

Their Daruises also they haue in such reputation, that oftentimes great Bashawes, when they are in disfauour with the King, and feare either losse of life, or goods, or both, to auoide danger, will turne Daruises, and then they account themselues priuiledged persons from the rigour of their Law. The witnesse of a Daruise or of a Church-man, will passe better then any mans [ 60] witnesse besides, yea, better then Shereffes whom they account of Mahomets kindred, and they are knowne from others by their greene Shashes, which no man else may weare: for greene they account Mahomets colour, and if they see any Christian wearing a garment of that colour, they will cut it from his backe, and beate him, and aske him how he dare presume to weare Maho∣mets

colour, and whether hee bee Kin to God or not? This I haue knowne put in practise vpon Christians (not acquainted with the customes of the Countrey) since my comming: one for hauing but greene Shooe-strings, had his Shooes taken away. Another wearing greene Bree∣ches vnder his Gowne (being espied) had his Breeches cut off, and he reuiled and beaten.

The Turkes haue no Printing amongst them, but all their Law and their Religion is written in the Morisco tongue, that is, the Arabicke tongue. And he is accounted a learned man amongst them, that can write and reade. And as for the Latine tongue, hee is a rare man amongst them that can speake it. Some few amongst them haue the Italian tongue: and many (especially in and about Constantinople) speake the vulgar Greeke, that is, Romeica tongue. For in Constanti∣nople there are as many Grecians and Hebrues as Turkes. The poore, amongst the Moores and [ 10] * 1.839 Turkes at Aleppo, beg oftentimes in the streetes, in the name and for the sake of Syntana Fissa, who was (as they say) a Whore of Charitie, and would prostitute her selfe to any man Bac∣sheese (as they say in the Arabicke tongue) that is gratis freely.

The Diet of the Turkes is not sumptuous, for the most common dish is Pilaw, which is good * 1.840 sauory meate made of Rice, and small morsels of Mutton boyled therein, and sometimes rosted Buckones, (that is, small bits or morsels of flesh.) Their more costly fare is Sambouses and Mu∣clebites. Sambouses are made of Paste, like a great round Pastie, with varietie of Herbes and meates therein, not minced, but in Buckones. A Muclebite is a dish made of Egs and Herbes. Their smaller Sambouses are more common, not so big as a mans hand, like a square Pastie, with minced meate therein. They haue also varietie of Helloway, that is, sweet meates compounded [ 20] in such sort, as are not to be seene elsewhere. The poorer sort feede on Herbes and Fruits of the Trees. Their most common drinke is Coffa, which is a blacke kinde of drinke, made of a kind * 1.841 of Pulse like Pease, called Coaua; which being grownd in the Mill, and boiled in water, they drinke it as hot as they can suffer it; which they finde to agree very well with them against their crudities, and feeding on Herbes and raw meates. Other compounded drinkes they haue, called Sherbet, made of Water and Sugar, or Hony, with Snow therein to make it coole; for although the Countrey bee hot, yet they keepe Snow all the yeere long to coole their drinke. It is accounted a great curtesie amongst them to giue vnto their friends when they come to visit them, a Fin-ion or Scudella of Coffa, which is more holesome then toothsome, for it causeth good concoction, and driueth away drowsinesse. Some of them will also drinke Bersh or Opi∣um, [ 30] which maketh them forget themselues, and talke idlely of Castles in the Ayre, as though they saw Visions, and heard Reuelations. Their Coffa houses are more common then Ale-hou∣ses in England; but they vse not so much to sit in the houses, as on Benches on both sides the * 1.842 streets, neere vnto a Coffa house, euery man with his Fin-ion full; which being smoaking hot, they vse to put it to their Noses and Eares, and then sup it off by leasure, being full of idle and Ale-house talke, whiles they are amongst themselues drinking of it; if there be any newes, it is talked off there. They haue also excellent good fountaine waters in most places of that Countrey, which is a common drinke amongst them, especially in Summer time, and in their trauels at all times of the yeere.

Some of our Merchants haue weighed their water and ours in England, when they haue come [ 40] * 1.843 home, and haue found their water lighter then ours by foure ounces in the pound; and the lighter the water is, the more pleasant it is to drinke, and goeth downe more delectably, as if it were Milke rather then water. In great Cities where the Fountaines are either farre off, or not so plentifull, there are certaine poore men, which goe about the streetes from morning to night, with a Beares skinne full of water, sewed vp and fastned about his shoulders like a Tin∣kers Budget, with a Bole of Brasse in his hand, and offereth water freely to them that passe by, except they giue them any thing in curtesie, (some seldome times.) The greatest part of them * 1.844 are very curteous people amongst themselues, saluting one another at their meetings, with their hand on their brest (for they neuer vncouer their head) with these words: Salam Alike Sulta∣num: that is, Peace bee vnto you Sir. Whereunto the other replyeth, Alekem Salam: that is, [ 50] Peace be to you also. And sometimes thus: Elph Marhabba tanum. Or in Turkish, thus: Hosh Geldanos, Sophi Geldanos: that is, Welcome my deare friend. And in the Morning, Subalkier Sultanum, that is, Good morrow Sir: and in the Euening, thus, Misalker Sultanum, that is, Good euen Sir. And when friends and acquaintance meete, who haue not seene one another many dayes before, they salute one another in Turkish, thus: Neder halen? that is, how doe you? In Arabicke, thus, Ish halac Seedi? that is, How doe you Sir? And Ish babtac? that is, how doth thy Gate? (meaning all within his Gate) and so proceed by particulars, to aske how doth thy Childe, Slaue, Horse, Cat, Dog, Asse, &c. and euery thing in the house, except his Wife; for that is held a very vnkinde question, and not svuall amongst them, And if a man come to their houses, and at the doore enquire of the Children for their Father, they will answer him: but if [ 60] he enquire for the Mother, they will throw stones at him and reuile him.

Their women (as hath beene shewed before) haue little libertie to come abroade, except it be on the Eeue before their Sabbath (which is Thursday) to weepe at the graues of the dead, or to the Bannios or hot Baths to wash themselues (as the vse of the Countrey is.) And when

they come abroad, they are alwayes masked; for it is accounted a shame for a Woman to bee seene bare-faced: yea, they are so iealous and suspicious ouer them, that Fathers will not suffer their owne Sonnes, after they come to fourteene yeeres of age, to see their Mothers.

These bee their common salutations one to another. Their more speciall salutations to great Personages are these. When a man commeth to salute the great Turke, or Grand Signior himselfe (into whose presence few are admitted except Ambassadours and great Personages) they are led betweene two by the armes, for feare of a stab, by which meanes one of their Grand Signiors was once killed, and when they returne, they goe backwards; for it is accounted a disgrace to turne their backe parts to a great Man. In like manner they salute their Bashawes, and other great Men (but not led by the armes) but with their hands on the brest, bowing downe their [ 10] heads to kisse the skirt of his Garment, pronouncing these words, Ollah towal emrac Seedi, that is, God prolong your dayes Sir. And so long as they talke with a Bashaw, they stand with their hands on their brest Maiden-like, and bow low at their departure, and goe backward. They ne∣uer vncouer their heads vnto any man, no not to the King himselfe; yea, it is a word of reproach amongst them, to say, when they mislike a matter, I had as lieue thou shewedst me thy bare head.

They call one another diuersly, and not alwayes by their names, but sometimes by their fa∣thers Calling, Trade, or Degree: as Eben Sultan, that is, The sonne of a King: Eben Terzi, The * 1.845 sonne of a Taylor. And sometimes by their fathers qualities, as Eben Sacran, that is, The sonne of a Drunkard. And sometimes by their Marks, as Colac cis, that is, A man without eares: Cowsi Sepher, that is, Sepher with the thin beard. And sometimes by their Stature, as Tow-ill, that is, [ 20] A tall man: Sgire rugiall, that is, A little man. And sometimes by their Offices, as I-asgee, that is, A Secretarie: Nibe, that is, A Clerke, &c. And sometimes by their humours, as Chiplac, that is, A naked man: or, One who was of a humour to weare no cloathes but breeches. But their common word of curtesie either to strangers, or such whose names they know not, or whom they purpose to reuerence, is Chillabee, that is, Gentleman. And there is no man amongst them of any degree, will refuse to answere to any of these names. But if Nature haue marked them either with goggle eyes, bunch backs, lame legs, or any other infirmitie or deformitie, as they are knowne by it, so they are content to bee called by it. But they haue gone on pilgrimage to their holy Citie Mecha, where their Prophet Mahomet was buried, at their returne are called Hogies, that is, Pilgrims, as Hogie Tahar, Hogie Mahammet, &c. which is counted a word of great [ 30] grace and credit amongst them. And the witnesse of an Hogie, will bee taken before any other.

There are also many Arabians in Aleppo, called vulgarly, Arabs or Bedweens. They haue two Kings at this day, viz. Dandan and Aborisha; the one their lawfull King, the other an Vsurper; and some follow the one, and some the other, and are bitter enemies one to another; yet haue I seldome heard of any great warres betwixt them, for they seldome meet. They neuer come into any walled Townes or Cities, for feare of treason: but liue in Tents, and are here to day, and many hundred miles off within few dayes after. They are a base, beggarly, and roguish people, wandering vp and downe, and liuing by spoile, which they account no sinne, because they are Mahomets countrimen, and hee allowed them libertie to liue by theft. Yet their Kings doe no great harme, but take Toll or Tribute of the Carauans as they passe by, which if they pay wil∣lingly, [ 40] they passe quietly, and are not robbed, but a little exacted vpon. One of their Kings hath often times pitched his Tents neere vnto the Citie of Aleppo, and many Merchants being desirous to see them and their order, tooke occasion to present him with some small Present or other, which he tooke very kindly, and admitted them to his Table, and gaue them a Tent to lodge in all night: on the morrow for breake-fast one of them made him a minsed Pie, and set it before him hot as it came out of the Ouen: And when he saw it cut vp and opened, and percei∣ued smoke to come out of it, he shrunke backe, fearing it had beene some engine to destroy him, and that the fire would follow after the smoake. But when hee perceiued no fire followed the smoake, he was content to taste of it, and highly commended it, as the daintiest dish that euer he tasted of in his life. [ 50]

These Arabian Kings neuer keepe any money in their purses, but spend it as fast as they finde it, and when they want, with their Sword they seeke a new purchase. Some are Souldiers, fighting faithfully on any side that will giue them pay. Some of this roguish Arabian Race fol∣low neither of their Kings, but wander from place to place in Caues and Rocks, and liue by their Sword, not onely robbing, but killing such as they can ouer-come. Others of them (of a better minde) so journe in Cities of Trade and Traffique, and make themselues seruants to any Nation that will set them on worke, and well reward them. Some of them are Horse-keepers, some Bastages, that is, Porters, and some vnder-Cookes in Kitchins, and are very seruiceable. But for the most part their Lodgings are on some Dunghill or other, or odde corner of the Citie, with some silly Tent ouer their heads. Their wiues weare Rings in their Noses, either of siluer or [ 60] brasse, fastned to the middle gristle of their Nose, and colour their Lips blue with Indico, and goe alwayes bare-legged and bare-footed, with Plates or Rings of brasse aboue their ankles, and bracelets of brasse about their hands. They are people which can and doe endure great hardnesse and miserie, both for Diet and Lodging. Their Women are skilfull in mourning and crying by

Art, and therefore they are hired to crie at the Funerals of Turks and Moores oftentimes, tea∣ring their haire, and making all their face blue with Indico. There are here spoken so many se∣uerall Languages as there are seueral Nations here dwelling or sojourning, euery Nation (amongst themselues) speaking their owne language. And here are of most Nations in the World some, who either come with their Merchandise to sell or buy commodities, or sojourne here as stran∣gers, or else haue accesse and recesse to this Citie as Trauellers. But of all Christian languages, the Italian tongue is most vsed, and therewithall a man may trauell furthest. But of all the O∣rientall Tongues, these foure are most spoken in these parts, Arabicke, Turkish, Armenian, and Persian, or Agimesco. Besides all these Mahometans (which I haue alreadie named) there are many Iewes in Constantinople, Aleppo, Damascus, Babylon, Grand Cairo, and euery great Citie and [ 10] Place of Merchandise, throughout all the Turkes Dominions, who are knowne by their Hats: for they were accustomed to weare red Hats without brimmes at my first comming: But lately (the head Vizier being their enemie) they are constrayned to weare Hats of blue cloth, because red was accounted too stately, and Prince••••ke a colour for them to weare. They are of more vile ac∣count in the sight of Turkes then Christians; insomuch that if a Iew would turne Turke, he must first turne Christian before they will admit him to bee a Turke. Yea, it is a word of reproach a∣mongst the Turkes, and a vsuall protestation amongst them, when they are falsly accused of any crime, to cleare themselues they vse to protest in this manner, If this bee true, then God grant I may die a Iew. And the Iewes in like cases vse to say, If this be not a false accusation; then God grant I may die a Christian, praying better for themselues then they beleeue, and as all of them must be [ 20] that shall bee saued. And the poore Christians sojourning and dwelling in these parts, doe hate them very vncharitably and irreligiously: (in that we reade Rom. 11. many Arguments prouing that they shall be conuerted againe) for on Good Friday in many places (especially at Zante) * 1.846 they throw stones at them, insomuch that they dare not come out of their houses all that day, and yet are scarse in safetie in their houses, for they vse to throw stones at their windowes and doores, and on the roofe of their houses. On Thursday about noone, the Iewes begin to keepe within doores, and continue there with their doores shut vntill Saturday about noone, for if they come forth before that time they are sure to be stoned, but after noone on Easter Eeue if they come abroad, they may passe as quietly as euer they did. And some ignorant Christians refuse * 1.847 to eate of their meat or bread: their reason is, because the Iewes refuse to eate or drinke with [ 30] Christians to this day, or to eate any meate that Christians kill. But it is not vnusuall amongst Christians of better knowledge, to eate of the Iewes meat, which ordinarily they buy of them: for the Iewes to this day eate not of the hinder part of any beast, but onely of the former parts, and sell the hinder quarters of their Beefe, Mutton, Kids, Goats, &c. to Christians.

They obserue still all their old Ceremonies and Feasts, Sacrifices onely excepted. Yet some of them haue confessed, that their Physicians kill some Christian Patient or other, whom they haue vnder their hands at that time, in stead of a Sacrifice. If a man die without Children, the next Brother taketh his Wife, and raiseth vp seed vnto his Brother: and they still marrie in their owne Kindred. Many of them are rich Merchants: some of them Drogomen, and some Brokers. Most of them are very craftie and deceitfull people. They haue no Beggers amongst them, but many [ 40] Theeues, and some who steale for necessitie, because they dare not begge. All matters of contro∣uersie betwixt themselues, are brought before their Cakam to decide, who is their chiefe Church∣man. Most of the Iewes can reade Hebrew, but few of them speake it, except it be in two places in Turkie, and that is at Salonica, formerly called Thessalonica, a Citie in Macedonia, by the Gulfe Thermaicus; and at Safetta in the Holy Land, neere vnto the Sea of Galile: Which two places * 1.848 are as it were Vniuersities, or Schooles of learning amongst them.

Amongst all the sorts of Christians, there is amongst the Maronites an ancient companie of Christians, called vulgarly Nostranes, quasi Nazaritans, of the Sect of the Nazarites, more ciuill and harmelesse people then any of the rest. Their Countrey is Mount Lybanus (as I wrote vnto you heretofore) but many of them dwell at Aleppo, whereof some of them are Cassises, that is, [ 50] Church-men; some of them are Cookes, and seruants vnto English Merchants and others; some Artificers: All of them liue somewhat poorely, but they are more honest and true in their con∣uersation then any of the rest, especially at their first comming from Mount Lybanus to dwell in Aleppo; and many, during their continuance there, if they bee not corrupted by other wicked Nations there dwelling: in whom I obserued more by experience then I heard of them, or noted in them when I was amongst them at Mount Lybanus. And especially for the manner of their marriage, and how they honour the same.

They buy their wiues of their Fathers (as others there dwelling, doe) but neuer see them vn∣till they come to be married, nor then neither vntill the marriage be solemnized betwixt them: for there is a partition in the place where they meet to be married, and the Man and his Friends [ 60] stand on the one side, and the yong Woman and her Friends on the other side, where they may heare, but not see one another, vntill the Cassies bid the yong Man put his hand thorow an hole in the wall, and take his Wife by the hand. And whiles they haue hand in hand, the Mother of the Maid commeth with some sharpe instrument made for the purpose, and all to bepricketh the

new married mans hand, and maketh it bleed. And if hee let her hand goe when hee feeleth his hand smart, they hold it for a signe that hee will not loue her: But if hee hold fast (notwith∣standing the smart) and wring her hard by the hand vntill shee crie, rather then hee will once shrinke, then he is counted a louing man, and her friends are glad that they haue bestowed her on him. And how they honour Marriage aboue others, I obserued by the naming of their first man-child. For as amongst vs the women, when they are married, lose their Surnames, and are surnamed by the husbands surname, and children likewise; so amongst them the father loseth his name, and is called by the name of his eldest sonne, in this manner. I haue knowne a No∣strane, whose name was Mou-se, that is, Moses, who hauing a man-child, named him Useph, that is, Ioseph, and then was the father no more called Mouse, Moses, but Abou Useph, that is, [ 10] The father of Ioseph. Another whose name was Useph, named his eldest sonne Pher-iolla, after which he was no more called Useph, but Abou Pher-iolla, The father of Pher-iolla. Another man called I••brael, that is, Gabriel, his sonne at the time of Baptisme being named Mouse, hee al∣waies after was called Abou Mouse, that is, The father of Moses: such an honour doe they ac∣count it to be the father of a man-child.

These Nostranes reuerence their Cassises greatly, and kisse their hand wheresoeuer they meet * 1.849 them: yet are most of them altogether vnlearned, hauing onely the knowledge of the Syriac Tongue, wherein their Lyturgie is read. They keepe their Feasts at the same time as wee doe; viz. Christmasse, Easter, and Whitsuntide: and at Christmasse on the Twelfth day in the mor∣ning, called Epiphanie, their young men haue a custome (betimes in the morning) to leape na∣ked into the water: I could neuer heare any reason of their so doing, but Uzansa de prease, The [ 20] custome of their Countrey. And though it bee then very cold, yet they perswade themselues, and others, that then it is hotter then at any other time, and that the water then hath an extra∣ordinarie vertue to wash away their sinnes. On Munday in Easter weeke and Whitsun weeke, these Nostranes goe with their Cassises to the graues of the dead, and there kneele downe, and burne incense, and pray at euery graue.

The Chelfalines are Christians, dwelling vpon the borders of Persia, betweene Mesopotamia and Persia, at a place called Chelfa. These bring Silke to Aleppo to sell. They are plaine dea∣ling people: If a man pay them money, and (by ouer-reckoning himselfe) giue them more then their due, though there be but one piece ouer, so soone as they perceiue it, though it bee many dayes after, they will bring it backe againe, and restore it, and thinke they shall neuer returne [ 30] safely into their Countrey, if they should not make restitution thereof. These people perswade themselues, and report vnto others, that they dwell in that place which was called Eden, where∣into Adam was put to keepe it and dresse it.

The Greekes in Aleppo are very poore, for they are there (for the most part) but Brokers or * 1.850 Bastages, that is, Porters; and many of their women as light as water, maintayning their hus∣bands, themselues, and their families, by prostituting their bodies to others. And their owne husbands are oftentimes their Pandars or procurers to bring them Customers. But the Greekes that liue at Constantinople, are many of them great Merchants, and very rich; but exceeding proud, and sumptuous in apparell, euen the basest of them, and especially their women, who [ 40] though they be but Coblers wiues, or poore Artificers wiues, yet they goe in Gownes of Sattin, * 1.851 and Taffata, yea, of Cloth of siluer and gold, adorned with Precious stones, and many Gemmes, and Iewels about their neckes and hands. They care not how they pinch their bellies, so that they may haue fine apparell on their backes. And at the time of their Marriage, the women condition with their husbands to find them decent apparell, and conuenient diet, and bring them before their Patriarch of Constantinople to confirme it; which, if it be not performed ac∣cordingly, if they complaine to their Patriarch, they are diuorced presently, and shee taketh an * 1.852 other man to her husband, better able to maintayne her: and hee may marrie another woman if hee please.

And both at Constantinople, Aleppo, and other places of Turkey, where there is trafficking, and trading of Merchants, it is no rare matter for Popish Christians of sundry other Countries, to [ 50] Cut Cabine, (as they call it) that is, to take any woman of that Countrey where they soiourne, (Turkish women onely excepted, for it is death for a Christian to meddle with them) and when they haue bought them, and enrolled them in the Cadies Booke, to vse them as wiues so long as they soiourne in that Countrey, and maintayne them gallantly, to the consuming of their wealth, diminishing of their health, and endangering of their owne soules. And when they de∣part out of that Countrey, they shake off these their sweet-hearts, and leaue them to shift for themselues and their children. And this they account no sinne, or at leastwise such a sinne as may be washed away, with a little holy water. And these are the vertues which many Christians learne by soiourning long in Heathen Countries.

Euery Bashaw who hath gouernement ouer others in a Citie or Countrey, tyranniseth ouer [ 60] those which are vnder their regiment; and sometimes strangleth, sometimes beheadeth, and sometimes puts vnto terrible tortures those who offend. Yea, oftentimes without offence; one∣ly because they are rich and haue faire houses, the Bashaw will lay to their charge, such things as

he himselfe knoweth to be vntrue, and put them to death that hee may seize vpon his goods. There was a Sheriffe or a Green-head in Aleppo, whom they account Mahomets kindred, who offending the Bashaw, and brauing him in termes, as though he durst not punish him, hee caused one of his Officers to goe with him home, and when he came before his owne doore, openly in the street to breake both his legs and armes, and there let him lie, and no man durst find fault, or giue him food; or Physician, or Chirurgion come to him; or wife or seruants take him into house, but there he lay all day, and should so haue continued vntill hee had died for hunger, or Dogs eaten him, had not his friends giuen money to the Bashaw to haue his throat cut, to rid him out of his paine. And this is a common punishment amongst them. And sometimes for small offences, they will lay a man downe on his backe, and hoyse vp his feet, and with a cudgell giue [ 10] them three hundred or foure hundred blowes on the soles of their feet, whereby many are lamed. And some they set on a sharpe stake naked, which commeth from his fundament vp to his mouth, if he find not fauour to haue his throat cut sooner. And some are ganched in this man∣ner; they are drawne vp by a rope fastned about their armes, to the top of a Gazouke or Gibbet full of hookes, and let downwards againe, and on what part soeuer any hooke taketh hold, by that they hang, vntill they die for hunger. And some in like sort are drawne ouer a Gibbet, and they being compassed about the naked waste with a small cord, the cord is drawne by two men to make them draw vp their breath, and still pulled straighter and straighter, vntill they be so narrow in the waste, that they may easily be cut off by the middle at one blow, and then the vpper part is let downe on a hot grid-iron, and there seared vp, to keepe them in sense and fee∣ling [ 20] of paine so long as is possible, and the neather part is throwne to the Dogs, &c.

They, whom they call Franckes or Free-men, liue in greater securitie amongst them then their owne People, by reason that they are gouerned by Consuls, of their owne Na∣tion, and those Consuls also are backed by Ambassadours, for the same Nations which are alwaies Liegers at Constantinople: and when their Consuls abroad are offered wrong, they write vnto the Ambassadours, how, and by whom they are wronged: and then the Ambas∣sadour procureth from the Great Turke, commandements to the Bashaw of Aleppo to re∣dresse their wrongs, and punish such as offend them. Otherwise there were no dwelling for Francks amongst them, but they should be vsed like slaues by euery slaue. And notwithstan∣ding, their Consuls and Ambassadours to, yet they are oftentimes abused by Turkes, both in [ 30] words and deeds. In words they reuile them, as the Aegyptians did the Israelites, and call them Gours, that is, Infidels; and Cupec, that is, Dog; and Canzier, that is, Hog; and by many other odious and reproachfull names. And though they strike them, yet dare they not strike againe, left they lose their hand, or be worse vsed. They also oftentimes make Auenias of them, that is, false accusations; and suborne false witnesses to confirme it to be true: and no Christians word will be taken against a Turke, for they account vs Infidels, and call themselues Musselmen, that is, True beleeuers.

This miserie abroad will make vs loue our owne Countrie the better when we come thither. And that is the best lesson which I haue learned in my trauels, Mundi contemptum, that is, The contempt of the world. And Saint Pauls lesson, Phil. 4. 11. In whatsoeuer state I am, there∣with [ 40] to be content. Oh how happie are you in England, if you knew your owne happinesse? But as the prodigall sonne, vntill he was pinched with penurie abroad, neuer considered the plen∣tie of his fathers house: So many in England know not their owne felicitie, because they doe not know the miseries of others. But if they were here in this Heathen Countrie, they would know what it is to liue in a Christian Common-wealth, vnder the gouernment of a godly King, who ruleth by Law and not by lust; where there is plentie and peace, and preaching of the Gospel, and many other godly blessings, which others want. And GOD long continue his mercies to our noble King Iames, and his whole Realmes, and giue vs grace as farre to excell other Nations in thankfulnesse as we doe in happinesse. And thus for present I commend you to the most gra∣cious protection of the Almightie IEHOVAH, beseeching him, (if it be his will) to send vs [ 50] a ioyfull meeting, both in this world, and in the world to come. Amen.

Part of another Letter of Master WILLIAM BIDDVLPH, from Ierusalem.

WOrshipfull and my singular good friend, I being now (by the prouidence of GOD) at Ierusalem, Captus amore tui, raptus honore loci, for the loue I beare to you, and delight I conceiue in this famous place, where our sweet Sauiour Christ vouchsafed once his blessed bo∣dily presence; I could not but remember you with some salutation from hence, hauing such choice [ 60] of Messengers (by reason of the great concourse of people vnto this place at this present, from sundry places of Christendome) to transport my Letters vnto you: Nothing doubting but that as my former Letters (which I haue heretofore written vnto you both from Aleppo, and other places) concerning my former voyages, and such things as (by diligent obseruation) I noted in

my trauels, were acceptable vnto you; so that this shall be much more acceptable, both in regard of the Place from whence it came, as also of the matter subiect herein contayned; beeing my Voyage from Aleppo in Syria Comagena, to Ierusalem, vndertaken this present yeere 1600. not moued as Pilgrims with any superstitious deuotion to see Relikes, or worship such places as they account holy; but as Trauellers and Merchants, occasioned by Dearth and Sicknes, Pestilence, and Famine in the Citie where we soiourne: which two are such fellow-like companions, that the Graecians distinguish them but by one Letter, calling the Pestilence 〈 in non-Latin alphabet 〉〈 in non-Latin alphabet 〉, and the Famine 〈 in non-Latin alphabet 〉〈 in non-Latin alphabet 〉: By reason whereof all Trafficke was hindred. and those Merchants whom they call Frankes, or Freemen, either remoued to other places; or such as stayed in the Citie, caused their gates to bee shut vp, and came not abroad vntill Sol entred into Leo, which is vsually the twelfth or thir∣teenth [ 10] * 1.853 day of Iuly, at which time the Plague still ceaseth in this place, though it bee neuer so great, and all that are then sicke, amend; and such as then come abroad, need not feare any dan∣ger. The Turkes, Moores, Arabians, and other Mahometans, neuer remooue for feare of any sicknesse, nor refuse any mans company infected therewith; for they say, euery mans fortune is written in his fore-head, and that they shall not dye before their time; not knowing what it is to tempt God, and to refuse ordinary meanes. But in this interim, from the beginning of this sicknesse (which was in March) vntill the expected and vndoubted end, when the Sunne entreth into Leo, we whose names are subscribed (for causes aboue mentioned) tooke our Voy∣age from Aleppo towards Ierusalem, hauing Letters of commendation, from Clarissimo Imo the Uenice Consul, and sundry others of the chiefe Italian Merchants, to their Padres at Ierusalem, for our kind vsage there, with libertie of conscience. [ 20]

Anno Dom. 1600. The ninth of March, after Dinner we set forth, garded with Ianizaries, and accompanied with sundry English, Italian, and French Merchants, who in kindnesse rode with vs seuen or eight miles, to bring vs on the way, and then returned to Aleppo. But most of our English Merchants brought vs to Cane Toman, ten miles from Aleppo, where we made merry * 1.854 with such good cheere as we brought with vs. For there was nothing to be had for money but Goates Milke, whereof we had as much as we would. Here we purposed to haue slept all night, but hauing no other Beds but the hard ground, with Lacobs Pillow (a good hard stone) vnder our heads, vnaccustomed to such Downe Beds, we could not sleepe, but spent the time in honest mirth vntill it was past mid-night, and then our friends tooke their leaue of vs, and returned [ 30] towards Aleppo, and we proceeded in our iourney towards Ierusalem. The night beeing darke, and the way dangerous and theeuish, our Ianizarie, Byram Bashaw, willed vs euery one to take a match lighted in our hands, and to whirle it about, that the fire might be seene the further, to ter∣rifie the Theeues, left they should surprize vs on the sudden. And when wee came to suspitious places (as Caues, Rockes, Barnes, or odde Cottages in the way) our Ianizarie vsed to ride be∣fore; and as Fowlers beate vpon Bushes for Birds, so hee (with his Launce) would strike and beate vpon such places, lest wild Arabs (which lye lurking in such places) should steale vpon vs on the sudden. When the day appeared, our way was pleasant and comfortable vnto vs, vntill we came to a Village called Saracoope, whither we came about noone, the tenth of March. And * 1.855 because our Seisenars or Sumptor Horses (which carryed prouision for Man and Horse, as the cu∣stome [ 40] of the Countrey is) were tyred, and we our selues also (for want of sleepe the night past) wearied and hungry, wee were constrayned to lodge there all night on the hard ground by our Horse heeles, in an old Cane distant from Cane Toman eight and twentie miles.

The eleuenth of March, betimes in the morning wee departed from Saracoope, and came betimes in the after-noone to a fine Village called Marrah, where there is a very faire new * 1.856 Cane builded by Amrath (commonly called M••rat) Chillabee, sometimes Defterdare, that is, Treasurer of Aleppo, and afterwards of Damascus, who for the refuge of Trauellers, and their protection against Theeues, built a stately strong Cane like vnto * 1.857 Leaden Hall in London, or rather the Exchange in London, where there are faire vpper Roomes for great men in their Trauels, and the neather Roomes are for ordinary Trauellers and their Horses, but in hot weather the best make choise to sleepe on the ground in low Roomes, rather [ 50] then in their Chambers. The Founder hereof also ordayned, that all Trauellers that way should haue their entertaynment there of his cost. Hee alloweth them Bread, Pillaw, and Mutton, which our Ianizaries accepted off; but we scorning reliefe from the Turkes without money, sent vnto the Village, where (besides our owne prouision which wee brought with vs) wee had also other good things for money. Marrah is distant from Saracoope, foure and twentie miles.

The twelfth of March was a very raynie day, yet we trauelled all the forenoone, vntill wee * 1.858 came to a Village, called Lacmine, which a farre off made shew of a very faire Village; but when we came thither, wee found it so ruinous, that there was not one house able to shroude vs from the extremitie of the showre: the Inhabitants thereof hauing forsaken it, and fled into the [ 60] Mountaynes to dwell, for feare of the I〈…〉〈…〉ies of Damascu••, who trauelling that way vsed to take from them, not onely victuals for themselues, & Prouender for their Horses without mony, but whatsoeuer things else they found in their houses. Onely there was a little Church or Chap∣pel * 1.859 in good preparation, wherinto (for a little mony) we obtayned leaue to enter, our selues with our horses & carriage, & there we brought out our victuals, & refreshed our selues, and baited our

horses, and rested vntill it left rayning. After the showre, while our Horses were preparing, we walked into the fields neere vnto the Church, & saw many poore people gathering Mallows and * 1.860 three leafed grasse, and asked them what they did with it: and they answered, that it was all their food; and that they boyled it, and did eate it: then wee tooke pitie on them, and gaue them bread, which they receiued very ioyfully, and blessed God that there was bread in the World, and said, they had not seene any bread the space of many moneths. The showre ceasing, wee rode from this Chappell and Village of Lacke money (I should haue said Lacmin, but might say, lacke men and money too) and rode forward vntill wee came vnto a Village or Towne called Tyaba, where (because it was neere night) we desired to lodge, but could not bee admitted into any house for any money, whereupon our chiefe Ianizarie, Byram Bashaw went into an house, [ 10] and offered to pull man, woman, and child out of the house, that wee might bring in our Horses, and lodge there our selues. But when we saw what pittifull lamentation they made, we intrea∣ted our Ianizarie either to peswade them for money, or to let them alone. And vnderstanding that there was a faire Citie in our way, ten miles off, wee fiue, with our Ianizarie, beeing well horsed, rode thither, and left our carriage with the rest of our company at Tyaba, to come to vs * 1.861 betimes in the morning.

This Citie is now commonly called Aman, but of olde it was called Hamath, 2. Kings 17. Here we lodged in a faire Cane, but on the cold ground, and vpon the hard stones, and thought * 1.862 our selues well prouided for, that wee had an house ouer our heads to keepe vs dry. Hamath is from Marrah, about fiue and thirtie miles. On the fourteenth of March wee trauelled from [ 20] * 1.863 Hamath, ••••pleasant way, & a short dayes iourney, to a fine Towne called vulgarly Hemse, but for∣merly Hus, distant from Hamath, but twentie miles. This is said to haue beene the City where Iob dwelt, and is to this day called by the Christians inhabiting in those borders, Iobs Citie. And * 1.864 there is a fruitfull Valley neere vnto it, called the Valley of Hus, and a Castle not farre off, in the way of Tripoly, called Hus Castle to this day. But I make some doubt whether Iob were e∣uer at place, for Iob is said to haue dwelt amongst the Edomites, or wicked Idumeans: and Idu∣maea * 1.865 bordered vpon Arabia Foelix, and not neere Syria, where this Citie called Hus standeth.

On the fifteenth day of March, we went from Hus towards Damascus, which is foure dayes Iourney off, and all the way (vntill we came within ten miles of D••••ascus) is a Desart, vn-in∣habited, and a Theeuish way; onely there are erected in the way certayne Canes to lodge in. [ 30] But if they bring not prouision with them both for man and horse, and some Quilt or Pillow to sleepe on, the hard stones must be their Bed, and the Aire their Supper: for some of their Canes are nothing but stone wals to keepe out Theeeues. In Cities they haue very stately Canes, but not for Trauellers, but for themselues to dwell in; for euery rich man calleth his house a Cane. But the Canes that stand in high wayes, are in Charitie erected by great men, for the protecti∣on of Trauellers; but most of them are very badly kept, and are worse than Stables. Our first dayes Iourney from Hus was a very vncomfortable and dangeroue Desart: wee saw no House all the way vntil we came vnto a Village called Hassi••, where we lodged in an old Castle distant from Hus two and twentie miles. * 1.866

The sixteenth of March, from Hassia, we rode to an ancient Christian Towne called Char∣rah. [ 40] where our prouision being spent, we made supply thereof, and bought Bread and Wine of * 1.867 the Christians there dwelling. It is inhabited by Greekes and Turkes, but gouerned by Turkes only. There is but one Church in the Towne, which is dedicated to Saint Nicholas, by the Christians who first builded it. But both Christians and Turkes pray therein: the Christians on the one side or Ile of the Church, and the Turkes on the other. But the Christians are ouer-ruled by the Turkes, and constrained to find them Oyle to their Lampes in the Church. For the Turkes not only burne Lampes in their Churches euery night, but during the whole time of their Lent they beset the battlements of their Steeples round about with Lampes. But when their Lent is ended, they burne Lampes in their Steeples onely once a week, and that is on Thursday at night, which is the Eeue before their Sabbath. After wee had refreshed our selues heere, halfe the day [ 50] being not yet spent, we roade from hence to a poore Village called Nebecke, or (as they pro∣nounce it) Ne••••keh, where we lodged in an old Cane, distant from Hassia seuen and twentie miles. And vnderstanding at this place, that the way that wee were to passe on the morrow, * 1.868 was full of Arabs, and that two dayes before, many men were found in the way killed by them, we feared to goe any further. Yet meeting with company contrarie to expectation, March the seuenteenth we went forwards, and saw no house nor company all the day long besides our selues, vntill we came to a Village called Cotifey, where wee lodged in a very stately new Cane, * 1.869 built by Synan Bashaw; and not altogether finished. This Cane doth farre exceed that at Mar∣rah, (before mentioned) for hereunto is adioyned a faire new Church and a Bazar, that is a Mar∣ket * 1.870 place where Trauellers may buy many good things. Heere is also meate for Trauellers, and [ 60] Prouender for their Horses to be had of the Found•••••• 〈◊〉〈◊〉. And in the middle of this Cane, there is a faire large Fountayne of water, of hewed stones foure square, wherein there is exceeding good water for Trauellers to drinke, and Chambers for their Lodging: but if they will haue any Beds, they must bring them with them, or sleepe on the hard ground, as most men that trauell that way are wont to doe.

The eighteenth of March, from Cotifey, wee had not much more then twentie miles to Da∣mascus. * 1.871 The first ten miles was a Desart, and dangerous way, and we hardly escaped danger; for an Arabian Horseman seeing vs come, stood as a Spie in our way, to view our strength, and mar∣ked euery one of vs very narrowly, and what weapons we had; and then rode vp an high Moun∣tayne, as fast as if it had beene plaine ground, to acquaint his companions what a prey hee had found for them. Whereupon our Ianizarie cast aside his vpper garment, being a Gamberlooke, and bad vs all make readie our Weapons, and hee himselfe rode before vs with his Launce on his shoulders, expecting their comming vpon vs suddenly: but they hauing espyed (from the top of the Mountayne) fiftie Ianizaries of Damascus at the least, with their Iimmoglans comming after vs, came not, and so by the prouidence of God wee escaped their hands. The other part of our [ 10] way to Damascus, was a pleasant Plaine of tenne miles in length, hauing many fruitfull Villages, fine Riuers, and pleasant Gardens thereon. At our entrance into this Plaine or Valley, riding downe an Hill, we beheld the prospect of Damascus ten miles off, whither we came about two of the clocke in the afternoone, and tooke vp our Lodging in the middle of the Citie, at a Cane called in Morisco, Cane Nebbe, that is, The Cane of the Prophet; but by the Turkes; Cane Hara∣min, where we hired three Chambers for our money, and our Seruants bought our meate, and dressed it themselues, as they did also all the rest of the way where wee could get any thing. To this end we tooke a Cooke with vs, and other Seruants from Aleppo, to dresse our meate, and to looke to our Horses. Heere we met with Frenchmen, and other Christians, staying for company to goe to Ierusalem. [ 20]

At Damascus many Iewish Merchants, and Greekes, and others, knew some of vs, and came to salute vs, and present vs with such good things as they had, both Wine, and Bread, and Kiddes, and Fruit, &c. and lent vs very good Beds with sheets and other furniture, which refreshed well our wearied bodies.

The nineteenth and twentieth of March, wee stayed at Damascus to rest our selues, and see the Citie.

Damascus is a most ancient Citie, and as Esay spake of it in his time, The head of Aram is Da∣mascus, * 1.872 Isa. 7. 8. so Damascus is the chiefest Citie of Syria to this day. The situation thereof is most pleasant, being built on a plaine ground, strongly walled about, and a strong Castle there∣in, with many fine Riuers running on euery side of it, especially Abanah, and Pharpar, mentio∣ned, [ 30] 2. Kings 5. which now are diuided into many heads. The Turkes say, that their Prophet * 1.873 Mahomet was once at Damascus, and that when he saw the pleasant situation of it, and beheld the stately prospect of it, excelling all others that euer hee saw before; refused to enter into the Citie, lest the pleasantnesse thereof should rauish him, and moue him there to settle an Earthly Paradise, and hinder his desire of the heauenly Paradise. It hath also many pleasant Orchards, and Gardens round about the Citie, and some wayes for the space of a mile, and more about the Citie there are many Orchards, and great varietie of fruits: some called Adams Apples, and A∣dams Figs, and sundrie other strange Fruits. Damascus is called by the Turkes, Sham, and they call it, the Garden of Turkie, because there is no place in all the Turkes Dominions, especially in Syria, that yeeldeth such abundance of Fruit. Here we stayed two dayes and three nights to [ 40] rest our selues, and see the Citie. And hauing a Greeke to our Guide, he shewed vs first a stately * 1.874 Muskia, or Turkish Church erected in the place where the Temple of Rymmon stood, mentioned, 2. Kings 5. And two other memorable matters, mentioned, Acts 9. 25. viz. the place where the Disciples let downe Paul in the night through the wall in a Basket, whereof the Christians there dwelling keepe an exact memoriall; taking vpon them to demonstrate the very place of the wall; which we not beleeuing, they confirmed it with this reason, that Damascus was * 1.875 ne∣uer ouercome; and that there haue beene Christians dwelling there euer since the time of Paul, and therefore might keepe a memoriall of the very place: But to let the place passe, the thing it selfe we know to be true. He shewed vs also the house of Ananias, which is vnder the ground, whereinto we were led, downe a paire of staires from the street, as it were into a Celler; and the doore being vnlocked, we entred with Candels into the place, where we saw two darke Cham∣bers, [ 50] where a man cannot see to reade in the day time without Candels, here they say, he liued in secret for feare of the Iewes. Many Christians comming thither to see that place, with a coale write their names on the wall, and there are so many names there alreadie, that there is scarce roome for any other to set his name. Some of them report Damascus to bee built in the place where Kain killed his Brother Abel. And some say it is neere it, and offered to bring vs to the place; but we refused.

They take vpon them also at Damascus, to demonstrate the place where Saint George was bu∣ried, * 1.876 so they doe likewise at Aleppo, but I thinke the one to bee as true as the other. There is a fine Towne neere vnto Damascus, about two or three miles distant on the side of an hill, called [ 60] Salhia, from whence a man may behold the prospect of the Citie of Damascus most pleasantly, * 1.877 with the Gardens and pleasant places about it.

At Damascus we met many thousand Turkes, going on Pilgrimage towards Mecha in Ara∣bia, * 1.878 to visit Mahomets Sepulchre, as they vsually doe euery yeere about their Byram time; for

they hold, that whosoeuer once in his life time shall not goe on Pilgrimage to Mecha, to see the Sepulchre of their Prophet, shall neuer enter into Paradise. And therefore some of them goe thither often in their life time, partly for deuotion, and partly to buy Merchandise. For there are brought thither at that time of the yeere, great store of Commodities from India, Persia, and other places; and none may buy or sell there but Mahometans. And it is forbidden to all Christians vpon paine of death, to come neere Mecha within fiue miles: partly, lest they should marre their Markets; but chiefly, lest they should see their folly or rather madnesse in worship∣ping an Iron Sepulchre; after the sight whereof, many of their old men (which thinke neuer to come thither againe) vse to pull out both their eyes, after they haue seene so holy a sight. And whosoeuer (say they) dyeth in his Pilgrimage thither, or returning from thence, is sore to got [ 10] to Heauen presently. And they that haue beene there but once, are alwaies after called Hogies, that is, Pilgrims: and are called by that name in this manner. If his name before were Maho∣met, * 1.879 he is at his returne called Hogie Mahomet. If before Mustapha, hee is alwaies after called Hogie Mustapha, &c. And they that haue beene often at Mecha and returne againe, are called Great Hogies. And euery yeere when the Carauan of Pilgrims returne from Mocha, hee that hath beene there oftnest, is called, The great Hogie: and is greatly honored of them all, for hee rideth before them all in more stately apparell then they, with Flowers and Garlands about his Horse, and when they come neere any great Citie, the chiefest men in the Citie ride forth to meet him, and bring him into the Citie with great solemnitie: They falsly affirme, that this their Temple at Mecha in Arabia, was built by Abraham, and they prepare themselues with [ 20] greater care to goe to worship there, then many Christians doe when they come to the Lords * 1.880 Supper, for they disburden their hearts of all hatred and malice, and reconcile themselues one to another, &c. Otherwise they hold that all their labour is lost, and that they shall bee neuer awhit the better for their Pilgrimage. But if they forgiue one another, and repent them for their former sinnes, they thinke there to obtaine full remission of all their sinnes, and that at their returne they are pure and without spot.

March twentie one, we departed from the Citie of Damascus, and about fiue or six miles from the Citie, passed by a Village called Daria; neere vnto which, we saw a great multitude of men, * 1.881 women, and children on their knees, in the high way: and by that time they had ended their deuotion, we drew so neere as to salute them; and asking what they were, it was told vs, that [ 30] they were all Christians of sundry Nations, viz. Armenians, Greekes, Chelfalines, Nostranes, and sundry others, who went to Ierusalem, to visit and worship the holy places there. We asked further, what they meant to fall on their knees in that place: they answered vs, that it was the place where * 1.882 Paul was conuerted, and that it was their custome when they trauelled that * 1.883 way, to fall on their knees, and pray vnto God to conuert them. They were in number at the least foure or fiue hundred people, there was a Greeke Patriarke, and an Armenian Bishop in their companie. Many of them knew vs, (hauing seene vs in Aleppo) and saluted vs by our names. Wee rode a while in companie together, and lodged all together that night at a Cane, called Sassa, distant from Damascus six and twentie miles. * 1.884

March twentie two, we rode before the rest of the companie. Our way that we trauelled all [ 40] this day, was exceeding bad, rockie, waterish, and barren, called Arabia Petrea, where our Horses * 1.885 oftentimes stucke fast in the puddles and myrie places, and somtimes ready to breake their owne legs, and their Riders necks, among Rocks and Stones, it was neither pleasant going on foot, nor riding this way, for there was no path nor euen ground, but huge stones and Rocks so neere together, that our Horses could goe but a foot-pace, and oftentimes met with such Marishes and * 1.886 Quagmires, that wee were constrained to goe farre about before wee could find better waies to passe ouer. It is also exceeding cold in this place alwaies (in respect of other places in that * 1.887 Countrey) for there are neither Trees nor Houses, nor high Hils to keep away the violence and force of the Windes. The Carauans that trauell vsually that way betwixt Damascus and Egypt, say, that this dayes iourney troubleth them more then all the rest, and that they neuer passe by [ 50] that way, but they leaue two or three of their Camels behind them, some misfortune or other befalling vnto them. Wee saw also in sundry places this way, the carkasses of many dead Ca∣mels, which haue miscarried amongst the Rocks. It is also a very theeuish way, full of wilde Arabs: yet (by the prouidence of God) we came safely that day to Conetra, where we lodged * 1.888 in a good Cane, distant from Sassa eight and twentie miles.

In a Bazar (like vnto a Cloister) adioyning to the Cane, wee tooke pleasure to walke vp and * 1.889 downe some few turnes, which the Turkes beholding, wondred at vs: (for it is not their cu∣stome in those hot Countries, to walke vp and downe as wee doe in cold Countries, but to sit still on the ground like bruite Beasts) and one of them came vnto vs, and asked vs what wee meant to walke vp and downe in such sort, and whether wee were out of our way, or out of [ 60] our wits. If your way (said hee) lyeth toward the vpper end of the Cloister, why come you downewards? And if at the nether end, why goe you backe againe? It seemed no lesse strange vnto them, to see a Christian with a cut Doublet: and they called him foole, and asked him what * 1.890 he meant to make holes in his Coate: for they neither cut nor pinke any of their Garments,

but wearing them all plaine, sparing for no cost, to guard them with lace of siluer and gold, if they be able. And such as weare long haire on their heads, the Turkes call Slouens, and ac∣count * 1.891 them sauage Beasts; for they themselues weare no haire on their heads at all, but shaue them euery weeke once, and keepe them warme with a Turbant of white Shash, made of cot∣ton Wooll, which they neuer vncouer in their salutations to any man, but bow their heads, with their hands on their breasts. But if a man haue a faire long beard, they reuerence him, and * 1.892 say hee is a wise man, and an honorable personage. But if they haue no beards at all, they call them (if they be yong) Bardasses, that is, Sodomiticall Boyes. But if they be men growne, and haue no beards, they call them fooles, and men of no credit; and some of them refuse to buy or sell with such, and say, they haue no wit, and that they will not beleeue them, &c. [ 10]

The three and twentieth of March, we had a more pleasant way; for the first ten miles wee rode thorow the fields, and a very pleasant Parke. But when we came out of this Parke or For∣rest, * 1.893 we were somewhat troubled, partly by reason of the bad way, and partly by bad people in the way. The people did more trouble vs then the way; for there sate amongst the Rocks, in our way, many Turkes and Arabs, with Maces of Iron, and other weapons, who stayed vs, and demanded Caphar or toll money; we were glad to giue them content, that we might passe * 1.894 safely by them. But the Carauan of Christians, who came after vs, though they were many hundreds, yet some of them being not able, some not willing to pay so much money as they de∣manded, were shrewdly beaten with their Iron Maces. There was a Iesuit in their company, who escaped not without stripes, whereat (as I haue heard) he reioyced, and counted it merito∣rious, [ 20] * 1.895 in that he suffered such misery in so holy a voyage. And in my hearing at Ierusalem, one of his companions told him, that he merited much to sustaine such trauell and labour, and be at so great cost and charges, and suffer so many stripes for Christs sake: but I know, had it not beene more for loue of his purse then for loue of Christ, he might haue escaped without stripes, yea, with these kind speeches, Marhabbah Ianum, that is, Welcome my friend or sweet-heart. At another place in my Trauels, I heard a Frier bragging of his good workes, and saying, that hee * 1.896 had done so many good workes, that if he should kill three men, his good workes would make satisfaction, and merit remission for them all. Here I may fitly take occasion to teach those that purpose to trauell into Turkey, how to behaue themselues. If they bee set vpon by Theeues, * 1.897 they may defend themselues in their trauels, if they be strong enough; but if they be polling [ 30] officers (as these were) they must not bee contradicted. But neither in their Cities, nor in their trauels may they strike againe, though they be abused and beaten by any man (except they bee Theeues and Robbers) for if they doe, they shall either bee put to death, or haue their hand cut off. Neither if a man receiue a box on the eare at any of their hands, must he giue one bad word, or looke frowningly vpon him that smote him: for then hee will strike him againe, and say, * 1.898 What, Goure? Dost thou curse me, and wish that the Deuil had me? but hee must kisse his beard, or the skirt of his Garment, and smile vpon him, and then he will let him passe.

At the foot of this Mountayne there is an old Cane, where vsually Trauellers lodge: but it being not yet noone, we resolued to trauell eighteene miles further, to the Sea of Galile. At the foot of this stony Hill, hard by this Cane, there runneth a pleasant Riuer, which diuideth Syria [ 40] from Galile. And ouer this Riuer there is a faire Bridge, the one end whereof is out of the Ho∣ly Land, the other in it. This Riuer is called Iordan, the head whereof commeth from Mount Lybanus, and maketh three Seas. The first, is the waters of Maron, which we left on our right hand, about ten miles off. The other, on the left hand, which lay in our way as wee should tra∣uell. The second, is the Sea of Galile or Tiberias, or Lake of Genezereth. The third, is the Sea of Sodome, called Mare mortuum, where the Riuer Iordan endeth. The Bridge that crosseth this Riuer Iordan at the entrance into the Holy Land, is called Iacobs Bridge; for two causes. * 1.899 First, it is said, that there Iacob met his brother Esau. Secondly, that there Iacob wrestled with an Angell.

The first part of Canaan called Galile, beginneth at this Bridge, and to this day it is a very pleasant and fruitfull Countrey. After wee were entred into Galile, about two miles from the [ 50] Bridge, our Ianisarie asked vs whither wee would goe vp to a Mountayne, and so to Saphetta neere vnto Mount Carmel, which is a place of leaning for Iewes; or keepe the lower way, and goe by the Sea of Galile, which is the pleasanter way: and thereof we made choise, and tooke Saphetta in our way afterwards.

About seuen miles from Iacobs Bridge, our Guide brought vs to a Well, adorned with marble Pillars, and couered with stone, which hee said to haue beene the Pit whereinto Ioseph was put, * 1.900 when his Brethren sold him to the Ishmalites. But it seemed to vs incredible: first, because that was a drie Pit, and this is full of sweet water. Againe, Iacob dwelt at Hebron twelue miles be∣yond Ierusalem, and his Sonnes kept Sheepe in Shechem. And that drie Pit whereinto they put [ 60] Ioseph was at Dothan (which we saw afterwards) and this Pit which they shewed vs with marble Pillars, was in Galile; not neere Dothan nor Shechem where Iosephs Brethren kept their Fathers Sheepe. But by others of better iudgement, we vnderstood that this also was called Iosephs Pit, or Well, because it was built by one Ioseph, not Ioseph the sonne of Iacob, but some other. But the

ignorant people which trauell that way, are apt to beleeue any thing that is told them. About ten miles from this Well, we came to a Cane, called by the Moores Minium, but by the Turkes Missia, hard by the Sea of Galile, where we lodged all night, hauing trauelled that day by com∣putation * 1.901 sixe and thirtie miles.

The foure and twentieth of March we rode along by the Sea of Galile, which Iob. 6. 1. is cal∣led by two names, viz. the Sea of Galile or Tiberias. Galile, because it is in Galile: and Tiberia••, because the Citie Tiberias was built by it, and Bethsaida an other ancient Citie; of both which * 1.902 we saw some ruinous walls. And it is said in that Chapter (Ioh. 6. 1.) that Iesus went ouer the Sea of Galile: and in an other place, that he went beyond the Lake. And, Luke 9. 10. it is said, that he went into a solitarie place, neere vnto a Citie, called Bethsaida, which place of Iohn, I [ 10] learned to vnderstand better by seeing it, then euer I could before by reading of it. For, seeing that Tiberias and Bethsaida were both Cities on the same side of the Sea, and Christ went from Tiberias to, or neere vnto Bethsaida; I gather thereby, that our Sauiour Christ went not ouer the * 1.903 length or breadth of that Sea; but ouer some Arme, Bosome, or Reach thereof, viz. so farre as Ti∣berias was distant from Bethsaida; which is also confirmed in that it is said elsewhere, A great multitude followed him on foot thither; which they could not haue done, if hee had gone quite ouer the Sea, to the other side among the Gergesens, which is out of the Holy Land. And therefore this Sea of Galile, is also called the Lake of Genesereth, because the Countrey of the Gergesens is * 1.904 on the other side the Lake, from whence the Swine ran head-long into the Sea and were choa∣ked therein: and as that place was out of the Holy Land; so the people which then inhabited [ 20] it, were as farre from holinesse, when they reque••ied our Sauiour Christ to depart out of their Coasts. And such like holy people inhabit there still, viz. wild Arabs and Turks, &c. Wee saw also (neere vnto this Sea) the place where that Towne (mentioned, Ioh. 2. 1.) called Cana of Galile stood, where our Sauiour Christ at a marriage turned Water into Wine; in place whereof there * 1.905 standeth now a poore Village, inhabited by Turks. This Sea of Galile is (by computation) in length eight leagues, and in breadth fiue leagues, and euery league is three miles, and then it en∣closeth it selfe into a narrower compasse, carrying but the breadth of an ordinarie Riuer vntill it come to Sodome, where it endeth, which is called Mare Mortuum, that is, The dead Sea.

After we had rode about seuen miles by the Sea of Galile, we left it on our left hand, and as∣cended vp a Mountayne on the right hand. This Mountayne was not very steepie, but excee∣ding [ 30] pleasant and fertile, for (being the Spring-time) it was so beset with such varietie of flow∣ers among the greene grasse, that they seemed to fleere in our faces, and to laugh and sing (as the Psalmist speaketh) as wee went, Psal. 65. 13. This is said to bee that Mountayne, mentioned Ioh. 6. 9. where our Sauiour Christ wrought a miracle, in feeding fiue thousand men with fiue Barley loaues, and two Fishes.

When we came to the top of the Mountayne, we saw Saphetta on the right hand, a Vniuer∣sitie of the Iewes, where they speake Hebrew, and haue their Synagogues there. The Citie Sa∣phetta * 1.906 is situated on a very high Hill with three tops, and so the Citie hath three parts; one part is inhabited by Iewes, the other two by Turks. We asked some Iewes, whom we knew formerly to haue beene Merchants of Aleppo, what they meant to leaue their Trade and to liue there: They [ 40] answered, they were now old and came thither to die, that they might be neerer to Heauen. The Iewes haue here more libertie then in any part of the Holy Land. They dare not come to Ierusa∣lem, for feare left the Christians there dwelling, stone them. Whiles we were at Saphetta, many Turkes departed from thence towards Mecha in Arabia. And the same morning they went, we saw many women playing with Timbrels, as they went along the street, and made a yelling or shriking noise as though they cryed. We asked what they meant in so doing? It was answered * 1.907 vs, that they mourned for the departure of their Husbands, who were gone that morning on Pilgrimage to Mecha, and they feared that they should neuer see them againe, because it was a long way and dangerous, and many died there euery yeere.

All the way which we trauelled this day, was very pleasant; and all the Ground both Hils [ 50] and Dales very fruitfull, according as it is described by Moses, Deut. 8. 7, 8. and Deut. 11. 10, 11. And we came that day, about two of the clocke in the afternoone to a Village, called in the A∣rabick tongue I-nel Tyger, that is (by interpretation) The Merchants Eye, wherein there are two very faire Castles for Trauellers to lodge in from danger of wild Arabs, which abound in * 1.908 those parts: we tooke vp our lodging in the neerest Castle, which is the fairest.

After we had refreshed our selues, and slept a while: being hard by Mount Tabor, wee desired to ascend to the top of it, and tooke Ally (one of our Ianisaries) and rode towards the Moun∣taine. * 1.909 But vnderstanding that it was very dangerous, by reason of wild Arabs, which lodged * 1.910 in Caues, and Rocks, and Bushes, about the Mountaine, wee hired some of the principall Arabs to goe with vs, and guard vs from the rest. And as wee went, wee beheld the prospect of the [ 60] Mountaine to be very pleasant, somewhat steepie, but not very high (in respect of some other Mountaines thereabout) nor very large, but a comely round Mountaine, beset with Trees and thicke Bushes, which at that time of the yeere flourished greene: wee rode so farre as wee could for steepineste, and then left some of our Seruants at the foot of the Mountaine to keepe our

Horses, and tooke vpon vs to clamber vpon foot, which wee should neuer haue beene able to haue done, had there not beene very high Grasse, Sprigs, and Bushes to hold by. One of our Arabs went vp before vs, as fast as if it had beene euen ground, but we came very slowly after, which he perceiuing, would looke backe, and often vse these words to cheere vs, Gel, gel, gel, that is, Come, come, come; and sometimes these, Ish halac Seeadi, How doe you Masters. Wee were almost all out of breath, and one of our companie cried, For the lone of God let vs re∣turne, for I can goe no further; Oh, I shall die, I shall die. Whereupon, one of vs being neerer the top then he himselfe supposed (to cheere the rest) said, Come cheerefully, I am on the top; which somewhat heartned the rest: otherwise they had all gone downe againe. Being on the top, we * 1.911 rested a while to take breath; and then we walked vp and downe the top of the Mount, and [ 10] saw onely one house, or rather low Cottage vninhabited, hauing onely two darke roomes in it, meete for Foxes or Iaccals to lodge in, and saw no signe of any other Tauerne or Tabe••nacl••. Onely we vnderstood, that (many yeeres since) there was a Monasterie there inhabited by Po∣pish Friers, but being molested by the Arabs, tooke away the holinesse with them, and left the Mountaine behind them; yet still they call this Mount Tabor, in Italian, Monte Santo, that is, the Holy Mountaine: as if there were some inherent holinesse in the Mountaine. And two dayes after we had beene there, came a Iesuit and two Friers with a yong Gentleman of Paris in France, who was a Protestant, and some other companie with them, who had a desire to as∣cend * 1.912 to the top of this holy Mountaine, and went all together vntill they were wearie, which was at the foot of the Mountaine, and in the heate of the day: wherefore the French Gentleman [ 20] said, he would stay for them there vntill they returned, but was himselfe already wearie, and would goe no higher; the Iesuit and Friers reproued him, and called him foole, and told him he * 1.913 did not know what hee might merit by going to the top of that holy Mountaine. Merit (said the Gentleman) what may I merit? Thou maiest merit (said they) fiftie yeeres pardon. The Gentleman, to breake a iest with them, asked them whether hee might merit fiftie yeeres par∣don for the time past, or for the time to come: If (said he) for the time past, I am not so old (for he was but twentie two yeeres of age) if for the time to come, he did not thinke hee should liue so long. They answered him, if he did not liue so long, he might giue the yeeres which remai∣ned, to his friends. Yet could they not perswade him to goe vp any higher. When we had seene enough this Mount, returned againe to the Castle, with good stomacks to our Supper, and wea∣ried [ 30] bodies, desiring rest. Tabor is distant from Galile not much aboue twentie miles.

The fiue and twentieth of March, being the feast of the Annunciation of the Virgin Mary, and (according to the computation of our Church of England) the first day of the yeere 1601. we trauelled ouer very pleasant fields all the way, the fields of Basan, not farre from the Mount * 1.914 Basan, where there was exceeding good Pasture, and fat Cattell: onely wee wanted good wa∣ter to drinke, and our Wine was spent, and the day exceeding hot. Wee saw in our way some * 1.915 remnants of that old Tower or Fortresse, mentioned 2. Kings 5. 24. where Gehazi the Seruant of Elisha, ouer-tooke Naaman, and tooke of him two Talents of siluer, and two change of Gar∣ments. We saw also many other places worthy obseruation, but (for want of a good Guide) we knew not the names thereof, for the Turkes inhabiting those Countries, haue giuen new names [ 40] to most places. This was the pleasantest daies iourney we had in our whole trauell. I neuer saw more fertill ground and pleasant fields, and so much together, all the whole day, from Mount Tabor, to a Village called vulgarly Ienine, but of old En-gannim, whereof wee reade, Iosh. 15. 34. * 1.916 Neere vnto this Village is the place where Iabel beheaded Sisera, mentioned Iudg. 4. 21. En∣gannim is distant from Mount Tabor twentie two miles. It is a very pleasant place, hauing fine Gardens, and Orchards, and Waters about it. We stayed here all the day (the six and twentieth of March) because (the Turkes Romadan, which is their Lent, being ended) on this day beganne * 1.917 their Feast called Byram; and our Ianisarie was loth to trauell on that day, being their Feast day, and so much the rather, because his name also was Byram.

The seuen and twentieth of March, riding from En-gannim, wee were endangered twice: First, [ 50] by certaine Theeues dwelling neere vnto En-gannim, who made vs pay Caphar, or pole money twice, once at En-gannim. And when we departed from thence, they pursued vs with Bowes and Arrowes, and other weapons: we withstood them long in parley; at length euery man prepared his instruments of death ready for battell. Our Ianisaries Kinsman, Fatolla, had * 1.918 his Musket ready, and being about to giue fire, was stayed by our Ianisarie, who saw not onely these Arabs present very desperate, with their Bowes and Arrowes ready drawne, but messen∣gers also sent to raise vp all the whole rabblement thereabout vpon vs; hee told vs, wee were best giue them content, or else we were all but dead men: wherefore, to auoide further danger, we gaue them their owne desire, vpon condition, they would pursue vs no further nor suffer any of their companie to molest vs: the chiefest of them answered, Stopherlo, Stopherlo, that is, [ 60] God forbid, God forbid, we should doe you any harme, if you pay vs what we demand; which we did with all speede, and rode away from them, being glad we were rid of them.

About ten miles from them, wee rode through a Wood (a very fit place to harbour Theeues, * 1.919 who had killed certaine men trauelling that way the day before, and tooke away both a man

and Horse from the Carauan which followed after; and a woman also riding on an Asse with their carriage) and (as our Guide told vs) he neuer trauelled that way but he saw some men kil∣lid: and therefore bade vs all charge our Peeces, and shoot off when he bade vs, though we saw no bodie, lest the wilde Arabs should set vpon vs on the sodaine, lying in ambush, which wee also did in a place most dangerous, to daunt the enemies before wee saw each other. But before wee came vnto the most dangerous place, there ouertooke vs many Turkes well armed, who dwelt in Ierusalem, and were glad of our companie thither. And shortly after wee had dischar∣ged euery man his piece, we saw a great companie of Arabs on an high Mountaine neere vnto our way, yet out of the reach of our shot, who perceiuing vs to bee too strong for them, durst not set vpon vs. And so (by the prouidence of God) wee came that night to an ancient and [ 10] famous Citie, (situated in a fruitfull valley betwixt two Mountaines) called Sychar, a Citie in * 1.920 Samaria, mentioned, Iohn 4. Neere whereunto wee saw Iacobs Well, where our Sauiour Christ * 1.921 asked water of the woman of Samaria. Wee came thither in good time, for wee were excee∣ding thirstie, and dranke thereof liberally and freely. The water thereof goeth downe very pleasantly, like vnto Milke. From Iacobs Well we went into the Citie, and lodged in a very ancient and stately Cane, but very badly kept. It had beene better for vs to haue slept by Ia∣cobs Well, as others did; for here we slept on the hard stones neere vnto a Chappell in the mid∣dle of the Cane, vnder two or three great Fig-trees and Mulberrie-trees, where we were scarce safe from theeues, for we had some things stollen from vs in the night, whiles wee slept vnder the Trees on faire broad stones, whereunto we ascended by a faire stone paire of staires, sixe or [ 20] seuen steps from the ground. Sychar is distant from En-gannim, seuen and twentie miles.

The nine and twentieth of March, wee departed from Samaria to Ierusalem, and met many Souldiers in seuerall companies by the way, who knowing our Ianizarie, and other Turkes in our companie, let vs passe by them quietly, and gaue vs the salam aliek, that is, peace be vnto you. The first part of this dayes iourney was somewhat pleasant; but, the neerer we came to Ierusalem, the more barren and tedious our way was. About ten of the Clocke we came to a great Forrest. or Wildernesse full of Trees and Mountaines. When wee were on the top of this Mountaine, we saw the maine Sea on our right hand, and small Ships sayling towards Ioppa. About three or foure of the clocke, we came to a ruinous Village called Beere, but of old (as it is reported) * 1.922 Beersheba, which in former times was a great Citie: And it is said to be the place where Ioseph [ 30] and Mary comming from Ierusalem (the feast being ended) missed the Child Iesus, and sought * 1.923 him sorrowing; and returning to Ierusalem, found him in the Temple amidst the Doctors, hea∣ring them and posing them. Our purpose was to lodge here all night, being all of vs wearie and hungrie, and all our prouision spent. But finding nothing here to be had for money, either for Man or Horse; and vnderstanding that Ierusalem was but ten miles off, wee went on in our way somewhat faintly, fiue or sixe miles, and then beholding the prospect of the Citie, wee were somewhat cheered and reuiued, and solaced ourselues with singing of Psalmes, vntill wee came neere vnto the Citie. Many Greekes dwelling in Ierusalem, seeing vs afarre off, came to meet vs, supposing their Patriarch had beene in our companie, who came two or three dayes after vs. [ 40]

We dismounted from our Horses at the West gate of the Citie, called Ioppa gate, or the Castle gate; which is a very strong gate of Iron, with thirteene Peeces of Brasse-ordnance planted on * 1.924 the wall about the gate. Wee stayed in the porch of the gate, and might not be admitted into the Citie, vntill wee were searched by an Officer (as the manner is.) In the meane time there came to vs two Italian Friers, viz. Padre Angelo, and Padre Aurelio, and kissed our hands, and bade vs welcome, and told vs, that two other Englishmen were at their house, viz. Master Tim∣berley, * 1.925 and Master Borell.

When we were searched without the gate by a Turkish Officer, and deliuered vp our weapons to the Porter to keepe for vs in the gate-house vntill our returne (because no Christian may en∣ter into Ierusalem with weapons) these two Padres led vs to their Monasterie; at the gate [ 50] whereof wee were searched againe by another Turkish Officer before wee might enter into the house. For the office of the former Searcher at the gate of the Citie was onely to receiue the weapons of all Christians, and deliuer them safe to them againe at their departure. But this Searcher went further and searched all our carriage, which he caused to be opened, to see whe∣ther we had any Gun-powder, or any other engins there. For they are very suspicious of all Christians, fearing, lest for deuotion to the place, they should worke treason; therefore they suffer not Christians to enter into the Citie weaponed, lest they make insurrection against them when they are many together, and conquer the Citie, as heretofore they haue done. To this end also is the Citie walled about with strong walls, and fortified with foure strong gates, and a Castle, (but by Sultan Solyman) and euery gate well planted with Ordnance for feare of Chri∣stians. [ 60] And partly for hope haue they enuironed this Citie with such strong walls, that Chri∣stians for deuotion to the place, might come and build within the walls, and bee subiect to the Turke. For though their walls be large and strong, yet there is great roome within the walls to build more houses then are there, for there are fields of Corne within the walls of the Citie;

and the houses stand very thin, scattered, and dispersed, here one, and there two or three toge∣ther; there is not one faire street in all Ierusalem as it now is.

After they had thus narrowly searched all our carriage, euen to our cases of Bottles, we were * 1.926 admitted into the Monastery; at the entrance wherinto, met vs Master Timberley, and Master Boreel, and then Signior Franciscus Mann••rbu, the Padre Guardian of the Monasterie, and all the rest in order, and bade vs welcome, and led vs into a faire Parlour, and set good cheere before vs, and serued vs themselues. After Supper we deliuered them our Letters which wee had brought from the Venice Consull of Aleppo, and other Italian Merchants there, in our behalfe. Which when they had read, the Guardian said, our custome is, when strangers come to vs, to call them the first night to Masse, and to Confession, and to giue euery man a Candle to hold in his hand at [ 10] Masse time; and at night to wash their feet and to bring them to bed, and to many other cere∣monies, during the whole time of their continuance there. But as for vs, they vnderstood by Letters what we were; and told vs that we were so highly commended by their Patrons and Benefactors, the Venice Consull, and Merchants of Aleppo, that if they should shew vs halfe the fauour which was required at their hands, they should themselues lie without doores, and suffer vs to rule and dominiere at our pleasures. And that therefore they would not vrge vs to any thing against our consciences, but giue free libertie both of persons and consciences, as if wee were in England, or in our owne houses elsewhere; and so much the rather, because they vnder∣stood our Merchants were rich, and hoped to gaine by vs. In regard whereof, although it were Lent, wherein they eate no flesh, yet offered vs Hens, Egges, Milke: any thing that was there [ 20] to be had for money, they requested vs to command it. And during the time of our continu∣ance there, he commanded one Padre Aurelio to attend vpon vs, and see that wee wanted no∣thing; and another of his brethren, one Padre Angelo, to be our guide abroad, and to shew vs all ancient Monuments and places worth seeing, either in the Citie, or out of the Citie.

These kind speeches being vsed, they brought vs to our chambers where wee should lodge all night, and prouided for euery man seuerally a good neat Bed with faire sheets, and all things ve∣ry wholsome and handsome, where wee slept sweetly, and refreshed our wearied bodies all that night very comfortably.

But although they dealt thus kindly with vs (at the instance of their Benefactors) in giuing vs libertie of conscience, yet they deale not so with others. For some I doe know who haue [ 30] beene there, and made no conscience to doe as they haue done. Wherefore, I admonish those * 1.927 who haue a desire to trauell to Ierusalem hereafter, to take heed to themselues, that they make not shipwracke of conscience; for if they come not well commended, or well moneyed, or both, there is no being for them, except they partake with them in their idolatrous seruices. True it is, that the Turkes giue libertie of conscience vnto all that come thither; but they giue not entertaynment vnto any Christians in their houses. And the Greeke Patriarchs are poore, and not able to protect such as come vnto them for refuge. These Padres, though they bee Pa∣pists, yet haue they rich Benefactors, and want nothing, and (for the most part) very kind and curteous to strangers in all things, libertie of conscience onely excepted, wherein they seeke to make others like vnto themselues, and to seduce them from their Faith, and to winne them to [ 40] the Church of Rome: and offer vnto them who haue money in their purses, to make them Knights of the Sepulcher; but no good English Subiect will accept of that order of Knight∣hood; for at the receiuing thereof, they sweare to bee true to the Pope, and to the King of Spaine, and to other things, which no man can doe with a good conscience. And this kind∣nesse and libertie of conscience, which wee found amongst them, wee imputed not so much to the men, as to our owne money: for it cost vs charo, viz. one hundred Duckets for our en∣tertaynment.

After wee had rested one night in Ierusalem, the first day wee walked about the Citie our selues without our guide, onely to view the Citie, wee found it exceeding hot, and hotter then it is vsually at Midsummer in England: It seemed strange vnto mee, how it should once bee so [ 50] cold, that Peter should creepe to the fire, and now (at the same season) so hot that wee could not indure the heate of the Sunne. But after I had beene there a few dayes, the very place resol∣ued that doubt: for there fall great deawes, and before the Sunne haue dried it vp, it is cold, and in the night season (about that time of the yeere) somewhat cold, as I felt by experience when I slept in the fields all night. And Peter hauing watched with Christ in the night, might well be cold in the morning, before the heat of the Sunne had expelled cold.

But here wee will breake off, hauing with Master Sandys his eyes curiously viewed Ierusalems Ho∣lies in the former Chapter. [ 60]

CHAP. X.

The Iourney of EDWARD BARTON Esquire, her Maiesties Ambassador with the Grand Signior, otherwise called the Great Turke, in Constantinople, SVLTAN * 1.928 MAHVMET CHAN. Written by Sir THOMAS GLOVER then Secretarie to the Ambassador, and since employed in that Honoura∣ble Function by his Maiestie, to SVLTAN ACHMET. Two Letters are also inserted, written from Agria, by the said Ambassador BARTON. [ 10]

FIrst, the Ambassador well mounted, and his two spare Horses, with a Coach with foure Horses; next before him his Chauses, and an Enterpreter, with three Ia∣nizaries: and before the Chauses, and Ianizaries, his men, (beeing twelue in number) in Liueries rode before him, and foure Gentlemen next after him: and foure Coaches with the Christian Captiues (being three and twentie in number) the Family of Signior Crotskij, the Emperour his late Ambassador in Constanti∣nople, which hee redeemed from the Great Turke, and had licence to carrie them a long with him, and to send them into their owne Countrey, allowing and giuing him the foure Coaches, [ 20] with two Horses in each Coach, and a man to tend on euery Coach. Lastly, thirtie sixe Camels for carriage of prouision, and to euery sixe Camels, two men to attend on them, to lade and vnlade as occasion serued (which in Turkish, are called Deuedzilers) of them there were twelue in all wayting on the Camels: More the Chauses man and another Turke, called Mahomet, who was recommended to the Ambassadour to be his Lackey, to runne by his Horse vntill wee came to∣Agria.

Now on Friday being the second day of Iuly, 1596. the said Ambassador parted his house (which is in the Vines of Pera,) and tooke his Iourney, hauing to accompany him that first day, Master Iohn Sanderson Merchant (who was by him left an Agent or Logotenent vntil his returne) Ionas Aldrich Merchant, and Iohn Field a Physician: who brought him that day vnto a place, [ 30] called Aquadulce, and there pitched their Tents, remayning there that night, and the next day ensuing. On Sunday morning at Sunne rising, we departed from Aquadulce, and came to Po〈…〉〈…〉 Piccolo, about mid-day, which is some fifteene miles distant from Aquadulce, and there w••s pitched our Tents. On Munday, before the breake of the day, parted thence about ten of the clocke in the morning, and arriued at Ponte Grande, which is about twelue miles distant; where hauing pitched our Pauillions the Ambassadour sent his Chaus, and the Drogue-men, with the Grand Signior, his Commission to the Cady of the said Towne, for his allowance of prouision, who sent him fiue Sheepe, two hundred Loaues of Bread, fiue Meatres of Wine, one loade of Hay, with twentie Kylowes of Barley.

On Tuesday, before day, we parted Ponte Grande, and by Sun-rising wee came to a small Vil∣lage, [ 40] called Combergasi, where the Ambassador his people broke their fast, and after an houres stay parted thence, and came to a Towne, called Celebria, about eleuen a clocke, which is some * 1.929 ten miles distant from our last Lodging. There also the Ambassadour sent his Commission to the Cady of the said Towne, who sent him three Sheepe, two hundred Loaues of Bread, ten Mea∣ters of Wine, one loade of Hay, and twentie Kyllowes of Barley, wee pitched our Tents a quarter of a mile distant from the Towne; and an houre within the night, the Moone being vp, parted thence.

The twentieth, wee were to passe through a great Wood, betwixt two Mountaynes that day, and in the night to keepe watch. These men are Bulghars, beeing appointed by the Grand Signior, to guard all Trauellers (I meane of the Campe) that come that way, for which [ 50] seruice the said Bulgharians pay no Tribute to the Turke. Then wee came to a Village, called * 1.930 Seruia, which is at the entrance betweene those two Mountaynes, and no other passage but one that goeth to Wallachia, all the Countrey else within these Mountaynes, beeing as it were enui∣roned with mightie steepe, woodie hils, as though they were wals of strong Cities; this was the passage that Iulius Caesar passing out of Seruia, lost so many thousand men before he could gaine it; for this passage is as though it were hewen or cut out betwixt these two Mountaynes. At the mouth or rather the entrance on the North-side, it is fortified with a mightie great wall from Mountayne to Mountayne, and a strong Castle in the midst, with a great Gate to passe thorow, there is yet to be seene part of the wals, or rather fragments: the wals adioyning to the Gate are maruellous loose, and shake, readie to fall: some two houres before night, we came to the [ 60] foot of the M untayne, and there pitched our Tents a mile from a Towne, called Erchpnia; being from Tartarbosardgi eight and twentie miles, this day and nights trauell was all betwixt these two Mountaynes.

The fiue and twentieth, we came to the mouth or entrance of a strong passage beeing tenne miles long betwixt two Mountaynes, the way winding in and out, as it were, hewen, or cut

out of the Mountaynes, on both sides verie loftie: this place is of a wonderfull strength for resi∣sting of the Enemies: Now little after mid-day, we came to pitch our Tents towards the end of the said passage, by a faire Riuer side.

The sixe and twentieth, passing along the Riuer side, on the high way, wee found two men most miserably put to death, hauing each of them a stake thrust in at his Fundament, through his bodie, and so out by his necke; the stake being set vp right on end: the cause was for killing of a Ianizarie, they being Christians. The Grand Signior passing by, caused them so to suffer.

The eight and twentieth, we came to a Towne, called Neesa, and a little before our com∣ming * 1.931 to the same, we saw two men staked as afore-said, who were Transiluanians, came purpose∣ly to spie and view the Campe: also at this Townes end, there were of Christians heads flead, and stopt full of Hay hanged on posts by strings, to the number of three hundred which foure [ 10] moneths before were slaine by Turkes, vnder Mahomet Bassa, at Bosna: From the entrance of the straight passage to this place are ten miles, and from Sofpa to this place all high Mountaynes, roc∣kie and troublesome to trauell: these Mountaynes part Seruia and Sclauonia, this Citie is si∣tuated in a verie delectable Valley, hauing towards the West-side a faire Plaine, that stretcheth it selfe towards Albania and Macedonia, here we rested all that day and night.

The third of August, wee came to spread our Tents close by the mayne Campe, halfe a mile distant from Belgrado, which is a maruellous great Plaine adioyning to the Citie, and about the midst of the Campe, the Grand Signior his Pauillion is alwayes placed; and now hard by his Pauillion by force of hands was raised a small Hill, vpon which was growne a Haw-thorne, cut artificially spreading, which made a maruellous good shadow: euery Euening the Great [ 20] T〈…〉〈…〉ke would ascend into it to view his Campe, and to be seene of his people, being a custome a∣mongst the Turkes, his Souldiers in the Wars to see their King, once in foure and twentie houres.

[illustration] map of Hungary

HONDIVS his Map of Hungarie.

HUNGARIA

The seuenth, the Ambassador went to the chiefe Vizier, Abraham Bassa, about the Captiues he had in his charge, and inconference with him presently, the said slaues were sent for, and beeing * 1.932 brought before the Bassa, in the presence of the Ambassador and other Uiziers, and great perso∣nages, their deliuerance being pronounced, to be sent by the Ambassador into their Countrey, it was granted by them all; whereupon the said slaues kissing the Bassa his feet, as the manner of the Turkes is for such a grace; and the Ambassador also giuing them thankes, tooke his leaue and * 1.933 so departed, carrying his Captiues along with him to his Pauillion.

The thirteenth, about Quindi, the Ambassador with his company departed from Belgrado, riding by the South-west end of the Castle, came to the Riuer Laua, neere where it entreth into the Danubium, to passe the bridge purposely made for the Grand Signior, his Armie to passe the [ 10] same, which bridge is artificially builded vpon fortie fiue great Boats made for that purpose like Lighters, but much broader, deeper and flat bottomed, the length of the same bridge is some one hundred paces, the breadth betwixt the Rayles fortie foot: for space of eight dayes the Armie * 1.934 was going ouer, in such sort; as a man could not passe for the continuall presse of the people.

Next morning, the Grand Signior parted thence, and some two houres after, the Ambassador followed: now the ordinarie riding of the Great Turke, was in this manner (not speaking of the whole Armie, which went before and followed him, but only of those that attended on his owne person) before him rides one thousand of the brauest and best armed Horsemen, euery one with his Lance. Next them some three hundred Chauses; then one hundred Foot-men next before him, with Bowes & Arrowes; then followes his Youths, all for the most part at mans state (called Iehoglans) about some three hundred clothed in Gownes of Brocado, of Gold and Siluer, all of [ 20] one fashion, and a Cap on their heads, made in manner of a French-hood, of course red cloath: in the midst amongst them, are fortie or fiftie men riding on Camels, Horses and Mules, who play on Drummes, Fifes, and many other sorts of Instruments, continually all the way along: af∣ter these follow some fortie Coaches; then his ordinary Seruants, as Stable-men, Kitcheners and such like: this day trauelling till about eleuen of the clock, we came and spread our Tents, as neere the Grand Signiors Pauillion as we could, and close by the Danubium: whence we came, to this place, is about some nine miles.

The next morning, the Grand Signior departed from Slanconie, and about ten of the clocke came to spread his Pauillion vnder the side of an hill, close on the other side of the Danubium, [ 30] * 1.935 some seuen miles from the Towne aforesaid; all alongst this Hill full of Vineyards, where the Souldiers gathering and spilling Grapes, were complayned of; whereupon, sixe of them beeing taken, were hanged on Trees in the Vineyards, and after, a strict commandement giuen not to take any thing perforce from any man, vpon paine of death: here the Ambassador was sent for to the Bassa, and readie to depart, the Bassa willed the Ambassador, that the next morning, as the Grand Signior should passe along on his way, hee should bee ready to salute him, for hee said, that he asked for him, and maruelled hee could not see him. Vpon this, taking his leaue, depar∣ted; and so went to the Great Hodgia his Tent, and after a while to his owne Tents. The next morning, perceiuing the Great Turkes departure, the Ambassador with his men about him, all on Horse-backe salute his Highnesse according to their manner, bowing, at seuerall times, and the [ 40] Grand Signior beholding the Ambassador with his retinue, also did bow himselfe vnto them very kindly, and so past on his way, for that the Grand Signior, vpon the newes aforesaid, was desi∣rous to see the Ambassadour, which was cause that the Bassa willed the Ambassadour to doe as aforesaid.

The fiue and twentieth, the Grand Signior parted this place (in the morning early) the rather to hasten towards Hatuan, not that hee himselfe in person would goe, but being neere the way to Agria, whereto he went to lay his siedge, might vpon any occasion send more succour; the Ambassador also followed him with his retinue, finding (as before) all plaine Champion grounds, full of Grasse, and Hay: The Grand Signior willing to see his whole Armie, gaue order that they should all troope together that day, that hee might haue full view of them, which was [ 50] done accordingly, and a sight almost vncredible, ouerspreading a Plaine, further then any man could discerne. The Ambassador, to haue a full view of them, mounted a small Hill, about the * 1.936 midst of that Plaine, somewhat higher then the rest; from whence beholding them with great wonder, round about so farre as could not be discerned, the Plaine was ouer-spread (as afore∣said) with people and carriages. And about Quindi, we came to spread our Pauilions neere vnto a * 1.937 ruinated Towne; for that there was no body dwelling in the same, we did not demand the name, being from the place wee came, some twelue miles: All along this way wee saw many reliques of Castles and Townes, which by these warres, afore-time, and now, haue beene, and are de∣stroyed and pulled downe.

The twelfth of September, the Grand Signior remoued neere Agria, within full sight there∣of, [ 60] and there hath laid his siege, commanding a Turret of wood to bee made very high, to the end hee might view the whole Campe, to see all what past at his pleasure. All the way from Belgrado, hetherto newes were bruited, that Maximillian was vnder Vatiae, where hee kept long Councell, yet hitherto (though he had full power of the Emperor) makes no show nor signe to

meete the great Turke, or succour Agria. The same night the Ianisaries built and entred their Trenches, placing good store of Artillarie therein; hauing Abraham Bassa the Uisere, and As∣san Bassa the Beglerbie of Grecia, to their guard, and began to beate the East part of the Castle; also Gi••far Bassa and Mahomet Bassa, the North part, the Bassa of Natolia and Caramania, the West part. The thirteenth, the Hungarians set their Suburbs on fire, which were very well fenced with a high Wall, yet distructing their forces, fearing that the Turkes once entring the same, should make a Fortresse of offence, fired the same, and fled vnto the Castle: Now the Turkes perceiuing them to be gone vp into the Castle, scaled the out wals of this Towne, and tooke such pilledges as the fire had left there: The chiefest of the Inhabitants of this Citie, fled into the Countries thereabouts, before the Grand Signior his approaching to the said siege, and [ 10] the rest retyred themselues into the Castle, as aforesaid, with as much goods as they could. The foureteenth, the Turkes entred, and burned and spoyled the rest of the Suburbs; with a great Church, but were soone repelled, and the Church, with the rest, for that time was well defen∣ded. The same day Cigalla was appointed out Skire, with a troope of light Horse-men, to see that no succour should come to the Castle.

The twentieth, Turkes giuing fire to a Mine, it proued contrarie to their mindes, the force comming forth, and not into the Castle: After which, the defendants perceiuing it tooke courage, and assaulted the Trenches of the venturers, whom they found vnprouided of defence; slew many, and taking some of them and their Banners, retired into the Castle with their prey, and there set the Banners vpon the wals, to terrifie the Turkes. The two and twentieth at night, [ 20] the Turkes filled the Castle Ditches with Wood and Hay, but because they were not ready, or deuised to couer the same with earth, as it ought to be; the defendants seeing it, presently with Wild-fire consumed it; so for that time frustrated their desire, yet continuing their batterie, made foure seuerall places of the Castle wals assaultable. The three and twentieth, by night had they prouided sufficient wood, and other matter to fill the Ditches; in the meane time, the Beg∣lerbie of Ianik being sent hither to the siege, without order from the Grand Signior or the chiefest Bassa, and word being brought, the Emperour was strong in those parts, if pardon had not beene gotten for him, he had lost his head; yet presently was sent backe againe from whence he came, vpon his owne proper cost and charges, and that was his penaltie for the offence.

The foure and twentieth, the Turks giuing fire to a Mine, had made a great breach, and thereup∣on [ 30] gaue a generall assault, which indured most fearefully on both sides, for the space of an houre; yet at last the Turkes were beaten backe. After a little rest made, began a new assault, which continued two houres; in the which, the Turkes got the better, gayning the wals and the Ar∣tillery on the same, which presently they turned vpon the Castle. The twentie fiue, the Turks gaue an assault vpon the inner part of the Castle, but repulsed with a great slaughter. The twentie sixe, the Turks attempting to vndermine the Castle, and presently thereupon, to giue a generall assault: but the Christians hauing by some meanes knowledge thereof, to hinder the Turkes they should not giue fire thereunto, and to haue more time themselues to countermine theirs, went and cast great quantitie of vnbeaten corne on that side the wall, so that the Turks could not wel stand to come nigh to dig or bring powder, so for that day the assault was deferred. The eight & twen∣tieth, [ 40] in the morning, first fired a Mine which cast vp the Castle wall, the breadth of two Carts, and presently vpon the same, gaue a new assault; but because the Iamsaries was not backed, the assault tooke no effect, but about two houres after, refreshing themselues, and gathering more strength, about mid-day began the assault afresh, which indured till night; but because of the great raine that at the instant fell, they preuailed not, though on both sides many slaine, and the Castle put in great ieopardie. On Wednesday the nine and twentieth, and Thursday the thir∣tieth, still skirmishing for all it rained.

The first of October, as before said, continually skirmishing, it chanced that an English-man a Trumpeter, fled out of the Castle, and being taken by the Turkes, was brought to the Grand Signior, and being examined, aduised him of the weake estate thereof: according to whose re∣port, [ 50] in the morning being Saturday the second of October, it was rendred vpon condition they might depart with Bag and Baggage: which was granted. The third, being licenced to depart according to the Grand Signior his promise, vnder the charge of the Beglerbie of Natolia. At their departure forth of the Castle, they were spoyled of their goods carried with them, and most of them slaine by the Spahies, Ianisaries of Hatuan, and other Turks, not without suspition of the Grand Signior his knowledge, because he vsed no seuere punishment for the breaking of his com∣mandement, and his owne promise. There were in number about one thousand Souldiers, and as many more men, women, and children Inhabitants, which were saued and kept to remaine Sub∣iects there: the chiefe Captaines were kept and promised their libertie. The chiefe was Honnger, Signior Paulo: The Coronell Gulielmo Trozka, Iohannes Iacobus, Comes Atarne Bohemo, Iohannes [ 60] Kinskye de Tetan; and Count Rugero Italiano.

A Letter written by Master Edward Barton Ambassador, to Master Sanderson; inscribed Al Molto Mag. Sig. Gio. Sanderson, &c.

LOuing friend, I haue written twice vnto you, as well from Bellograd as also Solnok, of what in * 1.938 my voyage hitherto had passed, but my Letters were intercepted and torne, brought vnto my hands againe, and being of no great importance, I will no more reply them, but aduise you of the Grand Signi∣or, and our arriuall at Agria, which happened the twelfth of September, and the selfe same night he made his trenches and batteries in six seuerall places; the Vice-Roy in one place, the Beglerbie of Gre∣cia in another, the Beglerbie of Natolia in the third, the Ianisaries in the fourth, Ieffer Bassa Eu∣nuch [ 10] in the fifth, Mahemed Bassa Gera in the sixt; Cigal Ogli was Captaine ouer the light Horse∣men, to scoure the coasts on all sides, that no succour should come, and to learne aduice of the Emperours proceedings and designes.

The thirteenth, the Inhabitants set all their Suburbs on fire, which might be little lesse then Gallata, which though they were well defenced with a strong wall, yet the defendants being few in number, and distrusting to their owne strength, left the defence of them, and retired themselues within the Castle. The sixteenth, the Ianisaries offered a generall skirmish, euen vnder the Gate of the Castle, where on both sides many were slaine, but the Hungars keeping themselues close within the wals, and the Ianesa∣ries tyred, soone retired. The seuenteenth, eighteenth, and nineteenth, they intended to vndermine the Ca∣stle, and the twentieth, put fire thereto, but not succeeding to their mindes (though they valiantly at∣tempted [ 20] to enter the breach) they gaue courage to the defendants to make issue to mutuall damage. The foure and twentieth, the assailants hauing made another breach, valiantly entred the same, but not being seconded with fresh forces, were repelled, yet two houres after, in the same day, taking on them better courage, and more valiantly seconded, gaue a new assault, when by chance, a woman in the Castle set∣ting, by chance, fire on a Barrell of Powder, and the Souldiers of the Castle thinking it was a Mine fired in the Castle, for feare thereof retiring themselues, gaue the Turkes courage to enter a small but strong Bastion, builded for defence of a weake part of the Castle, which they valiantly euen to the last defen∣ded; and euer after, with myning and counter-myning, continuall assaults and skirmishes on both parts fighting, to the extreame losse of the defendants. The first of October, an English Trumpetter escaped out and fled to the Vice-Roy, requiring life and libertie, and declaring the weakenesse of the Castle, [ 30] was brought befare the Grand Signior, to whom likewise he made like relation; according to whose re∣ports, the next day being Saturday the second of October, the Castle was rendered, with compact that all the Souldiers should safely retire whither best they left, and the Inhabitants to remaine continuall Inha∣bitants, and owners of their former possessions; the latter of which promises was obserued, but the first was broken, because the Inhabitants of Hatuan, a Castle belonging to the Grand Signior, two dayes iourney thence, together with the Tartars, assaulted the said Souldiers a mile from Agria in their departure, and cut them all in pieces, because Maximillian with the Emperours forces, hauing a moneth since ta∣ken * 1.939 Hatuan, did most cruelly, without compassion, put all the Inhabitants to the sword. Hence the Grand Signior doth within fiue daies determine to goe towards Buda vncertaine vpon what designe. From Sol∣nok I sent my Drogueman to Buda with the Emperours Ambassador his familie, and in Buda I re∣leased [ 40] fiue other, with all which companie, consisting of seuen and twentie, I receiued Letters from my Drogueman, and the Gentleman in Buda released; that they departed from Pest the thirteenth of December toward the Emperours Court, God send mee a good answer speedily. And I pray you send this aduice for England; Commending me to Iu. Field, and Doctor Sette Cotte, and Master Peter Gallant, with Sign. Ant. Peron, and the French Secretarie:

this fift of October, 1596.

Your assured, E. BARTON.

Part of another Letter written likewise by the said Ambassadour from [ 50] Agria, to Master Sandy the English Consull at Aleppo.

I Thinke thnt at your residence with me, you remember how that the Grand Signior had made me grant of the libertie of all the Emperours Ambassadors his family, which now he hath performed and I haue sent them by my Drogueman vnto the Emperour, euen twentie eight persons of which number diuers were Gentlemen of account, so that I hope my seruice therein shall be gracefull to his highnesse, and ac∣ceptable to his Maiestie, and of delight to you and the rest my good friends, whom I could not leaue vn∣aduised thereof, as alike of the Mansu〈…〉〈…〉ng of the Bassa, and successe of Abraham Bassa, late high Treasu∣rer, now Bassa of that place, to whom, as to my very good friends, I will earnestly commend you, and the rest of my Countriemen and friends, &c. [ 60]

The Polish Ambassadour departed from Agria, hauing with him three Ianisaries, and two Girles, which the Ianisaries tooke at Agria the same day, the Ambassadour hauing occasion to goe to the Bassa, at his returne his Chauses carried him through the Citie of Agria, which was

burned and spoyled to the ground, and lying a mile beyond the Towne, vpon a great Plaine, the poore Christians that were licenced to depart out of the Castle, lay all slaine there scattered. Returning back, we saw vnder the Castle wals of Christians that were slaine at the siege a great number heaped vp together close to the wall, about two fathome high, all naked frying in the Sunne, besides in diuers other places many more. Comming along to our Pauillion, wee saw with certaine Ianisaries fiue women and children, the one of fiue yeeres, and the other sucking the mothers brest; those women and children the Ianisaries made purchase of, at rendring vp of the Citie, and the Castle of Agria. The Girle of fiue yeeres of age, the Ambassadour bought for ten Chekines; Here the Grand Signior stayed till the Castle was againe repaired.

The tenth, came newes that Christians were within three daies iourney of the Campe, wher∣vpon [ 10] Gieffer Bassa, and the Beglerbie of Grecia, were sent to view the Christians Campe; who more ventrous then wise, entring the clawes of the Christians, were wholly discomfited, & most of their retinue slaine, and pursued to the Turks campe; for which cause they were both deposed. Yet Assan Bassa was preferred to the Beglerbie of Grecia, which fiue daies before was taken from him. Now Cigalla was made General together with Assan Bassa, and appointed to go on the Chri∣stians: but Agria wals being already repaired, the Grand Signior resolued himselfe to go in person, and departed from Agria on the fourteenth, trauelling all that day, till about Quindie, then came to spread his Tents or Pauilions. Next morning proceeding on his iourney, about ten of the clocke hee came in sight of the Christians, and within halfe an houre after, began to skirmish with them, they being intrenched neere to their Campe, by two old Churches or Chappels vp∣on [ 20] a great Plaine, neere to a long puddle or Mare ground, of some foure miles long, all alongst a small banke or hill, in breadth some seuen or eight Rods; and beyond this, vpon this hill or banke aforesaid, had the Christians incamped themselues. About mid-day, at the aproaching of the Grand Signior, they skirmished freshly, and some Turkes intrenched themselues neere vnto one of these Churches aforesaid, these continuing all day skirmishing, as aforesaid, where both sides shewed great valour, but small bloud shed, in respect of such infinite forces as were there, e∣specially of Turkes. The Ianisaries in particular, brauely entred the Christians Trenches, but not being seconded, were most of them put to the Sword; and the Christians perceiuing no seconds, valiantly marched forwards, and gained the Turkes Trenches, put them to flight with some slaughter. Now the night approaching, and raine withall, the Grand Signior retired with his Pauilions, some mile off: the Ambassadour also with his companie, seeking to plant them∣selues [ 30] for that night, not finding his carriages, was constrained to rest in the open field without any Tent, or ought else ouer his head, and neither meat nor drinke. The Ambassador was faine to send two of his Ianisaries to seeke for somewhat for him and his Companie, as also for their Hor∣ses; at length they brought some twelue Okes of Bisket, whereof some part wee eate, and the rest gaue our Horses: also Beniamin Bushop hauing formerly vnder Agria bought a Dutchman, Slaue to the Turks, who riding all day with vs, and being ill at ease, the same night he dyed with his Horse in his hand.

The sixteenth, when after a troublesome night, approached the day, that bloudy day, that dreadfull day to the Turkes, but most vnfortunate to the Christians: In the morning newes be∣ing brought, that the Christians had forsaken the Turkes Trenches, and retired to their owne; [ 40] the Turkish Horse-men that seeing, assaulted them valiantly, and though they found good in∣counter, yet repulsed the Christians. Now againe, when the Christians had set their forces in good order, they brought their maine campe forth, and soone repelled the Turks, where the poore Ianisaries, being Foot-men, were all put to the Sword, some two thousand persons, the Christi∣ans seeing the Turkes flie, followed in braue Martiall manner: The Foot-men Harquebuses, be∣fore * 1.940 them the light Artillerie, and after them the Horse-men in warlike manner, whose approa∣ching so terrified the Turkes, that without respect of their Emperour, and their liuings depen∣ding on him, they fled in most shamefull wise, so that the Christians without resistance, approa∣ched euen nigh the Pauilions of the Grand Signior. At which time I leaue to the world, to consi∣der what fright the Grand Signior was in, seeing all his Armie flie; yet incouraged by some about [ 50] him of his chiefe Officers, caused his Banners Imperiall, to march forwards vpon the Christians; and he with his Bow and Arrowes shot thrice, and as some say, slue three Christians. Now the Tartars, for feare of the Harquebuses, gathered themselues about the Grand Signior his Pauillion, and houering a little off, and Hassan Bassa who had the charge of the reward (lest the Christians Horse should assault the Grand Signior on the backe side) approaching with all the Grecian light horsemen, who taking the right side of the Christians, were al ready on the face encountred with those who inuironed the Grand Signior, and on the other side, by the Tartars, were on the sud∣den so frighted, that the Horse-men forsaking the Artillerie and guard of the Foot-men, fled without order, and being pursued, many of them were slaine; but the poore footmen soone incom∣passed [ 60] by the troopes of Turkes Horse-men, were all most cruelly without blow offering or shew of resistance, put to the Sword; many of the Horse-men by benefit of the night, escaped to the Mountaynes of Agria.

The seuenteenth in the morning, there came to the Ambassadors Pauillion, two great Chauses

from the Bassa, who willed him to goe with them to view the place where the Christians had encamped themselues: which he did, taking foure Ianizaries, his owne two Chauses, two Spa∣heis, and his owne men. Now missing one of his Ianizaries, his fellow not hauing seene him all that day, riding along at the entrance of the Christians Campe, found the said Ianizarie slaine, whom the Ambassador shewed the Chauses, & so past along; the foresaid Chauses shewed the Ambassadour what place they had chosen for their Armie; which, if they had kept them∣selues within that compasse, and let the Turkes assault them still as they began, and they but to defend themselues, in small time would haue wearied the Turkes, and done them great damage; and little hurt to themselues: for onely but at two muddy watery places (by the foresaid old Chappels) could the Turkes come neere them to doe any great harme: for hardly could a Horse [ 10] passe, for being layed in, so that no possibilitie was for the Christians to haue any great repulse. But passing those places, assaulting and skirmishing with the Turkes was their ouerthrow. Thus these Chauses led the Ambassador from the one end to the other, which is about two miles long, and a very great Plaine, and Woods at the end thereof. There was all their Ordnance left behind them, and much Armour which the Christians that fled cast away, to goe with more speed when the Turkes pursued them so neere. When they came to the end thereof, some which fled, being ouertaken, lay slayne, both Horse-men and Foot-men. There was left great store of Wheat, Meale, Bread, Butter, Cheese, Bacon, Sausages, Beefe, and other prouision. Now, the Am∣bassador returned to his Pauillion, bringing these two Chauses with him to dinner; which done, they tooke their leaue and departed. After this conquest, the Grand Signior rested in his Pauil∣lions [ 20] there three dayes.

The nineteenth, the Grand Signior raysed his whole Armie, bending his course homewards, arriuing at Constantinople on Sunday, being the twelfth of Decemb. 1596. at which time he was receiued with great pompe, and before his entrance, the Ambassadour, being placed by the chiefe Vizere, that when the Grand Signior came, hee went and saluted him, as the manner amongst them is, and kissed his hand; which done, he returned to his Horse. The Agent aforesaid, with a fresh Horse, and a troope of more then twelue met; hauing met him foure miles off from Constan∣tinople, and about midday came to his owne house in the Vines of Pera, God be thanked, and his holy and blessed Name, for this, and our preseruation in so dangerous a Voyage, and for all other his infinite goodnesse towards vs, be praised for euermore. Amen. [ 30]

The Ambassador reported to Master Iohn Sanderson, that the Hodiee or Schoole-master of the Great Turke, encouraged him in this extremitie to get vpon his Horse, wrapping himselfe in Mahomets Flag, and to take these three * 1.941 Arrowes, and shoot them toward the Christians Campe, vsing these words following, Bismilla Rohmane Roheim; which hee did. Cigallogli encouraged the Turkes to turne vpon the Christians then busied in pillaging, and put them to flight. After which seruice Cigal∣logli (before Mansul'd or put out of his place of High Admirall) came to the Turke, who embraced and kissed him, saying, he deserued not onely his place againe, but the Kingdome.

The Reader may informe himselfe more fully of this Battel, and the Christians spoile through greedinesse of spoile, in Knolles, or other Writers of the Turkish Sorie. This our Author hath al∣so written his Voyage, from thence sent by the Ambassador into Poland, also from Constantinople [ 40] to Tripolis in Syria, 1601. from Constantinople to Aleppo, 1602. into England, 1603. and againe from Constantinople to England, 1604. But I feare my Reader will bee wearie of Turkie: from whence yet yee may not, shall not depart, till yee haue beene made spectators of a Tragicall Co∣medie, and a Comicall Tragedie (Comicall, I hope to vs, if the sinnes of Christendome preuent not, to the Turkes a Tragedie) the most dismall that euer yet befell the Ottomans. In the first, the same man is both Author and Actor; in the next, you haue a Choragus, to whom wee owe much for this, for former his learned and honourable seruices, both full of Raritie and Varietie, the parents of Wonder and Delight. [ 50] [ 60]

CHAP. XI.

The Trauels and Aduentures of Captaine IOHN SMITH in diuers parts of the world, begun about the yeere 1596.

§. I.

His Trauels thorow France, Italie, and on the Sea coasts of Europe, Africa, and Asia: [ 10] His entertaynment and exploits in the Emperours warres against the Turke: his subtile Stratagems, valorous Combats, Applause, Aduancement, Honour.

IN his youth, when France and Netherlands had taught him to ride a Horse, and * 1.942 vse his Armes; with such rudiments of Warre as his tender yeeres in this Mar∣tiall Schoole could attayne vnto; he was desirous to see the World, and trie his fortune against the Turke. Opportunitie casting him into the companie of foure French Gallants well attended, fayning to him they were deuoted that way; ouerperswaded him in the Low Countries, to goe with them into France: with such ill weather as winter affoordeth, in the darke night they arriued in the broad shallow inlet of S. Valereys in Piccardie. A worse winter, and darker night accompanied him, namely his French Gallants; which, liking well his apparell, and thinking him better furnished with mo∣ney then themselues, plotted with the Master of the ship, who conueyed them and his Trunks ashoare; and left him aboord till the Boat could returne, which was not till next day towards euening. The reason he alleaged was, the Sea was so high he could come no sooner: And that his pretended French Lord was gone to Amiens, where they would stay his comming. Which treacherous villanie, when diuers other Souldiers Passengers had vnderstood, they had like to haue slaine the Master: and had they knowne how, would haue runne away with the ship.

One of the Souldiers, called Currianuer, compassionating his iniurie, assured him this great * 1.943 Lord Deprean, was onely the sonne of a poore Lawyer of Mortaine in Bas Brittagine, and his at∣tendants Cursel, La Nelie, and Mouferat, three younger Brothers, as arrant cheaters as himselfe; and if he would accompanie him, he would bring him to their friends, and in the interim sup∣plie his wants. Thus trauelling by Diep, Codobeck, Honfleu, Pount Rodemer in Normandie, they * 1.944 came to Caen in Bas Normande. Where both the Noble Currianuer, and many of his friends kindly welcommed him, and brought them to Mortaine, where hee found their friends, as hee had promised him, but to small purpose. Yet the bruit occasioned the Ladie Columber, the Baron Larshan, the Lord Shasge, and diuers other honourable persons to supplie his wants, and to giue him kind entertainment with them, to recreate himselfe as long as he would. But such pleasures little suted with his poore estate: and his restlesse spirit could neuer find content to receiue such * 1.945 noble fauours as he could neither deserue, nor requite. Whereupon, wandring from Port to Port, to find some Man of Warre, he spent that he had, and in a Forrest, neere dead with griefe, a rich Farmer found him by a faire fountaine vnder a tree. This kind Pesant relieued him againe to his content, to follow his intent. Not long after, as he passed through a great Groue of trees be∣twixt Pounterson and Dinan in Brittaigne, it was his chance to meet Cursell, more miserable then himselfe. Without any word they both drew, and in a short time Cursell fell to the ground: where, from an old ruinated Towne the Inhabitants seeing them, were satisfied, when they heard Cursell confesse what formerly had passed; and that in the diuidiug what they had stolne [ 50] from him, they fell by the eares among themselues: but for his part hee excused himselfe to be innocent, as well of the one as of the other. In regard of his hurt, Smith was glad to bee so rid, directing his course to an h〈…〉〈…〉ourable Lord, the Earle of Ployer: who (during the Warres in France) with his two brethren had beene brought vp in England; by whom he was better re∣furnished then euer. When they had shewed him Saint Malo, Mount Saint Michael, Lambal, Saint Brieux, Lanion, and their owne faire Castle of Tunkadeck Guigan, and diuers other places in Brittaigne, and their Cornwall; taking his leaue he tooke his way to Renes, the Brettons chiefe Citie; and so to Nantes, Poytiers, Rochell, and Bordeaux. The rumour of the strength of Bayon in Biskay caused him to see it: And from thence tooke his way from Leskar in Bearn, and Pow in the Kingdome of Nauarre to Tolouse, Vizers, and Carcasson in Gascoigne; Narbonne, Mont∣pellier, [ 60] Nysmes, and Poundegale, in Langedock, and through the Countrey of Auinion by Arles, to Merselles in Prouence.

[illustration] map of France

HONDIVS his Map of France.

There embarking himselfe for Italie, the ship was inforced to Toulon; and putting againe to * 1.946 Sea, ill weather so grew vpon them, they anchored close aboord the shoare, vnder the little Ile [ 40] of Saint Marie against Nice in Sauoy. Here the inhumane Prouincials with a rabble of Pil∣grims * 1.947 of diuers Nations going to Rome, hourely cursed him not onely for a Hugonot, but said, his Nation were all Pirats; rayling on his dread Soueraigne Queene Elizabeth, and that they neuer should haue faire weather so long as he was aboord them. There disputations grew to that passion, that they threw him ouerboord: yet GOD brought him into that little Ile, where were no Inhabitants. The next morning hee espied two ships more ride by them, put in by the storme; which fetched him aboord, well refreshed him, and so kindly vsed him, that hee * 1.948 was well contented to trie the rest of his fortunes with them. After he had related vnto them this former discourse: what for pitie and for loue of the Honourable Earle of Ployer, this Noble Britton his neighbour, Captaine La Roshe of Saint Malo, regarded and entertayned him. With [ 50] the next faire wind they sayled along by the coast of Corfica, and Sardinia, and crossing the Gulfe of Tunis, passed by Cape Bona, to the Ile of Lampadosa; leauing the coast of Barbarie till * 1.949 they came at Cape Rosato, and so along by the African shoare for Alexndria in Egypt. There hauing deliuered their fraught, they went to Scanderone; and after keeping their course by Cy∣prus, and the coast of Asia; sayling by Rhodes, the Archipelagus, Candia, and the coast of Graecia, * 1.950 and the Ile Cephalonia; they lay to and againe a few dayes, betwixt the Ile of Corfu, and the Cape of Otranto in the Kingdome of Naples, in the entrance of the Adriaticke Sea, till they mette with an Argosie of Venice, which it seemes, the Captaine desired to speake with: whose vntoward answer was such as slue them a man. Whereupon presently the Britton gaue them his broad side, then his stearne, and his other broad side also; and continued his chase Peeces till hee [ 60] * 1.951 gaue so many broad sides one after another, that the Argosies Sayles and tackling were so torne that shee stood to her defence, and made shot for shot. Twice in one houre and halfe the Brit∣tons boorded her, yet they cleered them selues. But clapping her aboord againe, the Argosies fired him, with much danger to them both, but was presently quenched. This rather augmen∣ted

the Brettons rage, then abated his courage; and hauing re-accommodated himselfe againe, he shot her so betweene wind and water, that shee was ready to sinke: then they yeelded. The Brettons lost fifteene men, shee twentie, besides diuers hurt: the rest went to worke on all hands; some to stop the leakes, others to guard the prisoners, which were chayned; the rest to * 1.952 rifle her. The Silkes, Veluets, Cloth of gold, and Tissue; Peasters, Chickines, and Sultanies, they vnloaded in foure and twentie houres in wonderfull store: whereof hauing suff••cient; and tyred with toyle, they cast her off with all her companie, with as much good Merchandize as would haue fraughted such another Britton.

To repaire his defects he stood for the coast of Calabria; but hearing there were sixe or seuen Galleys at Mesina, he departed thence for Malta: but the winde comming faire, hee kept his course along the coast of the Kingdome of Sicilia, by Sardinia and Corfica, till hee came to the [ 10] Road of Antibo in Piemont, where he set Smith on shoare, with fiue hundred Chickenes, and a * 1.953 little Box which he had, worth neere as much more. Here he embarqued himselfe for Legorne, being glad to haue such an oportunitie and meanes to better his experience, by the view of I∣talie: and hauing passed Tuscanie, Ueterbo and many other Cities, as Rome, and Saint Peters Pa∣trimonie, he went downe the Riuer Tyber, to Ciuita Vecha: where hee embarqued himselfe to satisfie his eye with the faire Citie of Naples, and her Kingdomes Nobilitie, returning by Capua, Rome, and Siena, he passed by that admired Citie of Florence, the Cities and Countries of Bolo∣nia, * 1.954 Ferrara, Mantua, Padua, and Venice: whose Gulfe he passed from Malamaco, and the A∣driaticke Sea for Ragouza, spending sometime to see the barren broken Coast of Albania and Dalmatia, to Capo de Istria, trauelling the Mayne of poore Sclanonia, by Tubliano, till hee came [ 20] to Gratz in Stiria, the Seat of Ferdinando an Arch-duke of Austria, (now Emperour of Al∣maine) * 1.955 where hee met an English and an Irish Iesuite: who acquainted him with many braue Gentlemen of good qualitie: especially with the Lord Ebersbaught, to whom hee gaue experi∣ments of such conclusions, as he proiected to vndertake: hee preferred him to Baron Kizell, Ge∣nerall of the Artillery: and he to a worthy Colonell, the Earle of Meldritch, with whom go∣ing to Vienna in Austria, hee made him Captaine of two hundred and fiftie Souldiers, vnder whose Regiments how he spent his time, this insuing Discourse will declare, as it is written in a Booke intituled, The Warres of Transiluania, Wallachi, and Moldauia, written by Francisco Fer∣neza a Learned Italian, Secretarie to Sigismundus Bathor the Prince.

[illustration] map of Transylvania

HONDIVS his Map of Transiluania.

TRANS∣SYLVANIA

Extracts of Captaine Smiths Transyluanian Acts, out of Fr. Fer. his Storie.

AFter the losse of Caniza, the Turkes with twentie thousand besieged the strong Towne of Olim∣pach, so straitly, as they were cut off from all intelligence and hope of succour, till Iohn Smith an * 1.956 English Gentleman, acquainted Baron Kizell, Generall of the Arch-Dukes Artillerie, that he had taught the Generall his worthy Friend, such a Rule, that hee would vndertake to make him know any thing he intended, and haue his Answere; would they bring him but to some place, where he might make the flame of a Torch seene to the Towne. Kizell inflamed with this strange inuention; Smith made [ 10] it so plaine, that forth-with he gaue him Guides, who in the darke night brought him to a Mountaine, where he shewed three Torches equi-distant from each other, which plainly appearing to the Towne, the Gouernour presently apprehended: and answered againe with three other fires in like manner, each thus knowing the others being and intent. Smith, though distant seuen miles, signified to him these words. On Thursday at night I will charge on the East, at the Alarme sally you: Eberspaught answe∣red * 1.957 he would. And thus it was done, First, he writ his Message, as briefe you see, as could be; then diuided the Alphabet in two parts thus: A B C D E F G H I K L with one Light, the other Letters following with two, M N O P Q R S T V W X Y Z. The first part from A to L is * 1.958 signified by shewing and hiding one Linke so oft as there is Letters from A to that Letter, you meane; the other part from M to Z, is mentioned by two Lights in like manner; the end of a word is signi∣fied [ 20] by shewing of three Lights, euer staying your Light at that Letter, you meane, till the other may write it in a Paper, and answere by his signall, which is one Light. It is done, begiuning to account the Letters, by the Lights euery time from A or M: by this meanes, also the other returned his An∣swere, thereby each vnderstanding other. The Guides all this time, hauing well viewed the Campe, re∣turned to Kizell, who doubting of his power, being but twentie thousand, was animated by the Guides which related that the Turkes were so diuided by the Riuer in two parts, that they could not easily second each other. To which Smith added this conclusion, that two or three thousand pieces of Match, fastened * 1.959 to diuers small Lines of two hundred fathome in length, beeing armed with Powder, might all bee fired and stretched at one instant, before the Alarme, vpon the Plaine of Eysnaburge, supported betweene two staues, at each Lines and: in that manner, would seeme as if they were so many Musketiers: which [ 30] was so put in practice, as being discouered by the Turkes, they prepared to encounter these false fires, thinking there had bin some great Armie, whilst Kizell with his Forces entred the Turkes quarter. They now ranne vp and downe as men amazed, and it was not long ere Eberspaught was pell mell with them in their Trenches: in which distracted confusion, a third part of the Turkes that be∣sieged that side towards Konbrucke were slaine, many of the rest drowned, and fled••: the other part of the Armie was so busied to resist the false fires, that Kizell before the morning had put in two thousand good Souldiers into the Towne, and with small losse was retyred: the Garrison was also well relieued with that which they found in the Turkes Quarter: Which caused the Turkes to rayse their Siege, and returne to Caniza, and Kizell with much honour was receiued at Kerment: and occasioned the Author a good reward and preferment, to bee Captaine of two hundred and fiftie Soul∣diers, * 1.960 [ 40] vnder the conduct of Colonell Meldrich.

A generall Rumour of a generall Peace, now spread it selfe all ouer the face of those tormented Countries: but the Turke intended no such matter, but leuied Souldiers from all parts he could, and the Emperour also by the assistance of the Christian Princes, prouided three Armies: the one led by the Arch-duke Matthias, the Emperours Brother, and his Lieftenant Duke Mercurie to defend low Hunga∣rie; * 1.961 the second by Ferdinando the Arch-duke of Stiria and the Duke of Mantua his Leiftenant to re∣gaine Caniza: the third by Don Gonsago Gouernour of high Hungarie to ioyne with Basta, to make an absolute Conquest of Transiluania.

Duke Mercurie with an Armie of thirtie thousand (whereof neere ten thousand were French) be∣sieged * 1.962 Stolewisenburg, otherwise called Alba Regalis, a place so strong by art and nature that it was [ 50] thought impregnable. There hapened many a bloudie sally, strange stratagems and valiant Exploits on bothsides by seuerall Nations; but in briefe, Earle Meldritch by the information of three or foure Chri∣stians escaped out of the Towne. Captaine Smith tooke occasion vpon the great Assemblies, thronging together at euery Alarme, to put in practice the sierie Dragons, which hee had demonstrated him and the Earle Von Sults at Comora, which he thus performed. After hee had prepared fortie or fiftie Earthen round bellied Pots prepared, with mixtures, Powder and Bullets, as experiences had taught him, * 1.963 (though with exceeding danger) he so fitly placed them in slings, graduated so neere as they could to these Assemblies, and other places of aduantage, that at mid-night vpon the Alarme, it was a fearefull sight to see the short flaming course of their flight in the Ayre: but presently after the fall, the lamen∣table noyse of the miserable slaughtered Turkes was most terrible: besides, they fired that strong Sub∣urbe, [ 60] at the Port of Buda, in two or three places, which so troubled the Turkes to quench, that had there beene any meanes to haue assaulted them, they could hardly haue resisted the fire and their Enemies.

This Citie being taken by the incredible Aduentures of the Duke, the Earle Roseworme with the other Colonell and Captaines, which had beene in possession of the Turkes, more then fiftie yeares: the

Turke sent presently Asan Bassa with theescore thousand, if it were possible to re-gaine it: the Duke vnderstanding this, with twentie thousand met him: where fiue or sixe thousand were slaine, with the * 1.964 Basla of Buda, and foure or fiue Zanzackes.

Duke Mercurie diuiding his Armie, sent the Earle Meldrich (of whose Company was Captaine Smith in this encounter) to assist the Lord Basta, Generall for the Emperor Rodulph, against Sigis∣mundus Bathur, the Prince of Transiluania: who was beyond all mens beliefe, newly returned from Po∣lonia: and established in his Estate; the Earle neither finding pay, nor such regard as he expected, per∣swaded his Troupes rather to serue the Prince against the Turkes, then Basta against the Prince. The Souldiers worue out with these paylesse Trauels, vpon hope to make Bootie of what they could get from the Turke, were easily perswaded to follow him wheresoeuer: especially to helpe to re-gaine or ransacke his Fathers Country then possessed by the Turkes, which (they hard) notwithstanding those Warres, were [ 10] rich and vnspoyled. The Prince glad of so a braue a Commander, and so many expert and ancient Souldiers, made him Campe-master of his Armie, gaue him all necessaries else hee could, and what freedome they desired to ransacke the Turkes.

The Earle hauing made many incursions into the Land of Zarkain, amongst the rockie Mountaines, where the people were some Turkes, some Tartars, some Iewes, but most Banditos, Renegadoes, and such like, which sometimes he forced into the Plaines of Regall: where is a Citie, not only of men and * 1.965 Fortifications, strong of it selfe: but so enuironed with Mountaines, and the passage so difficult, that in all those warres, no attempt had beene made vpon it to any purpose. Hauing satisfied himselfe with the situation and those passages, amongst which he had many a sharpe encounter: at last, with eight thousand he pitched his Campe before it. The Inhabitants scorning so small a number, sallied in such abundance, [ 20] that about one hundred and fiftie were slaine on both sides, and the Turkes chased so neere the Ports, that the Towers small shot and Ordnance caused the Earle to retyre.

The next day Zachell Moyzes, Liuetenant Generall to the Prince, came with foure thousand Foote and Horse, and foure and twentie Peeces of Ordnance, but in regard of the situation of the place, they did more feare then hurt them: till they had spent neere a moneth in raising their Mounts and Batteries; which slow proceeding the Turkes daily derided, and as fearing least they should depart ere they assaulted the Citie, sent this challenge to any Captaine in their Armie: That to delight the Ladies who did long * 1.966 to see some Courtlike pastime, the Lord Turbashaw did defie any Captaine that had the command of a Companie, which durst cumbat with him for his head. The matter being discussed, was accepted. But * 1.967 so many questions grew for the vndertaking, that it was deuided by lots, and the lot fell vpon Captaine [ 30] Smith, before spoken of. Trucc being taken for that time, the Rampiers all beset with faire Dames, * 1.968 and men in Armes, the Christians in Batalia; Turbashaw, with a voice of Hoboyes entred the field, well mounted and armed: on his shoulders were fixed two paire of great wings, richly garnished with gold, siluer, and precicus stones, a Ianisarie before him, hearing his Launce; on each side, another leading his Horse; where long he stayed not before Smith with a noise of Trumpets (onely a Page bearing his Lance) * 1.969 passing by him, with a curteous salute, tooke his ground with such good successe, that at the sound of the charge he passed the Turke thorow the sight of his beauer, face, head, and all, that hee fell dead to the * 1.970 ground; where alighting, vnbracing his Helmet, he tooke off his head, leauing the Turkes his body, and so returned without any hurt at all. The head he presented to the Lord Moyzes the Generall, who kindly [ 40] accepted it, and with ioy to the whole Armie, he was generally welcome.

The death of this Captaine, so swelled in the heart of one Grualgo his vowed friend, as rather inra∣ged * 1.971 with madnesse then choller, he directed a particular Challenge to the Conquerour, to regaine his friends head, or lose his owne, with his Horse and Armour for aduantage: which, according to his desire, was the next day vndertaken, as before. Vpon the sound of the Trumpets their Launces flew in pieces, vpon a cleere passage, but that the Turke was neere vnhorsed: their Pistols were the next, which marked Smith vpon the Placket; but the next shot, the Turke was so wounded in the left arme, that not able to * 1.972 rule his Horse, and defend himselfe, he was throwne to the ground, and so bruised with the fall, that he lost his head, as his friend before him, with his Horse and Armour; but his bodie and his rich apparell, was sent backe to the Towne.

Euery day the Turkes made some sallies, but few skirmishes would they indure to any purpose, our [ 50] workes and approaches being not yet aduanced to that height, and effect as necessitie required. To delude time, Smith with many incontradictable perswading reasons, obtained leaue, that the Ladies might know he was not so much enamored with their Seruants heads, but if any Turke of their ranke would come to the place of Combat to redeeme them, hee should haue his also vpon the like conditions, if they could winne it. The Challenge presently was accepted by Bony Molgro. The next day both the Champions en∣tring * 1.973 the field, as before, each discharging their Pistols, hauing no Launces, but such martiall weapons as the Defendant had appointed, no hurt was done. Their Rattle-axes were the next, whose piercing bils made sometimes the one, sometimes the other, to haue scarce sence to keepe their Saddles: especially the Christian receiued such a wound, that he lost his Battle-axe, and failed not much to haue fallen after * 1.974 it: whereat the supposing conquering Turke had a great shout from the Rampiers. The Turke prosecu∣ted [ 60] his aduantage to the vttermost of his power: yet the other, what by the readinesse of his Horse, and his iudgement and dexteritie in such a businesse beyond all mens expectation, by Gods assistance, not onely auoyded the Turkes violent blowes, but hauing drawne his Faulchion, pierced the Turke so vnder the

Cullets through backe and body, that although he alighted from his Horse, hee stood not long ere bee lost his head, as the rest had done.

This good successe gaue such incouragement to the Armie, that with a guard of sixe thousand, three * 1.975 spare Horses, before each, a Turkes head vpon Launces, hee was conducted to the Generals Pauilions with his presents. Moyses receiued both him and them with as much respect as the occasion deserued, imbracing him in his armes, gaue him a faire Horse richly furnished, a Cymiter and Belt worth three hundred Ducats, and Meldiich made him Sergeant Maior of his Regiment. The Towne with an incre∣dible * 1.976 trouble and danger was assaulted, and at last taken perforce, where the Earle remembring his Fa∣thers death, caused all he could find beare Armes to be put to the Sword, and their heads to bee set vpon stakes, round about the walls, in the same manner as they had serued the Christians when they tooke it. [ 10] Then he sacked Varatzo, Solmos, and Kuprouka, whereto had retired the remnant of this Den of * 1.977 Theeues, leauing fiue thousand dead (though he lost neere as many, yet) with all the spoyle and two thou∣sand prisoners (most women and children) he returned to Esenberge, not farre from the Princes Pal∣lace, where hee incamped. The Prince comming to view the Armie, presented with the Prisoners, and sixe and thirtie Ensignes (after his accustomed manner, hauing giuen thankes to God) he was acquain∣ted what seruice Smith had done at Olimpach, Stolewisenberge, and Regall; for which, with great honor and solemnitie, he gaue him three Turkes heads in a Shield for Armes, with an oath euer to weare * 1.978 them in his Colours, his picture in gold, and three hundred Duckats yeerely for a pension.

During all this time, Basta and the Prince being capitulating of a peace, the Emperour had raised new forces for Basta to inuade Transiluania; which caused the Prince to condescend to the Articles [ 20] propounded him: which when Moyses vnderstood, then in field with the whole Armie (that hated the Germans as all as Turkes) he gaue battell to Basta. Betwixt them in sixe or seuen houres, more then sixe or seuen thousand on both sides were slaine. Moyses thus ouerthrowne fled to the Turkes, and his * 1.979 scattered Troopes, some one way, some another. The Prince excused himselfe of this vnexpected acci∣dent, made ccmposition for his dispersed Troopes, yeelded himselfe to Basta; and all his Countrey and Subiects to the Emperours obedience.

Basta thus possessed of Transiluania, drew all the Christians of those old Regiments of Sigismundus, of whose greatnesse and true affections, he was most suspitious, vnder the conduct of Rodoll Voyuad of Walachia, forced out by Ieremy, put in by the Turke. In this Armie of thirtie thousand, Captaine Smith was one, who (vnder his noble Colouell holding the same places he had before) had many seuerall [ 30] imployments in euery dangerous incounter, which would be too voluminous particularly to relate, before * 1.980 they could draw Prince Ieremy to battaile, where (as it is recorded) two thousand on both sides, lay dead in the fields; but Ieremy fled, and Rodol had the victorie, and thereby againe his Soueraigntie.

Meldrich not long after with thirteene thousand, was sent against the stragling escaped Troopes of Ieremy, which ioyning with some Tartars, forraged the frontiers towards Moldauia; but when they heard it was the Crimme Tartar and his two sonnes, with thirtie thousand, and that Ieremy which had escaped, lay with fifteene thousand in Ambuscado for him, about Langanow, hee retired towards Rotenton, a strong Garison for Rodoll: But they were so inuironed with these bellish numbers, that they could make no great haste for skirmishing with their Scoutes and Forragers: Yet by getting through a wood in a thick Fog, meeting two thousand loaden with pillage, and two or three hundred Horse and Cattell, the most [ 40] of them were slaine or taken prisoners, who told Meldrich where Ieremy lay, expecting the Crimme Tartar. Meldrich intending to make by him his passage by force, was aduised of a pretie stratagem by Captaine Smith, which presently so accommodated two or three hundred Trunkes, with wild-fire vp∣on * 1.981 the heads of Launces, charging the enemie in the night, gaue fire to the Trunkes, which blasted forth such flames and sparkles, amazing not onely the Horse but also the Foot, that by the meanes of this flaming incounter, their owne Horses turned tailes with such furie, as by their violence ouerthrew Ieremy and his Armie, without any losse at all to Meldrich. But of this victorie they not long trium∣phed; for, being within three leagues of Rotenton, in the Valley of Verest Horne; the Tartar with fortie thousand had so beset him, that they were forced to fight with this matchlesse number, where neere thirtie thousand were slaine. The Earle, with some fifteene hundred escaped, but the rest were all slaine [ 50] or taken prisoners: as the Historie at large will plainly shew, the times, place, chiefe Com∣manders, with the manner and order of their battels, and fights, to which I referre you.

§. II.

Diuers valiant English-men in this battell. Captaine SMITH taken, sold, sent into Turkie, and ouer the Black Sea to Tartaria. His admirable escape and other trauels in diuers parts of Christendome.

IN this dismall battell, Nederspol, Veltus, Zarnaua, Manazo, Bauell, and many other [ 60] Earles, Barons, Colonels, Captaines, braue Gentlemen and Souldiers were slaine. Giue me leaue to remember the names, and honor the memories of our owne Coun∣try-men in those exploits, which as resolutely as the best, in the defence of Christ

and his Gospell ended their daies, Batchelor, Hardwicke, Thomas Milemay, Robert Mullynax, * 1.982 Thomas Bishop, Roger Compton, George Dauyson, Nicholas Williams, and one Iohn the Scot. These all did what men could doe, and when they could doe no more, left there their martyred bodies, in testimonie of their Martiall minds, onely Ensigne Carlton, and Sergeant Robinson escaped. * 1.983 But Smith amongst the slaughtered dead bodies, with toyle and wounds lay groning, till being found by the Pillagers that he was able to liue, and perceiuing by his Armour and habit, that his ransome might be better to them then his death, they led him Prisoner with diuers other. Well they vsed him till his wounds were cured, and at Axopolis they were all brought into the Mar∣ket place and stripped, that the Merchants might see their limbs and wounds, (who had Ser∣uants vpon purpose to try their strengths) and there sold like beasts. Smith fell to the share of * 1.984 [ 10] Basha Bogall, who sent him forth-with to Andrinopolis, and so for Constantinople to his faire Mi∣stris for a Slaue. By twentie and twentie chained by the necke, they marched in Fyle to this great Citie, where they were deliuered to their seuerall Masters, and he to his young Charatza Tragabigzanda.

This Noble Gentlewoman tooke sometimes occasion to shew him to some friends, or rather to speake with him, and because she could speake Italian, would faine her selfe sicke when shee should goe to the Banias, or weepe ouer the graues, to know how Bogall tooke him Prisoner, and if he were, as Bogall writ to her, a Bohemian Lord conquered by his hand, with many more which he had with him, whom hee would present her ere long, whose ransomes should adorne her with the glory of his Conquests. But when shee heard him protest he knew no such mat∣ter, [ 20] nor had euer seene Bogall till hee bought him at Axopolis, and that hee was an Eng∣lish-man, onely by his aduentures made a Captaine in those Countries: to try the truth, shee found meanes to find out many which could speak English, French, Dutch, and Italian; to whom he relating the most part of those former passages, (which they honestly reported to her) shee tooke as it seemed, much compassion on him. But hauing no vse for him, least her mother should sell him, she sent him to her Brother the Tymor Bashaw of Nalbrits, in the Country of Cambrya in Tartaria.

But let vs remember his passing notes in the speculatiue course from Constantinople, by Sander, * 1.985 Pelus, Pannasamusa, Lastilla, to Varna, an ancient Citie vpon the blacke Sea, where hauing little more libertie then his eies iudgement, he might see the Townes with their short Towers, in a [ 30] most excellent plaine, pleasant, and fertile Countrey, full of Villages, and dispersed faire buil∣dings, as well in Sagouia as Romania. But from Varna, nothing but the blacke Sea, till he came * 1.986 to the two Capes of Taur and Pergillo, which are two muddy Promontories, at the entrance of the Straight Niger, which hath a very deepe Channell, and as he coniectured, ten leagues long, and three broad. At the entrance of the Disabachi Sea, are a great many of high blacke Rocks * 1.987 on each side the Channell to ones thinking, which they said were onely Trees, Weedes, and Muds, throwne from the in-land Countries by the invndations, and by the violence of the Cur∣rant cast there by the Eddy: of which as they sayled, they saw many without sight of Land, seeming like high Rockes on low Ilands, which are onely great flats of Osie Quagmires, where infinite heapes of Trees doe sticke; and by their waight, time, and multitudes, though the [ 40] boughes rot, the bodies they say, haue made many of those Osie Elats firme Land in many places: Thus sayling this Dissabachi Sea, till hee came betwixt Susack and Curaske, onely two visible Townes appeared at the entrance of the Riuer Bruago. In sixe or seuen daies sayle, hee saw foure or fiue, seeming strong Castles of stone, with flat tops and Battlements about them; but ariuing at Cambria, he was according to their custome, well vsed. The Castle was of a large * 1.988 circomference, ten or twelue foote thicke in the foundation. Some sixe foote from it a Palizado, and then a ditch round about, fortie foot broad, full of water: on the one side of it a Towne all of low flat houses, but no great matter as it seemed; yet it keeps all that Country in admirable awe and subiection. Three daies he rested there, then it was two daies iourney to Nalbrits, the Tumors habitation, a place not of much lesse strength then Cambria, where sometimes resideth [ 50] this Tymor Nalbrits, Brother to the Ladie Tragabigzando. To her vnkind Brother this kind La∣die writ so much for his good vsage, that hee halfe suspected as much as she intended. For shee told him, he should there but soiourne to learne the language: and what it was to be a Turke, till time made her Master of her selfe. But the Tymor her Brother diuerted, and peruerted all this to the worst of crueltie: for within an houre after his arriuall, hee caused his Drugman to strip * 1.989 him naked, and shaue his head and beard as bare as his hand, a great Ring of Iron with a long stalke bowing like a Sickle about his neck, and a coate made of Vlgrayes haire, much like Haire∣cloath, guarded about with a piece of an vndressed skinne. There were many other Christian Slaues, but more then two hundred Forsados, and he being the last, was Slaue of Slaues to them all. Among those slauish fortunes, there was no great choise, for the best was so bad, a Dog could [ 60] hardly haue liued to indure: and yet for all their paines and labour, no more regarded then a Beast. The Tymor and his friends fed vpon P••llow, which is boyled Rice and Garnancis, with little bits of Mutton or Buckones, which is 〈◊〉〈◊〉 pieces of Horse, Vlgry, or any Beast. Samboses and Muselbits are great dainties, and yet but round pies full of all sorts of flesh chopped, with

varietie of Hearbs. Their best drinke is Coffa, made of a Graine, called Coaua, boyled with wa∣ter and Sherberke, which is onely Hony and Water. Mares Milke, or the Milke of any Beast, they hold restoratiue; but all the Comminaltie drinke pure Water. Their Bread is made of this Coaua, which is a kind of blacke Wheate, and Cuscus a small white Seed like Millet in Biskany. Our common victuall, was the Intrals and Offall of Horses and Vlgryes; of this cut in small * 1.990 pieces, they will fill a great Cauldron; which being boyled, and with Cuscus put in great bowles in the manner of Chafing-dishes, they sit about it on the ground; after they haue raked it through as oft as they please with their fowle fists, the remainder was for the Christian Slaues. Some of this broth they would temper with Cuscus, like Butter for Fritters, and putting the fire off from the hearth, powre there a bowle full, then couer it with coales till it be baked, which stued [ 10] with the remainder of the broath, and small pieces of flesh, was an extraordinary daintie. The better sort are attired like Turkes, but the plaine Tartar weareth halfe a blacke Sheepes skinne * 1.991 ouer his backe, two of the legges tyed about his necke, the other two about his middle; with another ouer his belly, and his legges tyed in like manner behind him: then two skinnes more made like a paire of Bases, serue him for Breeches, with a little Cap close to his skull of course blacke Felt, and they vse exceeding much of this Felt for Carpets, for Bedding, for Coates, and Idols. Their houses are much worse then your Irish: but the In-land Countrey hath none but * 1.992 Carts and Tents, which they euer remoue from Countrey to Countrey, as they see occasion, dri∣uing with them infinite troups of blacke Sheepe, Cattle, and Vlgryes, eating vp all before them as they goe. [ 20]

For the Tartars of Naga, they haue neither Towne nor House, Corne nor Drinke, but Flesh and Milke; and liue all in Hordias, three or foure thousand of them in a company, all liuing in * 1.993 great Carts, fifteene or sixteene foot broad, which is couered ouer with small Rods, wratled to∣gether in the forme of a Birds-nest turned vpwards, and with the Ashes of bones, tempered with Oyle, and a Clay they haue, & Camels haire, they loome them so wel, that no weather wil pierce them, and yet they are very light. Each Hordia hath a Murse, which they obey as King. Their gods are infinite, but the Crimme Tartar and the Tauricks, obey Murtissalla Mahomets chiefe Prophet. One thousand or two thousand of those glittering white Carts drawne with Camels, Deere, Bulls, and Vlgryes, they bring round in a Ring, where they pitch their Campe, and the Murse with his chiefe Alliances are placed in the midst: They doe much hurt when they get any [ 30] Strogs, which are great Boats, vsed vpon the Edle a Riuer we call Uglga, to them that dwell in the Countrey of Poronlog, and would doe much mo••••, were i•• 〈◊〉〈◊〉 for the Muscouits Garisons that there inhabite.

All the hope he had euer to be deliuered from this thraldome, was onely the loue of Traga∣bigzand••, who surely was ignorant of his bad vsage for although he had oft debated the matter * 1.994 with some Christians, which had beene there long Slaues, they could not find how to make any escape, by any reason or possibilitie, But God beyond Mans expectation or imagination, hel∣peth his Seruants when they least thinke of helpe, as it hapned to him. In this miserable estate, he became a Thrasher at a Grange in a great field, more then a league from the Tymors house. The Bassa as he oft vsed to visite his grounds, visited him, and tooke occasion so to beate, spurne and [ 40] reuile him that Smith forgetting all reason, beate out his braines with his bat: and seeing his estate could not be worse then it was, he cloathed himselfe in his cloathes, hid his body vnder the Straw, filled his Knapsacke with Corne, shut the doores, mounted his Horse, and ranne into the Desart at all aduenture: Two or three daies thus fearefully wandring he knew not whither, and well it was hee met not any to aske the way. Thus being euen as one taking leaue of this miserable world, God did direct him to their great way or Custragan, as they call it, which doth crosse these large Territories, and is generally knowne among them by these markes.

In euery crossing of this great way, is planted a Poste, and in it so many bolts with broad ends, as there are waies, and euery bolt hath the figure painted ouer it, that demonstrateth to what part that way leadeth, as that which pointeth towards the Crimmes Countrey, is marked [ 50] with a halfe Moone: if towards the China, the picture of the Sunne; if towards the Georgians and Persia, a blacke man full of white spots; if towards Muscouy, the signe of a Crosse; if to∣wards the habitation of any other Prince, the figure whereby his Standard is knowne. To his dying spirits thus God added some comfort in this melancholy iourney, wherein if hee had met any of that vild generation, they had made him their Slaue, or sent him backe againe to his Ma∣ster. Sixteene daies he trauelled in this feare and torment after that crosse, till hee arriued at * 1.995 Axopolis, vpon the Riuer Don, a Garrison of the Muscouits. The Gouernor after due examina∣tion of those hard euents, tooke off his Irons, and so kindly vsed him, that he thought himselfe newly risen from death.

The most he could learne of these wild Countries was this, that the Countrey of Cambria is [ 60] * 1.996 two dayes Iourney from the head of the great Riuer Bruapo, which springeth from many pla∣ces of the Mountaynes of Inagachi, that ioyne themselues together in the Poole Kerkas, which they account for the head, and falleth into the Sea Dissabach: which receiueth also the Riuer Don, and all the Riuers that fall from the great Countrey of the Circassi, the Caitaches, the Tau∣ricaces,

Pricopes, Cumania, Cossunka, and the Crymme, through which Sea hee sayled, and vp the Riuer Bruapo to Nalbrits, and thence through the Deserts of Circassi to Exopolis, as is related, where he stayed with the Gouernour, till the Conuoy went to Coragnaw, then with his Certi∣ficate how he found him, and had examined him, with his friendly Letters he sent him by Zu∣malacke to Coragnaw, whose Gouernor in like manner so kindly vsed him, that by this means, he went with the safe conduct to Letch & Donka, in Cologosk, and thence to Birniske, & Newgrade, in Seberya, by Kezachica vpon the Riuer Niger, in the Confines of Littuania. From whence with as much kindnesse he was conueyed in like manner by Coroskie, Duberosko, Duzihell, Dro∣hobus, * 1.997 and Ostroge in Volonia. Shaslaw and Laxco in Podolia, Halico and Collonia in Polonia, and so to Hermonstat in Transiluania. In all his life he seldome met with more respect, mirth, content [ 10] and entertaynment, and not any Gouernour where he came, but gaue him somewhat as a Present besides his charges, seeing themselues subiect to the like calamitie. And because our Authour hath so thorowly trauelled Europe, I haue here presented Hondius his Map of Europe.

[illustration] map of Europe

HONDIVS his Map of Europe.

EUROPA

Through those poore continually forraged Countries there is no passage, but with the Cara∣uans * 1.998 or Conuoyes; for they are Countries rather to bee pittied then enuyed, and it is a wonder any should make Warres for them. The Villages are here and there a few Houses of streight Firre-trees, laid heads and points aboue one another made fast by notches at the ends, more then a mans height, and with broad split boards pinned together with woodden pinnes thatched for couerture: in ten Villages you shall scarce find ten Iron Nayles, except it bee in some extraordi∣narie [ 60] mans House. For their Townes, Exopolis, Lech, and Donka haue Rampiers made of that woodden walled-fashion, double, and betwixt them Earth and Stones, but so latched with crosse Timber, they are very strong against any thing but fire, and about them a deepe Ditch, and a Pallizado of young Firre-trees, but most of the rest haue only a great Ditch cast about

them, and the Ditches Earth is all their Rampier, and the toppe on it round, well enuironed with Palizadoes; Some haue some few small Peeces of small Ordnance and Slings, Curri∣ours and Muskets; but their generallest Weapons are the Russe Bow and Arrowes. In their wayes you shall find pauements ouer Bogges, only of young Firre-trees laid crosse ouer one ano∣ther for two or three houres Iourney, or as the passage requires, and yet in two dayes trauell, you shall scarce see sixe Habitations. Notwithstanding, to see how their Lords, Gouernours, and Captaines are ciuilized, well attyred and accoultred with Iewels, Sables, Horses, and after their manner with curious Furniture, it is wonderfull; but they are all Lords or Slaues, which * 1.999 makes them so subiect to euery Inuasion.

In Transiluania he found so many good friends, that but to see and reioyce himselfe after all [ 10] those Encounters to see his Natiue Countrey, he would euer hardly haue left them, though the Miracle of Vertue, their Prince was absent. Being thus glutted with content, and neere drow∣ned with ioy; he passed high Hungaria, By-fylecke, Tocka, Cassouia, and Vnaderawa, by Vlmitch in Morauia, to Prague in Bohemia: at last he found the most generous Prince Sigismundus with his * 1.1000 Colonell at Lipswicke in Misenland, who gaue him his passe, intimating the seruice hee had done, and the honours he had receiued with fifteene hundred Duckets of Gold to repaire his losses. With this he spent sometime, to visit the faire Cities and Countries of Dresden in Saxonie, Man∣dabourge, and Brwnswicke Castle in Hessen, Wittenberge, Vlme and Minikin in Bauaria, Ausburge and her Vniuersitie, Hanna, Franckford, Mets, the Palatinate, Wormes, Spire, and Strawsburge. Passing the Cardinalship to Nancey in Loraine, and the Kingdome of France, by Paris to Orle∣ance, [ 20] he went downe the Riuer of Leyer, to Angers, and imbarked himselfe at Nants in Britania for Bilbow in Biskanie, to see Burgos, Valiodolid, Squeriall, Madrill, Toledo, Cordua, Cuede Ryall, Siuill, Cherges, Cales, and Saint Lucars in Spaine.

Then vnderstanding that the Warres of Mully Shash and Mully Sedan, the two Brothers in Barbarie of Fez and Moroco (to which hee was animated by some friends) were concluded in * 1.1001 peace, he in barked himselfe for England with one thousand Duckets in his Purse, which after with a great deale more hee employed, in searching more dangers in the West Indies, and the vnknowne parts of vnciuilized America, where how he discouered and inhabited Virginia, how hee was taken Prisoner by Powhatan, their Emperor 1607. and deliuered, how hee tooke the King of Paspahegh, Prisoner in single Combate, and the King of Pamavnke Prisoner in the [ 30] middest of his Armie, and brought thirtie of their pettie Kings, and all their people in sub∣iection to the English: How since hee hath searched, and caused a new England, and was taken Prisoner by French Pirats, and escaped: You shall after heare in fitter place.

CHAP. XII.

The death of SVLTAN OSMAN, and the setting vp of MV∣STAFA [ 40] his Vncle, according to the Relation presented to His Maiestie.

THe Grand Signior Sultan Osman discontented since his disgrace in Poland, as soone as he came to Constantinople, pretended a Iourney vpon the Emir de Saida, who was reported to be in Rebellion, hauing taken Armes to other ends. But being diuerted from this purpose by the great instance of the Uiziers, and that it * 1.1002 would not so well serue his secret Designes, because hee must then keepe an Armie on foote; hee gaue out that hee would visite Mecha, the Tombe of his false Prophet. [ 50]

To make this Voyage the more secure, in appearance, hee seemed content to accept of any Treatie with the Polacks, euen to conditions both of disaduantage and dishonour; for his estates in Hungarie, he re-enforced the Frontiers with diuers troupes, and though hee were much trou∣bled at the league betweene the Emperour of Germanie and Bethlem Gabor, yet he dissembled it so, as that he would not displease the Transiluanian, but rather offered new succours, and for∣bearance of his Tribute. From the Incursions of the Cossacks, hee hoped to assure himselfe, by the treatie of the Poles, and in occasion of breach, he had the Tartars readie to requite them (it being both their trades to liue vpon spoile and robberie) and for more securitie hee appointed twentie Gallies to keepe the Blacke Sea. The common people and Uiziers that loued rest, and knew not the Designe, were much troubled and discontent at this Iourney, who made many Re∣monstrances [ 60] to him of the inconuenience and danger to leaue the feat of his Empire to the trust of a Deputie, in a time when Bethlem Gabor was newly reconciled to the Germane-Emperour, and therefore not to be trusted; and the Polacks newly reconciled to him, and therefore to bee mistrusted. Diuers other reasons were made to him, many Petitions deliuered from the Church∣men,

Lawyers, and from all Estates. But melancholike Reuenge had wholly possessed him, so that by no meanes he could be perswaded to desist. The Souldierie passed so farre, as to threat∣ten publikely, and to protest, they would not follow, but rather set vp another King in his ab∣sence that should stay among them. In conclusion, carried by his owne fate to destruction: the * 1.1003 seuenth of May, hauing first commanded away all his Gallies to the Leuant, and thereby dispo∣sed away many of his Souldiers, he began to passe ouer his Tents and Pauilions to Asia side, with * 1.1004 great quantities of Treasure: The Ianizaries and Spahees, who had also secret Intelligence vpon the King, his owne words and actions betraying some further Designe then a Pilgrimage (for he made preparations to carrie away all his Iewels and Treasure, euen defacing his Palace, and taking from Churches, and his Wardrobes, whatsoeuer could be conuerted to Bullion) sudden∣ly met at the Hippodrome in the Citie vpon a word giuen; and from thence ranne to the Seraglio [ 10] in tumult, but without Armes, and there according to their barbarous mutinies cryed out for the King (hauing first taken order to stop the passage of any thing vpon the water) who appearing to them, asked what this inolencie meant, and what they pretended. They then by the mouth of a multitude (for they had no head but that of the Monster) demanded first that hee should not proceed in his purpose to goe to Mecha, nor into Asia, but that he must abide in the Citie. Se∣condry, they would haue deliuered to their furie the Great Vizier De-lauir Bassa, the Hoia, or Confessor of the King, the Cashariaga Gouernour of the women, the Tefterdar, or Treasurer, the Cadde Leskar, or Chiefe Iustice, and some others, as Enemies to the State, and consenting to this Voyage, which they pretended would be the ruine of the Empire. The first, after a little dispute, the King granted vnto them; promising to giue ouer his Iourney, but they not content, [ 20] exacted it in writing. To the second, he replyed, that it was dishonour to him to haue his Ser∣uants so vsed without order of Iustice: but perswaded them to haue patience to stay vntill Sa∣turday, the next Diuan, or publike Councell, where they should all appeare, and if they were found culpable, they should receiue punishment; not meaning to performe any of this, but to get time and allay their pesent furie. These fellowes not content with this moderate an∣swere, vndertooke to know that they were guiltie, and therefore that they needed no other witnesse, tryals, nor Iudge, but themselues, and with extreme clamour, called to haue them de∣liuered. But the King refusing to giue them any other satisfaction, and they vnprepared for force, returned into the Citie, which now was all in feare, euery house and shop shut vp, expe∣cting [ 30] a generall sacke. But they followed the way of their owne hatred, and first went vnto the house of the Hoia, which they brake and pillaged: but not finding him, they proceeded to the Great Viziers, who made some defence, and (they being vnarmed) beate him off; and so they separated being now Euening, but yet kept a Guard in some parts of the Towne.

This night the King made an attempt to send ouer to Asia side, but was preuented; and to fortifie and defend his Seraglio, which is walled strongly about, and hath alway in it of house∣hold Seruants about three thousand, but it seemes no man would arme in his cause. For the next morning, the Mutiners assembled againe, and taking their Armes, went first to the Mufti, or Arch-priest among them, and forced him and diuers others to accompany them to the Court, where they anew demanded these men, but with more instance and furie. In the meane time [ 40] the Hoia, Caddee Leskar, and Tefterdar fled, and were yet neuer heard off. The Viz••er retyred to the King, and perswaded him earnestly to goe ouer in person in his owne Boates (which from his Garden he might easily doe) to Asia, and there to take Horse, and he would secure him from all perill; but the King would not mooue, bidding him stay confident and assured that hee would punish these Rebels.

The wise old man seeing this constancie or obstinacie, desired leaue to shift for himsefe, which he either tooke or obtayned, and so got away to the Hermitage of a Saint renowmed amongst them, who (like himselfe) betrayed him to a Captaine of the Ianizaries; yet did him the fauour * 1.1005 as not to deliuer him to the multitude, but carried him backe to the Kings House. At this time it was disputed in the Seraglio, about the deliuerie of these Officers, the Emperour refusing, the Rebels clamouring and threatning; insomuch, as he began to feare they would breake in, and in [ 50] their rage doe worse then was yet pretended. Whereupon, whether by the Kings order, or by his owne consent (willing to bee the Peace-offering) the Vizier went out to them, and with a good assurednesse demanded what they sought of him, and wherein he had offended: But they answered him with their Swords, and suddenly cut him in pieces.

The Emperour seeing their furie so out-ragious, had now more cause to doubt, and retyred himselfe then too late, when hee had lost his braue Counsellor; would haue fled into Asia, and could not, but conueyed himselfe into a priuate place, prepared by his Bustengi Bassa, or chiefe * 1.1006 Gardiner. The Rebels continue without in their madnesse, asking for the King, and for more Sacrifices. But the Seruants protesting they knew not where he was, they said, they must haue a King, and if he would not appeare, they would make another; and hauing awhile attended, [ 60] they resolued to enter the Palace (but first tooke a generall Oath not to sacke the Imperiall Throne, which they call••d their house and their honour) and there seeking for the King, not able to find him, they extorted by confession the Caslariaga, and slue him, and then they demanded

for Mustafa, Vncle to Osman, by him formerly deposed, a man esteemed rather holy (that is franticke) then wise, and indeed fitter for a Cell, then a Scepter. The King the first day of this * 1.1007 tumult had put Mustafa into a Vault with two Negro women, without bread of drinke, in which estate these new Electors found him almost naked, and halfe pined. At first sight, hee thought they had beene the Messengers of death: but that feare passed ouer, he begged of them a Cup of water. Whom they tooke, and instantly proclaimed their Emperour, which hee was loth to accept, vti pudebat aucti nominis; How vnstable are the Estates of the greatest Princes! Quem dies videt veniens iacentem, hunc vidit dies fugiens regnantem, He that was now in the Iawes of death, naked, starued, and dying for thirst, is become the Emperour, and may drinke Gold, or the bloud of men. [ 10]

They as yet not knowing what was become of Osman, and loth to trust Mustapha in the Palace, carried him in triumph to the old Seraglio, and there left him, departing to the sacke of the Viziers house, and so in the Euening to their Rendeuous, where they kept both good guard, and good order in the Citie, from fires and other Insolencies. Sultan Osman amazed with these newes, so soone as they had left the Court, came out and called to Councell in the night, Huzein Bassa, late Vizier in the Polish Warre, and the Aga of the Ianizaries, both faithfull to him, and demanded their aduice; first, hauing sent to the old Seraglio, to practise the women there, to strangle Mustafa; but some taking his part, a new vprore beganne in the house betweene that Sexe: and the Souldiers that kept watch, taking the Alarum, entred in, and rescued him, and from thence remooued him to the Chambers of the Ianizaries, where they guarded him for that [ 20] night, in an ill Lodging. All this while Osman consults what course to take. These two his friends, and some others, tell him, that the case was desperate, and could not bee cured but by a desperate remedie. And they agreed that the Aga should goe and perswade with the Mofti, and that the King in the morning should suddenly present himselfe to the Souldiers at their owne doore, and make experience, what his Presence, his submission, and his beneuolence promised could worke, to moue them to Loyaltie, or compassion; which counsell early in the morning they put in practice. The King accompanied with the Mofti, (who neuer consented to his de∣posing, though he fauoured the Souldiers against the Vizier) with Huzein Bassa, and about twelue Horse-men, went directly to the Ianizaries Colledge where Mustafa was kept, and there in teares made them an Oration, offering great recompence, repenting of his errour; and finally, in∣uoked [ 30] them by the merits of his Father and all his Ancestors to haue some pitie vpon their true Master. The multitude (t〈…〉〈…〉 prona in misericordiam, quam immodica sanitia fuerat) now knew not what to doe; a silent murmure ranne among them, and they were halfe conuerted: But the Aga of the Ianizaries, thinking to merit of the King, and beginning to plead vnseasonably for him, with some harsh words of vpbraidure, Vt natura Maris omni flatu venti turbida, anew mo∣ued * 1.1008 their furie, so that they cryed out Treason, and fell vpon him and Huzein Bassa, and cut them into pieces, euery man taking a part of their flesh to satisfie their reuenge. The Mofti would speake, but is withdrawne by some, for respect to his place, and with difficultieis con∣ueyed away. Now the poore Osman sees his friends slaine, and knowes not which way to con∣uert himselfe, but binding vp his eyes with a Napkin, expects death as the last of their furie; [ 40] But they carrie him first before Mustafa, and accuse him as the disturber of the Peace of the Em∣pire, and demand sentence against him, more vulgi suum quisque flagitium alijs obiectantes. The forsaken Prince pleades for life, and the new King knowes not how to condemne, but nods and agrees to all that is propounded. At last, they consult with themselues, and put him vpon an Horse (an insolent Spahee changing Turbants with him) and sent him away Prisoner to the se∣uen Towers vnder good guard, and then returned to their new Master, and placed him in the Se∣ragli•• and Imperiall Throne, where he hath need to haue good Broths and nourishment to restore * 1.1009 his decayed bodie.

The Souldiers thinke all is done, and (onely sacking the houses of Huzein Bassa, and some o∣thers their conceiued Enemies) returne in quiet to their seuerall Lodgings, and haue no further [ 50] malice. But the new Vizier Daout Bassa, made by Mustafa, knew well, if Osman liued, that this storme might passe ouer, and hee would as easily and by the same meanes returne to his E∣state, as hee fell from it, Vulgus vt mos est, cuius{que} noui motus cupidum. Therefore hee consulted with some few interessed in Mustafaes preferment, and thereby obnoxious to Osman, to search how many of the Royall bloud were left aliue, and resolued if there remayned two, to make an end of Osman. Two of his Brothers were found, the one about twelue, the other about seuen yeares of age: and thereupon the Vizier went himselfe to the Prison with a packe of Hangmen, * 1.1010 and gaue order to strangle the vnfortunate Prince: who now hauing had no rest in two nights, and thinking himselfe secure for a season, was newly falne asleepe: but awaked by the comming of these Messengers, asked what newes, saying, hee did not like their sudden [ 60] intrusion. They at first stood amazed, and the King made shew to defend himselfe; but a strong Knaue strooke him on the head with a Battle-axe, and the rest leaping vpon him, stran∣gled * 1.1011 him with much adoe. Thus one of the greatest Monarkes in the World is first affronted by mutined troupes, his owne slaues, almost vnarmed, and few in number, no man taking vp a

Sword to defend him: and they who began this madnesse, not meaning to hurt him, by the in∣crease of their owne furie, which hath no bounds, depose him against their owne purpose, and at last expose his life against their will, to the counsels of other men, whom they equally hate. And now they mourne for their dead King, as freshly as they raged vnreasonably, knowing they haue stayned their honour, being the first of their Emperours they euer betrayed, and that they haue set vp another that in all likelihood they must change for disabilitie: Nonnunquam tulit do∣cumenta sors maiora, quam fragili loco starent superbi.

This is the last act of the lite of Sultan Osman: but his intents and great designes, which drew vpon him this fatall blow, I suppose will not bee vnworthy the communication, the Practices, Reasons, Secrets, and Counsels of all Actions being the Soule of Historie, and res gestae but the [ 10] bare carkasse: and I am perswaded, as many Ages haue not produced so strange an Example of the incertaintie of humane greatnesse; so in the disposition thereof, and in the wayes leading thereunto, there is seene euidently the wonderfull prouidence of God, in confounding of the counsels of the worldly wise, who had laid a foundation of new greatnesse, whereby he aspired the vniuersall Monarchie, ambitious of the honour of Traian, in whose time the decayed Em∣pire was said, Primum mouere lacertos, & senectutem Imperij, quasi reddita iuuentute reuiuiscere. And lastly, the world may see vpon how weake foundations this Monarchie was at first builded, but it is now shaken and corrupted; how their Kings are subiect to the rage of a few Slaues, how Anarchie hath prepared it an easie prey to any able hand, that would attempt it. From the Inua∣sion of Poland, all these changes took their beginning. Sultan Osman aduanced to the Throne in his [ 20] youth, full of heate and bloud, being of a great and haughtie spirit, very couragious, strong of bodie, and a mortall hater of Christians, enuious of the glory of his Ancestors, and ambitious to rayse his name aboue any of theirs, had proiected in himselfe the Conquest of the Remaynes of * 1.1012 the bordering Europe. But to so great designes he had one vice that resisted all hope of prosperi∣tie, which was extreme Auarice, and he fell into the latter times and decrepit age, Vbi vires luxu * 1.1013 corrumpebantur, contraveterem disciplinam & instituta ma••orum, apud quos virtute quam pecunia res militaris melius stetit. His first enterprize was that of Poland, mooued by the Incursions of the Cossacks, which yet he vndertooke of his owne head, without the counsell of any his Viziers (who in a Monarchie growne to the height by ease and wealth, and perhaps, longa dominatione inertes, are euer corrupt and lazie) and against the liking of all the Souldiers, who now contra∣rie [ 30] to their Institution being marryed, and Fathers of a Family, entred into Trades, receiuing no∣thing in Warre more then in Peace, prater pericula & labores, are not easily drawne from their owne Chimneies. This action he thought so easie, as he had disposed of his Conquest, and deui∣ded the liue Lions skinne. But being met vpon the Borders with a poore Armie in comparison, he was first arrested at Chotyn a little Fortresse, which he was faine to leaue behind him vntaken. And then seeking to aduance into the plaine Countrey, by forcing the Trenches of the Chan∣cellor of Poland, opposed against him, he could neuer procure his Ianizaries to fight, though en∣gaging * 1.1014 his person once or twice beyond the regard of his qualitie, and his owne Troupes readie to mutinie against him, or to forsake him, he was at last enforced to rayse shamefully his Campe, and to accept of any Treatie to saue his outward honour. In this attempt he lost aboue one hun∣dred [ 40] thousand Horses for want of Fodder, and fourescore thousand men for want of fighting: for they would rather dye, running, or pillaging, or eating, then in the face of the Enemie. For this disgrace he conceiued so inward and rooted an indignation against the Ianizaries, and so iust∣ly, that he often lamented himselfe, and complayned hee was no King, that was subiect to his owne slaues, vpon whom he spent great Treasures, and yet they would neither fight in Warre, nor obey in Peace, without exacting new bounties and Priuiledges. Delauir Bassa a man of * 1.1015 great wit and courage, lately called from the Easterne parts, where hee had long gouerned with honour, who came in, though late, yet in a very braue and Warlike Equipage, aboue all other his Captaines, was suddenly made Great Vizier, the former Huzein Bassa being in the same dis∣grace, common with the Souldier, though not in the same fault. This man was neuer bred at [ 50] Court, but had liued many yeares in Action, and so had neither Faction nor Dependance heère; but stood vpon himselfe and his owne merit: And beeing now vnlooked for, and aduanced to this high dignitie, he wrought vpon the Kings discontent, and nourished it: and in conclusion, brake with him, that it was true, he was no Emperour, nor could be safely aliue, while the Ia∣nizaries had the power which they lately vsurped. Informing him, that they were corrupted from their ancient Institution, and were lazie Cowards, giuen ouer to Ease and Lust, Et animo per libidines corrupto, nihil honestum inerat. But if his Maiestie would pull vp his spirits, and follow his aduice, hee would prouide him a new Souldioury about Damas∣cu••, and from the Coords, of men euer bred in the Frontier, Hardnesse, and Warre, of * 1.1016 great Courage and Experience, and that of them hee should erect a new Militia, that [ 60] should wholy depend of him, entertayning onely fortie thousand in pay, which should alway be his Guard, and that in the distribution of euery Prouince, he should constitute that the Begh∣ler-begh in his Gouernment should trayne some of the Inhabitants, who in all occasions of ma∣king a great Armie, should be in readinesse, and hereby hee should spare infinite Treasures spent

vpon these Drones that eate vp his Estate; And with men of new spirits and hopes, hee should be enabled to doe greater matters, then any of his Ancestors: but withall he desired the King to communicate this counsell to no man, nor to trust his life vpon anothers secrecie. Delanir Bassa neuer reuealing himselfe to any but the King, who extremely pleased with this aduice, that flat∣tered his owne humour, consented, and remitted all to the Viziers direction, who was a true Souldier, and a very wise man, able by his credit in Asia, to performe all hee had vndertaken: for he was exceedingly beloued in those parts, very rich, and had kept Damascus, whereof he was Gauernour, for himselfe in the last Rebellion. Vpon this conclusion betweene them, it was first agreed, that the King should pretend to goe in person against the Emir de Zaida, who was moued to take Armes really to assist in the designe: but they vsed it, to colour the departure of [ 10] the Emperor; which when it was well weighed, it was found, that then the Army of the Ianiza∣ries must be kept together, which could not agree with their ends. Hereupon the iourney of Me∣cha was diuulged, that the King might, vnder the shadow of an holy pilgrimage, goe out with a smal trayne, and disperse those who were suspected to him. And for this preparation was made, but somwhat too grosly by melting of all the Plate, Saddles, furniture of house, Lamps of Chur∣ches, and whatsoeuer could more easily be conueyed away in metal, with all the Iewels and trea∣surie. This gaue the first suspicion, which was confirmed by diuers vnaduised words let fall from * 1.1017 the King, of disdayne against the cowardize of the Ianizaries, and that he would shortly find him∣selfe soldiers that should whip them; & lastly, dismissing all his houshold, except some few elect, the discontented obserued and betrayed him. Delauir Bassa kept his owne secret, and in the meane time prepared by his friends in Asia 10000. about Damascus, 10000. from the Coords, besides those [ 20] in readinesse of the Emir de Zaida, and all vpon pretence of defending the borders of Persia, who hauing intelligence of some change in those parts; And gaue order that all these should meet the King at Damascus, where he would presently cut off his Guard, and stay there, vntill he had regu∣lated his new Armie, and discipline, and then to returne triumphant to Constantinople, and vtter∣ly root out the order of Ianizaries, Spaheis, and Timariots, and to exauctorate all their Captaines and Officers to settle a new gouernment, and to change the name of the Citie. And these things succeeding, he then resolued with his new Souldiers to attempt the recouerie of his honour in Christendome: in the meane time to hold a dissembled frienship there in all parts. Certainely, this was a braue and well-grounded designe, and of great consequence for renewing of this de∣cayed [ 30] Empire, languishing vnder the insolencies of lazie slaues, if God had not destroyed it: It * 1.1018 being very true, that the Turkish Emperour stands at the deuotion of his owne troops for peace or warre, life or death, and is in effect nothing but the Steward or Treasurer of his Ianiza∣ries. If this proiect had taken effect, what euents it might haue produced by a Ciuill Warre, is not easie to iudge. For doubtlesse, the Souldiourie here would haue set vp another King, and maintayned him as well as they could, and this European part had beene in danger to haue beene torne away by the diuision. Besides, Delauir Bassa hauing the King and the Treasurie in his pos∣session, and his owne credit so great, and his inclination, velle imperare, once discouered, it may well be thought that he had some ends of his owne to share a part of this mightie estate: If on the other side, the Vizier had proued true and faithfull, the reformation and new erection of the [ 40] Discipline of Warre, and the encrease of Treasure consequent to the dismission of the old Mi∣litia, would haue beene fearefull to all Christendome: But, Ubi est sapiens? Ubi disquisitor saecu•••• huius? Nonne infat••auit Deus sapientiam mundi huius? Perdam sapientiam sapientum, & vanam reddam intelligentiam intelligentium. It is a great question whether is the wiser wish, that these Counsels had succeeded or not: for either diuision and subuersion, or a new prosperitie and en∣largement of their Dominion had necessarily followed.

Some obseruations vpon this occasion, will not be very impertinent to those that desire to know as well * 1.1019 the disposition and vse, as the things themselues. First, in the purpose of the Souldier, not at all to vio∣late or hurt the King, much lesse to depose and murther him; but onely to take away those about him, whom they thought assistants in this proiect: yet the furie once on foot, they proceeded by missensible steps, [ 50] to the vttermost of outrage, against many innocents in that businesse, though otherwise obnoxious, and against the Throne and life of their owne Emperour, vbi furor ingruat innocentes ac noxios iuxta ca∣dere. Secondly, in the degrees, that yet the King had not falne thus low, if first hee had not lost that awe and reuerence which alway attendeth vpon Maiestie, by vnseemely offices, done by him in the streets and Tanernes, apprehending many Souldiers for pettie faults, like a Constable, making his person com∣mon, cheape, and despised among them which were wont onely to be seene and feared, as somewhat supra humanitatem. And this he did also in hatred and disdayne of those that had in the Warre forsaken him. And now in this last act, if his owne obstinacie had not plunged him into destruction, but that he had softned them by a seasonable yeelding to time, he had preuayled onely by time. Thirdly, in the order, That these Mutiners hauing no head, or direction, kept that reglement, that they tooke oath in their fu∣rie, [ 60] in hot bloud, in the Kings yard, not to dishonour, spoyle, nor sacke the Imperiall Throne, neither com∣mitted nor suffered any insolence nor violence in the Citie to the Neutrals, but rather proclaymed peace and iustice. Fourthly, in the consequents, that at the third dayes end, all was at quiet, and all men in their trade, as if no such thing had hapned; Onely the Ianizaries suffered no Diuan nor Councell,

vntill they had receiued a Donatiue, as Guerdon of their iniquitie, in which also the infinite waste of Treasure is worthie of consideration, which must of necessitie be exceedingly exhausted by three changes in foure yeeres, and by the late Warres in Persia and Poland: For euery Ianizarie in the Citie, absent or present, whose roll is about fortie thousand, receiue fiue and twentie Chequins gold, besides Spaheis, Iamoglans, and other orders at euery alteration, which amounts in all neere to two millions. And now these fellowes all liuing, that haue tasted the sweet of prosperous m••times, haud ignari summa scelera incipi cum periculo, peragi cum praemio, they haue taken such a head as cannot safely be suffered on, nor securely be taken off. Fiftly, of certaine presages that fore-ran, it being related to mee from the mouth of a Cadee, inward with the King a moneth before the tumult: That Osman dreamed in the * 1.1020 night, that he thought to ride a Camell, and being mounted, he could not force him to goe by faire meanes [ 10] nor stripes, and that then he descending in a rage, the bodie of the beast vanished, and left the head in the Kings hand. Who next day troubled at this fancy, sent to a learned Man, familiar with him, for the interpretation. Hee excused himselfe as vnfit to giue opinion in a matter of that consequence, but perswaded Osman to send to the Mufti. Hee also craued pardon, but withall said, there was none so fit to interpreteit, as Mustafa the Kings Uncle, and now Emperour, who is esteemed a holy man, that hath Visions, and Angel-like speculations, in playne termes, betweene a mad man and a foole. The King repayres to Mustafa, who briefly tells him, The Camell signifies his Empire: his riding, abuse in gouernement: his descension, his disposition: the vanishing of the bodie, the reuolt of his Subiects: the head remayning in his hand, onely a bare Title; and that hee should shortly die within few moneths, and lose his Kingdome, but the emptie name of Emperour should accompanie him to his Graue. * 1.1021

A second of lesse consequence in the Vizier Delauir Bassa, from whom the Lord Ambassador ha∣uing [ 20] receiued particular friendship about sixe dayes before this vprore, he went to visit, and hauing no o∣ther businesse but to perswade him to stay the King from this intended Pilgrimage, the Ambassador gaue him many reasons in the present estate of their owne affaires, especially the Treaty of Poland yet depen∣ding. To which the Bassa replyed very grauely. Then the Ambassador vrging the feare of some tumult, collected from the licentious speeches rumoured in the Towne, and he was bold to deale plainely, sincerely, and friendly, That if any such thing should happen, the fault would bee imputed to the Bassa, as being of authoritie to perswade the King, whom his qualitie and youth would excuse, but all the furie would be discharged vpon the greatest Minister; desiring him to consider the euent, at least, to take his affection in the best part. The old Renard stayed a while from replie: at last, smiling to himselfe at the Ambas∣sadour, who perswaded him against that which was his owne counsell, he gaue him a finall answere, that [ 30] there was no remedie, he durst not hazard himselfe to oppose the Kings resolution: but assured him, hee would so order the matter, as this iourney should not proceed so farre as was expected. The Ambassador concluded for himselfe, desiring then that he would leaue him a particular recommendation to the Chi∣macham or Deputie as his friend. To which hee sodainly replied, Trouble not your selfe, nor feare; I will neuer remoue so farre, but that I will leaue one of my legs in this Citie to serue you: which the poore man fulfilled; for being murthered in few dayes after, one of his legs whole and entire, was hanged in the Hippodrome, the most publike place of the Citie. Lastly, in things yet to come, and so probably to be suspected, That the Souldiours in Asia, who haue now lost their hopes, will not sit downe by this af∣front, but rather will attempt some reuenge, for the death of that King who was their Martyr; or that some great Bassaes farre remoued from Court, will apprehend this occasion, not to obey an Usurper, set [ 40] vp by treason; And vpon this colour ground their owne ambitions, or that all euery where will f••ll into combustion and intestine Warre; For I dare not hope, that God will open the eyes of Christian Princes to see the littlenesse of their owne vnciuill quarrels, while this mightie Monarchie inuiteth them to con∣cord, and to diuide it as a prostituted spoyle.

On Saturday euening, the first of Iune following, the Capiaga or Maior Domo of the Ser∣raglio, * 1.1022 hauing receiued a secret order to remoue the brethren of Osman from their lodgings, and in the night to strangle them: as he was performing his command, ayded with a few of his Carnifices to carrie away the Princes, they cried out: the Pages running to the noise, and en∣couraged by the Casliaraga, who had some suspicion, without further examination kill the Ca∣piaga, now almost euery order hauing risen against their owne head. That night they sent se∣cretly [ 50] to the Ianizaries and Spaheis, to informe them what they had done, and in the morning early hanged his bodie in the Hippodrome for a publike spectacle. The Souldiers returned in furie to Court, in fauour of the Pages, and demanded instice against those that had consented to this wicked order; which had made an end of all the Ottoman race, onely this Mustafa be∣ing left aliue, who is so holy a Saint, that he will not people the world with sinners, nor indure any women about him. The innocent King protests he knowes nothing of this purpose: and if his command were procured, it was gotten by subreption, and he is easily beleeued. But his mother another Liuia, and the new Vizier, Daout Bassa, who had her daughter to wife, were vehemently suspected. It was a day of Diuan or Councell: But these Souldiers would suffer none, vntill they had an account of this Treason. The Vizier denies all; the mother is a woman, [ 60] and hidden in the house: yet it is very likely, they both were guilty to vphold and secure their owne authoritie. It being rumoured, that the Vizier determined to place subdititiously, in the roome of the elder Prince, his owne Sonne, and very like him, and so to gouerne Mustafa for a

time, and by his remoue, to establish himselfe and his Race for euer. But now somewhat must be done to appease the people; Therefore Daout Bassa is degraded from his Office, and one Hu∣zein * 1.1023 Bassa newly arriued from the Gouernment of Cairo, aduanced to his place, with promise of further examination. Since, the furie once ouer, there hath beene nogreat search nor disco∣uery made. I thinke the Sultans Chequines haue quieted the matter. This new Vizier, a man * 1.1024 here without friends, yet very rich, of a stubborne and obstinate nature, reported iust in his wayes, but peremptorie and inflexible; Audax, ferox, & prout animum intendit prauus aut indu∣strius eadem vi: one from whom all men may expect much good, or much ill; Begins his gouern∣ment roughly, vndertakes to punish insolencies early, and professeth a reformation, or to bee a Sacrifice. A man fit for these times that are desperate: For the worst will be, that hee must at [ 10] last endure their furie. In the meane time he procures a little awe, and hath restored the face of Iustice: yet I am perswaded it cannot last long, the Ghost of Osman will not bee at rest, vntill there are some Parentalin made vnto him. The nature of this Vizier is vnsupportable; But if he preuaile, and once settle, he will anew change the King, and lay an Obligation vpon the Bre∣thren of Osman; For he will neuer thinke himselfe secure vnder a man gouerned by an insolent woman, Dominandi auida: And what assurance can he haue in that Prince, Cui non iudicium, non odium est nisi indita & iussa? And though I cannot fore-see the particulars, and where the Sore will breake out, yet I am sure the whole body is sicke; and Princes of Christendome shall haue breath three yeares, before they shall haue cause to feare this State, whose present King is Men∣tis inops, and the next in expectation, a Child, vnfit for action, and all the great men and Soul∣diers [ 20] decayed, mutined and corrupted.

And now tyred with this Tragicall sight and contemplation, we will commend you to other Pilgrims, who shall guide you thorow the Desarts, to the tops of the holy Mountains, Oreb and Sinai, and after those Holies, recreate your eyes with an admirable Spectacle of the Mamalukes, fine feates of Actiuitie, that profit and pleasure may conclude this Booke.

CHAP. XIII. [ 30]

Mount Sinai, Oreb, and the adioyning parts of Arabia, described out of the foure Iournals of BREIDENBACH, BAVMGARTEN, BELLONIVS, and CHRISTOPHER FVRER of Haimendorf.

THE nine and twentieth of October, 1565. we * 1.1025 ioyned our selues to the Cara∣uan, hauing before obtained Letters commendatorie from the Patriarch of the Greekes, which dwelleth at Cairo to the Friers of Mount Sinai. They tell of this Patriarch, that he for proofe of his Religion in contention with a Iew, be∣fore [ 40] the Bassa fiue and thirtie yeares before, drunke a draught of poyson without harme, which the Iew doing, dyed. At this time, he was one hundred and three yeares old. I had with me three Pilgrims. Nouember the third, we departed from Cairo, and on the fift, came to the shoare of the Red Sea, two miles from which in times past Sues flouri∣shed. * 1.1026 The next day, we saw at the right hand of the Red Sea, that ditch which lyeth betwixt it and Nilus, which Darius, and after Ptolomaeu•• made thirtie foote deepe, one hundred foote * 1.1027 broad, seuen and thirtie miles in length, and there ceased, finding the Red Sea higher three cubits, then the Land of Aegypt. The Region is desart, and not inhabited, wherein they vse Camels dung for want of Wood. The Water of the Red Sea, is of the colour that other Seas are of. But the Land adioyning, is Red and Mountainous, whence it is called the Red Sea, or from the Sun∣beames [ 50] reflected on that Sea from those Mountaines. Curtius saith, from a King called Erythrus * 1.1028, (which signifieth Red.) Here first we saw the place where the Israelites had passed thorow that Sea on dry Land. After that, we saw Mara, where Moses by casting in a piece of wood, made the water sweete, which still so continueth, sauing that from the neighbour Sea, it is somewhat brackish: and here our Camels dranke, which in fiue daies they here first did, which is the more to be admired for their great burthens, some bearing sixe hundred pounds; others, foure hundred or fiue hundred pounds weight. Here washing in the Red Sea, I hurt my foot on a sharp Corall, whereof here is great store, both Red and White. On the seauenth of Nouember, after mid∣night, was an Eclipse of the Sunne, and our Ethiopian Companions continued (as long as it con∣tinued) beating Basons. The next day, we went fortie Italian miles: and the day after forsooke [ 60] the Red Sea, declining on the left hand towards the Mountaines. The tenth, we left the Cara∣uan, which went the right-hand way toward Thoro. Wee went towards the left hand, and in a Valley saw that Tree which is called Spina Christi, or Gum Arabike, whereof they say Christs Crowne of Thornes was made. The eleuenth, we saw the tops of Mount Sinai, and admired the

height thereof. The twelfth, we saw a Viper or Aspe, whitish and skaly on the belly, on the backe white and spotted, with two little hornes on the fore-head. The thirteenth, we came to the Monasterie of Saint Katharine in a narrow Valley, at the foot of Mount Sinai, built of square * 1.1029 stones, founded (as they say) by the Emperour Iustinian, strong, high, and compassed with plea∣sant Gardens. The length of it, is one hundred twentie fiue paces. In it we saw the Sepulchre of Saint Katharine; after that wee saw a Chappell built on that place, where they say was the Bush in which first God appeared to Moses. It h••th fifteene Temples, twenty fiue Chappels, and diuers little Cels, in which Greeke Calogeri doe keepe. In the adioyning Valley is a Hill of mar∣uellous aspect, as if it were all burnt and couered with Ashes, where (they say) Moses kept Ie∣thros sheepe. Neere the Monastery, before Mount Sinai, is the place in Mount Horeb, in which God commanded Moses to goe into Egypt to deliuer the Israelites. [ 10]

The foureteenth of Nouember, by a way lesse and broken way, (which the Monkes by steps * 1.1030 or staires, such as they are, haue indeuoured to make better) wee ascended Mount S〈…〉〈…〉. And when we had passed the two gates, which in old times were shut, we came to three Temples or Chappels; one of Saint Barbara, the second of Saint Marina, the third of Elias the Prophet. Round about are some houses, whilome the Monkes dwellings. In Elias his Temple, behind the Altar, is a Caue, in which (they say) the Prophet lay hid, when hee fled from Iesabel. On the left hand, beneath the top of the Mountaine, is the place where Moses desired to see God. On the top of Mount Sinai, towards the East is a little Temple; and on the left hand a Chappell. Heere entred, our Monke-guide said prayers in Greeke, and we sung the Decalogue, Lords Pray∣er and Creed in German Rithmes. And this is the place where God gaue to Moses the Tables [ 20] of the Law, written with the finger of God. There is a Chappell in which the Mahumetans doe their deuotions. Eight paces thence is a Caue, in which Moses after his second fortie daies Fast, receiued the Tables of the Law. After these sights, wee descended the Hill, where com∣ming to a certaine Cisterne, we refreshed our selues with meat. And going a little lower, we saw a broken and hollow Rocke on the left hand, wherein Iohn the Aegyptian Hermite liued with * 1.1031 great austeritie, and writ the Booke, called Scala Paradisi. It cannot bee entred but creeping: within on the right hand, is a stone as it were a bed, and another against it like a seat; aboue, a hole whereby light descendeth, sufficient to reade by. Descending hence on the left hand, in a certaine Valley is the Temple of Saint Iohn Baptist, with a Garden, Vineyard, and little house. Against it is another Temple of Saint Anne; and on the left hand, on the top of the Rocke, is a * 1.1032 [ 30] Caue couered with stone, in which two Brethren of a King comming to see the place, setled their abode till death.

After this we ascended another Hill, whence besides many Regions the Red Sea may be seene. * 1.1033 In the Valley thereof is Pantaleons Temple, & an Hermitage. Hence with great labour we descen∣ded into a Valley, by a broken and dangerous way, ouer against Saint Katharines Mount, where∣in is the Monasterie of fortie Fathers and diuers houses, sometimes the habitations of Hermits. There is a Church of Saint Onophrius, and a pleasant Garden, with various and excellent fruits. Hauing lien all night in this Monasterie, the next morning, with farre greater labour and dan∣ger * 1.1034 then before, we climbed the high and inaccessible hill of Saint Katharine: on the top where∣of is a sharpe Rocke, whereon toward the East is built a low Chappell, fifteene foote long, and [ 40] ten broad, in the midst whereof is a Monument, in which sometime the body of Saint Katha∣rine was kept. Heere our Monke said his prayers, and we sung Veni Sancti Spiritus in our vulgar tongue. This Mountaine of Saint Katharine is farre higher then the other two, Horeb and Sinai, which both seeme hillocks, not hils to this. In the top we looked to the Red Sea, and Thora. De∣scending neere the Nets of Horeb, we saw the Rocke which being stricken with Moses his Rod, powred forth water like a Fountaine. In the former part are yet seene twelue rifts or clefts, and as many behind, but lesse perspicuous: but the former part doth still so liuely represent the to∣kens of the miracle, as if water had but lately gushed thence. That former part is twelue cu∣bits, the whole thicknesse fiftie two foot. On the left hand of the Valley, is the Temple of the Holy Apostle, with a notable Garden, and against it another of Saint George, with a flourishing [ 50] Garden. Betwixt this Temple and the Monastery of Saint Katharines, is a round Caue cut in∣to the Rocke, fiue and thirtie foote large, in which they say Aaron made the golden Calfe. The last night we abode in Saint Katharines Monasterie: and the sixteenth of Nouember departing, passed by Raphidim, the eleuenth Mansion of the Israelites, and thence by diuers places of their two yeares Peregrination, where the Tabernacle and Arke were made.

The eighteenth we came to Thora, which Citie is on the shoare of the Red Sea of no lustre; * 1.1035 the Hauen small, in which ships laden with Spices out of Arabia, Abassia, and India, resort. In this Citie wee saw a Mermaids skinne taken there many yeares before, which in the lower * 1.1036 part ends Fish-fashion: of the vpper part, onely the Nauill and Breasts remaine, the armes and [ 60] head being lost. The Inhabitants are most Christians, liue like the Greekes, and performe their Holies in the Arabicke tongue. No Iew may enter this Citie, nor goe to Mount Sinai, the Chri∣stians hauing priuiledge (as we were told) to kill them. I saw there one Iew which farmed the Customes of the Christians. The twentieth of Nouember, hauing the wonted testimonie of

the chiefe of the Monasterie, and giuen him certaine Duckets of Gold, we departed from Thora, and in our departure to Cairo, not farre thence saw the twelue Fountaines, and seuentie Palme∣trees where the Israelites encamped: But the trees are now much more. The foure and twenti∣eth we found the Carauan new arriued where we had left them. The nine and twentieth, wee passed the Valley against Pihahiroth, betwixt Magdalo and the Sea against Baalsophon. The thir∣tieth, we came safe to Cairo. At this time was no frost there, nor wet as with vs, but all fresh * 1.1037 and flourishing, the Corne and Fruits ripe, as with vs in Summer. The Grasse groweth not as * 1.1038 with vs, but is sowne by hand, &c.

For the better vnderstanding of these Relations, and for addition of things heere omitted, I haue thought good to giue you Bellonius, which almost twentie yeares before had made the same [ 10] Voyage, and Breidenbachius, then Chamberlaine, and after Deane of Mentz, which Anno 1483. had trauelled out of the Holy Land to Sinai, and thence to Aegypt; and lastly, Martin Baumgar∣ten, a German Knight, whose peregrination hapned Anno 1507. I haue also here added for fur∣ther Illustration, the Map of the Israelites peregrination in the Desart, here after mentioned.

[illustration] map of Israelite peregrinations in the desert

HONDIVS his Map of the Israelites peregrination in the Desart.

PEREGRINATIO ISRAELITARŪ IN DESERTO

Bellonius in company of the Lord of Fumet, attended with twentie Ianizaries for his Guard, * 1.1039 went from Cairo 1547 * 1.1040. Their prouisions were water of Nilus, a Camels load of Bisket, and [ 60] many Muttons killed, and the flesh shred (the bones being taken out) into small gobbits, and boyled with Onions and Suet till all the liquor was consumed, then seasoned with Salt and Spices, and put vp in Vessels: which continued so fresh, that fifteene daies after being heated * 1.1041 with Onions, they seemed as fresh as if they had beene first dressed. It was in September when

the nights were very cold, and the day exceeding hot, for which cause they trauelled much by night, and in three iourneys came to the Well of Suez, in a Castle a mile and halfe from the Towne, the water of which is brackish. They haue there a huge Cisterne for rayne-water, which seldome happeneth, but then with great vehemence, so that once or twice a yeere it is filled. The Well is deep, and the water is drawne by a wheele turned with Oxen; vpon the * 1.1042 wheele are two ropes with many Pitchers fastned, which emptie themselues into a Cisterne vn∣derneath; a thing vsuall in Egyptian Gardens. By the way as we trauelled grew Ambrosia, Sena, Rose of Ierico, Colocynthis, Acacia * 1.1043, a peculiar kind of Genista, and many other vnknowne plants. Beyond Suez we entred a wide Plaine all greene with Sena, growing of it selfe. Wee found Vipers, and Cameleons differing from the Egyptian, white and red: Capars as high as [ 10] dwarfe Fig-trees, the Capars as big as Egges and the seed biting like Pepper; the leaues con∣tinue greene perpetually, the Wooll is finer then Silke, and whiter then Cotton. The first Vil∣lage which after Suez we encountred in our way toward Sinai was called Pharagou, not hauing * 1.1044 aboue three or foure houses builded, the people dwelling vnder Palm-trees, (for it seldome rai∣neth) or vnder Rockes in Caues. Here were Pomgranats, Oliues, Figs, Peares, and other Trees profitable by fruit and shade, The Cattell and Fowles are there much lesse then in Egypt.

The ascent of the Mountaine is by hand-made steps for Camels; for Horses can very hardly * 1.1045 passe: which when we had ascended, we had two miles to passe betwixt round hills, here and there dispersed, of differing quantitie, before wee came at the Monasterie of Saint Katharine; and although we began to ascend the Hill at breake of day, it was after-noone before wee came [ 20] thither. The Monkes are Christian Maronites, which obserue the Greeke Rites, of diuers * 1.1046 Nations, Syrians, Greekes, and Arabians. Pilgrims haue no place of entertaynment but the Mo∣nasterie, which is situate at the foot of Mount Horeb, watered by a Spring thence flowing, cleere, sweet, coole, and excellent. It is walled with high walls against enemies, and hath also a Mos∣qued for Arabs and Turkes. In the vallies are pleasant Gardens, where Vines, Pulse, Herbs, and fruitfull Trees grow, especially Almonds. Mount Sinai when the Sunne riseth, ouer-shadoweth * 1.1047 Horeb, which is from it a mile and halfe; and on the top of Sinai yee may view ouer Horeb the Region beyond full of Rockes and Hills, vnto the Easterne Plaine where Ierusalem standeth: to the West, nothing but Arabia Deserta; and North-west, the Region washed by the Medi∣terranean Sea (but not the Sea it selfe) fiue dayes iourney thence. Southward are easily discer∣ned [ 30] both the shoares of the Red Sea extended like an English Bow, and the Aethiopian Desarts and Mountaines, where stands the Monasterie of Saint Macarius, and Saint Antonie. When wee came to the top wee found it hard stone of Iron colour, yet not without plants: for Ab∣sinthium * 1.1048 seriphium, which beareth the Worme-seed, Panax asclepium, Conyza, and Eupatorium Arabum groweth about the Mountaine. In height it expells Oeta and Ida, but seemes lower then Olympus. The Plaine on the top is not much greater then that of the greatest Pyramis, that is, foure paces, but a little lower much larger, and is ascended with great difficultie. It is not so cold as the Alpes, nor so hot as the low Plaines of Europe. We lay all night in S. Katharines * 1.1049 Monasterie, and the next day were shewed the pensile receptacle of S. Katharines bones, han∣ging in the Church, which is adorned with goodly Pict••r••s and Relicks. The Rock which Moses [ 40] strucke with his Rod is a solid stone, right vp, of colour and qualitie like Thebaick Stone, of which Obelisks and Pompey's Pillar in Alexandria were made, then which no Stone more resists Iron.

But the Legend of Saint Katharine is better knowne by Deane Breidenbach, a man see∣ming * 1.1050 more deuout then Belloniu••s, who with the Earle of Solms, and Philip de Bichen a Ger∣man Knight, first visited Ierusalem, and the holy places of Palaestina; and thence passed toge∣ther to Sinai, aboue sixtie yeeres before. Their iourney was by Gazera, where they saw a * 1.1051 huge Fig-tree which bare figs seuen times in the yeere. Thence wee departed (sayth he) on the ninth of September. On the eleuenth, wee passed a sandy Plaine, so large that we could see no end, but the Sea on the West. At last, wee came into Cawath or Cades, where wee had raine, which there is seldome. Now were wee come into a true Desart, vtterly without all signe of [ 50] habitation. We saw-smokes sometimes, but they arose of sands moued with the wind. On the twelfth, we came to Gayon: on the thirteenth to the Brook Wadalar, where was store of Coloquin∣tida. On the fourteenth, to Magare and Gebelhelel, where we saw nor man, nor beast, nor bird, but Ostriches. The fifteenth, into a very cold Desart, the earth white like Chalke, and the sand like burnt Lime, called Mynschene. The sixteenth, wee could see no end toward the East, and * 1.1052 it is said to reach without habitation two moneths iourney, yea as some thi••ke, to the torrid Zone which continueth to the terrestriall Paradise: that day we came to Alherok. The seuen∣teenth to Mesmar, to the foot of the Hill Caleb which seemeth made by han••. The eigh∣teenth, we trauelled the Salt Land, where the deaw, hills, vallies, stones, and sand, are like Salt. The nineteenth, we came to mountaynous places, and saw Mount Sinai and Horeb on [ 60] the left hand, and the Red Sea on the right, foure dayes iourney distant. The way was rockie and praecipitious. The twentieth, the Spinae Christi with their sent refreshed vs, but the Moun∣taines were rockie and barren, of colour betwixt blacke and red, and the stones in the Sun shine seemed as if anoynted with Oyle. There we saw a great beast bigger then a Camell, and our

Guide said it was an Vnicorne: and there we saw a Shepheard with his flocke, which seemed to vs a maruellous sight. At euen, wee stayed at a place called Scholie. This comfort wee had * 1.1053 from our Ladie and S. Katharine, that after mid-night we saw a Star brighter then the rest, to a∣rise from the South, which we called S. Katharines Star, and directed vs before day standing ouer * 1.1054 Mount Sinai. On the one and twentieth, we saw Mount Sinai, higher then the other Mountayns, and came to Abalharoch, a Plain euery way enuironed with hils, where Moses kept Iethroes sheep. The two and twentieth, wee came to another Plaine of the Red Sand, and the Hils were red, reaching to the Roots of Sinai. Wee had a very bad way, and entred the Monasterie of Saint Katharine, at the Root of Mount Sinai.

The foure and twentieth of September, taking victuals with vs for two dayes, wee ascended [ 10] Horeb, and there saw the Fountayne, which when the Monkes were once leauing the place for Todes, Serpents and noysome Creatures molesting them, they were by the blessed Virgin com∣manded * 1.1055 to stay, and doubting whether it might be an illusion, as they were praying, this Foun∣tayne sprang vp amongst them, and still continueth: and here is our Ladies Chappell. We pas∣sed higher to an Arch of stone, which they say, no Iew can passe. Then comming to the toppe of that Hill wee came to the Plaine whence Horeb riseth without coniunction of any other Hill, where are three Chappels within one wall, of Marina, Elizeus and Elias: in each of which is * 1.1056 seuen yeares Indulgence, and as many Lents. On the top of Horeb is a little faire Chappell shut with an Iron doore, where the Decalogue in two Tables was giuen; wee put off our shooes to enter, and prostrating our selues, kissed the place where Moses receiued the Law. Fifteene pa∣ces off is the Caue where he fasted fortie dayes. Ouer it a Moschee, where the Moores daily re∣sort * 1.1057 [ 20] in honour of Moses. There is a great Cisterne, called Moses Well. This Mountayne riseth round, and is not coherent to other Mountaynes, and from the Monasterie to the top thereof are about seuen thousand steps ascending, besides those which are gone on plaine ground. In the for∣mer Chappell is plenarie Remission of all sinnes.

Hauing refreshed our selues with food we descended towards the West, a dangerous way, and came to the Monastery of fortie Saints, and after a little rest ascended Sinai by a harder way, by Breaches, Rockes, Ouer-hanging Stones, Precipices, Steepes and exceeding heate of the Sun; refreshed in the way by two Springs. After much sweat wee came to the toppe on the fiue and twentieth of September, euen to the holy place where the Angels had brought from Alexan∣dria, the bodie of the glorious Virgin and Martyr Katharine, in which place it lay three hundred [ 30] yeares guarded by Angels, till it was reuealed to a certaine Abbot, that it should be thence trans∣lated * 1.1058 to the Monasterie where now it is. We with much ioy kissed the place, and measured our bodies in the place, which is a stonie Plaine, still hauing the Impression of a humane bodie, not made by Arte, but formed by the touch of that sacred bodie. The Red Sea seemed but three leagues distant, being two dayes Iourney. We might thence see the Deserts of Thebaida, where Anthonie and the old Heremites liued, and diuers barren Ilands in the Red Sea, and the Deserts * 1.1059 of Elim and Sin. Also a place in which they said was a Monastery, the Bels whereof might be heard at all Canonicall houres, but the house no man could find. In the descent we came to Saint Katharines Well, and cut twigs of that kind (they said) whereof Moses burning-not-burned-Bush [ 40] was, good for the falling sicknesse: After much labour wee came to the Monasterie of fortie Saints which the Pagans had martyred, and now there are but two Monkes of Saint Katharines which keepe there. The Edifices are of Mudde and Reeds, except the Church and the Wall en∣compassing. In their Garden is a Chappell in the Caue where Onophrius liued an Anchorite. Here we did eate, and then compassed Oreb, to returne to Saint Katharines Monasterie. Wee found at the foot of the Mount, the Rocke of Oreb, where Moses smote twice and water flowed. On the sixteenth of September, we confessed our selues, and prepared to see the Relikes of Saint Katharine, and the Tombe being opened, kissed the same, and rubbed our Iewels. The Tombe was in the right side of the Quire, and therein the head, two hands and some other members, the rest dispersed thorow the World. Neare to it is the Chappell where the burning Bush [ 50] grew. In both these places is plenary pardon, as also many Chappels thereabouts haue great In∣dulgence. * 1.1060 In the twelue Pillars of the Church are many Relikes, and their Pictures hanging by. There is also a Moskee.

The Monkes of Saint Katharines, are of Saint Basils Order: they vse Brazen Rings in stead of Bels: they are Proprietaries, buy, sell, worke with their hands, contentions continually, absti∣nent in dyet, vse rough Garments: in their Garden is the place where the Golden Calfe was made, the Stone against which Moses brake the Tables, the Water of Cursing which Moses made the people drinke, and we saw a Calfe of Stone standing on the toppe of a Hill therein, which they said (and what can bee said which some Fooles will not beleeue?) that if any went vp, hee could not find it, whereupon some say, that the Deuill carryed the Molten Calfe thither. In this [ 60] Valley and the others adioyning to Sinai, is found Manna only in August and September, which * 1.1061 the Monkes gather and sell to Strangers. It fals toward day like Dew or Frost on the grasse and leaues, and beeing gathered runnes together like Pitch, and at the heate of the Sunne or Fire is melted, tasteth like Honey, and cleaues to the Teeth. The Abbot of that Monasterie is constrai∣ned

to giue food to one hundred Arabs daily. All Nations may be receiued into their Order, but Iacobites and Armenians; but beeing receiued must obserue the Greeke Rites. The seuen and twentieth of September wee departed. The first of October, wee came to the common way which leades from Gazeia to Cairo, and by another way to Thor, where the Indian ships arriue without Iron-workes, because they passe by Mountaynes and Rockes of Load-stone which * 1.1062 would attract them. Wee came to the place in the Red Sea, where the Israelites passed on dry Land. Next day going along by the shoare, we came to the imperfect workes, whereby the Red Sea should haue beene conueyed to Nilus.

Martinus à Baumgarten, the fift of October, 1507. departed from Cairo, and came on the tenth to the Ditch, and the other passage. There are seene still to this day; * 1.1063 as Orosius also te∣stifieth the foot-prints of Chariots and Horsemen on the shoare, which howsoeuer by any con∣fused, [ 10] soone recouer the like forme. On the seuenteenth, we came to Saint Katharines. Thence in the night by Moone light, we ascended Horeb by almost seuen thousand staires of stone, be∣sides the greater part naturall. Neere to the Church where Moses receiued the Tables (the Moun∣tayne and others adioyning still shine like to molten Copper) is a Moschee of Saracens ouer the place where he fasted fortie dayes in a Caue, which Caue the Saracens still vse to get Prophets, and account the issue there generated, holy. Descending from Horeb, by the West we came to a Valley twixt it and Sinai, in which was the Monastery of the forty Saints, where hauing fed we ascend•••• Sinai with great danger, with wounded hands, sliding feete by the loosenesse of the stones, creeping knees, breathlesse brests; the Monkes our Guides scarsly able to discerne the true Mountayne amongst so many Hill-tops, * 1.1064 of like semblance. The way beeing marked out by [ 20] certaine stones set by Pilgrimes, brought vs at last to the top, where a fresh Spring refreshed vs. Thence returned to the Monasterie of the fortie Monkes, and compassing Horeb we came to the Rocke in the Root of Horeb, which Moses smote twice: a square stone, with one sharpe point fast to the earth, with twelue marks according to the number of the twelue Tribes. A little off is the place where Dathan and Abiron were swallowed: by night we got to S. Katharines, so wea∣rie, that the next day we could scarsly stand on our feet. In our returne, we were often set on by Arabs, which liue in subiection to no man, wearied with the Camels hard pace, and more with Famine (which made vs sometime halfe asleepe, and dreaming of victuals, reaching to receiue them, fall off our beasts) we got at last to Cairo. There wee saw a Ziraph, speckled white and [ 30] higher then any beast I had euer seene, the necke so long, that it exceeds a mans armes twice stretched out, the head of a Cubit, the brest high, the backe low, eyes pleasing, eating any thing which was giuen it. We saw also an Indian Oxe of a shorter bodie and greater head then ours, with great blunt knottie Hornes: The Mamalukes are of such authoritie, that they doe what they list to any Saracen, turne him out of his house, and dwell in it as long as they please. No * 1.1065 Saracen may ride or beare Armes in the Citie, but are slaues to these slaues, giue way, rise, kisse their knees and feet, (their hands as a great great bountie.) Their mad Men and Penitents are esteemed Saints, and may goe into any house and eate, drinke, yea, lye with the woman freely, and that Issue forgotten is esteemed holy: they are honoured whiles they liue, and when they are dead haue Monuments and Temples, and to touch or bury them is a matter of esteeme. [ 40] One wee saw sitting as naked as hee was borne on the Sands, and heard him commended for that * 1.1066 he medled not carnally with Women or Boyes, but Female Asses or Mules.

Of the Mamalukes hee reporteth, that Tongobardinus the Soldan entertayned him in his Pa∣lace, * 1.1067 shewed him his house of women, whereof thirtie fiue were there present, dallying and tal∣king, exceeding fragrant. The next day shewed him a great sight, where almost sixtie thousand Mamalukes were assembled, standing with great reuerence and silence all in white and like ha∣bit. The Soldan also with a large blacke beard horned or mitred Diademe in a Summer open Roome and white Raiment: not farre from him his Pope (whom they call Calipha) Socienus ••ate, * 1.1068 a browne man, and beneath him the Turkish Embassador. Beneath the Castle was a large Plaine prepared before to that purpose, in the middest whereof were three heapes of Sand, fiftie paces distant, and in each a Speare erected with a marke to shoote at, and the like ouer against them, [ 50] with space betweene for sixe Horses to runne abrest. Heere did the yonger Mamalukes gallant∣ly * 1.1069 adorned, vpon their Horses running a ••ull careere, yeeld strange experiments of their skill, not one missing the marke, first, with casting Darts, and after with their Arrowes, as they ran: and lastly, trying their slaues. Others after this, in the like Race of their running Horses, shot with like dexteritie diuers Arrowes backwards and forward. Others in the midst of their Race alighted three times, and (their Horses still running) mounted againe, and hit the Marke neuer∣thelesse. Others did hit the same, standing on their Horses thus swiftly running. Others three times vnbent their Bowes, and thrice againe bent them whiles their Horses ran, and missed not the Marke: neither did others, which amidst their Race, lighted downe on either side, and a∣gaine mounted themselues: no, nor they which in their swiftest course leaped and turned them∣selues [ 60] backwards on their Horses, and then (their Horses still running) turned themselues for∣wards. There were, which whiles their Horse ranne, vngirt their Saddles thrice, at each time shooting, and then againe g••rding their Saddles, and neuer missing the Marke. Some sitting in

their Saddles, leaped backwards out of them, and turning ouer their heads, setled themselues a∣gaine in their Saddles and shot, as the former, three times. Others laid themselues backwards on their running Horses, and taking their tayles, put them into their mouthes, and yet forgot not their ayme in shooting. Some after euery shot drew out their Swords, and flourished them a∣bout their heads, and againe sheathed them. Others sitting betwixt three Swords on the right side, and as many on the left, thinly clothed, that without great care euery motion would make way for death, yet before and behind them touched the Marke. One stood vpon two Hor∣ses running very swiftly, his feet loose, and shot also at once three Arrowes before, and againe three behind him. Another sitting on a Horse neither bridled nor sadled, as hee came at euery Marke arose and stood vpon his feete, and on both hands hitting the Marke, sate downe againe [ 10] three times. A third sitting on the bare Horse, when hee came to the Marke lay vpon his backe and lifted vp his legges, and yet missed not his shoot. After all this they ranne with like swift∣nesse (for all these things, which, where is the Vaulter that can doe on his Imaginarie Horse stan∣ding still? these did running) and with their staues carryed away those Markes, as triumphing ouer their innocent Enemie. One of them was killed with a fall, and two sore wounded in these their Feats of Actiuitie. They had an old graue man which was their Teacher. If I haue long detayned thee in this Spectacle, remember that the Race of Mamalukes should not bee forgotten, the rather, because their name is now razed out of the World; and this may seeme an Epitaph on their Sepulchre, after whom none perhaps are left able to doe the like, nor in all Franciscus Modius [ 20] his Triumphall Pandects to be paralelled.

The end of the eighth Booke.

Notes

• * 1.1

  Peter the He∣remite hauing visited Ierusa∣lem by relation of the Patriark and pretended reuelation mo∣ued, stirred vp the Pope to this counsaile and Councell.
• * 1.2

  Turkes which had come out of Persia, and began to sh••ke the Easterne parts of the Greeke Empire in Cilicia, and the adioyning Regions of Natolia, Syria, &c. See Kno••s Turkish History
• * 1.3

  Arripite igitur viamhanc in re∣missionem pec∣catorum vestro∣rum, Securide immare. gl. reg. C••l.
• a 1.4

  God wils, or it is Gods will.
• b 1.5

  This was the deuotion of that time. Our Kings if they went to Nor∣mandie, had the Bishops bles∣sing at the shoare, &c.
• * 1.6

  Peter the He∣r••mite, and Godfrey of Bullen.
• c 1.7

  These dro••es I wis, had no stings, except you angred them.
• * 1.8

  The second Booke. In that time W. Conquerour and his Sonne Robert were v∣sually stiled Earles, and sel∣dome Dukes: and still the Earldome of Flanders and of the Palatine In Germany are superiour to Dukedomes. Earles also are often in this and other Au∣thors of this Age, called Consules, patroni, more regar∣ding substance then title.
• * 1.9

  The third Booke.
• * 1.10

  Forty thou∣sand fresh Souldiers.
• * 1.11

  Veneration of Martyrs to their ••laine friends, by zeale or super∣stition.
• * 1.12

  Compare this with eightie eight prouision Three hun∣dred and sixtie thousand Turkes
• * 1.13

  Great Rams and Dogge••.
• * 1.14

  Iconiu〈…〉〈…〉.
• * 1.15

  Tarsus.
• * 1.16

  Armenia. Caesarea. C••sor. Antio••hi••.
• * 1.17

  Milites, a common name to Souldiers or Knights: here in this Author giuen com∣monly to Horse men. Castellum Publi∣can••. Rugia.
• * 1.18

  Knights then differed from the present, were created by Abbots, &c. and therefore were many in number, as these, Ieresoly∣••nitan and o∣ther S ories of that time mention: Mi∣••••tib••••, may al∣so be interpre∣ted men at Armes, and is in this story al way vnder∣stood of Horse men.
• * 1.19

  Leaue not the Historie for the Miste∣rie. 1. Thes. 5. 21 The Monke hath forgotten that an Apo∣stle is not of man, nor by man, nor hath a City but the World for his Di••cese. Saint Paul speaketh otherwise, Gal. 1. & 2. & Luke. Acts 9. 11. & 13. Mat 28. Iob. 21. The fourth Booke.
• * 1.20

  Famine and Plentie, and Famine.
• * 1.21

  A mightie stroke.
• * 1.22

  Amira's, that is, Lords or Com∣manders.
• * 1.23

  A Coine.
• * 1.24

  The fift Booke.
• * 1.25

  Running at Quintan.
• * 1.26

  Truee broken.
• * 1.27

  Pyrrhus.
• * 1.28

  Fulcherius.
• * 1.29

  The six•• Booke. Antiochia taken
• * 1.30

  Corbanan.
• * 1.31

  The seuenth Booke. The Stories of these times are full of Visions: hence neglec∣ting the Scrip∣tures, they were fed with Legends. And would God the prodiga•••• Sonne would yet leaue his Huskes, and returne to his Fathers house, where the poo∣rest seruant hath better food. Of this Lance, see Fulc••eriu••. The finder was found a decei∣uer.
• * 1.32

  Fight and vi∣ctorie.
• * 1.33

  If I follow my Author into Thickets (pie fraudes) yet your discretion may chuse your way.
• * 1.34

  The Castle yeelded.
• * 1.35

  Fulc••. saith he went to France, and after returned.
• * 1.36

  The eighth Booke. The Christian Army increa∣sed.
• * 1.37

  〈…〉〈…〉scription of ••••tiochia. Marra besieged
• * 1.38

  Testude, was an E••gin•• made of boords co∣uered with Hides to pre∣uen•• fire with∣in which the Assailants might approch to the walls: & in which also they might hang with ropes, that I∣ron Engine, which if it had one hooked beake, was cal∣led falx, if two it was called Aries or a Ram wherewith the walls were sha∣ken, & stones loosed and pulled out.
• * 1.39

  Famines th••••n at Antiochia.
• * 1.40

  Caphali••,
• * 1.41

  Ca••••l.
• * 1.42

  Tripoli.
• * 1.43

  Archas.
• * 1.44

  Zabari••.
• * 1.45

  Tyrus.
• * 1.46

  S. Georges Tithe.
• * 1.47

  The ninth Booke.
• * 1.48

  Ierusalem be∣sieged.
• * 1.49

  Great thirst.
• * 1.50

  Letoldus and Guicherius en∣ter the Citie.
• * 1.51

  Cruell execu∣tion. Dodechinus in his Appendixe to Mar. Scotus, reciteth out of a letter to Pope Pasc••al, writ••en by D. Godfrey, that the bloud reached vsque ad equorum ge∣nua.
• * 1.52

  Godfrey chosen King.
• * 1.53

  Arnulphus cho∣sen Patriarch.
• * 1.54

  Militibus.
• * 1.55

  Heroike Act of Robert of Nor∣mandie. Dodechinus saith, 100000. were slaine, be∣sides 2000. in the gate, innu∣merable then perishing at sea: the whole Armie being 100000. horse, and 400000. Foot-men.
• * 1.56

  This the san∣ctitie of those times to ad∣uance the Church, not to freedome from sin but to ful∣nesse of power in exemption from Kings and Soueraigntie ouer them, (wherein Vr∣banus was cald Turbanus.) This the state of the Church that is, the Clergie, and more spe∣cially the Pa∣pacy. This the great article of Popish Faith.
• * 1.57

  This Authour speaks like one of Vrbans facti∣on against Gui∣bertus and the Emperour, ig∣norant of Pa∣pall sleights. This Stephen, Father of King Stephen, is cal∣led Comes Car∣notensis, and is said to haue as many Castles as were daies in the yeare.
• * 1.58

  Seeing such sacriledge and smelling, per∣haps the Popes plot.
• * 1.59

  Nice taken.
• * 1.60

  Bloudy battell
• * 1.61

  Strangemarch to Iconium.
• * 1.62

  Fulcherius Chaplaine to Baldwin after Duke Godfrey King of Ierusa∣lem. Robert cals him Cassian & King.
• * 1.63

  Visions in those daies com∣mon, and yet for want of visi∣on the people pe∣rished.
• * 1.64

  Triall by fire touching the Lance before mentioned, by Monke Robert.
• * 1.65

  The Armie in white, of which Robert fabled.
• * 1.66

  Ma〈…〉〈…〉sburie saith that Cor∣bagath or Cor∣banach, was slaine by Robert of Normandie.
• * 1.67

  Robert the Nor∣man was offe∣red the King∣dome of Ieru∣salem, & neuer thriued for re∣fusing it, saith Malmsbury, and Math. Paris: Earle Raimund also had the offer.
• * 1.68

  Milites men at Armes.
• * 1.69

  Washing in Iordan.
• * 1.70

  Tiberias. Paneas.
• * 1.71

  Buamund ta∣ken. King Godfrey dyeth, and Baldwin suc∣ceedeth.
• * 1.72

  Dead Sea de∣scribed.
• * 1.73

  Sodoms fruits.
• * 1.74

  Rock of Moses.
• * 1.75

  Weaknesse of the Frankes at Ierusalem.
• * 1.76

  Militibus.
• * 1.77

  Arsuth, which the Ancients cal Antipatrida.
• * 1.78

  Easter light.
• * 1.79

  Baldwin taketh Caesarea.
• * 1.80

  Milites, Knights, men at Armes, Horsemen.
• * 1.81

  Milites.
• * 1.82

  Ramula.
• * 1.83

  He was also Duke of Aqui∣tane.
• a 1.84

  Rob. Mon. was deceiued if this deceiue not.
• * 1.85

  Aboue one hundred thou∣sand men slaine, besides women, &c. Tyrius accuseth the Emperour of Const. for the ouerthrow, l. 10. by his treachery, also the Christians were arena fine calce, and vn∣disciplined.
• b 1.86

  Rostratae, that is, the beaks, or stems coue∣red with Iron or Brasse.
• c 1.87

  That is, as in other pla∣ces of the sto∣rie, the Egyptian Chalifa: Cairo being by some called Babylon.
• * 1.88

  Such a triple Sun and Rain∣bow was seene 1621. in Deuon∣shire.
• d 1.89

  Malmsb, saith, that Alexius had partly poi∣soned, partly corrupted his chiefe follow∣ers, whereby deiected, he re∣turned to A••u∣lia, and soone after dyed.
• * 1.90

  Tripolis taken.
• * 1.91

  Berith taken.
• * 1.92

  Apamia.
• * 1.93

  Tyrus.
• * 1.94

  Great losse. Sichem.
• * 1.95

  Grasse-hop∣pers & Earth∣quakes. Gaute〈…〉〈…〉us s••ith, that the people w••re at their wits end, euery day new Earth∣quakes, the houses were forsaken; Le∣tanies, Fasts, and other ho∣lies v••ed, tents erected in the fields, &c.
• * 1.96

  Red Sea.
• * 1.97

  Pharamia. Laria. King Baldwin dyeth, and Baldwin ••uc∣ceedeth.
• * 1.98

  Prince Rog〈…〉〈…〉 slaine with se∣uen thousand Antiochians.
• * 1.99

  Superstition of the Crosse vn∣like Ezekiohs Ne••ushtan, al∣though made by diuine ap∣pointment, & by Christ in∣terpreted to signifie Christ c••ucified, Ioh. 3. Yet broken in pieces when a••u••ed. King Balawin ••aken Prisoner Venetian Fleet 120. saile. Chac•• Ramath.
• * 1.100

  This Castle was Cartapeta.
• * 1.101

  Terbexel.
• * 1.102

  Balac slaine. Knighthood. Tyrus taken.
• * 1.103

  W. Tyr. l. 13. The Kings li∣bertie.
• * 1.104

  Ior, Dan, Iordan.
• * 1.105

  Boamund Iuni∣or.
• * 1.106

  Ciuill Warre.
• * 1.107

  W. English man Archbishop of Tyre.
• * 1.108

  First Tem∣plers.
• * 1.109

  Damascus be∣sieged in vaine.
• * 1.110

  King Fulc••. Lib. 14.
• * 1.111

  The Author speakes against the Romane Church, and the two Patri∣arkes, which cut large, thongs of o∣thers hide &c. Ciuill broiles, Earle of Triplis slaine. Tarsus taken by the Emperour of Constant.
• * 1.112

  Earle of Trip. taken, and the King distressed
• * 1.113

  Caesarea besie∣ged.
• * 1.114

  Tecua taken.
• * 1.115

  Papall Legate deposeth the Patriarke of Antioch, and holdeth a Councell at Ierusalem.
• * 1.116

  Death of the Emperour and King Falco. Baldwin the third. Edessa taken.
• * 1.117

  Edessa wonne and lost.
• * 1.118

  Loricatorium.
• * 1.119

  Incredible numbers slaine and lost. See more of these in M. Par. following: Raimund slaine Earle of Edessa taken.
• * 1.120

  The foure parts of the Easterne Frankes power. Ciuill Warres.
• * 1.121

  Emperour of Const. his inua∣sion.
• * 1.122

  Maym of the Easterne King∣dome.
• * 1.123

  Hiaroquin Turkes.
• * 1.124

  Passage yeerly of Frankes at Easter to Ieru∣salem.
• * 1.125

  Ascalon taken.
• * 1.126

  Mischiefes ne∣uer alone.
• * 1.127

  Lib. 18. Famine and plentie.
• * 1.128

  Roman Church blamed by all her Children. Hospitalars beginning.
• * 1.129

  Pope Adrian.
• * 1.130

  Egyptian broiles.
• * 1.131

  Cruell base∣nesse.
• * 1.132

  Cyprus inua∣ded.
• * 1.133

  League broken vniustly.
• * 1.134

  Caesarea taken.
• * 1.135

  Baldwins death Amalricus suc∣ceedeth. Lib. 19.
• * 1.136

  Three Princ〈…〉〈…〉 taken.
• * 1.137

  An Asse laden with gold, best Fort-taker.
• * 1.138

  Tempest of sand.
• * 1.139

  Tribute paid by th•• E••ypti∣ans to the King of Ierusalem. The Palace Cascere.
• * 1.140

  The Calipha's glorie.
• * 1.141

  His person.
• * 1.142

  Mehemetan Sects. Sunni and Ssia. See before in Le•• l. 6. c. 1.
• * 1.143

  Caira••an. The Authors story of Ma∣humetans. The battell of Beben, in the Confines of the Deserts.
• * 1.144

  Alexandria taken.
• * 1.145

  Pelusium taken.
• * 1.146

  Cairo besieged.
• * 1.147

  Lib. 20.
• * 1.148

  Const. fleet.
• * 1.149

  Terrible Earthquake.
• * 1.150

  Baldwin the fourth his Le∣prosie.
• * 1.151

  Saladine.
• * 1.152

  Lib. 22:
• * 1.153

  Beginning of the Templers.
• * 1.154

  Their posses∣sions.
• * 1.155

  Two huge Ar∣mies.
• a 1.156

  Equ••t. ••euioris a••m turae This is here rep••••ted for the hugenesse of th••se Expe∣ditions.
• * 1.157

  Loricatorum Equitum.
• * 1.158

  Defeat of the Dutch.
• * 1.159

  French Armie.
• * 1.160

  Conrades strength.
• * 1.161

  Easterne trea∣ch••rie.
• * 1.162

  Prince Rai∣mund slaine. E••rle Raimund slaine by Assa∣sines.
• * 1.163

  Templers treacherie. Pope Adrian. Ascalon. Papall schisme.
• * 1.164

  T. Becket mur∣thered for maintayning the Clergies Liberties, a∣gainst the Se∣cular power in murthers, &c.
• * 1.165

  Beckets mur∣ther as the seed of her Martyr, the seed and ad∣uantage of Rome by ap∣peales, liber∣ties, &c.
• * 1.166

  Monster of re∣gall penance.
• * 1.167

  Clergie-liber∣ties.
• * 1.168

  Councell.
• * 1.169

  This Priest Iohn was not that in Abassia, nor that in Tarta∣ria, but one in India.
• * 1.170

  Saladines ex∣ploits.
• * 1.171

  Henry the se∣cond elected King of Ieru∣salem.
• * 1.172

  The Popes Letter.
• * 1.173

  Baldwin dieth. Sybilla suc∣ceeds.
• * 1.174

  A womans wit.
• * 1.175

  Truce broken.
• * 1.176

  Saladine his re∣uenge.
• * 1.177

  The King ta∣ken.
• * 1.178

  Ierusalem taken by Saladine.
• * 1.179

  The Author of the former Storie.
• * 1.180

  Both Letters are in Mat. P. at large. Faith not to be kept in perill of Religion, that is, Faith must dye that Faith may liue. Zeale of those times. Vtinam & scientia con∣scientiae.
• * 1.181

  Greekes and Sa∣racens conspi∣racie.
• * 1.182

  Syluja taken by help of English. King Richard. See what a whirle Poole of treasure and sinke of bloud, the land called Holy, proued.
• * 1.183

  A marke was eight ounces.
• * 1.184

  Kings sales.
• * 1.185

  Popes praise by a Monke.
• * 1.186

  Superstition aduanced.
• * 1.187

  Miseries to England by King Richard his holy Land voyage.
• * 1.188

  Exactions.
• * 1.189

  Beckets Hospi∣tall at Achon.
• * 1.190

  Beginning of the Kings ex∣pedition.
• * 1.191

  Roman simonie. The Emperor drowned. Apparition of Th. Becket Faith, built not on Scripture, but reuela∣tions. English-men entertayned against Mo∣rocco.
• * 1.192

  King Richards acts in the Kingdome of Sicilia.
• * 1.193

  Freedome ear∣nall.
• * 1.194

  Bishop of E∣ly's pride, pompe, ex∣cesse.
• * 1.195

  Buccas triplici velorum expan∣sione. Cyprus subdued by K. Richard;
• * 1.196

  His reliefe of Achon, and ta∣king a Dro∣mund.
• * 1.197

  Achon taken. French enuie. Coelum non ani∣〈…〉〈…〉m m••tant, q〈…〉〈…〉.
• * 1.198

  The Countrey recouered by King Richard.
• * 1.199

  King Richard giueth the Kingdomes of Ierusalem and of Cyprus.
• * 1.200

  Treasure of re∣likes. God opened the mouth of an Asse to teach the Pro∣phet.
• * 1.201

  Chancellors excesse.
• * 1.202

  Pride of a Prelate and his fall. A Bishop and Chancellor of England with∣out English.
• * 1.203

  K. Rich. winneth Darum. Cause of King Richard his captiuitie.
• * 1.204

  Duke of Burg. treacherous.
• * 1.205

  King Richards acts at Ioppe.
• * 1.206

  Eightie Knights and foure hundred Crossebow∣men.
• * 1.207

  His Armie diseased.
• * 1.208

  His returne crossed by a Tempest. His hard pas∣sage.
• * 1.209

  K. Richard ta∣ken by the D. of Austria, and sold to the Emperour. Miseries which came to Eng∣land, by this o∣therwise victo∣rious and glo∣rious Expedi∣tion, from the first to the last thereof.
• * 1.210

  French perfidie
• * 1.211

  King Richards returne.
• * 1.212

  Duke of Au∣strias death.
• * 1.213

  Indulgences.
• * 1.214

  I••terdict. King Richards death.
• * 1.215

  France inter∣dicted.
• * 1.216

  Rouelations.
• * 1.217

  Councell of Lateran.
• * 1.218

  Euery Easter was a generall passage.
• * 1.219

  Incredible tales of the Crosse, in that credulous age receiued. The crosse of Christ was fruitfull and bare ma∣ny others, or else fancie is mad, which be∣leeued a Syrian for the same before by re∣uelation, and now another lye. Crosses in the Ayre,
• * 1.220

  Damiata besie∣ged. Ierusal••m, ••ared
• * 1.221

  English Noble∣men in seruice of the Crosse.
• * 1.222

  Damiata taken
• * 1.223

  Strange story of Baldwine. Greeke broiles, Constantinople taken by the Latines. See for this Knolls Turkish Historie.
• * 1.224

  Rufull report.
• * 1.225

  Sixty thousand English take the Crosse, besides old men and women.
• * 1.226

  Frederike the second excom∣municated.
• * 1.227

  Albigenses and Crussad••s.
• * 1.228

  Popes Acts.
• * 1.229

  Walter, an Eng∣lish-man.
• * 1.230

  A Turke more faithfull then Popish Tem∣pl••rs and Ho∣spitalars.
• * 1.231

  Popes tenths.
• * 1.232

  M. Par. saith, that this puis∣sant Emperour at once main∣tayned sixe ar∣mies in seueral places.
• * 1.233

  Manner of preaching the Crosse.
• * 1.234

  English Nobles take the crosse.
• * 1.235

  Sale of vowes is so common, that I forbeare to follow the Author his of∣ten mention.
• * 1.236

  Battell of Gaza.
• * 1.237

  Earle Rich. his acts.
• * 1.238

  Templars pride.
• * 1.239

  Chorosmines.
• * 1.240

  Ierusalem ta∣ken.
• * 1.241

  Bloudie slaughter.
• * 1.242

  King L••wys his vow.
• * 1.243

  W. de Longa Spata, and ma∣ny English pil∣grims.
• * 1.244

  Relikes, the best Holy Land wares.
• * 1.245

  Earle of Leister crossed.
• * 1.246

  Henry the third takes the Crosse.
• * 1.247

  English acts.
• * 1.248

  Damiata taken.
• * 1.249

  W. Longspats honourable death.
• * 1.250

  Al. Giffard.
• * 1.251

  Damiata giuen vp.
• * 1.252

  Mill-stone compact.
• * 1.253

  Base exaction.
• * 1.254

  Pope accused.
• * 1.255

  Guido, halfe brother to King Henry.
• * 1.256

  Deuillish stra∣tagem of a iuggling knaue occasioned by the superstition of that time.
• * 1.257

  A former kna∣uerie.
• * 1.258

  Greater In∣dulgence a∣gainst Christi∣ans then Turks, by Papall charitie.
• * 1.259

  Crosses crossed by Popish Ex∣tortion.
• * 1.260

  Clergie and Lay Oath.
• * 1.261

  Pope main∣taynes his Kingdome by Crosses when he wants cros∣ses.
• * 1.262

  King Lewis and Prince Edward Pilgrims.
• * 1.263

  Prince Edward and the English at Tunis, where K. Lewis dyeth
• * 1.264

  Prince Edward stabbed with a poisoned knife King Edwad the first his returne and Turneament.
• * 1.265

  Generale passa∣gium y〈…〉〈…〉y
• * 1.266

  〈◊〉〈◊〉. Reg. 3. 15.
• * 1.267

  Vid. Camd. ••rit.
• * 1.268

  W. Gemetic. de duc. Norm.
• * 1.269

  History of Nor∣mans.
• * 1.270

  Car. Sigon de Reg. Ital••e l. 8.
• * 1.271

  Normans in Apulia.
• * 1.272

  Sonnes of Tancred.
• * 1.273

  Atulia shared amongst Nor∣mans.
• * 1.274

  A warlike Pope.
• * 1.275

  Robert Wischard Duke of Apulia
• * 1.276

  Occasion of the Normans entring Greece.
• * 1.277

  Car. Sigon de reg Ital. l. 9.
• * 1.278

  Boamund was sonne to Rob. by a former wife: Roger by the daughter of Guaimar Prince of Sa∣lern. W. Gemetic. bow this Dut∣chie added to Sicilia became a Kingdome, is here omitted.
• * 1.279

  G. Malm. l. 4. initia.
• * 1.280

  Eadmerus pub∣lished by M. Selden.
• * 1.281

  See how this agreeth with his cunning dissimulation before mentio∣ned.
• * 1.282

  Hen. Hunt. lib. 7.
• * 1.283

  Ap. 1 vlt.
• a 1.284

  Col. 3. 1.
• b 1.285

  Ephe. 3. 20.
• c 1.286

  Heb. 12. 22.
• d 1.287

  Ph. 3. 19.
• e 1.288

  Sansoui•••• l. 11
• * 1.289

  Sac. Cer. R. E. l. 1. 8.
• * 1.290

  Math. 16.
• * 1.291

  Key of the bot∣tomlesse pit, and kingdome of Hell.
• * 1.292

  Alfredi Epist. published be∣fore Tho. Walsingham, Mat. Par. in W. 1. Clerici adeo literatura care∣bant, vt caeteris esset flupori qui Grammaticam dedicisset.
• * 1.293

  Gen. 11.
• * 1.294

  Priests had not power to kill, till they had subiected the secular po∣wer to them. See Eadmerus and Nubrigensis Writers of those times.
• * 1.295

  Acts 1. 7.
• * 1.296

  As those of Constance, Basil, &c. so in the Statute of Prae∣munire in Rich. 2. &c.
• * 1.297

  See my Pile. l. 3. c. 2. §. 2.
• * 1.298

  See my Pilg. l. 3. c. 7.
• * 1.299

  See vbi s〈…〉〈…〉. l. 3. c. 2.
• * 1.300

  See of the Tart. my Pilg. l. 4. c. 11. and 12. and after fol. in this Worke in Haiton, M. Polo, &c.
• * 1.301

  See T. H. pa. 76.
• * 1.302

  See before ••inches Iour∣nall. Apoc. 20. 1.
• * 1.303

  Mal. 3. Apoc. 1.
• * 1.304

  See D. Vsher de C. E. S. & St.
• * 1.305

  Glab. Rodulph. l. 4. c. 6. hist. sui temp.
• * 1.306

  Greg. Nys. de ijs qui adeunt Hie∣rosol.
• * 1.307

  Salp. Seu. l. 2. Beda i•• Mar. 13, &c.
• * 1.308

  Dodechinus, Guibertus, Albertus Aq. &c.
• * 1.309

  Quicquid age∣••at seu loqueb▪ quasi quiddam subdiuinum vi∣debatur, praeser∣tim cum etiam de eius mul•• pili pro reliquijs ra∣perentur, Guib. hist. ••ier.
• * 1.310

  1. Cor. 14. Rom. 13.
• * 1.311

  So Eadmerus which was his keeper of them, l. 4.
• * 1.312

  Of the ac∣cesse to Papall power in that Age by Hilde∣brands degrees, &c. See D. Vsh. vbisup.
• * 1.313

  Card. Cus. E∣pist. ad B••••.
• * 1.314

  Phil. 1. & 2.
• * 1.315

  1. Cor. 13. 1. Ioh. 4.
• * 1.316

  Of this loosing of Satan, see D. Vshers book, de Christ. Eccles. success. & statu.
• * 1.317

  Hil. cont. Aur. Arrian.
• * 1.318

  Victor the next Pope li∣ued but a little while.
• * 1.319

  Hist. concil. Trid. l. 1. published in Italian, and Latin, and En∣glished by Ma∣ster Brent.
• * 1.320

  Car. Sigon. de reg. Ital. l. 3. A. D. 726.
• * 1.321

  Sig. l. 4.
• * 1.322

  Onupb. in vita Greg. 7. col. 271, 272. see Auen∣tine, and diuers Authors, cited by D. Usher, vbi sup.
• * 1.323

  Sigeb. Chron. haec sola nouitas, ••e dicam baeresis &c. Otho Fris. lego & relego Rom. regum & Imp. gesta & nusquam inue∣nio ante &c. Otho Fris. Chron. lib 6. in fine & prol. 7. Vid. lib. de vita Henr. written by one of that time, Malmsb. l. 3. de Reg. Ang.
• * 1.324

  Theod. de Schis∣l. 2. c. 13. Plat. de vit. P. in Bon. 9.
• * 1.325

  Sec B••t. and Booke of E∣state•• by E. G,
• * 1.326

  B••t••r•• 2. part. l. 4.
• * 1.327

  Ead. Nouerum lib. 2. Vid. Selden An∣not. ad ••und. Malmesbur. &c.
• * 1.328

  2. Thes. 2. 4.
• a 1.329

  The Pope can make his Cardinals rich and himselfe by their crea∣tion, both by money for that dignity, and by al their for∣mer Benefices falling to him.
• * 1.330

  Theod. a N. l. 2. c. 7, 8, 9, 10. & d.
• * 1.331

  The words of P. Alexander, treading on the Emperors, necke. Super Aspidem & Basiliscum ambulabis, &c.
• * 1.332

  See the stories before related.
• * 1.333

  Ground and reason of Di∣spensations.
• * 1.334

  Pro. 30 vlt. & 10, 1. Cor. 9. Acts 27.
• * 1.335

  Euag. l 6. c. 12. In malis promis∣sis rescinde fi∣dem, in tu〈…〉〈…〉∣to muta decre∣tum.
• * 1.336

  Iud. 9.
• * 1.337

  Nummus ait pre me, nubit Cor∣nubia Romae.
• * 1.338

  See bist. Conc. Trid. pag. 221.
• * 1.339

  2. Cor. 10. 4. Concil. Sur. tom. 3. pag. 754. Mat. Paris. Hen. 3. pag. 911. in Concil. 〈◊〉〈◊〉. Of Baldw••ns ••∣tinerarie, Gi∣raldus hath written a book.
• * 1.340

  Non obstante was a clause, signifying not∣withstanding, that is not∣withstanding any Canon, Law, Promise, Priuil••dge, &c he would di∣spense, and they might do the contrarie.
• * 1.341

  See abundant testimonies hereof in Conc. Lat. sub Iul. 2. & Le••••. 10.
• * 1.342

  Plist. Conc. Trid. pag. 251.
• * 1.343

  Gui••ciard, hist. lib. 6.
• * 1.344

  See Rain, and H••rt. 7. 6.
• * 1.345

  T. Walsingham in Ed. 3. Sac. Cer. Ec. Rom lib. 1. s. 8. c. 3.
• * 1.346

  He••••ologia Anglica.
• * 1.347

  H••st. conc Tr. l. 7
• * 1.348

  1. Cor. 4.
• * 1.349

  A glosse con∣trarie to the T••xt, as if Di∣spensing the Word, were concealing or canc••lling it.
• * 1.350

  Hist conc. ••r. lib. 8.
• * 1.351

  Theod. Ni••m. Nem. vn. tr. 6. c. 37.
• * 1.352

  〈◊〉〈◊〉. Sansouino del gou. de diuersi regnt.
• * 1.353

  Euen in these the Pope ha••h made prouisions at his pleasure, as in many Archbishops of Cant. &c.
• * 1.354

  Note how meane Gods Lawes are to humane in Rome.
• * 1.355

  Quod si dolosi spes re••ulserit nummi.
• * 1.356

  The fruit of many C••nons and Lawes Ec∣clesiast••call, pu••like and priuate.
• * 1.357

  This the rea∣son of th••ir strict law: as for the Law of God as in H••nry ••he eight &c. the F〈…〉〈…〉s too great ••or the Peniten∣tiarie.
• * 1.358

  Officers and Counsellors of the Popes state.
• * 1.359

  Vicario di Ro∣ma.
• * 1.360

  2. Pet. 2. 3.
• * 1.361

  Apoc. 18. 13. Soules sold, whiles their sin remaynes, though their mony be gone; yea is increa∣sed with bold∣nesse and fre∣quency in hope of Di∣spensations sinnes being thus made both veniall and venall. Bud. de Asse. li. 5.
• * 1.362

  Nouus homo, in a Supplication by a Romish Catholike to his Maiestie, Englished by M. Cr.
• * 1.363

  Gen. 2. 10. 11. Hist. C. T. l. 1.
• * 1.364

  Originall of Indulgences.
• * 1.365

  Occasion of Luthers prea∣ching.
• * 1.366

  Doctrine of In∣dulgences vn∣knowne. Diuers opini∣ons of them.
• * 1.367

  Effects of the opinion of me∣rit and super∣erogation.
• * 1.368

  Pope Adrian the Sixt.
• * 1.369

  Mysterie.
• * 1.370

  Hist. C. T. l. 8.
• * 1.371

  Tract. de Iub. Io. Phest••o ap. Morn myst. Iniq. pag. 1036.
• * 1.372

  Theod. l. 1. c. 68. Plat in Bon. 9. Krantz. Metrop. l. 〈◊〉〈◊〉. c. 10. T. Casc. in Dicti∣on. Theol.
• * 1.373

  10. Epist. 144.
• * 1.374

  P. Dam. ep. ad Petrum cereb. & ap. Sur. Oct. 14. vid. Spalat. ••ep. Eccles. l. 5. c. 8 Sig. de Reg. Ital.
• * 1.375

  P. Virg. de In. rer. li. 8.
• * 1.376

  Ludi seculares.
• * 1.377

  Ross. art. 18.
• * 1.378

  2. Cor 7.
• * 1.379

  Adulterous commixtion of Indulg. and Dispens.
• * 1.380

  Greg. de Valent. de Indulg. vid. Spal. l. 5. c. 8.
• * 1.381

  Vid. Gesta Dei per Francos.
• * 1.382

  G. Malm. l. 4. Baronius hath the same. Iacob. de Uitri∣ac. hist. ••••r. W. Tyr. hist. l. 1.
• * 1.383

  Matth. Paris his very words are in Pope Gregories In∣dulgence granted, Anno 1234. and be∣fore that in Caelestine and Innocent.
• * 1.384

  See of all these Mat. Pa∣ris and the Re∣lations before recited.
• * 1.385

  Hurts in Faith and Manners by these Expe∣ditions, and Pilgrimages to the Holy Land.
• * 1.386

  Pope grew great by Holy Land warres.
• * 1.387

  M. Paris, p. 535.
• * 1.388

  Pag. 653. of all Christen∣dome. Pag. 485.
• * 1.389

  Pag 703.
• * 1.390

  Pag. 1219.
• * 1.391

  Spalat. derep. 〈◊〉〈◊〉. l. 5. c. 9.
• * 1.392

  M. Paris, pag. 302. & seq.
• * 1.393

  Miserable warres and bloudshed of Christians by Papall pro∣curement.
• * 1.394

  King abased to his subiects.
• * 1.395

  Intetdict of six yeares and three moneths
• * 1.396

  Interdicts; how vniust.
• * 1.397

  Ez. 18.
• * 1.398

  Albigenses, o•• Waldenses. Pag. 322. A. 1213.
• * 1.399

  Pop. hist. Fran. lib. 1. fol. 7.
• * 1.400

  Tom. 4. Concil. Edit. Rom. 1612. pag. 44.
• * 1.401

  Vmbert. serm. p. 2. Ser. 64. See D. Vsher de C. Ec. Stat. c. 8. 9. 10. Sabel. En. 9. l. 6.
• * 1.402

  Military Or∣ders, lay Fra∣ternities and Friers. See Usher, pag. 261. Inquisition be∣gun. Iun. Ep. ••••c. l. 1.
• a 1.403

  Most of the chiefe School∣men were Do∣minicans or Franciscans.
• * 1.404

  Pet. de vin. l. 1 Ep. 27.
• * 1.405

  1. Tim. 6.
• * 1.406

  Sabel. En. 9. l. 6.
• * 1.407

  Pag. 561.
• * 1.408

  Pag. 823.
• * 1.409

  Pag. 921.
• * 1.410

  Pag. 1017.
• * 1.411

  See Ush. de Christ. Eccles. Stat. c. 10.
• * 1.412

  R. Earle of Tolouse had the Countrey of Saint Giles, Prouence, Dau∣phine, Venasme, Ruthen, ••adure, Albig. &c.
• * 1.413

  Bertrand. Gest, Tolos.
• * 1.414

  Thu. Praefat. hist.
• * 1.415

  Aen Syl. hist. Bo. Dubr. vl. 2••. 24. & seqq.
• * 1.416

  Matt. Par.
• * 1.417

  Pag. 977.
• * 1.418

  See Act. and Mon. of Tho. Cromwell.
• * 1.419

  Pag. 731.
• * 1.420

  By English∣men. Pag. 634.
• * 1.421

  Peeres of the Kingdome of Ierusalem.
• * 1.422

  Quarantena.
• * 1.423

  Ierusalem de∣scribed.
• * 1.424

  Templats, so called of a Temple built by Mahume∣tans.
• * 1.425

  Hospitalars.
• * 1.426

  Acheldama.
• * 1.427

  Templats.
• * 1.428

  Dutch Knights originall.
• * 1.429

  Holy Land Inhabitants.
• * 1.430

  Col••s, Chic∣kens or young things.
• * 1.431

  The Authour doth heape more senten∣ces of Scrip∣ture to disco∣uer heir abo∣minations, then here are mentioned, to shew them de∣plorate and de∣sperate: espe∣cially confide∣ring their sins out o•• measure sin••ull, and their Holies so leauened with manifold superstitions.
• * 1.432

  Regular Or∣ders, Masters of misse-rule and disorder.
• * 1.433

  Pullani, wicked and abomi∣nable.
• * 1.434

  Per miseros Ca∣pell. & imperitos presbyterunculos.
• a 1.435

  Before f••lios Hemaud〈…〉〈…〉, one is false printed
• * 1.436

  Surians.
• * 1.437

  The Westerne Church for many Ages v∣sed much sha∣uing, as in old pictures is seen Beards of price.
• * 1.438

  Force of Ex∣communicati∣on against contracts.
• * 1.439

  Iacobites.
• * 1.440

  See of this our former Abassine Relations. Nestorians.
• b 1.441

  Not the A∣bassine, but in Asian India, where the Por∣tugalls found Bishops and o∣ther Christi∣ans, called S. Thomas Chri∣stians. The Tartars caused mu••h alteration in these parts. Maronites.
• * 1.442

  Armenians.
• * 1.443

  Georgians.
• * 1.444

  Mosarabes, or Moxarabes.
• * 1.445

  The Holy Land the re∣ceptacle of all Impietie and Impuritie from other parts of Christ••ndome.
• * 1.446

  The Tem∣plers, &c.
• * 1.447

  1. Cor. 12. 12. Antichrist sig∣nifieth, in the stead of Christ, against Christ, or emulous of Christ. The Pope is all, in profession his Vicar, in shew emulous by zeale, in∣deed an emu∣lous Corriuall, and close Ene∣mie of Christ. Vid. B. Downam de Antichrist. l. 1 1. Thes 5. Ephes. 6. Heb. 11.
• * 1.448

  2. Thes. 2.
• * 1.449

  Literae Henri∣ci tertij Regis Angliae Cora∣dino Soldano Damasci, de captiuis redi∣mendis. Dorso Claus. Anno 12. Reg••i sui. & An. Dom. 1228. Patentes, Anno 17. Henrici tertij. Pro Philippo de Albiniaco.
• * 1.450

  Patenter, Anno 19. Henrici tertij.
• * 1.451

  Pro Oliuero de Sancto Georgio.
• * 1.452

  Sennor ••el Domini.
• * 1.453

  Pro Magistro Militum Tem∣pli de denarijs concessis ad redemptio∣nem Fratrum. Patentes, Anno 32. Henrici te〈…〉〈…〉j. Pro Gerardo de Rodes.
• * 1.454

  De Protectio∣ne.
• * 1.455

  Pro Galfredo de Lezignan.
• * 1.456

  The Kings let∣ters to Dolgiet the King of Tartaria. Rotula Rome, Anno 1. Edw. 2. Anno Domini 1307.
• * 1.457

  Another Let∣ter to the King of Tart••rie, against the su∣perstition of Mahomet.
• * 1.458

  Anno. 1. Edwar∣di. 2. The Kings Let∣ters to the king of Armenia.
• * 1.459

  Ann•• sexto Ed∣wardi s••c••ndi. De conductu pro Epilcopi•• Samaritan••s praedicare vo∣lent. bus, literae Regis Dauidi Regi Iurgiano∣rum: or of the Georgians.
• * 1.460

  Marriage of the Sea.
• * 1.461

  Sclauonia.
• * 1.462

  Curzolari.
• * 1.463

  Zacynthus, or Zant.
• * 1.464

  Store of Co∣rants.
• * 1.465

  Pratticke of health.
• * 1.466

  Murtherers.
• * 1.467

  Danger of re∣misse Lawes.
• * 1.468

  Sepulchre of Cicero.
• * 1.469

  Iohannes Zua▪ lardus in Itin. lib. 1.
• * 1.470

  Morea.
• * 1.471

  Corinth.
• * 1.472

  Strophades.
• * 1.473

  Mar•• Aegeum.
• * 1.474

  Delos.
• * 1.475

  Chios.
• * 1.476

  Masticke.
• * 1.477

  English Consul.
• * 1.478

  120. Aspers amount to a Sultanie.
• * 1.479

  Turkish Rebels.
• * 1.480

  English seruice.
• * 1.481

  Cotton.
• * 1.482

  Mitylen or Les∣bos.
• * 1.483

  Cunning Di∣uers.
• * 1.484

  Spunges.
• * 1.485

  Charmes.
• * 1.486

  Tenedos. C. Ianizari.
• * 1.487

  Sig〈…〉〈…〉.
• * 1.488

  Troy.
• * 1.489

  Lemnos.
• * 1.490

  Terra Sigillata.
• * 1.491

  Hellespont.
• * 1.492

  Sestos and A∣bydos,
• * 1.493

  Callipoli.
• * 1.494

  No Innes.
• * 1.495

  Merrie Greekes.
• * 1.496

  Galata. Sir T. Glouer.
• * 1.497

  S. Sophia.
• * 1.498

  Mosaike pain∣ting.
• * 1.499

  Sweating Pil∣lar.
• * 1.500

  Su••••{que} in e•• Templo (si ••ue•• dicere tot porta quot in a〈…〉〈…〉o dies. Obser. lib. 2. cap. 76.
• * 1.501

  Turkes Palace, or Seraglio.
• * 1.502

  Streakt Mule, perhaps a Ze∣bra, of which see the former Booke in An∣drew Battell.
• * 1.503

  Ottoman Mo∣numents.
• * 1.504

  The Tower. Other Serag∣lios.
• * 1.505

  A Braren Co∣lumne and an Obelisk are o∣mitted.
• * 1.506

  Base buildings.
• * 1.507

  The Suburbs.
• * 1.508

  Holy Sepul∣chre.
• * 1.509

  The Hauen.
• * 1.510

  Cruelty.
• * 1.511

  Terrible fires.
• * 1.512

  Ianizaries inso∣lence.
• * 1.513

  Tempests.
• * 1.514

  Plague.
• * 1.515

  Galata or Pera.
• * 1.516

  Scutari. Chalcedon.
• * 1.517

  Blacke Sea.
• * 1.518

  Bosphorus.
• * 1.519

  Ianizaries.
• * 1.520

  Spachies.
• * 1.521

  Timariots.
• * 1.522

  Some say there are a million.
• * 1.523

  Tartars.
• * 1.524

  Achingi.
• * 1.525

  Azapi.
• * 1.526

  Colours. Royall Stan∣dard.
• * 1.527

  Sea force.
• * 1.528

  Their Sabbath
• * 1.529

  Their Prayers.
• * 1.530

  Lyturgie.
• * 1.531

  Monkes.
• * 1.532

  Lent.
• * 1.533

  Desperate im∣pietie.
• * 1.534

  Grauitie.
• * 1.535

  Whether are the most Fooles and Mad?
• * 1.536

  Mahometans may in this be examples to Christians.
• * 1.537

  The Mufti.
• * 1.538

  Cadilesc••iers.
• * 1.539

  Testimonie.
• * 1.540

  The Divan.
• * 1.541

  They were for∣merly but foure, to whom Mahomet the third added fiue.
• * 1.542

  Caputain Bassa.
• * 1.543

  Ricekitab.
• * 1.544

  Testedar.
• * 1.545

  Assurances and writings.
• * 1.546

  Punishments.
• * 1.547

  Their persons and Manners.
• * 1.548

  Their Tur∣bants. Shashes.
• * 1.549

  Callico smockes.
• * 1.550

  Gownes.
• * 1.551

  Clergie attire. Emers defor∣med.
• * 1.552

  Their Kniues
• * 1.553

  Gate.
• * 1.554

  Cleannesse.
• * 1.555

  Offices of na∣ture.
• * 1.556

  Sloth.
• * 1.557

  Shooting.
• * 1.558

  Bowes.
• * 1.559

  Wrastlers.
• * 1.560

  Games.
• * 1.561

  Horses.
• * 1.562

  Reuerence to Superiors. Left hand be∣fore right.
• * 1.563

  Hospitalitie. Houshold.
• * 1.564

  Sit crosse∣legged.
• * 1.565

  Dyet.
• * 1.566

  Meales and Feasts.
• * 1.567

  Drinke.
• * 1.568

  Coffa-houses.
• * 1.569

  Opium.
• * 1.570

  Tobacco ta∣king punished,
• * 1.571

  Marriage.
• * 1.572

  Punishment of Adulterie.
• * 1.573

  After the first, sayth Laonic. Chal••ocon. l. 3. pag. 237.
• * 1.574

  Iealousie.
• * 1.575

  Women kept close.
• * 1.576

  Baths and manner of bathing.
• * 1.577

  Vnnatural lust.
• * 1.578

  Children.
• * 1.579

  Slaues.
• * 1.580

  Sale of them in Markets.
• * 1.581

  Their condi∣tion.
• * 1.582

  Gelded Eu∣nuch.
• * 1.583

  Funerals.
• * 1.584

  White and Blacke.
• * 1.585

  Physicke.
• * 1.586

  Poetry.
• * 1.587

  Musicke.
• * 1.588

  Liberall Arts.
• * 1.589

  Printing reie∣cted.
• * 1.590

  Language.
• * 1.591

  Paper.
• * 1.592

  Painters.
• * 1.593

  Euery man hath a Trade.
• * 1.594

  Sultan descri∣bed.
• * 1.595

  Cruell policy.
• * 1.596

  His Acts.
• * 1.597

  His occupati∣on. His attire.
• * 1.598

  His Court.
• * 1.599

  His Women and Virgins.
• * 1.600

  Sultana.
• * 1.601

  Roxolanas story.
• * 1.602

  Husbands of his Sisters and Daughters.
• * 1.603

  Entertainment of Embassadors
• * 1.604

  Going to the Mosque.
• * 1.605

  Generall silence.
• * 1.606

  Hawking and Hawkes.
• * 1.607

  Huntsmen.
• * 1.608

  Greekes.
• * 1.609

  Drinkings.
• * 1.610

  Women.
• * 1.611

  Their lan∣guage.
• * 1.612

  The foure Pa∣triarkes.
• * 1.613

  Caloieros.
• * 1.614

  English Em∣bassador.
• * 1.615

  Sir Thomas Glouer.
• * 1.616

  His Iourney out of Egypt thither, you haue before l. 6 c. 8. For leauing Constantinople in Ianuary, in the Trinitie of Lon∣don he sailed by Sam••s, Pat∣••••os, Coos, Rhodes &c. to Egypt. The Inhabi∣tants. Iewes.
• * 1.617

  Their patience
• * 1.618

  Thriftinesse.
• * 1.619

  Of the Iewish people and their Sects and Rites, you may reade this Author, & more fully my Pilgrimage, l. 2.
• * 1.620

  Doctors of their Law.
• * 1.621

  Their attire
• * 1.622

  Salonica.
• * 1.623

  The Iewes iustice.
• * 1.624

  Diet.
• * 1.625

  Burials.
• * 1.626

  Women.
• * 1.627

  Gaza.
• * 1.628

  Reason of low doores.
• * 1.629

  Slauery of the Inhabitants.
• * 1.630

  Saturday sorrow.
• * 1.631

  Hebron.
• * 1.632

  Pleasant champaine.
• * 1.633

  Ascalon.
• * 1.634

  Cane Sedoe.
• * 1.635

  Ramula.
• * 1.636

  Sion house. Ioppe.
• * 1.637

  Charges of Pilgrims.
• * 1.638

  So call they their Leaders for the most part Santons. A kind of ri∣ding Gowne.
• * 1.639

  Perhaps be∣cause most of them are Ne∣storians.
• * 1.640

  Partridges.
• * 1.641

  Ierusalem.
• * 1.642

  Monasterie of Franciscans.
• * 1.643

  Turks knauery. Knights of the Sepulchre. Ioannes Cotoui∣cus Doctor of both Lawes, was made one of those Knigh. then whom I know not any more exact and copious in description of these parts, both in dis∣course and pi∣ctures: his Booke printed at Antwerp, A. 1619. Our Authors pi∣ctures also would much haue illustra∣ted these Re∣lations: but I remit the more curious to his owne Booke, too long for our purpose, who intend longer iourneyes.
• * 1.644

  Mount Caluary.
• * 1.645

  Let his friends enioy him, and Heauen where is his glory: as for his Sepul∣cher, He is ri∣sen, he is not there. And what then haue his ene∣mies, but what himselfe would not hold, and which could not hold him? Which it hath pleased him to permit to them, that his followers might follow him to heauen in their affecti∣ons and con∣uersation, Col. 3. Phil. 3. their hearts being both the place of his Sepul∣cher, where by vertue of his death, our Old Man mortified & of his Resurrection, whereby we liue not, but he liues in vs. Yet is this com∣plaint iust, because In iustice and superstitions of Christians haue made Infidels, Lords of that holy place. Pilgrimages are good, [ 60] when we are thereby made Pilgrimes from the world and our selues. Thy selfe is the holyest place thou canst visit, if with faith and repentance made the Lords Temple, which the Iewish signified; and to which the Fathers did, and wis•• men still doe visite these places, by folly peruerted to superstition (as in the former Discourse is obserued) when Place hath more place then Grace, or religi∣ous immitation of those whose holinesse had made the places esteemed holy.
• * 1.646

  Place of anoin∣ting Christs body.
• * 1.647

  Legend of A∣dam.
• * 1.648

  Chappels of Mount Caluary.
• * 1.649

  Place of the Passion.
• * 1.650

  Rocke rent.
• * 1.651

  Georgians.
• * 1.652

  Place of nay∣ling.
• * 1.653

  Temple of the Sepulcher.
• * 1.654

  Chappels of seuerall Sects.
• * 1.655

  The Altar.
• * 1.656

  Chappell of the Apparition
• * 1.657

  Pillar whereto Christ was bound.
• * 1.658

  Templers.
• * 1.659

  Chappell of the Angels.
• * 1.660

  Chappell of S. Helena.
• * 1.661

  Inuention of the Crosse.
• * 1.662

  Nauell of the World: if you list to beleeue.
• * 1.663

  Washing of feet.
• * 1.664

  Good-friday Ceremonies with an Image.
• * 1.665

  Of these reade before Uitria∣cus, sup. c. 6. §. 5.
• * 1.666

  See of them, sup. c. 6. §. 5. long since wonne by Ai∣merike.
• * 1.667

  Fire from Hea∣uen. See before in Fulcherius, sup. c. 2.
• * 1.668

  Nestori〈…〉〈…〉s.
• * 1.669

  Easter Solem∣nitie.
• * 1.670

  Emaus.
• * 1.671

  Nicopolis.
• * 1.672

  Sepulchres.
• * 1.673

  Bershebas Bath.
• * 1.674

  Turpentine tree.
• * 1.675

  Simeons house.
• * 1.676

  Starre of the wise-men, Abacuck.
• * 1.677

  Elias.
• * 1.678

  Iacob.
• * 1.679

  Rachels Sepul∣chre.
• * 1.680

  Dead Sea.
• * 1.681

  Dauids Ci∣sternes.
• * 1.682

  Bethlehem.
• * 1.683

  Adonis.
• * 1.684

  Saint Maries.
• * 1.685

  Monasterie of Franciscans.
• * 1.686

  Innocents Se∣pulcher.
• * 1.687

  Paulas Sepul∣cher. Much diffe∣rence was be∣twixt the anci∣ent and later Monastaries and Monkes. Those liker our Vniuersities, free from vow, and fitted with arts and sancti∣tie, as Semina∣ries of the Church: The Nuns and Pil∣grimes also much differed from the later more degene∣rate. S. Ierome himselfe, this Noble Paula and her daugh∣ter Eustochium are witnesses hereof. Place of the Natiuitie.
• * 1.688

  Saint Ieromes natural Image Magi.
• * 1.689

  Iacobs fi••lde.
• * 1.690

  Angels appa∣rition to the Shepheards.
• * 1.691

  Our Ladies Well.
• * 1.692

  Bezec.
• * 1.693

  Bethsur.
• * 1.694

  Eunuchs Bap∣tisme.
• * 1.695

  Iohn Baptists Wildernesse.
• * 1.696

  Zacharies house
• * 1.697

  Elizabeth and Marie.
• * 1.698

  Rose valleys.
• * 1.699

  Monasterie of the holy Crosse.
• * 1.700

  Chappell vn∣lucky to Maho∣metans.
• * 1.701

  Last Supper.
• * 1.702

  Dauids Se∣pulchre. Englishmen murthered by Friers.
• * 1.703

  Palace of Caiphas.
• * 1.704

  Peters Deniall.
• * 1.705

  Graue-stone.
• * 1.706

  Gehinnon.
• * 1.707

  Aceldama.
• * 1.708

  Flesh deuou∣ring Earth.
• * 1.709

  Caue.
• * 1.710

  Valley of Ie∣hosaphat.
• * 1.711

  Cedron.
• * 1.712

  Esay sawne.
• * 1.713

  Siloe.
• * 1.714

  Zacharies Se∣pulcher.
• * 1.715

  Absolons Pillar.
• * 1.716

  Stone throw∣ing.
• * 1.717

  Gethsemani.
• * 1.718

  Sepulchers of the blessed Virgin and her Parents.
• * 1.719

  Turkish wo∣mens denoti∣on to the bles∣sed Virgin.
• * 1.720

  Bethesda.
• * 1.721

  Salomons Tem∣ple.
• * 1.722

  Mount Moria.
• * 1.723

  Golden Gate.
• * 1.724

  Turkish Pro∣phesie.
• * 1.725

  Ioachims house. Pilates Palace.
• * 1.726

  Iudgement place.
• * 1.727

  Sanctum San∣ctorum.
• * 1.728

  Dolorous way.
• * 1.729

  Simon of Cyrene
• * 1.730

  Veronica.
• * 1.731

  Zebedees houses
• * 1.732

  Saint Iames.
• * 1.733

  Sion Port. Peters penance.
• * 1.734

  Iudas.
• * 1.735

  Bethania.
• * 1.736

  Lazarus.
• * 1.737

  Ma••thas house
• * 1.738

  Bethfage.
• * 1.739

  Quarantena. Dead Sea.
• * 1.740

  Iordan.
• * 1.741

  Ierico.
• * 1.742

  Balme.
• * 1.743

  Mount Oliuet.
• * 1.744

  Chappell of the Ascension.
• * 1.745

  Foot-print.
• * 1.746

  Cell of Pelagia.
• * 1.747

  Shilo.
• * 1.748

  Vale of Te••e∣bynth.
• * 1.749

  Moden.
• * 1.750

  Ieremie.
• * 1.751

  Good thiefes house.
• * 1.752

  Rama.
• * 1.753

  Lydda.
• * 1.754

  Saint Georges Temple built by a King of England.
• * 1.755

  Turkish kna∣uerie, braue∣rie, slauerie.
• * 1.756

  Goodly For∣rest.
• * 1.757

  Silent riding.
• * 1.758

  Shining Flies.
• * 1.759

  Mount Carmel.
• * 1.760

  Elias his house.
• * 1.761

  Friars Carme∣lites.
• * 1.762

  Tortora.
• * 1.763

  Caesare••.
• * 1.764

  Chis••••, T••••••r, Hermon.
• * 1.765

  Belus.
• * 1.766

  Glasse-sand.
• * 1.767

  Memnons Se∣pulcher.
• * 1.768

  Ship of London.
• * 1.769

  Turkish Musul∣man.
• * 1.770

  Acon See of it King Richard and his Ne∣phew Earle Ri∣chards Acts, Sup. c. 4.
• * 1.771

  Respects of English.
• * 1.772

  Wrestling.
• * 1.773

  Iaccals.
• * 1.774

  Blessed Vir∣gins house.
• * 1.775

  Lady of Lau∣retta.
• * 1.776

  It is like, made by some Abis∣sine, for they picture Christ blacke, like themselues.
• * 1.777

  Spouts of water.
• * 1.778

  Sidon.
• * 1.779

  Tripolis.
• * 1.780

  Alexandretta, or Scandero〈…〉〈…〉.
• * 1.781

  Zebulons Sepul∣cher.
• * 1.782

  Emers of Sidon.
• * 1.783

  She is suppo∣sed skilfull in blacke Arts.
• * 1.784

  Olim Berytus.
• * 1.785

  His intelli∣gence with the Florentine.
• * 1.786

  His strength.
• * 1.787

  Custome.
• * 1.788

  Iustice.
• * 1.789

  Iniustice.
• * 1.790

  Antilibanus ve∣ry old.
• * 1.791

  Damascus. See here Ma∣ster Biddulph in the next Chapter.
• * 1.792

  Sarepta.
• * 1.793

  Sarapanta.
• * 1.794

  Palatyrus.
• * 1.795

  Rare Hospi∣talitie.
• * 1.796

  Tyrus.
• * 1.797

  Salomons Cl∣sternes.
• * 1.798

  Saron.
• * 1.799

  Scandarone.
• * 1.800

  A Leopard.
• * 1.801

  Tobacco▪
• * 1.802

  The former, part of this Letter is omit∣ted: the later also pruned in some things to preuent tedious repeti∣tions, of those things which you haue had in others. Fame of Q. Elizabeth.
• * 1.803

  That is, goods forbidden.
• * 1.804

  Rhode.
• * 1.805

  Cyprus.
• * 1.806

  Ioppa.
• * 1.807

  Tripoly in Syria.
• * 1.808

  Lybanus.
• * 1.809

  Eden not the Garden.
• * 1.810

  Cedars were plentifull in Salomons time, but now very rare.
• * 1.811

  The We∣sterne Chri∣stians are so called thorow all the East, e∣uer since the Hierosolymitan Expeditionsby Godfrey Bull••n. Sheh, signifieth an ancient man.
• * 1.812

  That is, Lord Ioseph.
• * 1.813

  Set formes o•• Prayers.
• * 1.814

  But foure Pari∣shes in all the World which speake Syriack.
• * 1.815

  Mount Lyba nus.
• * 1.816

  Drusies.
• * 1.817

  Turcomanny.
• * 1.818

  Ianizaries, are Souldiers.
• * 1.819

  A Mountayne of Sand.
• * 1.820

  Tyrus & Sidan.
• * 1.821

  Sur, or Syria.
• * 1.822

  Scanderone. Bottome and border of all the Streights.
• * 1.823

  Tarsus in Cilicic
• * 1.824

  Silkewormes.
• * 1.825

  Edward Rose.
• * 1.826

  Malims are chiefe Car∣riers. Muckremen set Horses to hire. Bylan: Master Mari∣sons trauels are since printed in a large vo∣lume by them∣selues, where the Reader may feast him∣selfe with the rarities and varieties of many King∣domes. Or••ntes. Antiochia in Pisidia.
• * 1.827

  Master Barton. Before him Master Hare∣bo••n was Am∣bassador. Bartons Iland.
• * 1.828

  Henry Lello.
• * 1.829

  The English Ambassadors with the Great Turke haue beene, 1. Ma∣ster Hareborn. 2. Master Bar∣ton. 3. Sir Henr. Lello. 4. Sir T. Glouer. 5. Sir Paul Pinder. 6. Sir Ioh. Aires. 7. Sir Thomas Roe, now Lie∣ger there for his Maiestie.
• * 1.830

  Achilles.
• * 1.831

  Sanballat. Nehe. 4. 1.
• * 1.832

  Cakes.
• * 1.833

  Hanadan.
• * 1.834

  Ieremie his Se∣pulchre.
• * 1.835

  Sambouses are little Pasties. Muclebite, a dish made of Egges and Herbs. Aleppo. In the title of Psal. 60.
• * 1.836

  Turkes reue∣rence Church∣men of all sorts.
• * 1.837

  Mad and foo∣lish sanctitie. Sheh Boubac. Sheh Moham∣met a naked Santone.
• * 1.838

  Cotouicus pag. 455. 〈◊〉〈◊〉. Huros. & Syr. mentio∣neth this na∣ked foole, and saith, that each other day hee washeth his naked body at the Fountaine of the great Can, and pre∣sently the wa∣ter is reputed holy; drunke and carried to sicke folkes by the Moores. His Cell is like Vulcans shop, where he ly∣eth on the ground, is at∣tended with Daruises, which beg almes, and gather Beasts bones to make fire, some∣times he, some∣times they signing. Some women desi∣ring issue, kisse his generall member (which is al∣way naked) and depart ioyfull. H••e 〈◊〉〈◊〉 Flies, Dogs eyes raw, and with his Spit vsed to pursue any D••g hee saw, for that Purpose, &c. A fit glasse to looke vpon suporstition. Daruises.
• * 1.839

  Syntana Fissa.
• * 1.840

  Diet of the Turkes. Pilawe.
• * 1.841

  Coffa.
• * 1.842

  Coffa houses.
• * 1.843

  Water lighter there then here.
• * 1.844

  Salutations of the Turkes.
• * 1.845

  Names.
• * 1.846

  Iewes stoned on good Fri∣day.
• * 1.847

  Superstition.
• * 1.848

  Two Vniuer∣sities.
• * 1.849

  Lyturgie read.
• * 1.850

  Eden.
• * 1.851

  Coblers wiues in Sattin Gownes.
• * 1.852

  He instanceth of one Sophia, which for bre∣uitie is omit∣ted.
• * 1.853

  The Plague ceaseth by in∣stuence of the Heauens.
• * 1.854

  Cane Toman.
• * 1.855

  Saracoope••
• * 1.856

  Marrah.
• * 1.857

  Maner of their Canes.
• * 1.858

  Lacmine.
• * 1.859

  Wretel ed slauerie.
• * 1.860

  Miserable Po∣uertie.
• * 1.861

  Tyaba.
• * 1.862

  Aman.
• * 1.863

  Hemse.
• * 1.864

  Iobs Citie.
• * 1.865

  Hus.
• * 1.866

  Hassia.
• * 1.867

  Charrah.
• * 1.868

  Nebecke.
• * 1.869

  C••tifey.
• * 1.870

  Excellent Cane.
• * 1.871

  Dangerous way.
• * 1.872

  Damascus.
• * 1.873

  The pleasant situation.
• * 1.874

  Store of fruits.
• * 1.875

  Damascus was wonne from the Christians by the Saracens
• * 1.876

  Saint George.
• * 1.877

  Salbia.
• * 1.878

  Pilgrimage to Mecha.
• * 1.879

  Hogies.
• * 1.880

  An Angell-de∣uill.
• * 1.881

  Daria.
• * 1.882

  Mueco fur or Sauli, liberest conuersio Pauli.
• * 1.883

  Place of Pauls conuersion.
• * 1.884

  Sassa.
• * 1.885

  Arabia Petrea.
• * 1.886

  Ill way.
• * 1.887

  Great cold.
• * 1.888

  Conetra.
• * 1.889

  Walking won∣dred at.
• * 1.890

  Cut doublet.
• * 1.891

  Long haire.
• * 1.892

  Long beards.
• * 1.893

  Pleasant Park.
• * 1.894

  Caphar. custo∣mers.
• * 1.895

  Much good do him with such Merits.
• * 1.896

  Friar Merit∣monger.
• * 1.897

  An admoniti∣on for Trauel∣lers.
• * 1.898

  Base thral∣dome.
• * 1.899

  Iacobs Bridge;
• * 1.900

  Iosephs Pit.
• * 1.901

  Minium.
• * 1.902

  Sea of Galile.
• * 1.903

  Tiberias and Bethsaida.
• * 1.904

  Genesareth.
• * 1.905

  Cana.
• * 1.906

  Saphetta a Iew∣ish Vniuersitie.
• * 1.907

  Mourning with Tym∣brels.
• * 1.908

  I ••el Tyger.
• * 1.909

  Tabor.
• * 1.910

  Mount Tabor.
• * 1.911

  Top of Tabor.
• * 1.912

  Conference betwixt a Ie∣suite and a Protestant.
• * 1.913

  Merit-mon∣gers.
• * 1.914

  Mount Basan.
• * 1.915

  G••••azi•• Tower.
• * 1.916

  En-gannim.
• * 1.917

  Turkish Byram.
• * 1.918

  Double Kna∣uerie.
• * 1.919

  Dangerous Wood.
• * 1.920

  Sychar.
• * 1.921

  Iacobs Well. Pleasant water
• * 1.922

  Beere.
• * 1.923

  Ierusalem.
• * 1.924

  Ioppa gate.
• * 1.925

  Master Timber∣ley ••ath publi∣shed a booke of his Voyage.
• * 1.926

  Entertayn∣ment with the Friers.
• * 1.927

  An admoni∣tion to such as trauell to Ierusalem.
• * 1.928

  If any think it ill that a Chri∣stian Ambassa∣dor should ac∣company the Turke in this warre against Christendom: they may please to vn∣derstand, that his intents were to doe seruice to the Christians, if occasions were offered for peace: as also he did in deli∣uerie of the Emperors Ser∣uants here mentioned, &c
• * 1.929

  Or Selimbria.
• * 1.930

  Bulgaria.
• * 1.931

  Neesa.
• * 1.932

  Abraham Bassa Chiefe Vizier.
• * 1.933

  Christians de∣liuered.
• * 1.934

  Bridge of Boates. Armie eight dayes in passing.
• * 1.935

  Slanconie.
• * 1.936

  Huge Armie.
• * 1.937

  Quindi, is their Uesperi or E∣uen-song, a∣bout three or foure in th•• af∣ternoone, at which time they call to Prayers from their steeples.
• * 1.938

  These two let∣ters written by the Ambassa∣dor his owne hands, I haue for his sake and theirs in∣serted, giuen me by Master Sanderson.
• * 1.939

  Sette Cotte had beene Iew, Christian, Turke, of all, and therefore no Religion: now a rich Turke. Gallant a rich Merchant, Peron a rich Grecian.
• * 1.940

  Turkes flee.
• * 1.941

  This holy Flag, and these Arrowes seeme to be reliques, and of holy esteeme as those three words also.
• * 1.942

  A French chea∣ter pretending himselfe to be the Lord De∣prean and his company, coo∣zen him of his Clothes, Trunkes, and Money.
• * 1.943

  Currianuer a ••ind French-man.
• * 1.944

  Diep. Caudebecq. Honfleu. Caen.
• * 1.945

  Hee meets Cur∣sell, & wounds him in fight. The eues fall out without sa∣tisfaction to the true man. Earle of Ployer. Saint Malo, Saint Michael, Lamballe, Saint Brieux, Lanion, places of note in Brittaigne. Renes. Nantes. Rochell. Bordeaux. Baions. Lescar in Bearn. Carcasson. Narbonne. Nysmes. Marceille in Prouence.
• * 1.946

  Toulon.
• * 1.947

  An inhumane Act of Popish charitie.
• * 1.948

  Entertayned by a Brittaigne Captayne.
• * 1.949

  Lampedo••a. Alexandria.
• * 1.950

  Scanderone. Cyprus. Rhodes. Archipelagus. Cephalonia.
• * 1.951

  A desperate Sea-fight.
• * 1.952

  Argosie taken and rifled by a ship of Brit∣taine.
• * 1.953

  Smith set on shoare at Anti∣bo, in Piemont. Legorne, or Li∣uorno.
• * 1.954

  Rome. Sienna. Florence, &c.
• * 1.955

  Sclauonia, Gratz in Stiria. Vienna.
• * 1.956

  Olimpach relie∣ued.
• * 1.957

  Speech by Torches.
• * 1.958

  A good stra∣tagem.
• * 1.959

  Another stra∣tagem.
• * 1.960

  Smith made Captaine of 250. Souldiers.
• * 1.961

  Three Armies.
• * 1.962

  The siege of Alba Regalis.
• * 1.963

  Fierie Dra∣gons.
• * 1.964

  A Battell, and the Bassa of Buda slaine.
• * 1.965

  Regal besieged.
• * 1.966

  Three single combat.
• * 1.967

  The first onely with Lances.
• * 1.968

  Manner of Turb••shas en∣trance.
• * 1.969

  C. Smith enters.
• * 1.970

  Turbasha staine
• * 1.971

  The second combat twixt Smith and Gru∣algo with Pi∣stols.
• * 1.972

  Gru••ldo slaine.
• * 1.973

  Third combat with Battle Axes.
• * 1.974

  C. Smith en∣dangered. Drawes his Faulchion, and kills Eo••ny Molgro.
• * 1.975

  His honorable returne.
• * 1.976

  Made Sergeant Maior. Regall taken.
• * 1.977

  Varatzo, Sol∣••os, Cuprouka.
• * 1.978

  Prince of Tran∣siluania hono∣reth Captaine Smith.
• * 1.979

  Bloudie battell of Christians.
• * 1.980

  Smiths imploy∣ments vnder the Vayuod of Walachy. Bloudie battell twixt the two Vayu••ds. Thirtie thou∣sand Tartars.
• * 1.981

  A memorable stratagem at the battell of Rottenton.
• * 1.982

  Englishmen slaine.
• * 1.983

  Ensigne Carlton and Sergeant Robinson escape Captaine Smith taken.
• * 1.984

  Captaine Smith sold.
• * 1.985

  How he was sent into Tar∣taria.
• * 1.986

  Uarna.
• * 1.987

  A description of the Disaba∣chi or blacke Sea.
• * 1.988

  Cambria.
• * 1.989

  Shauing of Slaues, and hard vsage.
• * 1.990

  Millet.
• * 1.991

  Their Attire.
• * 1.992

  Houses. No houses but moueable Tents.
• * 1.993

  The Tartars of Nagi.
• * 1.994

  How Smith es∣caped his cap∣tiuitie.
• * 1.995

  Exopolis.
• * 1.996

  The descripti∣on of Cambria, and his passage to Russia. Bruapo. Don, or Tanais.
• * 1.997

  A faire shun∣shine after a storme.
• * 1.998

  His Obseruati∣tions in his Iourney to Transiluania, and through the midst of Europe.
• * 1.999

  All Lords, or Slaues.
• * 1.1000

  Sigismunds Te∣stimoniall.
• * 1.1001

  His returne for England.
• * 1.1002

  Preteuce of vi∣siting Mecha.
• * 1.1003

  1622.
• * 1.1004

  Ianizaries mu∣tinie.
• * 1.1005

  Saint Knaue.
• * 1.1006

  Grand Signi〈…〉〈…〉 flight.
• * 1.1007

  Mustafa made King.
• * 1.1008

  New mutinie.
• * 1.1009

  Mustafa en∣thronized.
• * 1.1010

  Osma••s bre∣thren.
• * 1.1011

  Osm•••• slaine.
• * 1.1012

  Osmans ambi∣tion.
• * 1.1013

  His auarice & vnseasonable attempts a∣gainst Poland.
• * 1.1014

  Ianizaries per∣uerse.
• * 1.1015

  Delauir Bassa.
• * 1.1016

  The Coords,
• * 1.1017

  Vnaduised threats.
• * 1.1018

  Sazie Slaues.
• * 1.1019

  Obseruations.
• * 1.1020

  Osmans dream.
• * 1.1021

  Conference betwixt the Emperors Am∣bassador and the Vizier.
• * 1.1022

  The continua∣tion of the Storie, pre∣sented to the Kings Maiestie from the same person. The Capiaga.
• * 1.1023

  Daout Bassa de∣graded.
• * 1.1024

  New Vizier se∣uere.
• * 1.1025

  Chr••sto••. Fur••r. Ale••andrian Patriarch of the Greekes.
• * 1.1026

  Sues.
• * 1.1027

  Darius Dike. Red Sea.
• * 1.1028

  This Red king 〈◊〉〈◊〉 Edom, or Esau, who••e 〈◊〉〈◊〉 ••h••t Sea 〈◊〉〈◊〉 (and 〈◊〉〈◊〉 which Sal. 〈◊〉〈◊〉 for••h his O••hyr••an Voy∣age) He is most l••k••••y Author o•• ••hat name of ••e•• Sea. Camels. Corall. Toro.
• * 1.1029

  S. Katharines.
• * 1.1030

  Mount Sinai. Bellonius calleth this Mount Horeb. So Baum∣garten, and in∣deed all these hils are part of Sinai, which yet 〈 in non-Latin alphabet 〉〈 in non-Latin alphabet 〉 is giuen to the highest top, which some for deuotion to that Saint, now call Saint Ka∣tharines Mount
• * 1.1031

  Rocke of Iohn the 〈◊〉〈◊〉
• * 1.1032

  〈 in non-Latin alphabet 〉〈 in non-Latin alphabet 〉.
• * 1.1033

  Sinai.
• * 1.1034

  Monastery of Saint Katharine higher then Si∣nai and Horeb: by Sinai vnder∣stand some o∣ther rising of that hill, be∣sides the high∣est of all: for all is Sinai, as the following Authors she〈…〉〈…〉 and this o•• S. Katharine the highest top of them all.
• * 1.1035

  Tor••
• * 1.1036

  Mermaid.
• * 1.1037

  Exod. 14.
• * 1.1038

  Egyptian sea∣sons.
• * 1.1039

  Bellonius.
• * 1.1040

  So it seemeth by his Preface.
• * 1.1041

  Prouision for food in the Desart.
• * 1.1042

  Deep W••ll of Suez.
• * 1.1043

  Spina Christi, or Gummi Arab. Capars.
• * 1.1044

  Pharagou. Tree-caue∣dwellers.
• * 1.1045

  Sinai.
• * 1.1046

  Monkes of Caloieri.
• * 1.1047

  Height of Sinai.
• * 1.1048

  Plant••,
• * 1.1049

  The Author doubted of the truth.
• * 1.1050

  Breidenbachs Iourney. Anno 1483.
• * 1.1051

  Gaza.
• * 1.1052

  Dreames of a burning Zone, and ea••thly P••rad••se.
• * 1.1053

  Note.
• * 1.1054

  Qui amant ipsi sibi somnia fin∣guat.
• * 1.1055

  Miracle of our Ladie, or ra∣ther a Monkes Tale.
• * 1.1056

  Indulgences.
• * 1.1057

  The specialties of Horeb.
• * 1.1058

  S. Katharines Legend. See hereof in I. di Castro sup. pag. 1141.
• * 1.1059

  The top of Si∣nai, now called S. Katharines Mountayne. Monastery im∣possible to bee found. Friers, Lyers, this is true.
• * 1.1060

  Plenary par∣don••
• * 1.1061

  Manns.
• * 1.1062

  Tale of Load stones.
• * 1.1063

  No late Wri∣ter hath men∣tioned this, and I doubt out of Orosius, it hath growne into the Authors Text. Prophane ho∣lies. Sacrasacerrima.
• * 1.1064

  This sheweth the reason of▪ Furrers, affir∣ming, Saint Katharints to bee a higher hill then Sinai, which is but the highest top of Sinai, where∣of are many tops. Cam••lopardalis.
• * 1.1065

  Mamalukes ty∣rannie. Egyptian slaue∣rie.
• * 1.1066

  Beastly Saint.
• * 1.1067

  Tongobardinus his Wiues.
• * 1.1068

  Socienus the Calipha.
• * 1.1069

  Mamalukes actiuiti••.